for

CSS,
a
PMS
all other relevant exams

WhY This Book?

.; Essay Writing Techniques
.; In-depth Ana\ysis
.; Extreme\y He\pfu\ for the
students of competitive Exams

Zahid Ashraf
 CONTENTS

D Long Essay ...................................................................................................................................... 9

D Technique of Writing Essays ..................................................................................................... :... 16
D China Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) ................................................................................. 19
D Corruption .................................................................................................................................... 26
D Good Governance (CSS-2016) ...................................................................................................... 35
D Provincial Autonomy or creating more provinces (CSS-2016) ................................................... ..44
D War on Terrorism is Contributing towards growing abuse of Human Rights (CSS-2015) .......... .49
D Energy Crisis in Pakistan .............................................................................................................. 5 7
D Water Crisis in Pakistan and Its Remedies (CSS-2016) ................................................................ 64
D Population Explosion in Pakistan .................................................................................................. 73
D Global Warming/Climate Change ................................................................................................. 79
D Privatizing Higher Education-Generating Knowledge or Making More Money for the
Opulent (CSS-2014) ...................................................................................................................... 89
D Education ....................................................................................................................................... 96
D Poverty, causes, effects and suggestions ..................................................................................... 106
D Media in Pakistan/Media, The King Maker ................................................................................ 112
D Democracy in Pakistan ................................................................................................................ 119
D War on Terror/ Terrorism ............................................................................................................ 129
D Socio Economic Problems of Pakistan ........................................................................................ 139
D Pakistan Rich in Natural Resources, but Poor in their Management or
Pakistan is a Rich Country where Poor People Live ................................................................... 145
D Islam, the religion of peace ......................................................................................................... 150
D Reforming the UNO .................................................................................................................... 156
 8

Cl Balochistan, Problems & Suggestions ............................... ,......................................................... 166

Cl Foreign Policy of Pakistan .............................................. :........................................................... 180
11
Cl Challenges Faced by Pakistan in 21 Century............................................................................. 201
Cl Problems of the Muslim ]Jmmah ................................................................................................ 207
Cl The Land of Pure ............................................................... :........................................................ 212
Cl The New Great Game .................................................................................................................. 223
Cl Palestine ...................................................................................................................................... 228
Cl Revolutions of the World ......................................................................... ;................................. 239
•
• American Revolution (l 764-1789) ...................................................................................... 240
• The French Revolu~on (17139,1799) ................................................................................... 242
• The Russian Revolut100 (1917) ........................................................................... :............... 244
• Iranian Revolution (1978-1979) .......................................................................................... 24S
• Chinese Revolution (1949) .................................................................................................. 248
• Young Turk Revolution (1908-1909) .................................................................................. 249
• Cuban Revolution (1953-1959) ........................................................................................... 2Sl
Cl Enlightened Moderation .............................................................................................................. 2SS
· Cl Organisations at Olance ........................................................... ~~ .................................................. 264
• SAARC .....................................................................,......................................................... 264,
• ASE.AN (Association of Southeut Aliaa NatiOlll), ......................... .'.......................... J,,, ... 2~7
• SCO (Sllangllai cooperation Qrsa!lizatiom),,, .......................~............................................ 271
• ECO (Economic Cooperation Orpnization) ....................................."""'"" ...................... 276
• OIC (The Organization of the Islamic Conference) ........................................................... 279
• EU (.Europeau Union) ......................................................................................................... 284
Cl Budgets (2016-17) ....................................................................................................................... 291
Cl PMS Past Papers .......................................................................................................................... 299
Cl CSS Past Papers .......................................................................................................................... 301
Cl References ....... :........................................................................................................................... 30S
 LONG ESSAY
· TWO TYPES
1. Argumentative
2. Explanatory
3. Quoatational
•
ARGUMENTATIVE OR EXPLANATORY
Now it is a question which should be done.
• Argumentative essay requires a complete evidence and supports your answer with logical
reasons and claims in the end
• Explanatory essay does nor require evidence or supporta, students just need to give
general exampl~ and write in detail.
ARGUMENTATIVE.
• These e11ays seek evidence in the ahape of facts or figures, examples or explanation of the
argument.
• Mostly, in CSS, argumentative esaays are asked.
• For example: Enerar Cri1i1, cauae1 and ef1'ect1 (CSS, 2012)
QUOTATIONAL ESSAY
• Such essays are difficult to attempt u the material of the proverb dries after writing 3 or
4 pages. Usually, que1tions are asked from literature and students do not have enough
material to write on proverb.
TIPS
• Understanding the topic is very important
• In case if student knows the answen of two essays then write down the outlines of two
essays and finalise which one is the beat to be attempted.
Usually attempt d1ose essays which are simple and not in the shape of quotation. Sometimes,
there are asked essay like CSS (2008), Global wanning, a fact or fiction.
• In this case, students need to support one logic either fact or fiction. Do not try to proof
both when *!:.J'C is 'or' in the statement of the essay.
• In this essay, student has to support his logic by presenting reports or facts to show that
his answer is based on logic.
 10

• In this case, you can quote the IPCC-2007, 2014 Reports, etc regarding Global Wanning
which is the best argument for your essay as Global wanning is fact.
• Sometimes, there are essays like Democracy is culture rather than process
(CSS, 2012).
• Such type of essays should be avoided as students are unable to understand the topic.
• Such essays demand a lot of attention as candidates have to prove democracy is a
culture in developing countries whereas in developed countries it is process.
Some times, essay like 'Meaning and purpose of education (CSS-2013)' was asked.
• In this context, students need not to give causes, effects and suggestions. Students just
need to define the meaning and its purpose only.
• I observed many times if a student prepares an essay education, causes, effects and
suggestions and when the essay like 'Meaning and purpose of education (CSS-2013)'
was asked then student writes that causes and effects. In this case, students fail because
examiner did not ask to give causes or effects as examiners is asking about meaning and
purpose. So student must think what the examiner is asking before attempting paper.
Some times, essay like Democracy of the people, for the people and by the people (PMS -
2012) was asked.
• In this case, students' outline must be revolved around the meaning like democracy for
people (welfare state, speedy justice, access to fundamental human rights, etc) and
democracy by the people (representative elected by people, significance of vote, etc)
• I saw students write causes and take pakistan examples while the examiner is asking
something different and general about democracy as its function, prerequisite, etc.
• So student should be careful while answering such questions.
LATEST TREND IN css ESSAy AND How TO COPE WITH IT
• During CSS-2013, 14, 15 & 16, those essays are asked which depend on the critical
thinking of the students. Now cramming and memorising essays are discouraged by the
examiners. In these essay, students need to build their critical analysis skills as these
essays purely depend on students' critical ability.
• Hence, students had better practise and get such types of essays checked by a CSS
English teacher and making outline of these essays are appreciating.
A GOOD ESSAY
• One must be clear about the topic
• There should not be grammatical mistakes
• Proper paragraphs ought to be followed.
• Issues of coherence and cohesion need to be tackled to present your answer in a well
organised and united way.
• Prove your logic or argument at the end of the essay
STRUCTURE OF AN ESSAY
How to Make Outline
Firstly, students should read the following topics in detail like
• Poverty, causes, effects, suggestions
 11

·• Flaws in Educational system of Pakistan and its remedies

• Overpopulation, causes, effects and suggestions
• Media in Pakistan: Media as king maker, positive and negative points of media, media
ethics, social media, freedom of media has certain limitations.
• Problems of democracy in Pakistan
• Causes of bad governance in Pakistan
• Energy crisis, causes, effects, suggestions
• Global warming, causes, effects, suggestion; a fuct or fiction; global warming and its effects on
Pakistan; future of global warming.
• Women empowerment: causes or factors, women's rights and western women's rights
• Socio-economic problems of Pakistan
• Corruption in Pakistan, causes, effects and suggestions
• Pakistan is rich but poorly managed.
• Other topics which are very common in newspapers especially 5 months before the start
of the final exams.
How to Make Outline
• While students are preparing these essays, he/she must have the hard copy of the last I 0
to 12 years past papers having an overview of these papers.
• For example if a student is preparing problems of education in Pakistan then one must
have the ideas of Education and its meaning and purpose, causes, effects, and
suggestion, reforming examination system, role of higher education commission, private
institutes: Promoting higher education or a business to make money (CSS-2014).
• These different angles of an essay will be beneficial to student when he appears in
exams because he has almost covered last IO years past papers.
• Essay like Media which has been asked many times during the last many years like:
Freedom of expression has certain limitations
Social media, etc
While preparing it, one needs to go through the past papers and gets idea what are the different
titles of an essay which can be asked like negative and positive effects of media and suggestions.
Once student goes through the material, he needs to address the topic of an essay if there is a
simple problem like Poor persecuted women (CSS-2005) or Energy Crisis, causes and effect
(CSS-2012) or Global Warming then student is supposed to make outline having major headings
Introduction, causes, effects, suggestions and conclusion.
• Then there should be detailed points in the shape of phrase writing as sub heading of the
above headings.
For example
ENERGY CRISIS, CAUSES AND EFFECTS
Introduction
(i) Energy, a life line
(ii) Demand and supply gap
 12

Causes
(I) No major projects undertaken· by previous government
(II) Failure to increase the generating capacity
(Ill) . Problem of circular debt
Effects
(I) Closure of industrial unit
(II) Unemployment
(Ill) Effects on industrial sector
Suggeitlons
(I) Resolving the circular debt problem
(II) Building small power plants
(Ill) Capital cost of new plants
Conclusion
How TO MAKE AN OUTLINE
• Some times essays like 'Country life la better than city life CSS-2013)' was asked. In
this case, student has to make an outline having the two major heading: one is country
life and other is city life.
• Student can also compare it after writing in detail the advantages of rural and urban life.
Such type of essays do not ask for any argument. These essays by nature are
explanatory. In some cues, where students do not have direct material of the essay like
'Not economy but polltle1 11 a key to 1uccea1 (CSS-2013) OR 'What are the hurdles
In eur way to becomln1 a truly Independent 1tate? (CSS-2011)',
• In these cases, students can make a mental chart by writing the key word in a circle and
making pointa whatseever comes in your mind.
• Once you note down your pointa you can arrange it significantly and can remove or miss
any irrelevant point.
How TO WRITE THE INTRODUCTION OF AN ESSAY
• Preferably, if student has quotation relating to this topic, he/she must write in the
beainning with proper referei.ce as
Accordin1 to Quaid Azam,
"This is challenp to our very existence and if we are to survive as a nation and are to translate
our dreams about Pakistan into reality we shall have to grapple with the problem facing us with
redoubled zeal and energy. Our masses are today disorganized and disheartened by the cataclysm that
has befallen them. (Address to Civil, Naval, Military and Air Force Officers of Pakistan, Karachi
on October II, I !M7) ·
• For example if you are writing an essay on poverty you can start with starter as:
There are many problems in Pakistan. One of them is poverty.
Or
Poverty is a major issue which Pakistan has been confronting since her inception.
 13

1he above two patterns tell how to start the vecy fust sentence of an essay.
• The argumentative essay starts with starter and thesis ststements in the start of an essay. Thesis
ststement, short and precise, is the idea of justification what the student is going to prove in
his/her essays. Most of the time in argumentstive essay, where there are causes, effects, and
suggestion, students can write these causes, effects and suggestion in their thesis ststement.
• For example the thesis statement of poverty essay can be:
Poverty in Pakistan is a multifaceted problem deeply rooted in its socio-political and
economic stn1cture of governance. The lack of effective political and economic
governance is adversely hampering efforts to cut rising poverty. ·
• In other words, students must take into their mind that thesis statement is what the
student has to proof in his/her essay. It is a ,main theme and argument which students
gradually prove in their essays paragraph wise.
• Another example of starter of Corruption essay can be:
Corruption exists in one form or another in all societies. The major difference in the
case of Pakistan (or perhaps South Asia) is the extent of its pervasiveness and its
implications for governance and the value system in general and the political culture in
particular.
• While the thesis statement can be:
Corruption has become systemic. It has become instil utionalised at all levels in a way
that it has become an integral component of the administrative, social and political
culture.
• After writing quotation, starter and thesis ststement, students should explain it or if
he/she has report of Economic Survey of Pakistsn, budget, UNESCO, etc then it is
preferable to quote such figure to validate your justification of your thesis statement.
After that, explain it and the length of an essay should be one page of A4 size.
How TO WRITE THE BODY OF AN ESSAy
• After writing introduction, students need to write the causes in each paragraph. If the
essay is Poverty, causes, effects and' suggestions then student write down the cause of
poverty first.
• For example, the first cause of poverty is feudalism. In this paragraph, write such type
of start up of a paragraph which student can easily justify in his paragraph.
• For feudalism, student can write the opening sentence of a paragraph as
o Since the. independence of Pakistan, feudal lords hijack this country by exerting
their influence in all fields of life as they are MPAs, MNAs, Ministers, P.Ms and
Presidents.
• After writing the opening paragraph, student has the option to give figure or fact or
example or explain this ideas.
• For example, a student can justify by saying that:
o More than 60-70% of our land is occupied by feudal lords (22 families) while the
rest population (190m) has 20-30% land resulting in the shape of equal distribution
of income. That is why, poverty is increasing day by day as our major income is in
the hands of 22 families who hold 60-70 % of our land.
• This 1s a argument of the opening line of this paragraph.
 14

• Similarly, student is supposed to write other causes in different paragraphs.

• After writing causes in 7 or 8 paragraphs then student need to write effects in 4 to 5
paragraph as effects paragraphs do not have argument and its justification.
• After that, give suggestion in 3 to 4 paragraph by using different words like should,
must, ought to, it is the need of the hour, it is high time, etc.
How TO WRITE THE CONCLUSION OF AN ESSAY
• Then write the conclusion.
• In the conclusion, write with the words such as Finally, Lastly, In conclusion, To
conclude this, To summarise, In summary, In sum, etc.
• In the conclusion, paraphrase your thesis statement and justify your argument which you
have developed in the introduction.
• End of the paragraph should be very positive as one hopes, one wishes, one prays that
Pakistan will be able to overcome this problem if practical policies are implemented.
DIFFERENT ESSAYS
• If the essay is about Poverty Alleviation:
o Do not write causes in 7 to 8 paragraphs then need to write in just I or 2 paragraph
because your main focus is alleviation and alleviation means to give suggestions
o In such type of essay, main focus and outline will be on alleviation and causes and
effects have little value or portion.
o If you are writing 15 pages then you have to write 10 to 11 pages on eradication and
the rest consists of introduction, little causes and effects and conclusion.
o Paragraph length should be between 6 to 10 lines of each.
EXPLANATORY ESSAYS
• These are those essays which do not need argument and its justification.
• Such essays consist of prerequisite, general examples and more focus on explanation.
• Essays such type can be:
o Country life is better than city life.
o Meaning and purpose of education.
o The pleasures of reading.
o All humans are born equal in dignity and rights but htey are m shackles
everywhere.
o Dialogue is the best course to combat terrorism.
Such essays should be solved according to their key terms. For example if there is an essay of
Pleasure of reading then those students can write who have the habit of book reading and they know
what are its benefits, how it contributes towards knowledge increasing, etc.
TECHNIQUES HOW TO DEAL DIFFERENT TOPICS
• Essay like Dialogue is the best course to combat terrorism or great nations win
without fighting (CSS-2014) need to elaborate the importance of dialogue as it is
necessary because it avoids bloodshed, wastage of resources, weakening economy, loss
of human being, damage of infrastructure as nations have to conclude dialogue even at
the end of the war. !fit is necessary at the end why there is a need vfwar'?
 15

• In this way, students after writing and developing the significance of dialogue can write
the examples of the world like Soviet Union, like US withdrawal from Afghanistan.
• In such essays, student has to convince the examiners the role of dialogue rather than
launching war.
• Essay like Can the Third World War be prevented? (CSS-2008) or Can women be
equal to men in Pakistan? (CSS-2010)
o Student has the option to prove it that is it possible or not. If yes, then give your
argument in a logic way.
o only take one side of the picture and do not try to proof both sides.
• In 20 l 4, Essay on dialogue was asked. The context of the was the withdrawal of the US
from Afghanistan and there were a number of articles in Dawn about Dialogue and
Peace. Such questions appear in Newspaper like Dawn where students can prepare
easily.
• In 2015, Human rights violation and war on terror was asked. Students of International
Law can attempt it because they have read it in their syllabus.
• In short, Top 30 Essay book and Newspaper before 4 to 5 months of the exams can be
beneficial to get higher marks.
How TO COLLECT THE MATERIAL OF AN ESSAy
• Before 4 to 5 months commencing of the exams, students need to read The Dawn daily
as most of the time, the topic and heading of an article in Dawn is directly taken for CSS
essay, current affairs, Pakistan affairs, etc. So reading newspaper will develop your
critical analysis skills.
• Secondly, read the magazines related with CSS and read the topic
• Thirdly, my Top 30 Essay book will provide many things at a single platform.
• Fourthly, write and get these essays checked by a CSS teacher. (going to a CSS teacher
in the last month of the exams result in utter failure of the candidates. Consult teacher at
least 4 to 5 months before the CSS exams start.)
 TECHNIQUE OF WRITING ESSAYS
The Technique and SklU
(a) Introduction
(b) Main body
Part-I (subheading)
Part-II (subheading)
Part-III (subheading)
(c) Conclusion
The Introduction: Under introduction you define the topic for which a thesis statement is to
be made. The start should be gripping and well worded. Your reader or the examiner should
have no doubt in his mind what you are going to write about. The Introduction normally
consists of only one paragraph whatever the length of the essay. For example let us suppose
the topic under consideration is "Why Democracy- fails to come to Pakistan." Its introductory
paragraph could be constructed as under:
Introduction (Specimen)
"Every time there is a change ofgovemment in Pakistan, a dictator is fou.nd sitting on top
as the head of the state. In whatever form the change may come, it matters little. It may be
an elected government thrown up by proper democratic process or a govemment installed
in place of a dismissed regime. It could be a coup staged by the military in the middle of
the night with a solemn promise to hold elections within 90 days to pave way for the
advent of genuine democracy or it could be an outright take over of the govemment in
broad daylight with the declared objective of giving the nation true democracy within a
few months. But in each case democracy fails to knock at the door of this unfortunate
nation.
The Main Body: For a multi-purpose exhaustive essay or three hours long examination essay
the 'main body' is divided into three, four or more parts depending on the number of essential
aspepts it ha11, Each part is given a subtitle. A lengthy ess'!y without sµbheadings becomes dull,
drab ·and. featureless. By just looking at the important highlighted, aspects, the reader can
-~o.n.venie~ly conclude that justice appears t~ have been done to. the topic. Fol"'tl]i_s purpose
\jt1hze the jirst twenty mmutes or so m plannmg the essay and wntmg the, lntrod11ft10n. Make
an outline to draw up a list of relevant points intended to be discussed. Arrange them in a
logical order. This enables you to conceive the essay from start to finish in its entirety.
The Outline of the Main Body (Specimen)
(a) Working of Democracy under civil and military rules
Ayub's Martial Law- Basic Democracies-71 Elections break up of Pakistan-No democracy
- Bhutto's autocratic rule- Zia's
Islamic Democracy, Nawaz Sharif, Benazir's democracy- a failure Mushrraf's democracy -
no democracy at all.
(b) How feudalism transforms democracy into dictatorship?
Feudal's Political and economic control - People powerless - Illiteracy, Poverty, Corruption
among leaders
 17

(c) Devolution Plan for true democracy

Formation of District Govts - Nazims - Financial & Political

powers given - A good system
(d) Why Devolution couldn't usher in democracy?
No real devolution - Financial and political power not fully given -Lack of authority-
Interference of Ministers - No education.
(e) How poverty blocked the coming of Democracy Concentration of wealth in fewer hands -
Majority poor - No vote power lack of education
(I) Abolition of feudalism to pave way for advent of democracy

Feudalism is undemocratic and un-Islamic - Pakistan in grip of

feudalism - Democracy can never come until feudalism is abolished.

The Text of the Essay: Once you have gained full grasp of the whole essay it becomes easier
to produce its narrative without much mental strain. Parts of the essay that have been broken
into inter-connected points ensure logical continuity, With only one point to discuss at a time
your mind remains clear, doesn't get mixed up, remains clear and gives its best. You take up
one point at a time and produce a paragraph on it. Such progressive treatment of your writing
helps to avoid repetition of ideas, sentences and paragraphs which improves the readability of
the text. It also enables you to line up only the essential matter dropping out what is irrelevant.
Building up your Vocabulary Stock
Repetition: You are required to remain acutely conscious that repetition has to be avoided
even in the use of 'words.' You tend to use a word over and over again when you are short of
vocabulary. Such writing becomes disgusting for the reader and the examiner. How to make up
the vocabulary deficit? Enrich your vocabulary stock by reading the editorial of a daily
newspaper. Make a list of unfamiliar words putting dictionary meanings against them. Within
twenty days or so you discover that you have grabbed Editor's entire vocabulary of three to
four hundred words with the help of which he produces an editorial of quality daily. A day
comes when you hardly find any new word in his writings. In this exercise, you have gained
quite a few other advantages as well. One: The editorials have kept you updated on important
daily events. Two: They have taught you how to appreciate, criticize, analyze, assess, evaluate
the problem at hand and also how to form your own opinion on the topic of discussion. These
two are most essential qualities that enable you to become an essayist of worth.
Chisel your Essay to Perfection
However, the real worth of an essay is determined by its exposition i.e. how the subject matter
is treated, presented and expressed. This command is gained through reading, observation,
discussion and thinking over the subject matter of the topic under consideration. The entire
spadework that you have done so far has now enabled you to produce the first draft of your
essay. But remember this is only the first draft, not the final one. Leave it as it is for a day or
two. Take it up again and start evaluating it critically with a strong µncharitable temper as if it
has been written by some one else. Try to improve it as much as possible. Clear up ideas that
are vague. Fill up the gaps if there are any. Cut out the sentences, the portions and parts of the
essay that appear to be irrelevant, superfluous and contradictory to the main argument of the
essay. Add new thoughts to enrich its worth. Look for faulty sentences and remodel them to
promotl,. economy of words, ensure appropriate use of vocabulary and remove grammatical
 18

faults. Make use of idioms and phrases. Idiomatic expression make your writing lively,
delightful and gives it depth, force, mobility and improves its readability. Having done all that
now is the time to rewrite it to make affair copy of your essay.
In the Examination Hall: With the command over the expertise of the art of essay writing
that you have acquired and the mental powers that you have developed, you are now well set to
make a successful attempt in producing an essay of high quality in the examination hall where
the first draft is your final draft and you don't have time to recast or improve it. The first
requirement of course is the framework of the essay in the form of an outline plan for which
about twenty minutes should be spared. Think hard and jot down relevant points in a logical
sequence to make your narrative coherent and progressive. The second is to make use of your
latent mental powers. Give your brain a determined command that it should come to your aid
to make your discussion analytical and critical. The narrative should be idiomatic and full of
creative ideas. The expression should be forceful and convincing. Have faith in your brain and
the powers it generates. It obliges like a faithful servant and never lets you down. The draft
that you have produced is the first and the last. In view of the spadework that you have been
doing months earlier, a well finished and properly polished essay emerges as a matter of course
to your entire satisfaction and the standards set by your examiner.
Length of the Essay: It is what you can write continuously, at normal speed, during hundred
and fifty minutes i.e. two and a half hours out ofa total period of three hours.
The Conclusion: The concluding paragraph of your essay summarizes what all you have
discussed at length. It has three outstanding features. One: It reiterates only important points of
the essay. No new matter is introduced or fresh discussion launched. Two: Repetition of
sentences and vocabulary is avoided. While ideas remain the same the vocabulary changes.
Three: Just as the Introduction is supposed to give an attractive and powerful start to the essay,
the Conclusion winds up the discussion in a manner that gives feelings of absolute satisfaction
to the reader since full justice has been done to the topic.
 CHINA PAKISTAN ENERGY CORRIDOR (CPEC)
OUTLINE

D Introduction
D Development of Gwadar
D Previous project: Silk Road
D Projects
D Fruits for Pakistan
D The Concept of One Belt and One Road
D Different routes
D Agreement of bilateral trade and economic ties
D Geostrategic location of Gwadar
D Challenges for Pakistan
• Internal
• External
D Counter Indian influnce
D Economic gains from this project
D Removal of social problems due to CPEC
D Balance of power in South Asia
D Effects of the projects
D Conclusion
 20

ESSAY
The CPEC is a 3,000-kilometre network of roads, railways and pipelines to transport oil and
gas from Gwadar Port to Kashgar city, northwestern China's Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region,
China Daily reports. China and Pakistan have agreed to build One Belt One Road project more
commonly known as China-Pakistan Economic Corridor is expected to bring about both peace and
prosperity in South Asia. This corridor will link between Kashgar in north-western China to Pakistan's
Gwadar port on the Arabian Sea near the border with Iran via roads, railways and pipelines. There are
many internal and external challenges for Pakistan government to implement this multi-dollars
project. However, it is a game changer project which will transforn1 the fate of Pakistan and will help
Pakistan modernize. It will improve the economy and trade, enhance regional connectivity, overcome
energy crises, develop infrastructure and establish people to people contacts in both the countries.
Proposed by Chinese Premier Li Keqiang during his visit to Pakistan in May 2013, the CPEC
will act as a bridge for the new Maritime Silk Route that envisages linking three billion people in
Asia, Africa and Europe.
The project links China's strategy to develop its western region with Pakistan's focus on
boosting its economy, including the infrastructure construction of Gwadar Port, together with some
energy cooperation and investment programmes. It also involves road and railway construction
including an upgrade of the 1,300-km Karakoram Highway, the highest paved international road in the
world which connects China and Pakistan across the Karakoram mountains.
The CPEC will reduce China's routes of oil and gas imports from Africa and the Middle East
by thousands of kilometres, making Gwadar a potentially vital link in China's supply chain.
With the support of China, Pakistan has gained significant importance not only in the region
but the entire world. In recent years, both China and Pakistan have been making concerted efforts to
revive the historic Silk Road which is one of the oldest known trade route in the world and will
provide a route for trade from Kashgar (China) to Gwadar (Pakistan). China-Pakistan Economic
Corridor plan will help Pakistan to become one of the most strategically important countries in the
region. It will also provide an opportunity to China to build a naval base on Gwadar port that will
increase influence of China in the region and also counter US influence in the Asia-Pacific region. The
CBS News quoted some Western diplomats on Pakistan-China partnership. According to them,
China's increasing economic engagement with Pakistan should be seen in the context of Beijing's
"efforts to counter the US efforts to deepen alliances around the Asia-Pacific region."
The "One Belt One Road" concept has international strategic importance. The One Belt One
Road initiative covers countries and regions with a total population of 4.4 billion and a total economic
volume of US$ 21 trillion, 63 % and 29 %, respectively of the World.
According to the assessment of the Corridor, the plan is involved in laying the foundation for
regional cooperation, improving economic growth, offering trade diversifications, investing in
transportation, mining and energy sectors and creating political flexibility. It is a vision with world-.
changing implications, an unfolding plan that would weave much of Asia, Europe, Africa, Oceania
and the Middle East much more closely together through a patchwork of diplomacy, new
infi\structure and free trade zones.
The "One Belt one Road" Project consists of three routes, southern, central and northern route. The
southern corridor bogins from Guangzhou, which is the third largest city of China in South Central
 21

China. This route moves towards western parts of China and connects Kashgar with Pakistan at
Kunjarab - a point from where China wants to link to Gwadar port in the Arabian Sea. It is the
shortest and the most feasible option for China.
The second Chinese option is the Central Corridor that starts from Shanghai and links the
country to Tashkent, Tehran and onwards to Bandar Imam Khomeini Port oflran on the Persian Gulf.
One of its branches goes up towards Europe. This is the longer route but could be an option, if
Pakistan does not deliver on the timelines of completing its road network to become a beneficiary of
the New Silk Road Economic Belt. The third Chinese option is the Northern Corridor that starts from
Beijing, passes through Russia, and links it to European cities.
Recognizing the fact that regional integration is an inevitable measure to meet the demands of
economically globalized world, the notion of Silk Road was reformulated and rephrased by China in
2013 under 'one road, one belt' initiative, i.e., economic belt along the Silk Road and the Maritime
Silk Road.
Pakistan is a significant partner for China as it links China to the Central Asia, Southern Asian
region and Middle East and its major deep-sea port Gwadar offers direct access to the Indian Ocean
and beyond. Both countries have been working on enhancing their coordination and strategic
communication to safeguard common interests. China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) represents
a new model of Pakistan and China cooperation which will serve against the backdrop of complex and
changing regional and international situations.
China and Pakistan have developed strong bilateral trade and economic ties and cooperation
over the years. China has gradually emerged as Pakistan's major trading partner both in terms of
exports and imports. Bilateral trade and commercial links between the two countries were established
in January 1963 when both signed the first bilateral long-term trade agreement. Both countries signed
Free Trade Agreement (FTA) on November 24, 2006 and implemented from July I, 2007. Later on,
both signed the FTA on Trade in Services on February 21, 2009 that became active from October 10
that year.
CPEC is an under-construction mega-project which will achieve the political and economic
objectives through trade and development and will also strengthen the economic and trade
cooperation between the two countries. This corridor will also be helpful in creating regional
stability in South Asia.
After completion of the corridor, it will function as a primary gateway for trade between China
and Africa and the Middle East. It is expected that this corridor will help cut the 12,000-kilometre
route which Middle East oil supplies must now take to reach the Chinese ports.
This project will run through most of Pakistan starting from Gwadar in Balochistan and ending
in Kashgar in western China, while passing through parts of Punjab, Sindh, Balochistan, Khyber
Pakhtunkhwa provinces and Gilgit-Baltistan in northern Pakistan to reach the Khunjrab Pass and
beyond to China.
Pakistan has prepared a plan to construct three corridors after active consultation with the
Chinese authorities; these are the eastern alignment, the central alignn1ent and the western alignment.
The eastern alignment of the corridor originates from Gwadar, travels parallel to the Makran
Coastal Highway eastwards (towards Karachi), and then after passing through parts of interior Sindh,
and southern, central and northern regions of Punjab, it reaches Islamabad. From Islamabad, it extends
to Haripur, Abbottabad and Mansehra districts of the relatively peaceful Hazara Division in KP - this
 22

part of the corridor will also run through Muzaffarabad, the capital of Azad Jammu and Kashmir - and
reaches Khunjrab after passing through Diamer and Gilgit areas in northern Pakistan. The corridor
will also run through the Pamir Plateau and Karakoram mountains. A link from Taxila through
Peshawar and Torkhum will connect the eastern alignment of the corridor to Jalalabad in Afghanistan.
Regional connectivity with India through the eastern alignment is designed to be provided through the
Hyderabad-Mirpurkhas-Khokhrapar-Zero Point link and the Wagha border, Lahore.
Western alignment was the original alignment which the government says has been deferred
until the eastern alignment of the corridor is completed. According to the western alignment plan, the
economic corridor (highway and railway) starts from Gwadar and runs through some southern and
eastern districts of Balochistan (Khuzdar and Dera Bugti, respectively), and some districts in south
Punjab to reach D. I. Khan in KP. From D. I. Khan, it further extends to Islamabad and Abbottabad
and from there onwards, the route is the same as in the eastern alignment. The western alignment will
have an additional regional connectivity link to Afghanistan through Chaman and will connect with
Iran through Quetta-Kho-e-Taftan link.
Following are the challenges for Pakistan.
Pakistan faces several challenges in the implementation of the China-Pakistan Economic
Corridor (CPEC) project. These challenges can be identified as external and internal. The Vice
Director General of Policy Research Office at the International Department of the Central Committee
Communist Party of China, Dr. Luan Jianzhang is of the view that political unrest, security situation
and administrative issues are some of the greatest challenges in the way of successful completion of
the corridor.
The construction of the corridor has been defined by many as a strategic moment such that
Pakistan has assumed the position of economic pivot for the whole region. This paradigm shift in
circumstances is a cause of great worry for the enemies of Pakistan both within and outside. India,
Israel and the US are unhappy. For India, CPEC is a thorn in its paw. They have put their heads
together to work out new strategies to block the project forward march. RAW has opened a special
office in Delhi and has been allotted $300 million to disrupt CPEC. Already one can notice sudden
upsurge in the acts of terror in the three restive regions and activation of certain NGOs and think tanks
all trying to air misgivings and create fear psychosis.
In Pakistan, some political parties like ANP, Ba loch nationalists, PkMAP raised serious
objections to the CPEC project. Even PT! and JUI (F) showed inclinations to climb the bandwagon of
anti-CPEC forces. Objections were being raised despite assurances by the government that this project
will provide equal opportunities to all the provinces.
Security concerns have been the most critical challenge to the CPEC and both Pakistan and
China have been trying to meet these. An arc of militancy stretches from Xinjiang to Gwadar
consisting of groups like the East Turkestan Islamic Movement (ETIM), Tehreek-e-Taliban Pakistan
(TTP), Lashkar-e-Jhangvi (LeJ), Daesh (ISIS), Balochistan Liberation Army (BLA), Balochistan
Liberation Front (BLF) and the militant wings of some political parties. Most of these groups may not
have an enn1ity with China itself but rather intend to attacks the Chinese interests like the CPEC as a
means to deal with the Pakistani state.
Gwadar is the tail of the Silk belt, which will connect at Kashgar through different
communication networks. The security of the whole corridor and Gwadar is a real concern for China.
After the military operation in different parts of Pakistan, the terrorist infrastructure still exists inside
and outside of the borders which will continue to pose a threat. The support of American CIA, Israeli
 23

Mossad and Indian RAW has continuously been assisting the militant groups and sub-nationalists in
all the provinces to conduct subversive acts - and using terrorist elements in the whole country to
threaten the Pak-Chinese plans of developing the CPEC. In the past few years, they kidnapped and
killed many Chinese nationals in Pakistan despite Pakistan's efforts to provide best possible security.
The army has announced the creation of I 0,000 man special force for protecting the development
projects. The new force, named the Special Security Division, will comprise nine army battalion and
six wings of paramilitary forces, the Rangers and the Frontier Corps.
As an economic enterprise, for the CPEC, the greatest challenge comes from competitors. The
most significant is the Iranian port of Chabahar. India intends to invest significantly ($85 million) in
the development of Chabahar, which lies a few miles away from Gwadar and is part of its efforts for
access to land-locked Afghanistan and Central Asia while bypassing rival Pakistan. Chabahar will
effectively be a way station for energy imports coming from the Gulf region and destined for
Afghanistan and Central Asia. It will also be a gateway to the Middle East, and possibly Europe, for
exports originating from Afghanistan and Central Asia. While the Chabahar project has not yet been
started due to the ongoing talks on the Iranian nuclear issue, the Gwadar port has already become
functiollal. However, there is no need for contention between these two ports. Iran has a stake in the
CPEC \hrough the proposal to link the Iran-Pakistan gas pipeline with China, which has been
described as a "common interest" between the three countries.
Indian involvement in Chabahar is linked to Pakistan's refusal to allow India access of transit
to and from Afghanistan, so India sees Iran as the next-best option. If Pakistan extends transit facilities
to India, and then India may not be interested in building up Chabahar. In recent years, India has been
particularly active in engaging Central Asian states for the sake of pursuing energy deals. India can be
easily accommodated via the CPEC itself through eastern interface in Punjab and Sindh and
transformed into a stakeholder in the success of both Gwadar and the CPEC.
The dice of connectivity loaded by China has left India confused and bewildered. India is also
concerned about China's huge investment in Pakistan, particularly its recent decision to fund for
China-Pakistan Economic Corridor. China is also helping Pakistan in producing plutonium at the
Chinese built Kyushu reactor and will also sell eight submarines worth $5 billion, which will give a
quantum jump to Pak Navy's sea capability.
After the completion of CPEC, Pakistan may become a trade hub in the region after Gwadar
Port starts functioning fully and duty-free economic zones are set up. Many Central Asian states have
also expressed interest in becoming part of the corridor. This strategic partnership between Pakistan
and China has upset India that openly voiced its opposition and even premier Narendra Modi pressed
the president of China during his visit to Beijing to drop the plan of developing the corridor. However,
China did not cave in to the pressure and vowed to push ahead with work on the project.
India is also not happy with the handing over of Gwadar Port development and its operations to
China. There have long been reports that Delhi is fuelling insurgency in Balochistan, which is rich in
oil and gas resources, but poor law and order conditions have halted work on exploration activities
there. Experts believe the India-UAE nexus will try to fail the Gwadar Port development project and
create hurdles in the way of exploration activities in Balochistan.
With Chinese clout growing and Russia flexing muscles to regain control over Central Asia,
India is struggling to make some headway and spread its sphere of influence in the region. Delhi has
bet on Iran and Afghanistan to reach the Central Asian states via land route as Pakistan and China
have control over many land links that provide access to the resource-rich region. India hopes it will
 24

be able to reach Central Asia through the Iranian port of Chabahar and build a north-south corridor
that will run to Afghanistan and eventually stretch to Central Asia.
Pakistan has been playing a significant role in South Asia. After the completion of China-
Pakistan Economic Corridor economic, conunercial as well as geostrategic environment will improve in
Pakistan. It will help Pakistan in dealing with the problems of poverty, unemployment and inequities of
undeveloped provinces. During his meeting with President Xi Jinping, President Mamnoon Hussain said
the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor would prove to be a game-changer in the whole region by
generating massive trade and economic activity and opening new vistas of progress and prosperity for
the people of the two countries and about three billion people of the region.
CPEC from all counts will prove a game changer and will make China a real stakeholder in
Pakistan's stability and security. It is a win-win situation for both. It will greatly expand the scope for
the sustainable and stable development of China's economic development. Investments by China will
boost Pakistan's $274 billion GDP by over 15 %. Corresponding progress and prosperity in Pakistan
and China's patronage will help Pakistan in getting rid of the decade old labels of 'epicentre of
terrorism', 'most dangerous country' and a 'failing state'. Pakistan enjoys a more favourable fiscal
situation compared to India by reducing its budget deficit to 4.7% of GDP in 2014 (as against India's
7%) and Pakistan is both competitive and cheaper as an emerging market. China's economic and
military assistance will help Pakistan a great deal in narrowing its ever widening gap in economic-
military-nuclear fields with India and in bettering its defence potential.
Ambassador of China to Pakistan Sun Weidong while talking about the corridor said that the
setting up of energy, transport, infrastructure and industrial projects under China-Pakistan Economic
Corridor (CPEC) would benefit all the provinces of Pakistan. He said that the CPEC was not limited
to just a road but it will connect the country with a number of motorways and infrastructure projects.
He explained that infrastructure projects included Gwadar port, the second phase of the upgrading
project of Karakoram Highway, motorway project between Karachi and Lahore, Thakot-Have!ian
motorway, Gwadar port expressway, Gwadar international airport and Karachi-Sukkur motorway,
adding further that the project will increase collaboration in areas of energy, finance, commerce,
banking, industry and education.
China-Pakistan Economic Corridor will help build a robust and stable economy in Pakistan and
will create a significant opportunity for Pakistan to revive its industry and advance its economic
interests. It will also help in overcoming the psychological barriers to flows of foreign investment
from other sources. Despite its restrictive economic regime, over 150 private equity funds, foreign and
domestic, are active in India. Only three or four such funds are dedicated to investing government,
with the participation of the private sector, to encourage foreign direct investment in Pakistan is
indispensable. Finance Minister Ishaq Dar said war phobia can also be defeated through economic
development. Peace and prosperity can be achieved with economic advancement.
This project will go beyond regional ambits to bring about enormous changes not only to
the national economies of the benefiting states but also to the economics of the people at the grass
roots level.
CPEC is the crown jewel in the new Pakistan economic paradigm because Pakistan has the
opportunity to act independently of the western influence especially the US influence as it has proved
of late, an irritant factor. CPEC project will also bring an opportunity to Pakistan for normalization of
ties with India, Iran and Afghanistan which will keep balance, strengthen prospects of peace and
improve socio-economic status of the people of the region.
 25

CPEC is a game changer project which will lift millions of Pakistanis out of poverty and
misery. The project embraces the construction of textile garment, industrial park projects, construction
of dams, the installation of nuclear reactors and creating networks of road, railway line which will
generate employment and people will also take ownership of these projects. Fully equipped hospitals,
technical and vocational training institutes, water supply and distribution in undeveloped areas will
also improve the quality of life of people.
CPEC is not only the name of road, port and railway system but a multi-dollars mega project
which will bring peace and prosperity in all the provinces of Pakistan. The chairman of the Gwadar
port, Dostain Khan Jamaldini said that the CPEC would not only benefit Balochistan but also prove
beneficial for the country's three other provinces.
 CORRUPTION
OUTLINE

0 DefinitiClll of corruption
0 Essential components of corruption
0 Causes
• Lack of accountability
• Absence of rule of law
• Low salaries
• Lack of independence of judiciary
• Weak political institutions
• Political collusion with top management of a department
• Denial of basic facility of life
• Bad governance due to corruption
0 Findings of National Anti-Corruption Strategy
0 Examples of corruption
0 Effects of corruption
0 Steps to curb corruption
• Increase salaries of the government employees
• Speedy judicial justice
• Role of NAB
• Police reforms
• Judiciary and legal profession
• Access to justice programme
• Accountability courts
• Public sector financial management
• Financial oversight bodies
• Independent Anti-Corruption Agencies
• Local government
• Freedom of Information and Media
0 Conclusion
 27

ESSAY
At length corruptio11, like a ge11eral flood (So long by watchful ministers withstood), Shall
deluge all; and avarice, creeping on, Spread like a /ow-born mist, and blot the sun. "
--Alexander Pope
"ft is said that power corrupts. but actually it's more true that power attracts the corruptible.
11,e sa11e are usually attracted by other things tha11 power. " -David Brin

Corruption in Pakistan is on the decline, as Transparency International Berlin released its

annual global report 2015 showing Pakistan further improving its ranking from the 50th most corrupt
country in 2014 to 53rd in 2015. The political will of the government to fight corruption is lacking
which has resulted in the Supreme Court of Pakistan to take suo moto action against mega corruption
in NICL, Pakistan Steel, Rental Power Plants. The CPI 2010 reveals that corruption in Pakistan is
increasing, while in Bangladesh it is decreasing. Bangladesh was perceived to be the most corrupt
country in 2001, 2002 and 2003 and its ranking in 2010 is the 39 th most corrupt country. Reduced
corruption has paid dividends to Bangladesh whose annual GDP growth last year was over 5%, while
Pakistan's GDP growth last year was near 2.4 %. Delay in formation of an Independent Accountability
Commission by the parliament may further aggravate the situation.
The word "Corruption" has its origin in a Latin verb "corruptus" meaning "to break". Literally,
it means "a broken object". In simple words, corruption means "the misuse of entrusted power for
private benefit." Conceptually, corruption is a form of behaviour which departs from ethics, morality,
tradition, law and civic virtue. The term corruption has various definitions. The United Nations
Manual on Anti-Corruption, the Transparency International, and the multilateral financial institutions
like the World Bank and Asian Development Bank define corruption as, "abuse of public office for
private gains" The National Anti Corruption Strategy (NACS) has defined corruption as "a behaviour
on the part of office holders in the public or private sector whereby they improperly and unlawfully
enrich themselves and/or those close to them, or induce others to do so, by misusing the position in
which they are placed."
Section 9 of the National Accountability Ordinance 1999 has defined corruption and corrupt
practices in a comprehensive manner. It has enlisted about twelve different shades of corruption.
lllegal gratifications, bribery, extortion, abuse of office, fraud, cheating and criminal breach of trust
are some of the corrupt practices mentioned in the NAO 1999 (Annex A). Starting with the Prevention
of Corruption Act 1947, there are about sixty pieces of enactments and rules that deal with offences of
corruption and corrupt practices in Pakistan (Annex B). The most comprehensive definition of
"corruption" can be found at the web site of the Global Infrastructure Anti Corruption Center
(GIACC) http://www.giaccentre.org. It says "In its wider sense, corruption includes one or more of
bribery, extortion, fraud, deception, collusion, cartels, abuse of power, embezzlement, trading in
influence and money laundering."
The primary responsibility of ensuring the culture of sound management or what we generally
call good governance lies directly on shoulders of the civil administration. In a democratic
dispensation, the process of accountability starts at the first stage of the "conversion process" - the
 28

elections, which is the connecting link between the rulers and the ruled. It is at this stage that the
foundation of sound and transparent political culture could be laid. The electorate ought to carefully
demonstrate their first choice (right to vote) of the process and to exercise their right only under the
dictates of their conscience. In return, the rulers who are the custodians of the political environs ought
to honour the trust reposed in them and to judiciously exercise the powers they derfve from that trust.
In order to ensure consistency and sustainability of an accountable, transparent and open political
process, it is imperative to keep the connecting link intact.
Corruption is more prevalent because lack of accountability and regulation. If money that the
government receives is going in their pockets rather than being spent on the people who need it, on
their education, health and so on, then the consequences are obvious that many people do not pay
taxes because they do not trust the government to spend it on the people, they think they are corrupt
and the money would just disappear. And so this creates a vicious circle. People do not see the
government doing anything to help them, so they think it's a waste of time to pay taxes. The
government doesn't get any money from taxes and so can't do anything to help people.
Across the board application of rule of law, merit based appointments and easy access to justice
is the only solution to save Pakistan from corruption, which is responsible for poverty, inflation,
terrorism, illiteracy, lack of electricity and hording of essential food commodities.
The major reason of fast creeping corruption are political instability, poverty, unequal structure
of society, unemployment, lack of accountability, weak political institutions and absence of rule of
law. Resultant they are affecting political stability, equal distribution of resources and power,
confidence of local and foreign investors and political institutions.
The basic reason for corruption is low salaries as everyone is finding a way to better their living
standard as much as they can; it's also a human nature that he has everything more and more. So
mostly corruption is to be seen where there are people having fewer salaries they use corrupt ways to
achieve the goal. It is true that they do not have any other way to fulfill their wants.
Incompetent judiciary in terms of not bringing the culprits in to the gallows of law and absence
of bringing the corrupt politicians and policy makers to the books is another decisive factor in today's
sorry state of affairs. In the same manner the unnecessary delay in deciding the cases of corruption is a
clear explanation of the adage: the justice delayed is justice denied.
On independence, Pakistan inherited weak political institutions. Performance of these
institutions in the country over the years further damaged the culture of transparency and accountability.
Admittedly, efforts at establishing a strong political dispensation have been facing frustrations head on but
these institutions have also failed to capitalize upon the available opportunities. Their internal democratic
traditions are still weak and non transparent. Due to lack of respect for participative values, the mainstream
political parties are generally dominated by a single person.
The menace of corruption has links to a multitude of vices. Its roots are linked to injustice,
mistrust, suspicion, extremism and terrorist activities. It creates a sense of insecurity, exacerbates
poverty and adds to the misfortune of the vulnerable segments of the society. It also instills a sense of
hopelessness and despondency and threatens the strength of good values which have been established
over centuries of civilized struggle.
 29

The corporate sector is also littered with failures due to corrupt practices. Scandals in the
corporate sector are subjects of headlines in the media. Wrong practices seem too common, and
unacceptable behaviour has become a normal practice. Corporate governance has been practiced only
in form and not substance. Chairmen, chief executive officers and directors are appointed on the basis
of political and personal clout. Merit is a less visible commodity. Thus politicization and inefficiency
at the top management levels has resulted in steep decl:ne in the quality of output. Illegal convergence
of interest has encouraged insider trading which causes frustration and setback to the genuine investor.
Real demand and supply factors have negligible role in shaping the market behaviour which is
predominantly controlled by the middleman. Prices are determined by unscrupulous profiteers through
the middleman mafia. Counterfeit products have flooded the markets. Consumers are left with no
option but to live with inferior quality stuff. There is no effective consumer's rights protection regime.
The monopoly control mechanism has turned out to be of least effect. The Monopoly Control
Authority has to be improved to play an effective role in curbing the menace that has infected the
corporate sector.
Need and greed are cited as the reasons of corruption and corrupt practices. Need as a reason is
applied to low paid employees specially those entrusted with service delivery powers and public
contact. Corruption occurs out of compulsion, as those indulging in corruption are in need of the basic
necessities and lack access to social entitlement. However, need very easily merges with greed once
need is taken as a justification by those indulging in corruption and corrupt practices. It is because of
this fact that corruption is linked to poverty which is tem1ed as corruption of need. Absence of an
ethical base in societal attitudes is also cited as one of the root causes of corruption.
Corruption and corrupt practices are indicative of breaches in the governance edifice. They
pose serious threats to the sanctity of ethical and democratic values and weaken administrative,
political and social insiitutions. The issues of corruption, poverty and governance are cross cutting.
These issues put together and form an integral part of the development literature. Recently, the terms
governance and good governance are being profusely used in such literature. Good governance
remains at the forefront of every aspect of our life, be that political, social or economic. Governance
has to be good in its manifestation, and if it is not so, it is certainly no governance at all. The mere
suffix or prefix of the term 'good' does not serve the purpose.
The essential components of good governance are the rule of law, accountability, transparency
and predictability. The rule of law means equal application of law, equal protection by law and
equality before law. In the absence of the rule of law, institutions get weak and become hatcheries for
corrupt practices. The realization of the goals of good governance and prosperity becomes a myth.
According to the findings of National Anti-Corruption Strategy and the National Corruption
Perception Survey 2006 carried out by Transparency International, major causes of corruption in
Pakistan are as follows:
(a) Lack of effective Internal accountability mechanism
(b) Discretionary powers and their flagrant abuse by the public office holders
(c) Absence of and weakness of the watch-dog agencies
(d) Elected government's perpetual failure to develop proper ethical and business standards for
the public and private sector
(e) Political leaders' incompetence and betrayal of public trust with pench"Wit for self-enrichment
 30

(I) Lack of transparency in the government's decision-making process

(g) Lengthy and cumbersome procedures in the executive system
(h) Weaknesses in the judicial system
(i) Illiterate, apathetic or ignorant populace with inadequate discernment of political choices
(j) Power of influential people
(k) Inadequate wage envelope
Many people in Pakistan believe that much of the development and a significant portion of the
operations allocations are lost due to bribery and other related illegal and unethical activities. The
extreme poverty and lack of infrastructure and basic services in the rural areas of Sindh and
Balochistan is in part fueled by bribery, influence peddling, extortion, and abuse of power. The people
of Pakistan and the international donors must rise to the occasion and start pressuring the Pakistan
government to curtail corruption and to improve governance. Failure to do so in a timely manner will
continue to frustrate poor people and make them weary of the current democratic system and drive
them to extremism.
There are many example of corruption. A government official or government Minister or
his/her business partner receiving money in exchange for awarding a contract, job, promotion or
approving invoices for payment (an example that involves Bribery and Abuse of Power and may
involve Collusion). A policeman receiving money to drop charges against some one or receiving bribe
from some one to arrest another person is an example of bribery and misuse of power.
A contractor who uses sub-standard material in the construction of a large public project such a
university building, a road by-pass, or a village road. An inspecting engineer who receives bribe to
ignore the use defective material and/or workmanship and approves the project for payment. A senior
manager in a public or private organization giving a job to a friend or relative bypassing a proper
selection process is an example that involves Abuse of Power and Trading-in-influence).
A teacher who rarely goes to school to teach but collects his/her salary regularly. A bad village
leader (wadero)illegally occupies a school and uses it as guest house is an example that involves
Bribery, Abuse of Power, Fraud, Deception, and Collusion.
General perceptions and actual public surveys about corruption show that Police, Power Sector,
Judiciary, various Taxation departments (Custom duties, Income Tax), and irrigation departments are
considered the most corruption prone departments in Pakistan.
According to a report, appointments in the police force are often based on political
considerations. The instances where conflicts of interest due to personal loyalties and family
connections exist are numerous. Many complain that local landlords or urban groups with police
support exploit poor people through extortion (bogus fines, etc.).
Some important areas affected by it are discussed as under:
1. The world economic forum's Global Competitiveness Report (2007-08) identifies
corruption as the 3rd greatest problem for companies doing business in Pakistan after
government bureaucracy and poor infrastructure (Sala-i-Martin and Porter, 2008) It is
therefore a direct impediment in the way of the Direct Foreign Investment (OF!) which is
so badly needed to generate economic activity, create employment, and support the
dwindling foreign exchange reserves.
 31

2. With an effective check on corruption national exchequer can easily gain nearly double of the
annual allocations earmarked under Kerry Lugar Bill carrying strikingly harsh conditions for
national sovereignty and autonomy.
3. The cycle is really vicious rampant corruption in tax and custom and excise collection and
WAPDA dues and costly public sector purchases, and inefficient major public sector entities
like PIA, Railway, Steel Mill etc. cause a major deficit for the government every year in term
of resource generation and expenditure that makes the government borrow from IMF and
other foreign and domestic resources which through increased debt repayments broadens the
gap and compels the government to increase the price of the utilities like electricity, gas,
CNG and petroleum. That takes a heavy toll from the people of Pakistan. Resultantly
corruption which is done at far away and much higher places from the common citizens has a
direct and deep impact on their lives. Thus act of corruption, whether direct or indirect, close
or remote is not innocuous for conunon man.
4. The country has lost many years of development effort because of eating up of development
funds at a very large scale and because of over charging for almost every item of work.
5. Other than the government offices and public sector, corruption has thoroughly permeated
the political arenas. Party tickets are openly bought and sold and so does the transaction
flourish for hunting or hounding the voters. This has resulted in the dominance of political
scene by the drug barons, black marketers, hoarders and speculators who not only have in
many cases snatched away the true representative character from the democratic process in
the country but who make good their investment in the election process through massive
corruption while in power and add to the miseries and the cost of living of the common man.
6. Still worse is its impact on religious circles who sell fake degrees to the needy politicians
with impunity, show fake entries of students to get more Zakat money and sell religion edicts
on need basis. At times it appears that the whole structure has been soiled and has replaced
scholarship as it is becoming increasingly difficult to find a genuine religious scholar from
any quarters.
7. Rampant trends of corruption have also badly affected the business ethics in the country
which is devoid of any egalitarianism. Hood winking the regulators, stock piling, hoarding,
and black marketing are the order of the day and individual business man, business firms,
business groups and sometimes a whole industry is found pegged in these malpractices.
8. And when corruption affects the institution of the last resort that is the judiciary the country
loses its track and direction. Absence of a fair judicial system does not affect the individual
litigant alone it affects the whole economy where domestic and foreign investments shy away
for fear of usurpation and misappropriation.
9. The worst of all is a break down of law and order because of pervasive corruption in police
and lower judiciary. The influential, the wealthy and the mighty have a fair chance of getting
away with what ever they do if they pay the right price at the right stage. This had lead to
increased incidence of crimes of all nature and at all levels.
I 0. In short the unbridled corruption has negatively impacted all spheres of activity in the
country and the whole society has suffered serious blows to its social fabric and working
environment.
J.
Most experts think that corruption is one of the most difficult problems Pakistan's society. Its
impact on country's towns and villages is extremely profound and poses lo~ term threat to its culture,
economics, and general well-being of provinces such as Sindh. The .liall!'>~mg are some of steps and
 32

methods at grass roots and government levels that have helped to curb cormption in some countries,
particularly in South East Asia, where once com,ption was as rampant as it is now in Pakistan:
Increase salaries of government officials and workers in line with the remuneration prevalent in
private sector of Pakistan.
Persons who can clearly see the damage that is being caused by corruption in Pakistan must
speak up. They should discuss, debate, and voice their concerns openly with friends and family.
They should help create a culture where corruption is looked down. The virtue of being honest and
simple living should be lauded and only the persons who possess such qualities be accepted as the
role models.
The media should take a lead in launching anti-com,ption campaigns. They should conduct
investigations and report cases of cormption supported by facts report on estimated damage done and
identify people who are involved in such cases.
Authorities that provide funding for projects should encourage whistle blowing and provide
monetary and other awards to those whose reports on com,ption proven to be correct.
Authorities should maintain black-lists of those officials and agencies that are known to engage
cormpt practices and should keep them away assignments that involve public projects and services.
Authorities should not shy away from prosecuting senior civilian and military officials and
political leaders who engage in com,ption to set examples.
The political parties of Pakistan should have policies that shun any leaders and workers who
engage in com,pt practices .
•
All institutions including political parties should have policies that force those officials to
temporarily resign when credible allegations of com,ption surface until those allegations are proven
to be false in a court of law.
At the heart of Pakistan's recent anti-cormption drive are country's National Anti-Cormption
Strategy (NACS) launched in 2002, the National Accountability Ordinance of 1999 (amended 2002)
and the National Accountability Bureau - the agency charged with the implementation and overall
coordination of the NACS and the Ordinance. A general discussion on these is out of the scope of this
U4 answer (there is a bulk of information on these general reform efforts widely available and some
good resources are listed in Part III of this answer).
In this section, reform initiatives in some of the specific sectors jperceived to be most affected
by com,ption) are listed. Namely, efforts in areas of police and law enl~ment, judiciary and legal
profession and public procurement are discussed. The second section of Part II lists some reform
initiatives in other areas.
It is hoped that the reorganization outlined by the new Police Order of 2002 and the Police
Complaints department will improve the functions of the police and provide relief to the citizens.
Reportedly, one of the first steps taken in the reorganization has been the separation of the police force
into various branches, divisions, bureaus and sections. It is intended to help improve the efficiency but
in fact may lead to more cormption and less efficiency due to non-cooperation or lack of coordinati6n.
The Police Order of 2002 has also outlined a forn1at for setting up district Public Safety Comft!issions
 33

(PSC). The functions of such commissions will inter alia include investigations of complaints on
excesses and neglect against police officers and encourage greater police-public participation. The
PSCs are to be set up within the Federal and Provincial Government and the District and Town
Local Governments. There shall also be a National Public Safety Commission. Further, the Order
makes provisions for setting up of federal and provincial police complaints authorities for enquiring
into serious complaints against the members of Federal Law Enforcement Agencies. Other
measures provided for by the Order include the establishment of the Criminal Justice Coordination
committee, to work on the improvement of the system as a whole and promote good practices, and
of the National Police Management Board, to work on overall technical and human resource
capacity building within the Police.
In 2002, the National Accountability Bureau as a part of its study in preparing the NACS
organized an international workshop, resulting in the stakeholders adopting a resolution related to
ensuring transparency in Public Procurement in Pakistan. This resolution was incorporated in the
NACS report and was approved by the Ministerial Cabinet and the President of Pakistan in October
2002. Amongst others, the recommendations provide that:
• the Standard Procedures for Procurement of Works, Goods and Consultants should be revised
by the Public Procurement Regulatory Authority. Either the World Bank or PEC by-laws
should be uniformly implemented in all government and semi government departments till
such time the PPRA prepares its own Guidelines;
• to ensure transparency and public participation, the Transparency International-Pakistan tool
'Integrity Pact" should be made an integral part of all tenders;
• for every new project, public hearings should be made mandatory for scrutiny of necessity of
the project and for the environmental assessment, prior to concept clearance approval;
• evaluation Committees for Pre-qualification and Award of Contracts must include at least
two departmental members, and a minimum of three independent experts, (One each from the
Pakistan Engineering Council, Institute of Chartered Accountants and FPCCI), and others.
An important part of the recommendations of the NACS is the incorporation of the TI Integrity
Pacts in all contracts for goods and services where the estimated cost of the project is over Rupees 5
million for consultancy and over Rupees 50 million for Construction Contracts. This has been a major
breakthrough in the efforts of Tl-Pakistan whereby all major contracts will not only provide for the
"Integrity Pact" but also include all other recommendations, which have been put out in the NACS
Document (outlined above). An example of the Integrity Pact in use is to be found in the Greater
Karachi Water Supply Scheme (KIII Project) project. An integrity pact, with a fornial no-bribery
commitment, was signed by KWSB, consultant bidders and TI Pakistan. It resulted in a successful bid
of Rs 62 million($ 1.04111) against the reserved fees of Rs 249m ($4.2m). The project adopted the least
costly selection method. The bidding process was monitored by Transparency International- Pakistan
to ensure it is clean and transparent. In the event of a breach of the Integrity Pact, sanctions come into
force against the bidders and officials, including liability for damages, and blacklisting from future
tenders. The procurement process is to be followed by monitoring of the contract by civil society,
specifically TI Pakistan. The Karachi government had expressed plans to apply the same transparent
process to other projects.
It is suggested that some of the weaknesses may be addressed by the government's Project to
Improve Financial Reporting and Auditing (PIFRA). The World Bank has carried out a country
Financial Accountabihty Assessment in December 2003. Further, the ADB has approved a US$ 204
 34

million loan (part of a wider sequence) to support the Government of Punjab. Among other objectives,
the programme aims to improve the effectiveness and accountability of financial management by
bringing in transparent and user-friendly budgets and accounts, and financial and procurement systems
The Supreme Audit Institution of the country (the Auditor General's office) is trying to reform
itself by following international best practices, such as those of the International Organization of
Supreme Audit Institutions (INTOSAI), as part of its reform agenda. It has been noted that there
seems to be some progress in reorganizing the department with a view to adopting modern techniques
of audit and reporting formats. It has initiated a capacity building progran1 under the project to
improve Financial Reporting and Auditing (PIFRA). Some of the other reform efforts include the
design of diagnostic tools, such as a "Financial Government Rating Index (FGRI)" and an "Internal
Quality Roting (!QR) for il5 depanments, etc.
The Government of Pakistan has undertaken a number of steps to strengthen the Anti-
Corruption Agencies, and has especially concentrated on the National Accountability Bureau for its
refonns. The reforms include the creation of NAB as the sole Anti Corruption Agency at the Federal
level; adding the functions of prevention through research and monitoring and public awareness and
coalition building with civil society to NAB's mandate; provisions on appointments of ACAs (from
the elected opposition members) and security of tenure of key office bearers of the ACA and others.
Further reforms and restructuring are in the process.
The future of Pakistan and alleviation of poverty in rural areas of Pakistan is highly dependent
on successful and completion of all development projects. This success is threatened by the evil of
corruption that must be stopped on urgently before it is too late. The religious extremism, deteriorating
economic conditions, and worsening living conditions are unnerving the people of rural Sindh and
Balochistan, who until now have refused to fall in the trap of extremism. It is imperative that all
stakeholders including political parties, government officials, civil society organizations, private
companies, donor agencies and common people recognize the carnage that current levels of corruption
can do to the heartlands of Pakistan. They must form a grand coalition to stop the menace before it is
too late.

Expected Question:
• Corruption and accountability
• Give measures to overcome tbe problem of corruption
 GOOD GOVERNANCE (CSS-2016)
OUTLINE

D Introduction
D Key attributes of good governance
• Transparency
• Responsibility
• Accountability
• Participation&
• Responsiveness
D How are good governance and human rights linked?
• Democratic institutions
• Service delivery
• Rule of law
• Anti-corruption
D Good Governance in Pakistan
D Brief History of governance in Pakistan
D Causes of Bad Governance
• Lack of accountability
• Absence of rule of law
• Incompetent politicians and martial laws
• Relentless corruption
• Corrupt politicians
• No system of check & balance in the constitution
• Limited power of judiciary
• Negative role of bureaucracy
• Many social, political and economic problems due to bad governance
D Suggestions
• Check & balance on politicians
• Democratic process should be fair
• Effective accountability
• Independence of judiciary
• Promote education to create awareness
• Strenghten democracy
• Amendement in the constitution to ensure good governance
CJ Conclusion
 36

ESSAY
"Gender equality is more than a goal in itself It is a precondition for meeting the
challenge of reducing poverty, promoting sustainable development and building good
governance. -Kofi Annan
Good governance has been said at various times to encompass: full respect of human rights, the
rule of law, effective participation, multi-actor partnerships, political pluralism, transparent and
accountable processes and institutions, an efficient and effective public sector, legitimacy, access to
knowledge, information and education, political empowerment of people, equity, sustainability, and
attitudes and values that foster responsibility, solidarity and tolerance.
Good governance relates to political and institutional processes and outcomes that are deemed
necessary to achieve the goals of development. It has been said that good governance is the process
whereby public institutions conduct public affairs, manage public resources and guarantee the
realization of human rights in a manner essentially free of abuse and corruption, and with due regard
for the rule of law. The true test of "good" governance is the degree to which it delivers on the
promise of human rights: civil, cultural, economic, political and social rights. The key question is: are
the mstitutions of governance effectively guaranteeing the right to health, adequate housing, sufficient
food, quality education, fair justice and personal security?
The concept of good governance has been clarified by the work of the former Commission on
Human Rights. In its resolution 2000/64, the Commission identified the key attributes of good
governance:

Transparency, responsibility, accountability,participation&responsiveness (to the needs of the

people)
By linking good governance to sustainable human development, emphasizing principles such as
accountability, participation and the enjoyment of human rights, and rejecting prescriptive approaches
to development assistance, the resolution stands as an implicit endorsement of the rights-based
approach to development. Resolution 2000/64 expressly linked good governance to an enabling
environment conducive to the enjoyment of human rights and "prompting growth and sustainable
human development." In underscoring the importance of development cooperation for securing good
governance in countries in need of external support, the resolution recognized the value of partnership
approaches to development cooperation and the inappropriateness of prescriptive approaches.
Good governance and human rights are mutually reinforcing. Human rights principles provide a
set of values to guide the work of governments and other political and social actors. They also provide a
set of performance standards against which these actors can be held accountable. Moreover, human
rights principles inform the content of good governance efforts: they may inform the development of
legislative frameworks, policies, programmes, budgetary allocations and other measures. On the other
hand, without good governance, human rights cannot be respected and protected in a sustainable manner.
The implementation of human rights relies on a conducive and enabling environment.
The links between good governance and human rights can be organized around four areas:
When led by human rights values, good governance reforms of democratic institutions create
avenues for the public to participate in policymaking either through formal institutions or informal
consultations. They also establish mechanisms forthe _inclusion of multiple social groups in decision-

It
 37

making processes, especially locally. Finally, they may encouragecivil society and local communities
to formulateand express their positions on issues of importance to them.
In the realm of delivering state services to the public, good governance reforms advance human
rights when they improve the state's capacity to fulfil its responsibility to provide public goods which
are essential for the protection of a number of human rights, such as the right to education, health and
food. Reform initiatives may include mechanisms of accountability and transparency, culturally
sensitive policy tools to ensure that services are accessible and acceptable to all, and paths for public
participation in decision-making.
When it comes to the rule of law, human rights-sensitive good governance initiatives reform
legislation and assist institutions ranging from penal systems to courts and parliaments to better
implement that legislation. Good governance initiatives may include advocacy for legal reforn1, public
awareness-raising on the national and international legal framework, and capacity-building or refonn
of institutions.
In fighting corruption, good governance efforts rely on principles such as accountability,
transparency and participation to shape anti-corruption measures. Initiatives may include establishing
institutions such as anti-corruption commissions, creating mechanisms of information sharing, and
monitoring governments' use of public funds and implementation of policies.
The interconnection between good governance, human rights and sustainable development has
been made directly or indirectly by the international community in a number of declarations and other
global conference documents. For example, the Declaration on the Right to Development proclaims
that every human person and all peoples "are entitled to participate in, contribute to, and enjoy
economic, social, cultural and political development" (article I). In the Millennium Declaration, world
leaders affirmed their commitment to promote democracy and strengthen the rule of law as well as to
respect internationally recognized human rights and fundamental freedoms, including the right to
development. According to the United Nations strategy document on the millennium development
goals (MDGs), entitled "The United Nations and the MDGs: a Core Strategy", "the MDGs have to be
situated within the broader nom1S and standards of the Millennium Declaration," including those on
"human rights, democracy and good governance."
Since the draw of civilization man has been striving hard to manage his affairs systematically.
The desire to become systematic to the point and precise has led human being to develop variety of
disciplines. These disciplines with the march of civilization failed to keep pace with the human
driving force. Resultantly new avenues are sought for governance. In the case of Pakistan
mismanagement has become a hallmark of ourmanagement. It is casting dark shadow on our
institutional setup, our cultural norms and above all our credibility in the comity of nations.
Forced by the mismanagement, wide spread corruption and non-functioning of the national
institution different governments introduced a number of reforn1S to stem the decline. For this
purpose, the Nawaz Shari( government initiated serious efforts. But with the unseating of this,
government and military taking over, this pace appeals to have gathered pace. For better governance
institutions were setup by the military, which are making plausible efforts to achieve their objectives.
Good governance may be defined as that kind of government that is citizen - friendly. It has
three major dimensions: Political, Economic and Civic.
 38

In the political sense, governance may be defined as the will and the ability of the government
to protect and promote the fundamental rights and liberties of the people. In economic sphere, it is the
manner in which power is exercised in the management of a country's economic and social resources
for development. In its civic sense, the good civic government is that which allows the society to
flourish. In a civil society the rights of an individual liberty, free speech, equal opportunities,
education etc. are guaranteed by the law .In a civil society collective sense ofresponsibility prevails.
As the crisis of governance deepens and public confidence in government institutions erodes,
there is an urgent need for reform to reinforce the linkages between the state and society. The reasons
for this sense of urgency and sense of depression are not far to seek. These may be enumerated as
following:
Good governance is needed for sustaining and maintaining a sound political system in a
country. In Pakistan, we can see that the failure of democracy is due to bad governance. Every
government failure of democracy is due to bad governance. Every governn1ent comes with great
slogans to serve the nation but once it gets charge, it forgets its promises of serving the people. Every
P.M. includes in his cabinet the ministers of his own choice and grabs all the powers while managing
the national affairs. The P .M. and his ministers become to self serving. In this way, they provide
handle to the opposition to stir up the angered public opinion. The aim of the opposition is always to
bring down the government. When the situation gets totally out of control, it forces the Army to
intervene often cutting the lifetime of the government and democracy. All such actions lead to
political instability. It seeks to underline the need of good governance which in tum would yield
political stability in the country. Good governance is needed to make both the public and private
sectors effective. A well governed country has also both these sectors well administered and in
harmony with each other. When a country is not politically sound its institutions will also be in poor
condition. Cohesion between these sectors is impossible in the absence of good governance. In our
country, we can see due to the bad governance our public and private sectors are in a great mess.
Every institution of public sector is suffering from mal-administration and worst king of
corruption. The people reluctantly visit these institutions because they know the truants and dishonest
elements would not lend half an ear shoes palm is always itching. Even for public utilities task, people
have to offer bribe. Without any favour or bribe it s very difficult to get any work done from the
public offices. Moreover, due to the malpractices of the public officials and misappropriation of public
funds the infrastructure of public institutions has become cracked and a situation like chaos is
prevailing all over the country, So, good governance is strictly needed in order to make governmental
machinery effective.
Whereas good governance is needed for the smooth running of public institutions, it is also
essential for maintaining the sovereignty of the country. If a country is poorly governed and there is a
political instability, its enemies find opportunities in this situation and try to undermine it. While a
badly governed country has many other problems to solve, it can not ensure its security. A good
governed country is economically strong and all the departments of the country function smoothly. It
enables the rulers to strengthen the country's security.
In Pakistan, there have been repeated military interventions into political governance from time
to time. Although country has witnessed democratic regimes as well, but there has been constant
experimentation with democracy in the last 50 years. That is shy no comprehensive system of
governance could evolve. This poetical chaos started with the dissolution of first constituent assembly
in the most undemocratic and arbitrary manner by Governor General Ghulam Mohan,mad in 1954.
Since then Pakistan's internal strife has been plaguing including constitutional crises. He replaced
Kbawaja Nazim-ud-Din by Mohammad Ali Bogra, then foreign Ambassador of Pakistan in the United
 39

States. In the second cabinet of Mohammad Ali Bogra, Mohammad Ayub Khan, then C-in-C, was
included. It paved the way for military martial law in 1958.
The first Martial Law was imposed by Ayub Khan in 1958 and lasted till 1969. He abrogated
the constitution of 1965. He introduced Presidential system with indirect elections. His era was known
as "Decade of Development" which later on proved to be "Decade of Exploitation" as his policy of
privatization widened the gap between "haves" and "have nots". The national wealth was concentrated
into the Ayub also created resentment among the students.
In April 1969, General Yahya assumed lasted control of the country and again Martial Law
lasted till 1971. He abrogated the constitution of 1962, banned all political activates and dissolved
National and Provincial Assemblies. Yahya's Military regime in the history of Pakistan was void of
developmentbecause there was no improvement or progress in any sphere of life. Rather there was a
visible decline in political, social and economic spheres. Above all, the country was dismembered and
the eastern wing broke away to emerge as an independent sovereign state of Bangladesh. His only aim
was to transfer power to an elected body by holding free and fair elections. Yahya lived up to his
promise of holding fair election which were held in 1970 but instead of paving the way of smooth
transfer of power, the results of the election sowed the seeds of disintegration which eventually led to
the formation of Bangladesh in 1971. The loss of East Pakistan in 1971 war and the dismemberment
of the country ill-reputed the Pakistan Army. The army rule could not continue and Yahya had no
alternative but to quit by handing over power to Z.A Bhutto.
Z.A Bhutto was the chairman of PPP, who secured majority in West Pakistan in election of
1970. Bhutto possessed a charismatic personality. He introduced the concept of "Islamic Socialism".
According to him
"Islam is our faith. Democracy our policy, Socialism our economy and all power to the
people".
He raised the slogan of providing basic necessities to the people like Roti, Kapra and Makan.
His economic policy was totally different. In 1972, he undertook a massive "nationalization"
programme in which he nationalized all those industries set up in the private sector. In first phase, 31
units were nationalized which fell under 10 categories. They were iron and steel Industries, basic
metals, heavy engineering etc. In second phase, he undertook second phase of nationalization which
people were not expecting. It created great panic among the industrialist, as they were not expecting
the nationalization was not an extensive exercise and could not arrest inflation effectively as it was
planned to do so. The PPP government public enterprises were controlled by BIM.
The land reforms introduced by Bhutto also could not yield the desired results as landlords
anticipated such reforms in advance and transferred surplus land in names of their other family
member, relatives or even made lease-back arrangement with tenants. However, his labour reforms in
1972-73 enhanced the prestige and status of labour class and safeguarded their rights effectively. He
was the only head who was allowed to enjoy his tenure properly from 1970-1977.
Again Martial Law intervened in 1977 and the so-called popular leader elected by common
people through dubious elections was hanged. Whatever the circumstances were, the step was
unconstitutional. Zia's Martial Regime was supposed to be the shortest one but it turned out to be
the longest in the history of Pakistan. Zia did not abrogate the constitution of I 973 but suspended.
At that point of time, a strong Pakistan from military point of view was needed because of Afghan
problem and the revolution of Iran. Both of then could have their repercussions beyond their
boundaries. Zia's regime opened the gates of foreign aid in Pakistan as country was going through
adverse economic crises.
 40

Besides, Zia undertook massive Islamic programme in order to .seek legitimacy of his
prolonged rule. He issued various ordinances to bring existing laws in line with principles of Quran
and Sunnah. He decided to promulgate 1973 Constitution with necessary amendments. He passed his
famous 8 amendment curtailing the power of head of government through article 58 2(b) and provided
significant power to the president who could dissolve National Assembly whenever he thinks that
need has arisen.
He held local elections m 1983 on non-party basis. Then he held referendum in l 984 and main
aim was to seek public mandate for Zia's various steps, which he had already taken since 1977. In
January 1985, he held general elections which were also on non-party basis. It became difficult to
choose P.M and C.M from elected assemblies.
Handpicked civilian Govt. of Mohammad Ali Khan Juneja was placed in but it found it very
difficult to work while country was still under Martial Law Regime. The Government of Juneja was
fired in 1988 through the special power enjoyed by Zia because of 8th Amendment. The government
was dismissed on the plea of Ojhri Camp disaster. Corruption charges were leveled against it and
also due to the early signing of the Geneva Accord by Juneja without the consent of President Zia.
Holding of Round Table Conference by Junejo also annoyed Zia in which various political parties
were invited. On 18 August 1988, President Zia's airplane C-130 crashed near Bahawalpur. He died
along with top brass military generals on the spot. Thus another military civilian regime ended in a
tragic manner.
The General elections were held in 1988 on party basis by the president Ghulamishaq Khan.
Many ethnic, political and regional parties participated in these general elections. The PPP bagged 93
seats followed by IslamiJamhoorilttehad claiming over 60 seats in National Assembly. As a result,
Benazir became PM of Pakistan on I December 1988. The government was dissolved in 1990 due to
the corruption charges leveled against her by president of that time.
Then next elections were held in October 1990 and this time IslamiJamhoorilttehad got
majority and hence Nawaz Sharif became PM. This government was also dismissed in 1993 by
Ghulamishaq Khan on plea of corruption, nepotism and ethnic strife.
Again elections were held in 1993 and Benazir became PM but this government was also
dissolved on corruption charges in 1996.
Election were again held on 2 February I 997, and Nawaz Sharif came into power. The results
were amazing for everyone. The PML (N) made clean sweep in the elections and got a wide majority.
But in 1999, a military coup took place led by General Musharraf. The Army was yet again in power
promising again of smooth transfer of power to grass root level within 3 years.
Following are the causes of poor governance.
Although accountability is the keynote of Islamic character yet it is not only emitted in the
constitution of Pakistan but also not found even in the character of the rulers, this is a word unknown
to the n1Iers of Pakistan, unless accountability is introduced with all the seriousness. The process of
accountability not only be swift and sure but also transparent. that it demands, the ills and curses
inflicting the country will continue to inflict. Accountability should be irrespective of personalities.
Secondly, absence of rule of law leads to bad governance. In Pakistan, no law is applicable to
the feudal lords. While the definition of rule of law means that every one is equal in front of the law.
There are many cases of corruption against the politicians but no case has been pursued against the
politcians due to not independence of judiciary. The cases of Hajj Scam, Steel Mill, Mehran Bank
 41

case and others are still pending or their punishment is not given as per the law. Since independence
of Pakistan, no general, bureaucrat, politican, minister was held accountable or any case was filed
against them.
Incompetent politicians have also adversely affected the governance system in Pakistan. The
basic problem is with politics. This is both systemic and generic. Systemic in the sense that our
political system is not designed to perform the type of functions it is entrusted with. Generic in the
sense that the political apparatus (Parliament, the government or the cabinet) designed for performing
certain functions, essentially the sovereign functions does not have the capacity to discharge the duties
assigned to them. There is a sharp difference between our political culture and governance. In some
cases it does but in many it does not. Merit, social justice, transparency, good governance, effective
economics and enterprise management do not find a place anywhere in our politics. Politicians have a
one-point agenda to attain power and that too, not for the purpose for which they are elected, but for
their narrower and even personal agenda.
Undoubtedly, in Pakistan, corruption is a significant obstacle for good governance, supremacy
of law, and rational use of authority to run the affairs of state and to maintain public cohesion and
national harmony. Unfortunately, corrupt practices and misuse of public office lead to general
frustration, opening windows of protest with sense of dissent, disapproval and conflict against the
governing authority. The environment of agitation and demonstrations carry seeds of large scale
disturbances, creating law and order situation, social disorder and political chaos, culminating in poor
governance. In a real democratic system, hence, wise rulers undertake tangible measures to fight
corruption with a view to improve governance and maintain order. It is our misfortune that rampant
corruption in the country has infected the entire edifice of national institutions, while the rule of law
appears to have been totally disregarded. Consequently few parasites devouringly consume best of
resources, while the poor majority remains repressed and victimized under hard economic conditions.
Since the establishment of Pakistan Army has always had a strong desire to have a permanent
place in the political setup of country. The 4 military regimes are the proof of this. Pakistan's history
is studded with coups and coup like actions that have affected the character of the civilian
governments and their working.
It's quite clear that four governments before the Ayub Regime and all the governments after
Zia were dismissed because they were guilty of corruption, mal administration, nepotism, and ethnic
strife.
All the Governments after Junejo were characterized by the royal style of the Prime Minister
that was true in case of Benazir and Nawaz Sharif because of their extravagant style of living i.e.
Raiwind Palaces and Surrey Palace respectively.
All the previous heads of governments both civilian and military and also the politicians they
exercised absolutism in style and mentality. They did not realize that their foremost duty was to
serve the people not just to misrule them. Politicians during the last 64 years have not exhibited
responsible attitude.
Our constitution does not provide an effective system of check and balance. That is why, when
a civilian government is elected, it becomes omnipotent i.e. all powerful which gives rise to corruption
and mal-administration. There is no effective system of governance which can keep check on the
decisions and the steps taken by PM and his cabinet. Judiciary must be made strong enough to keep a
check over the legislation by the government.
 42

In Pakistan except Bhotto's government, no government has completed its expected life span.
After Junejo, many governments were disbanded in the period of 9 years. This game of power,
musical chair has seriously affected the economic and social progress of our country.
The political chaos prevailing in the country has led to grave economic condition. Now our
country is on the verge of bankruptcy for some years. A feeling of hopelessness is going on.
Increasing unemployment has led to "brain drain" which is alanning for the very survival of our dear
homeland. This continuously deteriorating economic situation is detrimental to effective results
oriented governance.

People are also responsible for their misfortunes because they have not exerted themselves.
They have failed to participate in the affairs of the state. They have allowed governments to
misgovern and mismanage the economy.
In Pakistan, bureaucrats have also tried to gain political power. The examples of bureaucrats
turned politicians are present here. These bureaucrats exercise undue influence and make politicians
dance on their tunes. They have done enormous changes to the previous government setups by giving
rise to red tapes.
Political parties have not done their job properly of inculcating political awareness among the
masses. Most of the times they have failed to mobilize public opinion. Instead of securing confidence
of the people, they introduced horse trading which has shattered the confidence of people in
politicians and political parties. Moreover, political parties led to extreme political polarization in the
society which affected the law and order situation in the country. Karachi provides the best example.
With the poor governance in three sectors, economic, political and institutional, the country,
despite having huge natural resources, has now entered into stagflation, which is the worst-ever
scenario. Thrust, intolerance and corruption have plagued the politics of Pakistan. Having failed to
address any of these issues the government has lost its credibility and trust at home. The government
is also using institutions for its personal benefits, which is causing a clash among the institutions.
Investment is rapidly flying from Pakistan due to unfavorable economic environment in the country.
Energy crisis is negatively affecting the industry and a number of industries have been closed down
due to unavailability of gas and electricity. These examples show bad governance in Pakistan as our
planning machinary and policy makers are totally failed to overcome these crisis.
Good governance is the significant issue of sustainable economic development amongst
other factors. It is the instrument of political, economic and administrative authorities to manage
nation's affairs. However, governance in Pakistan is almost in a state of collapse. The effects of
poor governance have compounded the economic causes of rising poverty such as decline in GDP
growth rate, increasing indebtedness, inflation, falling public investment and poor state of
physical infrastructure. Pakistan is today faced with a multitude of crises ranging from energy
shortages to breakdown of law and order to violence and terror, creating a sense of insecurity and
frustration that is eating into the vitals of the nation's identity and dignity, the root cause being the
lack of good governance. It is only good governance which creates a good environment for
investment, including investment in people, and leads to higher income, reduces poverty, and
provides better social indicators.
The performance of bureaucracy at various tiers of the government is ineffective and inefficient
mainly on account of inappropriate and whimsical appointments, postings and promotions. This state
of affairs needs to take immediate corrective measures to restore the confidence of civil servants to
ensure that they work with complete commitment and to the best of their abilities. This will require
 43

elimination of the dead wood, de-politicization of services and encouraging the qualified and the
competent. At the same time, social factors such as the highly unequal distribution of land, low level
of human development, and persistent ethnic and sectarian conflicts are also obstacles to the
achievement of long tenn sustained development.
There is no effective system of drafting legislation, making budget appropriations, holding
hearings with experts, and subsequent oversight by specialized parliamentary committees. People who
chair such committees don't have much of a clue as to where to begin, what questions to ask, and how
to hold the executive and the bureaucracy accountable. As a result, once the laws and policies are
approved, and budgets passed, there is not much oversight or accountability.
The people should be represented from the grass root to the highest level throng their
representatives. This democratic process should be fair to accommodate the aspirations of the man in
the street throng effective governance.
In order to attain quality of governance, people instead of the accountability of the previous or
failed rulers, must ask for participation in decision making and in the execution of the policies evolved
through a democratic consultative process.
In order to have an effect system of governance, participation of women should be ensured as
according to the latest count men: women ratio is 48:52 respectively. The number of seats that are
taken negligible; it's almost non-existent at the moment.
Independence of judiciary must be maintained which can exercise an effective system of check
and balance and can prevent politicians from abuse of power.
Economic and political stability are deeply interlinked. Without one, the other cannot be
obtained. So government must evolve strait and requires a major re-structuring. Then continuity of
policy is required without which no result would be obtained.
People must be educated without which they cannot protect their rights. Press can play a vital
role in creating awareness among people regarding their problems and their solutions. In this way,
people would be able to demand their rights and will perforn1 their duties in a more organized way.
Thus, we can say without proper civic sense good and effective governance cannot be obtained.
This is high time that consensus must be developed among the people that what system of
government can suit them better. Keeping in view the pluralistic society of Pakistan, federal system of
government can serve people better but sufficient powers must be given to the provinces in order to
tackle the problems of the people in an appropriate way. Direct system of election must be introduced
and governments must be allowed to complete their tenure. The crucial importance of good
governance can be witnessed by the experience of East Asian countries. Between 1965 and 1990, the
region registered the highest growth rate in the world and combined it with high living standards. The
single most important factor in this economic miracle was the fact that these countries were able to put
in place sound and sustainable framework.

EXPECTED QUESTIONS

• Define Good Governance. Why did Governace fail in Pakistan?

• What are the various pre-requisite of Good Governance?
• Give some practical measures to implement Good Governance in Pakistan?
 PROVINCIAL AUTONOMY OR CREATION
OF MORE PROVINCES (CSS-2016)
OUTLINE
D Introduction
D Global Scenario
• More provinces
• Easy to run administration
D Demand of more provinces by
• South Punjab
• Sindh
• KPk
• Balochistan
D Positive side of more provinces
• Equal distribution of budget
• Equal share in NFC
• To bring underdeveloped province in the mainstream
• To run the system of adiminstration effectively
• Opportunity for poor people
• Grievances of the people will be addressed
• Overcome ethnic issues
D Suggestions to overcome the problem
• Provinces should not be created on vested interest of the politicians
• Division of budget and NFC not on population but on backwardness, area of the province
and problem faced by province
• Improve governance to address the problems of people
D Conclusion
 45

ESSAY
In Pakistan, the debate over creating more provinces after I 8th Amendment has compelled the
policy makers and government to create more provinces to solve the issues of administration,
economy, reservation of smaller provinces, ethnic-based region, etc. Pakistan is no exception in this
regard. The country has federal structure of government in which there is a central government and
several provincial governments depending upon the number of provinces. Pakistan is home of four
major provinces, one sub-autonomous state of Azad Jammu and Kashmir and an administrative unit of
Gilgit Baltistan which is not a full province yet.
If one looks around the world, one would find the US with 50 administrative units, India with
28 plus seven Union territories, Turkey with 81, and China with 34. These countries have been doing
well economically and politically with more units. Probably this was one of the main reasons that the
proponents of creating more federating units in Pakistan predicted that by doing so Pakistan would
substantially improve economically and politically. But creating more provinces seems an uphill task
in Pakistan unlike India as it started this process right from the beginning. Even if new provinces are
carved out in Pakistan, it has to be seen that whether those would be on administrative basis or on
ethno-linguistic lines.
Amid the said scenario, there are demands for the creation of new provinces in Pakistan. These
demands are based more of ethnic outlooks rather than political and administrative grounds. The
demand of new provinces in Pakistan become apparent in the form of several movements destines to
attain provincial autonomy.
Creation of new provinces brings several positive as well as negative impacts on the state's
health. In Pakistan the creation is however more politicized matter thus blurring the distinct pros and
cons of creating new provinces. This further brings questions over the integration of Pakistan with the
creation of new provinces as the political parties here lack a unanimous verdict.
Before knowing about the implications of creating new provinces on Pakistan's integration, it's
wise to learn about the major movements demanding new provinces in the country. First comes the
demand for creation of a new province in the southern part of the Punjab. This part of the Punjab is
dominated by Seraiki speaking people who recognize themselves as a distinct ethnic group. But the
demand of this Seraiki Province is not mere on the ethnic grounds. Backwardness and low-
development levels in the southern Punjab lead to the demand of this province. Further, people of
southern Punjab find it difficult to reach the provincial capital Lahore for an administrative task. The
proponents of the Seraiki and Bahawalpur provinces expect that their provinces will get a quota in
federal services. Presently, Punjab has above 50% quota in the federal services and most of the jobs go
to the upper and central Punjab as candidates from southern Punjab are unable to compete for these
jobs. The disparity in the quality of education in these regions of Punjab is a major cause for this.
Besides, there would be a cadre of provincial services for the new provinces.
Second important demand comes from the Muhajir community of Karachi. The community
asks for the upgradation of Karachi into a separate province. Karachi is the provincial capital of the
Sindh Province. Making it a new province as demanded would be purely ethnic step.

I
 46

Third is the demand of creating Pashtun Province in Balochistan. Being the largest area of
Pakistan, Balochistan is the house ofBa lochs mostly. Some northern part of this province is dominated
by the Pashtuns who want a separate province there.
Fourth demand of creating a new province sought a vociferous voice recently after the name of
NWFP was changed into Khyber Pakhuntankhwa. It is the Hazara community of the KP province that
demands for creation of a new Hazara Province in KP. This demand is also on ethnic basis as the
Hazara community distinguishes itself from the Pashtuns of the KP.
Under the light of the said demands, the implications of creating new provinces on Pakistan's
integration can be evaluated in shape of pros and cons of taking such a step. Creating new provinces in
Pakistan can integrate the country by infusing a sense of confidence in the minds of Seraiki, Pashtun,
Muhajir and Hazarans communities of the country. This can prevent them from taking any drastic
steps. Secondly, to demand autonomous administrative provinces is not an unconstitutional thing.
They can forward their reservations over the unjust distribution of provincial budgets within various
areas of a province. Thus giving them the autonomous provinces can bring them into mainstream
national politics.
Another important implication of creating new provinces on the national integration will come
in shape of self-rule. When the people of these areas will be allowed to exercise provincial autonomy
thus ruling themselves, they can better decide their lives keeping in view their resources and needs.
This thing will keep them busy in healthy local politics and prevent sedition.
Thirdly, creating new provinces can ensure better administration. It is mostly difficult to
administer a large province. Thus dividing it into two or more smaller provinces can help in
administering it well. This also brings fortune to the people of that area without transmission of
resources and revenue to the other autonomous parts of the province.
Fourthly, creation of new provinces strengthens national integration by bringing welfare to the
state as a whole. When a province of country is welfare, it will surely add to the strength of the state.
Contrary to the positive implications of creating new provinces on Pakistan, there are certain
abnom1alities that are attributed with taking such a step. In general, creation of new provinces is a
constitutional step which in no way can disintegrate a country. A nation's integration begins to
deteriorate when the issue about the creation of new provinces is politicized. When the political
parties begin to measure the creation of new provinces according to their peculiar interests, several
controversies emerge. Take example of the behavior of Pakistan's political parties on the issue of new
provinces. Pakistan People's Party supports the voice for Seraiki province to curb the influence of
Pakistan Muslim League (N) in Punjab. To counter this move, the latter political party supports the
Muhajir community in making Karachi a province to contain the influence of Pakistan People's Party
in Sindh. Thus, this sort of politics keeps on rendering the issues controversial.
Pakistan's integration will be adversely impacted by the creation of new provinces in case the
provinces are created on etlmic lines. A new province is meant to be created on administrative basis. It
is when done in order to favour an ethnic group, the national integration faces a blow.
New provinces if created in Pakistan can weaken country's integration if provincialism
overwhelms the political scene. If the people of a province pledge to vote only the political party of
that province, it will annihilate national cohesion. In the past, the people of Bengal voted for Awami
Muslim League and the People's Party won in the West Pakistan. This later proved to be of fatal
consequence when the politico-lingual gaps between the two became so wide that the East Pakistan
 47

seceded from the West Pakistan. This sort of provincialism has caused considerable damage to the
national unity in the past.
Following are the strong justification of creating more provinces:
• Poor governance and lack of economic development.
• Distance factor to the provincial capitals as often argued by Hazara province supporters and
Seraikis.
• Ineffectiveness of the local government system justifies voices for more federating units.
• It is also argued by many analysts that more provinces would reduce ethnic conflict, prevent
Punjab from dominating the smaller federating units, make administration efficient, and give
all units a stake in the system.
• Grievances of provincial-level minorities regarding their economic and/or political
marginalization by provincial majorities would be addressed.
• Small provinces provide a more favourable environment to explore the economic potential of
the areas under their jurisdiction.
• People feel isolated in their present provinces on ethnic or geographical lines.
• Supporters of more provinces get encouraged from the neighbouring countries, especially
India, with greater number of provinces.
• People demanding separate provinces feel themselves a major minority and hence consider
themselves distinct from the majority, i.e. Seraiki belt amongst Punjabis and D. I. Khan,
Hazara in KP and Urdu-speaking Muhajirs in Sindh.
• Pakistan has an additional excuse of demographic division that becomes a structural
justification for increasing the number of its provinces.
• It is a well-established fact that the smaller the provinces, the stronger will be the federation.
The smaller units would not be in a position to demand separation from Pakistan.
Following are suggestions to overcome the problem:
• Until and unless it is not demanded by a vast majority of the people, the decision to make
more provinces must not be imposed for vested political interests.
• More provinces should be formed on the basis of population, and not on linguistic or ethnic
basis.
• Demands for more provinces largely represent populist slogans targeting Pakistani desires for
instant short cuts to good governance. They confuse the functions of provinces and districts.
There is, therefore, a need to improve governance instead of adventuring with the idea of
more provinces.
• There is also a need to differentiate between provincial autonomy and creating more
provinces as 18th Amendment is in place and the outcome of the powers given to the
provinces need to be observed.
• Pakistan could do with a few new provinces, but the most compelling cases are of Gilgit-
Baltistan and perhaps FATA. But AJK Prime Minister Chaudhry Abdul Majeed warned the
federal government against any attempt to convert Gilgit-Baltistan into a province of
Pakistan. He said, "Gilgit-Baltistan is part and parcel of the state of Jammu and Kashmir.
Any attempt to merge it into Pakistan will deal a fatal blow to our stand in the light of UN
resolutions envisaging right to self-determination for the Kashmiris." (Dawn, July 9, 2015)
 48

• Pukhtoonistan issue, the Sindho-desh slogan, and the greater Balochistan are few harsh
realities of our history, which could not be ignored. Keeping in view the checkered history of
the country, thinking of creating new provinces thus seems playing with fire.
• Ethnic, religious, regional, and lingual divides have on many instances shaken this land of
the pure. Pakistan is currently passing through the most volatile phase of its life. If the issue
of creating newer provinces is given more air, it may blow out of proportion.
• There is a need to strengthen local government and improve governance at gross-root level.
In fact, the holding of regular local bodies' elections throughout the country appears to be a
better course of action. The local bodies should be granted necessary powers and financial
resources to address the problems at grass-root level. Any major over-hauling of the
Constitution in the present circumstances is not advisable as it may unleash centrifugal and
other undesirable forces.
• Provinces should address the issues of their backward areas from where calls for new
provinces are coming.
In a nutshell, it is the need of the hour to create more provinces as developing countries and
developed countries have created more provinces to facilitate their people and to run the
system of administration more effectively, but in the case of Pakistan, this issue is taken as
politication of the parties as no one is willing to create more provinces by labelling the
emerging issues of ethnicity, etc.
 WAR ON TERRORISM IS CONTRIBUTING TOWARDS
GROWING ABUSE OF HUMAN RIGHTS (CSS-2015)
OUTLINE

D Introduction
D Fundamental human rights
D War on terrorism
D War on terrorism and abuses of human rights
• • Torture
• Loss of life
• Arbitrary detention
• Extraordinary rendition
• Denial of right to petition
• Repressive laws
• Suppression of freedom of expression ,
• Discriminations
• Invasion of privacy
• Sexual assauli
D Effects of violation of Human Rights
• More cases of terrorism
• Emerging terrorists organizations
• Lack of establishing global peace
• Religious disharmony across the globe
D Role of civil society and media
D Protecting human riglits
D Conclusion
 50

>•
ESSAY
Article 1 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights ,tale.,: "All human beings
;are born free and equal in dignity and rights. ..
Human rights are rights inherent to all human beings, whatever our nationality, place· of
residence, sex, national or ethnic origin, colour, religion, language, or any other status. We are all
equally entitled to our human rights without discrimination. These rights are all interrelated.
interdependent and indivisible. Universal human rights are often expressed and guaranteed by law, in
the forms of treaties, customary international law , general principles and other sources of
international law. International human rights law lays down obligations of Governments to act in
certain ways or to refrain from certain acts, in order to promote and protect human rights and
fundamental freedoms of individuals or groups.
The principle of universality of human rights is the cornerstone of international human rights
law. This principle, as first emphasized in the Universal Declaration on Human Rights in 1948, has
been reiterated in numerous international human rights conventions, declarations, and resolutions. The
1993 Vienna World Conference on Human Rights, for example, noted that it is the duty of States to
promote and protect all human rights and fundamental freedoms, regardless of their political, economic and
cultural systems. All ~tates have ratified at least one, and 80% of States have ratified four or more, of the
core human rights treaties, reflecting consent of States which creates legal obligations for them and giving
concrete expression to universality. Some fundamental human rights norms enjoy universal protection by
customary international law across all boundaries and civilizations.
Human rights are inalienable. They should not be taken away, except in specific situations
and according to due process. For example, the right to liberty may be restricted if a person is
found guilty of a crime by a court of law. All human rights are indivisible, whether they are civil
and political rights, such as the right to life, equality before the law and freedom of expression;
economic, social and cultural rights, such as the rights to work, social security and education , or
collective rights, such as the rights to development and self-determination, are indivisible,
interrelated and interdependent. The improvement of one right facilitates advancement of the
others. Likewise, the deprivation of one right adversely affects the others.
Over the centuries, people have struggled to conceptualize and safeguard universally applicable
human rights. The Bill of Rights in England, the establishment of Habeas Corpus, the Constitution of
the United States of America, the Declaration of the Rights of Man in France, the Universal
Declaration of Human Rights (1945), and all of the United Nations conventions in the field of
human rights are significant benchmarks in that struggle. Millions of people have worked
together to develop the best principles of democracy and the rule of law. However, the recent
threats posed by terrorism have led many Western countries to change their commitments to the
ideals of human rights. "Since September 11, more than a thousand antiterrorism measures have
been proposed in state and local jurisdictions across the nation, and already a number of them
have become law. These measures threaten to criminalize speech and protest activities, limit the
 51

availability of public records, expand government surveillance powers, and promote participation
in acts the legislature deems patriotic."
These countries have found no other way of dealing with this problem but to limit the rights of
their citizens to (among others) freedom, privacy, free speech, and access to lawyers. This, in turn, has
given authoritarian governments the opportunity to further suppress and limit human rights in their
own countries. Countries with no tradition of rule of law have often looked at more developed states
as something of an ideal, but, at the same time, have acted to preserve the power of their own leaders.
Thus, the negative example of the more developed countries has allowed states in which democracy is
nascent and the government is in most cases authoritarian, to defend their anti-democratic actions and
stall any movement toward democratic reform.
But, besides the Geneva Convention, the United States and NATO have violated other
international treaties and instruments such as the Protection of People against Torture and other Cruel,
Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or Punishment, the Geneva Convention Relative to tttt, Treatment of
Prisoners of War, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the International Covenant on Civil and
Political Rights, among others." So, there is no international treaty on the subject that has not been
violated by the United States and its allies.
There is no single clear and specific definition of terrorism accepted by all nations; even the
United Nations cannot settle on one universal definition. The absence of a universal definiti.on leads to
abuses and the selective application of the law in authoritarian countries. Yet there is a broad
consensus, which dates back to the League ofNations' 1937 definition of terrorism as " ... all criminal
acts directed against a State and intended or calculated to create a state of terror in the minds of
particular persons or a group of persons or the general public." The United Nations' "academic
consensus definition," written by terrorism expert AP. Schmid and widely..l'!ed by social scientists,
defines terrorism as " ... an anxiety-inspiring method of repeated violent action, employed by (semi-)
clandestine individual, group or state actors, for idiosyncratic, criminal or political reasons,
· whereby--in contrast to assassination-the direct targets of violence are not the main targets.
The United Nations General Assemhly Declaration in 1995 defined terrorism as "criminal
acts intended or calculated to provoke a state of terror in the general public, a group of persons or
particular persons for political purposes". 9/11 was the day that produced fundamental changes in
the world. It was the day that United States President George W Bush declared war on terrorism
and set in place the pillars of that war. The events of the preceding day, 11 September 2001, were
truly appalling in their enormity. They were tragic in the huge loss of life. They were
extraordinary in their planning and execution. They were unique in each of these ways but they
were not unique in themselves. They were not unique as terrorist acts. There had been terrorist
acts before - hijacks, bombings, kidnappings and murders. Certainly no single act had resulted in
such a heavy toll in death and injury but there had been single acts, such as the Lockerbie
bombing in which many hundreds had died and there had been terrorist campaigns waged over
years or decades in which thousands had died. Nor were the events of 11 September unique as
terrorist acts on US soil.
 52

What was most unique about the terrorist attacks of 11 September were not the acts themselves
but the response to them, beginning with the US President· s response on 12 September. No war on
terrorism had been declared after the Oklahoma City bombing. There was no suspensi,m nr
fundamental constitutional protections and no rush to legislate even greater restrictions. No indefinite
detention without charge or trial. No denial of legal advice and representation. No suggestion that
torture should be permitted and authorised. The US President's response on 12 September was unique,
unleashing a global colT'mitment to fight terrorism without regard for national boundaries or
international law.
Worldwide sympathy for the United States and worldwide condemnation of terrorism followed
the attacks on 11 September. There is no dispute about the nature of terrorism or about its intrinsic
evil. But there is grave dispute about the nature of the response to terrorism, most manifest now in
relation to the War against Iraq. Around the world the war on terrorism has led to increased security,
increased surveillance of the general population and of specific groups and increased powers for
police and intelligence agencies.
The United States led the way with the mass detentions of hundreds of inunigrants who were
West Asian or North African in origin or Islamic in belief. Very few of these people were charged
with any criminal offence. Many were held for periods of many months on immigration grounds. They
were denied their right to silence, denied access to legal advice and representation, prevented from
contacting their families and brought before closed courts to be dealt with in secret. The United States
also led the way with new legislation to restrict human rights.
The most extreme expression of this new US approach is found in the situation in Camp X-ray
at the US base at Guantanamo Bay in Cuba. Captured Taliban and Al Qaida suspects are held there
without the protection either of international humanitarian law or international human rights law. The
US Administration has said that the provisions in Geneva Conventions on the treatinent of prisoners of
war do not apply to these detainees. And so those protections have been violated.
Detainees have also been denied the protection of rights guaranteed under the US constitution
and the US courts have refused to intervene. They are held in inhumane conditions, subjected to
inhuman and degrading treatinent and perhaps torture and denied due process rights, including the
right to legal advice and representation and the right to be charged and tried openly before an
independent tribunal.
International human rights law itself permits restrictions on the enjoyment of human rights
in emergency circumstances. Article 4 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights
provides that some human rights may he restricted in "time of public emergency which threatens
the life of the nation" provided that the emergency is officially proclaimed and is notified to the
United Nations Secretary General, that measures taken under the state of eme1gency are no more
than what is "strictly required by the exigencies of the situation" and that the measures do not
discriminate 011 the basis of race, colour, sex, language, religion or social origin.
Dew;c,oes in U.K. prisons have complained oflong penods of isolation; lack of access to health
car~, t:xercise of :eligion, and educational services; lack of exercise; obstacles to visits from friends
 53

and family; and psychological trauma associated with the uncertainty of when they will be released.
Concerns about the use of torture have also arisen in connection with other aspects of U.K.'s
participation in the international campaign against terrorism. In December 2002, the U.S. forces were
using "stress and duress" techniques in their interrogations of al-Qaeda suspects detained on the island
of Diego Garcia-part of British-held Indian Ocean Territory--resulted in urgent appeals to the U.K.
government to ensure that the detainees' human rights were upheld.
The detainees were originally held in makeshift open-air facilities with chain-link walls until
moved to a newly constructed facility on April 28, 2002. According to press reports, the detainees
spend twenty-four hours a day in small single -person cells, except for two fifteen minute periods of
solitary exercise a week, as well as interrogation sessions. About eighty of the prisoners were held
in special high security cells with steel walls that prevented them fron{ communicating with other
prisoners. The United States has refused to recognize the applicability of the Geneva Conventions to
any of the Afghan war or al-Qaeda detainees held al Guantanamo or elsewhere, including captured
members of the Taliban armed forces, although it has insisted that it treats them .humanely. It
refused to permit competent tribunals to determine whether any of the detained combatants were
entitled to prisoner of war status. It has also refused to abide by principles of international human rights
law with regard to these detainees, asserting, in effect, that no legal regime applies to them and that in
the war against terrorism, the United States may hold such combatants for as long as it chooses. The
Guantanamo detainees remain without a legal forum in which they can challenge their detention; a
federal judge ruled on July 30, 2002 that U.S. federal courts do not have jurisdiction to hear
constitutional claims brought by aliens held by the United States outside U.S. sovereign territory.
Human Rights Watch has documented the mistreatment of non-citizens detained in the
September 11 investigation, including: custodial interrogations without access to counsel, prolonged
detention without charge, executive decisions overriding judicial orders to release detainees on bond
during immigration proceedings, and unnecessarily restrictive conditions--including solitary
confinement--under which some "special interest" detainees were held. Guantanamo Bay Detainees
Since September 11, the United States has transferred about 650 men captured in connection with the
Afghan war or who are suspected of links to al-Qaeda to the U.S. military base at Guantanamo Bay,
Cuba. U.S. officials apparently chose the site both for security purposes as well as because they
believed that U.S. courts would refuse to exercise jurisdiction over it- a belief that has been borne out
.
in court cases .
The laws are also not justified if they are a disproportionate response to the emergency and if
they discriminate. Yet these laws are being applied almost exclusively against people of West Asian
and North African background and those who are Muslim.
The war on terrorism has generated more general concerns beyond concern for the specifics of
legislation proposed or enacted in its name. The first is a concern about the new debate on torture.
Under international law torture is one of the most serious violations of human rights. I!_is considered
unacceptable anywhere in any circumstances. It is one of the rights that can never be restricted, even
in "time of public emergency which threatens the life of the nation".
 54

Usual methods are being used in interrogation under the present circumstances but they
deny that these measures constitute torture. Past and present intelligence agents have admitted
that torture is used and argued that its use should be extended as a means of obtaining information
about terrorists and about potential terrorist attacks. Amnesty International (200 I) also condemns
the use of torture and remains concerned over the well being of detainees, especially in light of
reports that many of those arrested in the wake of the attacks were denied prompt access to
lawyers or relatives.
In its comprehensive investigation on the mistreatment of post-September I !th detainees,
Human Rights Watch (2002a) chronicles civil liberties and human rights infractions. Among the
most serious problems are: denial of access to counsel, custodial interrogations without access to
counsel, abusive interrogations, arbitrary detention, detaining non-citizens without charge, detainees
denied release on bond or held on extraordinarily high bond, and continued detention despite a
release order. Investigations also reveal detainees subjected to harsh conditions of confinement,
compounded by verbal and physical abuse, denied adequate medical attention, and housed with
suspected or convicted criminals.
A leading US academic, an internationally recognised human rights expert, has said that the
elimination of torture is impossible and perhaps even undesirable when terrorist attacks are possible
and so, he has said, the law should seek not to prohibit torture but to control it by providing for its use
to be authorised only at the highest level of govenunent and only subject to measures of public
accountability. This proposal is totally unacceptable because torture is totally unacceptable.
Some police and military officers have argued against torture on pragmatic grounds, that
information obtained under torture is inherently unreliable and so acting on it may lead to grave error.
That's true. But far more important is the principle that torture is never acceptable, that it is always a
serious violation of a fundamental human right.
The War on Terrorism then has resulted in challenges to some of the most deeply held
moral and ethical values and the observance of some of the most fundamental human rights. And
now we have the War against Iraq.
The War on Terrorism is a response to actual events, not only the attacks of 11 September
2001 in the United States but also terrorist attacks before and after that in many parts of the
world, including the Bali bombing. Although there is ·sound debate about the nature of the
. response and its proportionality, there is no doubt that a response is legitimate and lawful.
Two recent events account for the hypocritical duality with which some states are manipulating
the concept of human rights well into the 21st century. In the first place, on February 7, 2007, the
International Convention for the Protection of All Persons from Enforced Disappearance that
criminalises the use of secret prisons was signed in Paris by some sixty countries (most of them from
Europe, but not tl1e United States). And a few days later, on February 14, a report accusing those same
European govemn,ents of complicity with the US Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), in operations
involving clandestine kidnappings, was approved at the European Parliament in Strasbourg.
According to this report, between 200 I and 2005, CIA aircrafts made no less than 1,245 stopovers at
 55

European airports, often carrying suspects who were victims of "enforced disappearance", being
clandestinely sent to Guantanamo or prisons in allied countries (Egypt, Morocco) where torture is a
regular practice.
Among the most innovative and the most shocking of the many violations to which the war on
terror has given rise is the practice of 'extraordinary rendition'. Reliable reports are increasing of the
kidnapping and secret transfer of individuals without any process of law to various locations and/or to
third states for what has been referred to as detention or torture by proxy. This is straightforwardly a
violation of many human rights, on account not only of its eventual purpose - torture, arbitrary
detention or other serious violation - but also due to the procedural arbitrariness that attends it. and,
most insidiously, the effect of removing the person from the protection of la;,, and \\jthholding
mformation from that person and his or her family. The latter characteristic has led to this praciice
being described as enforced disappearance.
The 'terrorism' label has been applied liberally since 9/11, without clarity as to its s~~e (the
term being undefined or ill-defined), often without due process, and" with serious consequences for
those thus branded or others associated with them. Perhaps the most obvious manifestation of this
phenomenon are the various terrorism 'lists' established at national, regional and (under the Security
Council's watchful eye) international level. While systems and safeguards vary, the problem with
these lists is often the lack of transparency around the reasons for inclusion in them, and the lack of
meaningful opportunity to challenge such inclusion. Little by little, litigation is seeking-.to call
governments to account for decisions made in this respect, and to provide a degree of judicial
oversight at least to temper an otherwise opaque and arbitrary practice.
In many cases the judiciary has shown its reluctance to make determinations that may impact
on security, refusing, for example, to question executive assessments of the existence of an
emergency. But when particular practices H. Duffy - Human rights litigation and the 'war on terror ' have
come under scrutin)', the courts in diverse systems have often and increasingly proved themselves willing -
in some cases promp'tty, in other cases after painstaking process and only as a matter_of genuine last resort
- to criticize the legitimacy, necessity or proportionality of particular measures.
The war against Iraq, on the other hand, is presented as a pre-emptive war under a new doctrine
enunciated by the present US AcbtJ!nistration. Unfortunately for the United Slates, international law doei.
not recognize this new doctrine of pre-emption. International Jaw permits resort to war in two
circumstances only, when authorised by the United Nations Security Council in response to a declared
threat to international peace and security and when there is an actual attack or an immediate threat of an
actual attack but then only until such time as the Security Council takes charge of the situation. Neither of
these conditions have been met and so the War against Iraq is unlawful. For instance, the arguments stating
that Saddam Hussein's regime was hiding weapons of mass destruction and had been a partner with Al-
Qaeda in the 9/11 attacks were never proved and even so the Bush administration invaded Iraq, overthrew
Hussein and set up a "democratic" government serving US interests.
43 international lawyers, almost every significant international lawyer in the country, made a joint
statement that "[t]he initiation ofa war against Iraq by the self-styled 'coalition of the willing' would be a
 56

fundamental violation of international Jaw". More recently the top international lawyers in the United
Kingdom issued a similar joint statement. In the United States individual international lawyers have made
their own statements, almost all again expressing the view that this war is unlawful. This is far more than
an academic argument when thousands oflives are at stake.
The government of the United States does not care whether the war is lawful or not. They are
determined to wage war and all this legal debate is merely a distraction to them. Had they been sincere
in their protestation that the war is lawful, in the face of firm views to the contrary by the
acknowledged experts, these governments would have sought the opinion of the one body established
with authority to give a conclusive view, the International Court of Justice. The UN Chartec
establishes the Court to decide issues like these.
The most urgent issue now is the actual conduct of the war. International hulljanitarian law
governs how nations and their armed forces should conduct themselves during war. All the
nations in the US coalition are bound by international humanitarian law and so must ensure that
civilians are not deliberately targeted, that actions that might endanger civilians are avoided, that
prisoners of war are treated properly and so on.
The war on terrorism has killed many more people than the terrorist attacks of 11 September
2001. The war against Iraq will kill many times that number again. The truth· is that, according to
various reports including one by National Intelligence Council revealed by The New York Times on
24 September 2006, not only has the invasion and occupation of Iraq (with all its abuses) failed in
halting international terrorism but, on the contrary, it has contributed to fuel terrorism worldwid~ and
to strengthen Islamic radicalism toward the West.
Human sec•.trity is a major pre-occupation in today's world. That is understandable. Ensaung
security for every human being around the world is one of the major challenges facing us. In
addressing these concerns it is needed to enhance the search for common ground. Human rights
provide that common ground. Government needs to build commitment to observing human rights law,
not to violating it.

EXPECTED QUESTION:
• War on terror has violated human rights
• War on terror and its repercussion on human rights
 ENERGY CRISIS IN PAKISTAN
OUTLINE

,0 lntroducticm
• Energy, a demand for all fields
• Cheap ways of producing Energy
D ~~auses·
• Lack ofdarns
• Inability to explore coal: 6th largest coal reserves in the_ world
• Lack of renewable energy sources
• Problem of circular debt
• Losses in. transmission and distribution
• Wastage of energy
• Domestic and household consumption
• Aging of the equipment
• Wastage of energy
• High cost of fuel
D Effects
• Economic loss
• Agricultural loss
• Closure of indurtries
• Umemployment
• Social issues
D Energy Policy (2013-2018)
D Suggestions
• Alternative sources of energy
Wind
Solar
Biomass
Tidal
Nuclear power
• Building of darns
Long term dams
Medium term dams
Short term dams
• Exploit the coal reserves
• Regional gas and oil pipelines
IPI project
TAP! project
• Updating the system of transmission and distribution
D Conclusion
 58

ESSAY
Energy is the lifeline of a nation. The economic engine and the wheels of industry, agriculture
and business need energy to move forward. Pakistan faces a major energy crisis in natural gas, power
and oil. Power outages usually last 10 -12 hours a day in the cities and more in the rural areas. This
has left the industries of Pakistan (mainly agricultural, secondary and tertiary sectors) stunned and so
they are unable to fully operate. This has a very negative impact on the economy of the country. The
demand of energy in Pakistan is huge, and cannot be fulfilled by electricity production based on oil. It
can only meet 20% of our requirement through native production and the remaining oil is imported
from Gulf States and other countries. No major oil, field has been discovered in last three decades. It
is clear that other alternative production methods must be considered to meet the demand. Most likely
one that is cheap, considering initial setup cost, and costs attached.
The second method of production we use is thermal (i-e using coal to produce electricity).
Pakistan has been blessed with wealthy mineral resources, but the sad part is that we are too
ign0rant to explore them. We are sitting on gold mines and yet we do nothing about it. Balochistan,
for mstance, is rich with all sorts of minerals and could be exploited heavily. If we could solve the
feudal problems of the provinces, and let the national and international companies explore the area,
we might solve our fuel problems too. But this is a precious non-renewable resource, so we need
better options.
Other major option is hydro-electnc power generation. This is the cheapest and most feasible
way of producing electricity for our country. Two major energy dams in Pakistan are Tarbela and
Mangla. If only the proposed Kalabagh darn would be constructed, 80% of our energy needs would be
fulfilled. Best option is to construct this dam, and take advantage of the natural hydrography of
Pakistan in maximum possible extent.
Wind power and solar power generatton are good alternatives as well. Their initial costs are
low when compared to other methods, and are definitely in the best interests of our country.
Following are the causes of energy crisis m Pakistan.
In Pakistan, no major dam was constructed after the completion of Mangle and Terbela Darns
m early I 980s. Though the demand of electricity was increasing but many governments came and
completed their terms but neither government built darns which is the cheapest source of the energy.
Pakistan needs to make Kalabagh darn and Basha dams but due to politicisation and lack of dedicated
politicians, Pakistan is confrontin the problem of energy crisis. Electricity from hydel cost us Rs. 2-4
rupee per unit.
Pakistan is blessed with large amount of the coal. No serious work is done to explore the coal
for power generation. This is complained that the coal quality is inferior.However, ·ready-made
solutions are available to burn any type of coal. Government is looking for private sector to play its
role. In our opinion, the government itself should come forward and install the power plants on the site
of coal mines only.
The government is not producing electricity from nenewable source of energy such as wind,
solar, tidal, biogas, etc.Though Pakistan has maximum summars suiting for solar energy but there are
huge taxes which are paid while purchasing this technology. Through solar, Pakistan can produce up
to 1,00,000 MW electricity. Besides, wind energy has a potential of producing 50,000 MW electricity
but Pakistan is not producing from this cheapest source. If a serious work is done then the total ,
 59

shortage can be met from Hydro and wind power sector.It ts also suggested that small loans should be
provided to consumers to install small hydro and solar cells for one family usage of electricity.
One of the main reasons for the serious shortfall in the generation of thermal electricity 1s the
problem of the "circular debt" which the present government inherited from the previous regime. In
2007, the government did not compensate the power companies for the subsidy that was being
provided to consumers. The power compames in turn could not pay the oil and gas companies,
reducing their liquidity to import the furnace oil that was needed to generate electricity. The interim
government, before the elections, in fact, forced the commercial banks to lend Rs34bn to the oil
companies whose credit limits were already exhausted. This problem of "circular debt" became more
serious in the summer of 2008, as petroleum prices jumped from $100 to $147 a barrel. It is really
surprising that this problem has become the main cause of increasing load-shedding but has not so far
been addressed on a priority basis. In 2015 the circular debt reached Rs.600 billion.
Very heavy line losses in transmission and distribution because of old and poorly maintained
transmission systems, estimated at over 20 per cent compared to eight to ten per cent in other
countries. Large scale theft of electricity as clearly revealed by the growing difference between units
generated or purchased and those paid for.
Wastage of energy by the industry which consumes 30 per cent of total electricity due to less
efficient systems and other practices. For example, the Chinese consume 30 per cent less electricity in
textile mills because they use water partially heated by solar panels in their boilers. Overuse of energy
by the transport sector (consuming 28 per cent of total energy) due to old and poorly tuned engines.
Domestic and household consumption which uses 45 per cent of total electricity also
depicts wasteful and unnecessary uses of lights, air-conditioners and large-scale illuminations on
different occasions. The problems outlined above reveal many structural flaws in our energy
system. These include over-dependence on imported energy, inadequate political will, limited
financial support and very weak implementation capacity.
One very important reason attributed to this energy shortage is the aging of the generating
equipment which could not develop the electricity as per the design requirement. This is the
responsibility of continuous updating the equipment and keeping the high standard of
maintenance. we sincerely think a serious thought should be given for general overhaul and
maintenance of existing equipment to keep them in good working order.
So far energy conservation is concerned,newspaperspay lip service in seminars. No serious
thought is being given to utilize the energy at the optimum level. A new culture need to develop to
conserve energy. Some times on government level illiteracy is blamed for the failure of the energy
conservation program. this is not true,. Maximum energy is consumed by elite class which controls all
the resources of knowledge and communication. But for their own luxury they themselves ignore the
problem. Government should seriously embark on energy conservation program.
Following are the effects of energy crisis in Pakistan.
Energy is pivotal for running all other resources and crisis of energy directly influences all
other sectors of the economy. The economic progress is hampered by decline in agricultural
productivity as well as by halting in operations of industries. One important factor of lower GDP
and inflation of commodity prices in recent years is attributed to shortfalls in energy supply.
Pakistan is facing high cost of production due to several factors like energy crisis, the hike in
electricity tariff, the increase in interest rate, devaluation of Pakistani rupee, increasing cost of
 60

inputs, political instability, removal of subsidy & internal dispute. The above all factors increase the
cost of production which decreases the exports. Exports receipts decrease from$ 10.2 B to$ 9.6 B.
The global recession also hit badly the textile industry. Double digit inflation also caused decrease
in production in texti]e sector.
Agricultural productivity of Pakistan is decreasing due to provision of energy for running tube
weils, agricultural machinery and production of fertilizers and pesticides. Thus higher energy means
higher agricultural productivity.
Nearly all Industrial units are run with the energy and breakage in energy supply is having dire
consequences on industrial growth. As a result of decline in energy supply, industrial units are not
only being opened, but also the existing industrial units are gradually closing.
By closure of industrial units and less agricultural productivity, new employment opportunities
ceased to exist and already employed manpower is shredded by the employers to increase their profit
ratios. Thus energy crisis contributes towards unemployment.
Pakistan's textile industry is going through one of the toughest periods in decades. The
global recession which has hit the global textile really hard is not the only cause for concern.
Serious internal issues including energy crisis affected Pakistan· s textile industry very badly. The
high cost of production resulting from an instant rise in the energy costs has been the primary cause
of concern for the industry. Depreciation of Pakistani rupee during last year has significantly raised
the cost of imported inputs. Furthermore, double digit inflation and high cost of financing have
seriously affected the growtl:> in the textile industry. Pakistan's textile exports in turn have gone
down during last three years as exporters cannot effectively market their produce since buyers are
not visiting Pakistan due to adverse travel conditions and it is getting more and more difficult for
the exporters to travel abroad. Pakistan's textile industry is lackmg in research &development.The
production capability is very low due to obsolete machinery and technology.
This factor is primarily related to the domes!Ic usage of energy (cooking, heating and water
provision). Load shedding causes unrest and frustration amongst the people and results in agitation
against the government.
The government has finally formulated the much-awaited National Energy Policy 2013-18.
Under the policy, power sector subsidy will be phased out by 20 I 8 and loadshedding will be ended by
2017. It aims at generating surplus electricity in 2018, privatising govemment-owned power plants
and a few power distributing companies (Discos), bringing the double digit cost of power generation
to a single digit, restructuring the water and power ministry, National Electric Power Regulatory
Authority (Nepra), Oil and gas Regulatory Authority (Ogra), adjustment of outstanding dues owed by
public and private organisations through federal adjusters and formation of regional transmission and
power trading system. The policy comprises seven points envisions a profitable, bankable and
investment-friendly power sector which meets the nation· s needs and boosts its economy in a
sustainable and affordable manner while adhering to the most efficient generation, transmission and
distribution standards.
To achieve the long-term vision of the power sector and overcome its challenges, the
government has set the following goals: Build a power generation capacity that can meet the country's
energy needs in a sustainable manner; create a culture of energy conservation and responsibility;
ensure generation of inexpensive and affordable electricity for domestic, commercial and industnal
use; minimise pilferage and adulteration in fuel supply; promote world class efficiency in power
 61

generation; create a c.utting edge transmission network; mirnmise .financial losses across the systen1;
and align the ministries involved in the energy sector and improve governance.
There are various methods to solve the energy crisis in Pakistan.
,
Though wind, Pakistan has potentials of wind energy ranging from 10(1()0 NI W to 50000 MW,
yet power generation through wind is in initial stages in Pakistan and currently 06 MW has been
installed in first phase in Jhampir through a Turkish company and 50 MW will be installed shortly.
More wind power plants will be built in Jhampir, Gharo, Keti Bandar and Bin Qasim Karachi.
Solar power involves using solar cells to convert sunlight into electricity, using sunlight hitting
solar thermal panels to convert sunlight to heat water or air. Pakistan has potential of more than
100,000 MW from solar energy. Building of solar power plants is underway in Kashmir, Punjab,
Sindh and Balochistan. However, private vendors are importing panels / solar water heaters for
consumption in the market. Alternative Energy Development Board (AEDB) is working for 20,000
solar water heaters in Gilgit Baltistan. Mobile companies have been asked by the government to shift
supply of energy to their transmission towers from petroleum to solar energy panels.
Biomass production involves using garbage or other renewable resources such as sugarcane,
corn or other vegetation to generate electricity. When garbage decomposes, methane is produced and
captured in pipes and later burned to produce electricity. Vegetation and wood can be burned directly
to generate energy, like fossil fuels, or processed· to form alcohols. Brazil has one of the largest
renewable energy programs from biomass/biodiesel in the world, followed by USA. Alternative
Energy Development Board (AEDB) of Pakistan has planned to generate 10 MW of electricity from
municipal waste in Karachi followed by similar projects in twenty cities of country.
Tidal power can be extracted from Moon-gravity-powered tides by locating a water turbine in a
tidal current. The turbine can turn an electrical generator, or a gas compressor, that can then store
energy until needed. Coastal tides are a source of clean, free, renewable, and sustainable energy. Plans
are underway in Pakistan to harness tidal energy; however, no implementation has been made so far.
Nuclear power stations use nuclear fission reaction to generate energy by the reaction of
uranium inside a nuclear reactor. Pakistan has a small nuclear power program, with 425 MW capacity,
but there are plans to increase this capacity substantially. Since Pakistan is outside the Nuclear Non-
Proliferation Treaty, it is excluded from trade in nuclear plant or materials, which hinders its
development of civil nuclear energy. Remaining issues in development of nuclear energy are
enrichment of uranium from U235 to U238, controlling chain reaction and dumping of solid waste.
Pakistan has potential of hydro resources to generate 41000 to 45000 MW, however, only 6555
MW is currently being generated by this important renewable resource. Four large hydro power dams
namely Kalabagh _3600 MW, Bhasha 4500 MW, Bunji 5400 MW and Dasu 3800 MW can be
constructed to generate hydro electricity. Similarly, many small to medium hydro plants can be
installed on rivers and cana's etc.
The longer term solution of the energy crisis will be to restore the hydro-thermal mix to 60:40
or at least 50:50 in the next five years. The Water Accord of 1991 had o~ened the way for
constructing many dams to store water and generate electricity. But the continuing controversy over
the KalabaghDam became a major obstacle. Surprisingly, even many smaller and non-controversial
hydroelectric projects have been delayed without any justification. The hydel projects in the pipeline
include the following: Neelurn Jhelurn (969 MW), Tarbela Fourth Extension (960 MW), SukiKinari
 62

(840 MW), Munda Dam (700 MW), Khan Dubar (130 MW), Allai (126 MW) and Jinnah Hydro
electric power project (96 MW).
Pakistan has the world's sixth largest reserves of coal, after the recent discoveries in Thar. The
total coal reserve in Pakistan is about 175 billion tons. The current coal production is only 3.5 million
tons per year, which is mostly used for the brick and cement industry. Coal has typical problems, such
as a high sulphur content (it produces sulphur dioxide, the source of acid rain), mineral matter content
(leading to ash and pollution problems), carbon dioxide emission (contributing to global warming) and
high moisture content. However, technologies are available to minimise all of these. Conversion
technologies are curren\ly under development to convert coal into environmentally-friendly methanol
and hydrogen gas to be used as clean fuel. The US is working on a major initiative called future gen to
produce "zero emission" power plants of the future. Thar coal can be cleaned and the sulphur reduced
so that it can be burnt in conventional coal power plants and also convened into gas. Coal gasification
is a slightly more expensive process, but the gas from coal is a proven and cleaner technology. The
Chinese had prepared a feasibility repon in 2005 to produce 3,000 MW at 5.8 cents per unit, but the
project could not move forward because they were offered only 5.3 cents.
There are also many possibilities of regional cooperation in building gas and oil pipelines.
These include the Iran-Pakistan-India gas pipeline; the Turkmenistan-Afghanistan-Pakistan gas
pipeline; an oil, gas and electricity corridor from Gwadar to Western China, the import of 1,000 MW
electricity from Ragun hydro station in Tajikistan for which an agreement was signed in March 1992
at the rate of 3.3 cents per unit.
The worldwide electricity production, as per the World Bank, is as follows: coal: 40 per cent;
gas 19 per cent; nuclear 16 per cent; hydro 16 per cent; oil seven per cent. Pakistan's power
production is gas 48 per cent; hydro 33 per cent; oil 16 per cent; nuclear two per cent, and coal 0.2 per
cent. There has been a global trend to shift away from oil because of its rising price expected to reach
$100 a barrel by the end of this year depending on the international geopolitical situation. Despite the
lowest cost of hydroelectric power, there have been environmental, ecological and geopolitical
concerns over the building of large dams. The supply of natural gas in Pakistan has been depleting
over the years, and the country is now looking at the option of imponing gas from Qatar and Central
Asia. This leaves the possibility of exploring nuclear, coal and other alternative energy sources.
Nuclear energy and coal form the lowest source of power production in Pakistan. On the other hand,
the world average for nuclear energy is 16 per cent and for coal 40 per cent. Let us first consider these
two potential sources of electric power production for Pakistan. The US obtains 20 per cent of its
electric power fron;'~~clear.energy with 104 reactors; France 78 per cent with 59 reactors, Japan 24
per cent with 54 re~tors, tjle UK 23 per cent with 31 reactors, and so on. Even India has signed a
civilian nuclear cooperation agreeinent with the United States to develop its nuclear capability for
power generation and economic development. It has currently six reactors in opernhon with a capacity
J3750 MW, and another six with a capacity of 3,34() MW are under construction.
The new agreement will further boost the nuclear power generating capacity of India. Today,
•rnclear power plants have average capacities of 600 - 1,000 MW. Pakistan only produces two per
cent of its power through two reactors (Karachi and Chashrna at 13 7 MW and 300 MW
respectively). Pakistan is a nuclear technologically advanced country with capabilities to produce
fuel, yet falls behind most other countries, including India, in terms of nuclear power production.
Regarding co<tl power .geneiation. the US- ntoduces 51 per cent of its power using coal, Poland 96
 63

per cent, South Africa 94 per cent, India 68 per cent, Australia 77 per cent, China 79 per cent, Israel
77 per cent, UK 35 per cent, Japan 28 per cent, while Pakistan produces only 0.2 per cent of its
power through coal.
In Pakistan, smaller windmills are now visible, such as the ones at Gharo, where SZABIST
set up an experimental research station many years ago. The Sindh government has recently announced
plans to build a 50 MW wind farm in the vicinity in the coastal region at Gharo. Solar power
(photovoltaic or thermal) is another alternative energy source option that is generally considered feasible
for tropical and equatorial countries. Even though the accepted standard is 1,000 W/m2 of peak power at
sea level, an average solar panel (or photovoltaic - PV - panel), delivers an average of only I 9-
56W/m2. Solar plants are generally used in cases where smaller amounts of power are required at remote
locations. PV is also the most expensive of all options making it less attractive.

EXPECTED QUESTION:
• Energy is considered as a main contribntor In the development of any country but lu
Pakistan, enery crisis is worsening day by day. Discuss indetall.
• What are the causes and effects of Energy Crisis in Pakistan?
• Give remedies to overcome Energy Crisis in Pakistan.
 WATER CRISIS, IN PAKISTAN AND ITS REMEDIES (CSS-2016)
OUTLINE
0 World Bank (WB) and Asian Development Bank (ADB) report
CJ Causes of water crisis
• No dams construction
• Dispute between the provinces
• Demands of Sindh
• Punjab's role
• Lack of proper water management
·;·· Climate cfiange
• Mismanagement ofresources
CJ Indian propaganda since 1947
• Standstill Agreement
• Role of the president of the World Bank
• Indus Basin Treaty 1960
• Wullar Barrage (The Tulbal Navigation Lock)
• Kishanganga Project
• Baghlihar Dam
0 Sources of water
• Indus River
• Closed basin Kharan desert
• Makran coastal basin
• Water reservoirs/ capacities
• Terbela dam reservoir
• Mangla dam reservoir
• Chashma barrage reservoir
• Utilisation of water
• Irrigation
• Power generation
• Drinking
• Industry
0 Water and agriculture
0 Impact on economy
CJ Recommendations
• Chasha dam
• Kalabagh dam
• Thal reservoir
• Raised Mangla dam
• Mirani dam
• Gomalzam dam
• Water management
• Use of alternative soruces of energy
0 Conclusion '
 65

ESSAY
According to the World Bank (WB) and Asian Development Bank (ADB), Pakistan is one of
the most "water stressed" countries in the world; it is likely to face an acute water shortage over the
next five years due to lack of water availability for irrigation, industry and human consumption. A
WB report states that water supply in Pakistan has fallen from 5,000 cubic meters per capita to 1,000
cubic meters in 2010, and is likely to further reduce to 800 cubic meters per capita by 2020.
Contributory factors consist of increase in population, climate change, lack of a solid vision to
construct water reservoirs, and misplaced use of Jhelum and Chenab rivers by India under the Indus
Water Treaty (!WT) of 1960 that has resulted in reduced flow of water to Pakistan. The water crisis
has two dimensions. First is the distribution of water among the four provinces, particularly between
Punjab and Sindh. The second is between Pakistan and India arising because of utilizing water from
Chenab and Jhelum rivers. The first problem basically arises from the second one.
India got the right to fully utilize water from the three eastern rivers; Ravi, Bias and Sutlej,
while Pakistan was to utilize water from the three western rivers; Indus, Chenab and Jhelum under the
Indus Water Treaty (IWT). India was also permitted limited irrigation of 1.343 million acres (2.85
MAF) from western rivers. Water for Pakistan was not quantified. However, it is implied in the treaty
that India is not to exceed the specified limit for water utilization. If India continues with its current
strategy of building dams on Chenab and Jhelum rivers, then there would be serious implications for
Pakistan's agriculture and national security. It would aggravate the already strained relationship
between the two countries, which is due to the unresolved Kashmir issue. A very strong perception
exists in Pakistan that India in its quest to utilize water from Chenab and Jhelum rivers and is not
fulfilling its obligations under the !WT. It wants to constrict the flow of water to Pakistan. This
strategy has a hidden political agenda to create scarcity of irrigation water that would hurt Pakistan's
economy and agriculture sector in between 10-15 years. The national interests of both the countries
would be best served if'India honoured its comn1ittnents under the !WT. But, is India ready to address
Pakistan's concerns or wants to safeguard its own interests by violating the !WT that could lead to
worsening of relations between the two countries?
The water crisis at the national level exists due to the following reasons:
(a) In the past, the public leadership did not succeed to develop a consensus on construction of
huge water reservoirs, particularly the Kalabagh dam that could have addressed many of the
power and water problems which are being faced today.
(b) Provinces are in dispute over their respective share of water under the !WT, with particular
reference to utilizing water for Kharif and Rabi seasons through link canals managed by the
Indus River System Authority (Irsa). Irsa has stopped satisfying Punjab, Sindh and
Balochistan provinces over distribution of irrigation water for current Rabi season because of
34.0 per cent shortage of water, primarily due to construction of Baglihar dam on Chenab.
Water supply would be further constricted because of planned construction of Basrur multi-
power project, Siwalkot dam, and Pakot Dul dam on Chenab river by India. Unless resolved
it would continue to be a recurring problem.
(c) The Sindh Assembly has demanded scrapping 0U1.ydropower project on Chashma Jhelum
link canal, a key project for the Punjab government. There is a strong perception in Sindl1
that the project would constrict flow of water to the province and hurt its agriculture as well.
 66

(d) Punjab 1s accused of stealing 16,000 cusecs of water between Taunsa and Guddu, from 2nd
to 4th Feb, 2010. The Punjab government claims that system losses are to blame for the water
that has disappeared.
(e) Because of an absence of proper water management essentially at secondary canal level,
water crisis, particularly at the lower parts of these canals, is very evident. Coupled with
flood irrigation, either irrigation by flooding basins or using old Punchoo system, water crisis
keeps on increasing its intensity day by day. !RSA has no telemetry system and we cannot
decide to distribute water by going beyond letter sense and include the spirit of the Water
Apportionment Accord of 1991, we do not see an end of this water crisis in Pakistan.
As far as the scarcity of water in Pakistan is c~ncemed, apparently it has also to do with
I. Climatic changes
2. Negligence and mismanagement of water resources by successive go;ernments in Pakistan
The global warming has led to melting of the Himalayan glaciers and consequent depletion in
the flow of water into the Indus River system. The trend is likely to continue with rising temperature.
It is not that only agricultural sector, the backbone of Pakistan's economy, is suffering; due to
depleting water supply, there is reduced power-generation from the hydroelectric plants, having a
devastating impact on the country's industries too. Pakistan has no control over the nature. However,
it can improve the management of water resources. Pakistan needs to address the following problems
on urgent basis:
1. The silting of dams and barrages is a continuous process. Due to heavy sediments carried by
the rivers, Tarbela, Mangla and Chasma Dams have lost nearly 25% of their capacity.
2. An estimated 40% of water that run through canals is lost because of seepage. The reason is
the canal beds and banks are unlined, poorly lined or porous.
3. Traditional and antiquated agricultural techniques lead to excessive loss of water.
4. While water intensive varieties of crops, like sugarcane and rice, are cultivated. Optimum
crop rotation i, imperative but is not done effectively.
On 2 June 2008, Pakistan's National Economic Council met under the Chairmanship of Prime
Minister Syed Yousuf Raza Gilani and approved the development strategy based on the Medium Term
Development Framework 2005-10. The water sector part of the overall strategy concentrates on water
augmentation, water conservation and effective use of water. It calls for the development of additional
medium and large-size reservoirs with priority.
The water storages to be completed, by 2016 include Akhori Dam, Basha-Diamer Dam,
Kalabagh Dam and Munda Dam. Simultaneously the ongoing projects such as raising the structures of
Mangla Dam, Gomal Dam, Satpra Dam, Kurram Tangi Dam and Sabakzai Dam are also to be the top
priority. The Medium Term Development Framework 2005-10 also envisages a number of other
measures, including reclamation of land from water logging and salinity, improvement of
watercourses and ground-water management etc. Last year, 20 different UN bodies had warned;
"Water is linked to the crisis of climate change, energy and food supplies and prices, and troubled
financial markets. Unless their links with water are addressed and water crises around the world are
resolved, these other crises may intensify and local water crises may worsen, converging into a global
water crisis and leading to political insecurity and conflict at various levels."
In a recent report, the United Nations has estimated that Pakistan's water supply has dropped
from about 5,000 cubic meters per person in the 1950s to about 1,420 cubic meters. Any further drop
would seriously jeopardize economic growth and would be a health 'hazard. Notwithstanding Indus
Basin Treaty, The need for effective international co-operation among riparian countries is greater
 67

now than ever before. The demand for water in all countries is escalating and increasingly the harmful
effects of activities in upstream countries are being observed. Over a third of the 200 international
river basins, are not covered, by an international agreement; only some 30, including Pakistan and
India, have co-operative institutional arrangements.
Clearly, efforts are needed to formulate and reach agreement on an international "code of
conduct" or convention in the utilization of shared water basins so that the water needs of some
countries are not undermined by irresponsible utilization of water resources by others. Improved
international co-operation is also necessary regarding the transfer of knowledge and technology in the
water resources field. The United Nations Convention on the Law of the Non-Navigational Uses of
International Watercourses, 1998, sets the standard for all agreements involving the shared use of
trans boundary water ,-esources. It specifically establishes the dual criteria of "equitable and
reasonable utilization"'\>f the water resources and the need to "exchange data and consult on the
possible effects of planned measures on the condition" of the water resource. The U.N. Convention
provides the ovel'l\U framework for Trans boundary water sharing.
'
The partition of the South Asian Subcontinent on 14 August 1947 into the dominions of India
and Pakistan gave birth to a host of problems, including that of the sharing of waters of the mighty
Indus River System. The tssue was of concern to Pakistan because the head works of the rivers that
irrigated Pakistan's Punjab province mostly went to the Indian side. On 30 December 1947, Pakistan
and India conclud~ a 'Standstill Agreement' for a three-month period under which Pakistan
continued to receive water supply from the head works of Madhopur on River Ravi and Ferozepur on
River Sutlej, the two tributaries of River Indus. As the interim arrangement ended on 31 March 1948,
the next day the Government of Indian Punjab stopped the supply of water to Pakistan from the
Madhopur headwork, affecting, according to one estimate, 5.5% of Pakistan's irrigated area .
.,
Pakistan raised the issue at the Inter-Dominion Conference held on 3-4 May 1948. India
dismissed Pakistan's claim over water, from the head works on its side as a matter of right but
agreed to release water as a provisional arrangement. It was thus abundantly clear that slowly and
gradually the quantity of water would be reduced. In 1951, David Lilienthal, who had formerly
served as Chairman of the Tennessee Valley Authority and as Chairman of the US Atomic Energy
Commission, undertook a research tour of Pakistan and India for writing a series of articles. In one
of his articles, he opined that it would be very beneficial for the region if the two countries
cooperated to jointly develop attd operate the Indus Basin river system. He further suggested that
the World Bank might play its role in bringing India and Pakistan to agree on some plan to develop
the Indus river system for mutual benefit.
'President of the World Bank, Eugene Black, picked up the idea and offered his good offices to
resolve the issue of water sharing between India and Pakistan. The two neighbors welcomed the
initiative and after tough bargaining during the protracted negotiations that spread, over nine years
arrived at the contours of the agreement. Broad parameters thus settled the work of drafting began.
Finally, m September 1960, President of Pakistan Field Marshall Mohammad Ayub Khan and Prime
Minister of India Jawaharlal Nehru signed the Indus Water Treaty in Karachi.
Following are the provisions of the Indus Basin Treaty 1960
1. Pakistan surrendered three eastern rivers, Ravi, Sutlej and Beas to India with some minor
rights to Pakistan.
2. Largely three western rivers namely Indus, Jhelum and Chenab remained with Pakistan.
 68

3. India was allowed to use water from the western rivers for irrigation of 642,000 acres of land
that were already being irrigated from these rivers along with an entitlement to further
irrigate 701,000 acres for crops.
4. India was also given specified entitlement for 'other' storages, including, power and flood
storages i.e., storages for non-consumptive purposes.
5. Pakistan was to meet the requirements of its eastern river canals from the western rivers by
constructing replacement works.
6. Both parties are bound io. regularly exchange flow-data of rivers, canals and streams.
7. A permanent Indus Water Commission, with one Commissioner from each side, was to be set
up to resolve issues.
8. The procedures were set out for settlement of 'questions' 'differences' and 'disputes'
,bilaterally and through neutral experts and International Court of Arbitration as the case
might be.
Since Pakistan required considerable time to build necessary infrastructure to divert water from
western rivers to eastern rivers and their canals on its side, India was to allow the 'historic
withdrawals' on the part of Pakistan during the transitory period. According to the Treaty, two dams
(Mangla on River Jhelum and Tarbela on River Indus) were to be built It also envisaged five barrages
Maraia and Qadirabad on River Chenab, Sidhnai on River Ravi, Rasul on River Jhelum, Chashma on
River Indus and Mailsi on River Sutlej. Besides, one siphon and seven link canals (Rasul-Qadirabad
on Rivers Jhelum-Chenab, Qadirabad-Balloki on Rivers Chenab-Ravi, Balloki-Suleimanki II and
Sidhnai-Mailsi on Rivers Ravi-Sutlej, Chashma-Jhelum on Rivers Indus-Jhelum and Trimmu-Sidhnai
on Rivers Indus-Ravi), to be ~onstructed in Pakistan.
To meet the financial cost, India was to pay a fixed amount of US $ 62.060 million over a
period of ten years. An international consortium pledged US $ 900 million. The World Bank was to
administer the Indus Basin Development Fund. The Indus Basin Project was completed despite all
hurdles those included opposition and reservations from many quarters in Pakistan who felt that
Pakistan's rights as a lower riparian state had been compromised This amounted to a successful
resolution of a major dispute over the world's largest, contiguous irrigation system with a command
area of about 20 million hectares.
Although the Indus Water Treaty has been a remarkable success story, lately some projects
undertaken by India in Occupied territory of Jammu and Kashmir - from where the western rivers
flow into Pakistan - have become major irritants and raised serious concerns ih Pakistan:
India has embarked upon the construction of a huge network of water storage facility, the
national river linking project at an estimated cost of $120 bn likely to be completed by 2016. It
includes construction of Basrur multi-power project, Siwalkot dam and Pakot Dul dam on Chenab, in
addition to the already constructed Baglihar dam. In 1985, India started construction of a barrage
known as 'Wullar Barrage (The Tulbal Navigation Lock)' some 439 feet long and with a lock at the
mouth of Wullar Lake, the largest fresh water Lake in Indian occupied, disputed and held territory.
Purportedly but not so jnnocently, the stated purpose of the barrage was to make possible navigation
in 22 km stretch between the towns of Sopore and Baramula, during the lean winter season by
regulating the flow of River Jhelum. Pakistan raised objection to this project and the construction
work halted in 1987. Pakistan contends that India cannot store water in excess of 0.01 MAF as
'incidental storage' on River Jhelum. Pakistan also apprehends that the Wullar Barrage may cause
damage to its own project of linking Jhelum and Chenab with the Upper Bari Doab Canal. One
important concern of Pakistan, which is extraneous to the Indus Water Treaty but squarely a security
 69

issue, is that in case of war between the two countries, India would take advantage from its ability to
control the flow of water and make the crossing of the river easy or difficult according to strategic and
tactical military requirement.
India, as usual, but erroneously contends that the Wullar Barrage would regulate the flow of
water into Jhelum and control the floods. It would not reduce the overall quantum of water flow rather
increase it during the lean winter season. All fair weather pretension and an obvious ruse, to get away
with an extremely hurtful project to Pakistan. The project's impact, India asserts, would be beneficial
to Mangla Dam in power generation and to Pakistan's triple canal system due to regulated flow of
water. The matter remains unresolved.
Outrageously on the Kishanganga Project, the Indians hawk on the premise that it will
ostensibly bring water from River Kishanganga to Wullar Lake, where a hydroelectric power station is
proposed. The project envisages construction of a channel and a tunnel for lhis purpose.
Simultaneously to build a dam, near the place where River Kishanganga crosses the Line of Control to
enter Pakistan-administered Kashmir, where it is known as Neelum.
Here Pakistan plans to construct 969 MW-capacity Neelum-Jhelum Power Plant with Chinese
assistance. The Pakistani project is to going to be completed in 2017, due to delay in construction
work. Pakistan is genuinely concerned and fears that the Kishafll!anga Project would lead to a
shortfall of water flow into Neelum, reducing its power generation by an estimated 9%. The Indus
Water Treaty does not bar any party from storing water for power generation as per entitlement.
However, there is the principle of 'prior appropriation' enshrined in the Treaty. India intends to
complete the Kishanganga Project by 2016 to avail the opportunity of diverting K.ishanganga'a water
to Wullar Lake before Pakistan is able to invoke the provision of prior appropriation. India also claims
that Pakistan need not worry because the water diverted by the l<ishanganga Project would reach
Pakistan through River Jhelum, no matter Neelum-Jhelum project suffers.
In 1999, India began construction work of 470-fe~t high, 317 meter wide Baghlihar Dam, also
known as Baghlihar Hydroelectric Power Project, oh River Chenab in Doda District of Indian
occupied Kashmir. Although India called it a run-of-the-river project, the dam was to have a 'pond
age' of 15 million cubic !Deters with submerged gate spillways. Pakistan raised objection to the
project design on the ground that the submerged gate 'spillways would enable India to increase the
storage capa.city of the reservoir and, if India desired, to halt the supply of water to Pakistan for more
than three wc;i:ks during winter season. Pakistan fears that it would lose between 7000 to 8000 cusecs
of water per day for Rabi crops. Pakistan also sensed the danger of inundation of the area above
Maraia Head Works, if India released water simultaneously from Dulhasti, Baghlihar and Sala! Darns
into River Chenab. Pakistan viewed the Baghlihar Project as another security risk, in times of tension
or war, as India would be able to control the flow of water facilitating or hampering the movement of
Indian/Pakistani troops according to its requirement. ·
After the Indus Water Commission failed to resolve the Baghlihar Dam issue, the matter was
referred to the World Bank which acknowledged that the issue amounted to a 'difference' and
appointed Professor Raymond Lafitte, a engineer from Switzerland, as the neutral expert to decide the
matter. On 12 February 2007, Lafitte gave his verdict directing India to reduce the capacity of 'pond
age' by 13.5% and the height of the Dams' structure by 1.5 meter. He also called for raising of power
intake tunnels by 3 meters to reduce flow-control capability. Pakistan had reservations about the
verdict but both India and Pakistan agreed to abide by it. The matter, it appears, stands closed. It is
heartening to see that during its recent visit to Pakistan to discuss Indus Water issues, the Indian
delegation conceded that all "water disputes must be resolved within an agreed timeframe." Pakistan's
 70
.....
Indus Commissioner Syed Jamaal Ali Shah told the Indian delegation that reduction in supplies was
jeopardizing the water transfer operation to eastern part of Pakistan. He also conveyed the message
that Pakistan wanted India to take necessary steps if deforestation and environmental impact affected
the river flow on its side.
Now dams will be discussed in detail.
World's largest earth and rock filled dam was built at Terbela on river Indus in 1976 with a
gross capacity of 11.62 maf and a live storage capacity of 9.68 maf. With the passage of time, due to
silting, 24.6% of the storage has been lost and now it has a live storage of 7.295 maf.
Mangla reservoir is the second major storage of Pakistan. It was built in 1967 on river Jhelum
with a gross capacity of 5.882 maf and live storage of 5.41 maf. Again due to siltation it has lost
13.2% of its storage and presently can store 4.636 mafofwater.
Chashma barrage is situated on river Indus and was built in 1972 with a gross storage of0.870
maf and live storage of O. 717 maf. It has also reduced its storage capacity by 39.3% and is left with a
storage capacity of0.435 maf.
In Pakistan we utilize the water available to us for different purposes. The basic utilization is
for irrigation and then used for power generation, drinking and also provided to some Industries.
Whereas impact on economy is concerned, according to the estimates of federal government,
the agriculture sector would suffer a loss of about Rs. 90 billion because of drought. Since agriculture
has remained a major source of shouldering the already crippled economy, it has a vital role to play
particularly in terms of food security and employment of the ever-burgeoning population of the
country. It contributes around 35 % to the GNP and employs about 44% of labor force. It also
contributes 65% of our export earning. The adverse effects of water shortage on agriculture would
have a spiraling effect on the prevailing level of poverty.
(a) Less water means less agricultural yields and to fulfill the food requirements of the nation,
we will be dependent on other countries.
(b) Raising livestock is the main source of livelihood of rural areas. It is also an important
economic activity, which contributes 9.7% of GDP, will be affected due to shortage of water.
(c) Orchards of Pakistan bring home a healthy amount of foreign exchange, which can be
affected due water shortage.
(d) Due to less production of main crops, which are wheat, cotton, sugar cane and rice, the
Industries related to them will suffer adversely.
(e) Then due to drought and more dependency on ground water for irrigation, the water table
will go down, and this will cause water constrains to the population.
(I) Less agricultural outputs will compel people to head towards urban areas for jobs, which will
increase the unemployment further.
(g) The distribution of water is controlled from the center by !RSA (Indus river system authority)
as per 1991 agreement between the provinces. Now the shortage of water will cause disputes
between the provinces, which may cause harm to the national integrity.
So for overcoming the water crises following steps are recommended:
The national water strategy must be based upon two essential elements covering
1. Water developments
2. Water management
In water development, following dams should start immediately;-
 71

Chasha dam would be located 200 miles upstream of Terbela on river Indus. its gross storage
capacity would be 7.3 maf and live storage 5.7 maf. Its power generation capacity would be 3360 mw.
Kalabagh dam site is located 132 miles down stream of Terbela. Its gross storage would be 6.1
maf. It would have a power generation of 3600 mw.
Thal reservoir would be located on the right bank of Chashma - Jhelum link canal, along the
western bank of river Jhelum. Its reservoir would have gross capacity of 2.3 maf.
In this the present Mangla dam would be further raised by 40 ft and thus increasing its gross
capacity to 9.5 maf. In addition, its power generation capacity would be increased by 15%.
Mirani dam is located on Dasht River about 48 km of Turbat town in Mekran division. Its main
objective is to provide water for irrigation. Its gross storage is 0.30 maf.
Gomalzam dam is located at Khajori Kach on Gomal River in South Waziristan, about 75 miles
from Dera Ismail Khan. Its main objective will be to irrigate 132000 acres of land, power generation
of 17.4 mw and flood control.
From these projects we shall be able to store additional 20maf of water.
Managing water resources is the need of time, and we in Pakistan already short of water, mnst
chalk out a strategy. Following are recommended in this regard:-
Presently the losses occur due to seepage, infiltration and leakages etc. seepage results in water
logging and these losses can be reduced or eliminated by lining the canals.
In addition, people should be educated to conserve water by cooperation": Further more
government should make laws on water conservation, like many western countries.
The second largest contribution to the total water available comes from the groundwater
sources. This source has been exploited and very well used by public and private tube wells. It can
still provide over nine maf of water. This source can be exploited and judiciously used for irrigation
purposes. How ever in some areas ground water is rapidly depleting due to excessive pumpage,'
authorities should take control in such areas to save them from depleting.
Efforts ·.vould be made to convert the present rotation based irrigation system to demand
oriented system. The modem irrigation techniques, that is trickling, sprinkling etc, which have a
potential to improve water distribution and its utilization.
Authorities should take appropriate steps to curb the illegal extraction of water and ensure its
equitable distribution.
Presently irrigation department has failed to stop the illegal theft and extraction; thus irrigation
distribution system needs to be privatized through·water user associations.
In addition, water, now-a-days is supplied to farmers at a very negligible cost and that is why
they do not treat water as a precious resource; therefore there is a need to increase the water prices to
make irrigators realize the importance of this asset.
Farmer's organizations, water user association, and private sector must be involved in
construction, operation, and maintenance of' .,e irrigation system. Such associations are conceived as
a mechanism for creating a cooperative frame work for improvement of watercourses.
 72

The problems faced by the water sector in the country are many, acute and serious and it is also
known that we can generate about 83 maf of more water. Therefore, building of more reservoirs and
an effective management strategy are the needs of time. Also implementation of the recommendations
will enable the country to ·meet the challenges, and achieve the objectives of integrated, efficient,
environmentally and financially sustainable development and management of limited water resources.
At the same time, it will enable us to utilize every drop of our water for our bright future.

EXPECTED QUESTION:
• Water crisis In Pakistan and Its solution.
• Building dams can overcome energy crisis In Pakistan.
 POPULATION EXPLOSION IN PAKISTAN
OUTLINE

CJ Definition
CJ Population in the world
CJ Conditions in Pakistan
CJ Population table
CJ Problems
• ,,.
Better medical facility
• Lack of education
• Lack of planning of the government as 1>,er the resources
• Desire for a male child
• Early marriages
• Abundant food resources
CJ Effects
• Effect on economic growth
• Problems in urban cities like Karachi
• Effect on agriculture
• Urbanisation
• Social evils
CJ Solution
• Role of media
• Role of religious scholar
• Education for all
• Resources as well as population
• Chinese model
CJ Conclusion
 74

ESSAY
Overpopulation is a condition where an organism's numbers exceed the carrying capacity of
its habitat. The term often refers to the relationship between the human population and its
environment, the Earth. Steve Jones, head of the biology department at University College London,
has said, "Humans are 10,000 times more common than we should be, according to the rules of the
animal kingdom, and we have agriculture to thank for that. Without farming, the world population
would probably have reached half a million by now." The world's population has significantly
increased in the last 50 years, mainly due to medical advancements and substantial increases in
agricultural productivity.
The recent rapid increase in human population over the past two centuries has raised concerns
that humans are beginning to overpopulate the Earth, and t.'iat the planet may not be able to sustain
present or larger numbers of inhabitants. The population has been growing continuously since the end
of the Black Death, around the year 1400; at 1}le beginning of the 19th century, it had reached roughly
1,000,000,000 (! billion). Increases in medical technology have led to rapid population growth on a
worldwide level. Current projections show a steady decline in the population growth rate, with the
population expected to reach between 8 and 10.5 billion between the year 2040 and 2050.
The scientific consensus is that the current population expansion and accompanying increase m
usage of resources is linked to threats to the ecosystem. The Inter Academy Panel Statement on
Population Growth, which was ratified by 58 member national academies m 1994, called the growth
in human numbers "unprecedented", and stated that many environmental problems, such as rising
levels of atmospheric carbon dioxide, global warming, and pollution, were aggravated by the
population expansion. At the time, the world population stood at 5.5 billion, and low-bound scenarios
predicted a peak of 7.8 billion by 2050, a number that current estimates show will be reached around
2022. But in 2011, world population reached 7 billion.
Population explosion is a global problem. It is equally true of Pakistan. Everyday we come
across the oft-repeated phrase, "Population Bomb is ticking". A state based on Islamic ideology
should be an ideal state. Since its inception, Pakistan had to face the problems of illiteracy, poverty,
pollution, unempl_oyment, lawlessness & terrorism, inflation, loans, corruption, defective tax structure,
government instability and many more chronic problems. Unless we achieve a control on population,
these related problems will not be easily solved.
At the time of partition, the area, which today comprises Pakistan, had a population of 33
million. The following table shows population of Pakistan at different times since its inception.
Year Population (In millions)
1947 33
1972 66
1998 130.5
2000 140
2010 170
2016 190
According to experts, under the same growth rate, the population of Pakistan would be greater
than that of China by the year 2035.
 75

Even after sixty-four years of its mdependence, Pakistan 1s still strugglmg to find a respectable
place in the comity of nations. All the efforts made in the past seem to have gone in vain. Every sector
of life today tells a sorry tale. The problem that could be blamed for all this sorry mess is
overpopulation in the country. Overpopulation emel\Ses as the main villain in Pakistan for a number of
reasons. Every other problem mentioned earlier ,weems to have grown from the. demon of this
overpopulation.
Literally speaking, overpopulation arises when the resources in a country fell short of meeting
the needs of its people. A number of factors could lead to the emergence of overpopulation. Birth rate
1s the most common indicaior that the countries today use to keep a check on population . Pakistan
today suffers from a high birth rate in the country. But the birth rate was high even in the past and still
overpopulation was nowhere to be seen. What factors today have translated the high birth rate into
overpopulation? The advancements in the medical field have led to a sharp decline in the death rate.
The life expectancy has increased due to the use of imported health technologies. So, a decline in
death rate has in other words led to the problem of overpopulation. Pakistan is a developing country
and as niany others like it is trying hard to survive in the capitalist world. A huge population of around
eighteen crores, that could have been an asset to the country is today a huge liability. Fast increasing
population is thus a source of constant danger for Pakistan.
Following is a brief discussion of some of the causes of overpopulation in our country:
• Warm climate (puberty attained by females at an early age)
• Early marriages
• Joint family systems
• Polygamy
• Lack of recreational facilities
• Belief that God is 'Raziq' (belief that every child brings its food with him/her)
• Love for male issues (couple going for more babies)
• Illiteracy, people think that more children mean more working hands
There are three main causes to overpopulation. The first and second are linked to the
advancement of medicine and public health, while the third is related to food distribution. Even
though these are the main causes today, more causes can come about in the future.
First is the understanding of diseases and the use of medicine. Before the realization of the
germ theory, many individuals did not know that diseases were spread through germs such as bacteria
and viruses. With the adoption of these practices, humans were able to understand that germs caused
these diseases and could be countered through practices such as medicine and vaccinations. With this
new knowledge, death rates plummeted and new health practices relating to child birth helped
improve birth rates.
Illiteracy is another important cause of overpopulation. Those lacking education fail to
understand the need to prevent excessive growth of population. They are unable to understand the
harmful effects that overpopulation has. They are unaware of the ways to control population. Lack of
family planning is commonly seen in the illiterate lot of the world. This is one of the major factors
leading to overpopulation. Due to ignorance, they do not take to family planning measures, thus
contributing to a rise in population.
In Pakistan rural areas there is a trend oflarge number of families and due to lack of awareness
and proper knowledge people go on producing more and more chiliiren. So this trend could be
changed if education will be provided to all members of the society.
 76

We think that we are progressing and adopting new values and trends but this is really not true
and this is a fact that parents prefer boys on girls and consider their son as their future asserts. Who
can su_pPort them later in the life? So desire of male child is also the main reason of population growth
in society like Pakistan. So if we want to control the rising population so we should consider boys and
girls as same and value them. If this thing will be including in our thinking that girls also support their
parents so this will discourage the practice of producing more and more children just for the desire of
male child.
Early marriage is also the main reason of increase in population growth. As soon the girl grow
parents start thinking for their marriages and when they fmd the reasonable proposal for them so they
are in a hurry that they should get married and leave their education. Early marriages really contribute
in rise in population growth and if we want to control it than early marriages should be avoided and
education can help in delaying the age of marriage of the girls.
Next is the vast improvement of public health. Public health refers to the acquisition of three
basic needs humans need: food, shelter and water. For example, since the creation of plumbing,
individuals have bad the opportunity of accessing water. Another is the improvement of shelters which
also allow humans to survive for longer periods. ·
Another is the improvement of food distribution. It is amazing to think that food can be
transported all over the world and combined with preservation services, such as canned food, certain
food can last forever. The improvement of food distribution bad ended the worries of starvation in
many regions of the world; however, certain regions (such as parts of Africa) still exhibit famines
from the Jack of food.
Oveipopulation has badly hampered the economic growth in the country. High population is
responsible for a decline in the per capita income. This leads to a decline in the 9urchasing power of
the people. As the demand for goods decreases then by "Demand & Supply" Jaw, the investment in
the country will also suffer. Such a stagnant economy will lead to closing of factories and businesses
and in return add to joblessness and poverty. Even if the country somehow is successful in attracting
foreign investment, still oveipopulation will not allow these investments to have a positive effect on
the country's economy. Greater population means more number of hungry souls to feed. With the
number of productive earning members in a family srnall compared to unproductive members, there is
felt a drag on limited income of poor families. This is the problem of "Dependency ratio'' which is
acutely felt in poor countries.
For years, social services in the country have suffered even after sincere efforts by successive
governments. The fact remains that more schools, hospitals, and parks are of little comfort if the
population keeps on increasing at an alarming rate.
Agriculture is another sector, which has been adversely affected by the rapid increase of
population. About 70% of Pakistan's population is employed in the agricultural sector. Overpopulation is
even having an adverse effect on agricultural outcome. More population means smaller farms, and that
leads to a decline in productivity. Availability of cultivable land in 1990 was 0.17 hector per person and
the estimated availability of cultivable land by the year 2025 will be 0.07 hector per person. The same
would happen with the forests and also with the availability of fresh water.
People having smaller farms have no other choice but to migrate in hope for a better life. This
leads to urbanization, which itself is a major social problem.
 77

Over population has contributed towards an increase in a number of social evils. Lawlessness,
crime and corruption are all the result of population explosion. The fight over resources has divided
the society into two groups i.e. those who have all and are not willing to share it and the second group
that is fighting for its mere survival. This fight between haves and have-nots has the inherent seeds of
conflict in it, which if erupted could imperil the peace and order in the society. Overpopulation in
cities has also contributed to toxic pollution. A greater number of vehicles on the roads mean the
availability of large quantities of poisonous gas for people to inhale. Sewage problems and lack of
clean drinking water can also be attributed to the population problem.
The world has touched seven billion mark in population . After years of industrialization and
technological advances, the world still suffers in providing basic necessities to the masses. Apart from
few exceptions in Europe having a negative birth rate, overpopulation is a common problem of many
nations around the world. Many of the countries have tried hard and to some extent they have been
successful. China, around three decades ago, was facing shortages in food but today it is the largest
growing economy in the world. The "One Child Policy" has done wonders for this new economic
power. China has also proved the fact that through proper planning a huge population could be
transformed into an economic asset.
Now the question arises how we can tackle this problem. It is right time that we nip the evil
in the bud with proper planning. Education is the key to success against the menace of
overpopulation. It will not only generate awareness against the hazards of overpopulation among
the masses but will also create a healthy environment for birth control methods to flourish. Poor
literacy rate in Pakistan is certainly adding to the difficulties, already being faced by the health
workers in their fight against the problem.
The role of media is also an important factor. With most of the population illiterate electronic
media could prove to be a huge success in getting the message across. Print media too needs to
emphasize the problems of overpopulation on a more regular basis. Availability of birth control.
methods in the remote areas of the country should be ensured. The role of lady health workers should
be expanded and the good office of every union council should make their supervision compulsory.
"Devolution Plan" was devised to make the participation of people at the grass roots level. Now it is
time we solved the problem of overpopulation with a greater participation and supported of these local
councils. But this task will be not as easy to accomplish, as it may appears to be.
According to a report by Population Action International Washington, a great reason for
population increase in Pakistan is that the Government has made a very insignificant investment in
social sector owing to religious problems and secondly women having no say and freedom . A
conservative society like ours is certainly not ripe to carry out a war against overpopulation.
Therefore, the role of.religious leaders emerges as an important aspect if we are to succeed against this
menace. Big landowne,s in rural areas too can influnce the masses. It is high time they joined in
against the fight for--a better future. Once these two classes are on the side of the government, there is
no way that the government will not be able to solve the problem. Another factor that has for long
proven to be a hurdie in solving.population problem is the poor state of our womenfolk in the society.
The rights of women must be restored and the discrimination against them must be stopped. In this
context, Anti-Women Practices Bill was recenly passed on Nov 16, 2011. Many women in the country
are aware of the problems generated by having large families but they.have little say in deciding about
the strength of the family. ln a male-dominated society as ours women ofteu .fall victim to the blind
wishes of their male partners. Women often die in labour and owing to the lack of gaps between the
successive births. Their health also deteriorates to an alarming stage.
 78

Following recommendations can be implemented in order to control the population:

• Family planning facilities be made a part of health facilities ,
• There should be a greater role for local and provincial governments
• Role ofNGOs and doctors in disbursement of Aid received for family panning
• Males should be urged to cooperate more
• Status of women to be raised in society as done by present government by giving more seats
in assemblies
• Better health and educational facilities for women
• Issue to be taken as a national crisis
• Role of media to be encouraged especially in rural areas
• Government programs should involve Ullemas and NGOs
• Greater participation of landlords
Problem of overpopulation is very serious because it leads to frustration, which means chaos.
Chaos means anarchy and anarchy endangers the state.
Pakistan is today standing at the crossroads. It will either perish forever or will emerge as a
stronger nation. What are needed is a vision and a sincere leadership that could transform dreams into
reality. The problem of overpopulation has now started to haunt us and unless we tackle it
pragmatically our dream of a bright and glorious future will just remain a pious wish. It needs a multi-
pronged attack to deal with overpopulation. A strong Pakistan should be our first priority and if we
have to make certain hard decisions for its accomplishment no one should hesitate to lead and pull the
trigger. Indeed, Pakistan comes first even before our personal vested interests.

EXPECTED QUESTION:
• What are the problems of Overpopulation in Pakistan?
• What are the causes, effects and suggestions of Overpopulation?
 GLOBAL WARMING/CLIMATE CHANGE
OUTLINE
0 Introduction
• Change in climate due to increasing of temperature
• Industrial Revolution and the use of fossil fuels
• Role of Intergovernmental Penal on Climate Change (IPCC)
0 Causes
• Industrial Revolution and setting up industries
• Use of Green house gases
• Deforestation
• Release of chemicals and other gases
• Plate tectonics
• Depletion in Ozone layer
• Solar energy
• Volcanism
0 Effects
• Increasing global temperature
• fhawinr !J:laciers
• Rising sea levels
• Warmest years
• Relentless hurricanes, typhoon, cyclone etc
• Heat waves
• Heavy rainfalls
• Higher temperature and process of decomposition
• Growing long season
• Losing Earth Fertility
0 Combating Global Warming
• Controlling global temperature
• Earth Summit 1992
• Kyoto Protocol 1997
• Bali Summit 2007
• Copenhegen Summitt009
 80

• Durban Summit 2011

• Fifth IPCC 2014 Report
• Paris Summit 2015
0 How is Pakistan affected by climate change?
• Heavy rainfalls
• Melting of glaciers and floods
• Extreme weather in winter and summar
• Rising of sea level of Indian Ocean
• Loss of infrastructure, human Joss, etc
• Floods and impact on economy
• Least contributor towards global wanning but hard hit
0 Suggestions
• Reducin fossil fuels
• Growing more forests
• Using of alternative soures of energy
• Introducing zero carbon technology
• Green transportation
• Geothermal energy
• Solar energy
• Latest Technology
0 Conclusion
 81

ESSAY
"We face a true planetary emergency. The climate crisis is not a political issue, it is r.
moral and spiritual challenge to all of humanity." -Al Gore Nobel Peace Prize Winner 2007

Global Wanning is the expected slow, gradual warming of the lower layers of the Earth's lower
atmosphere by slowly increasing concentrations of man-made greenhouse gases, primarily carbon
dioxide, and to a lesser extent methane. These gases trap infrared radiation, which is the "heat radiation"
that cools the Earth. The burning of fossil fuels, mainly petroleum and coal, produces carbon dioxide as
one of the by-products. As of 2003, the concentration of carbon dioxide is over 50% higher than it was
before the start of the industrial revolution in the late 1800's. lbis has become a major threat to all forms
of lite on earth and the situation is worsening each passing day.
In view of the devastating effects that global warming has started to have on life, the problem
has become a global concern forcing attention from all concerned. To bring all this information
together, the United Nations formed a group of scientists called the International Panel on Climate
Change, or IPCC. The IPCC meets after some years to review the latest scientific findings and write a
report summarizing all that is known about global warming. Here is ambiguity in the minds of the
students about global warming and climate change. Global warming" as it is commonly used refers to
the increase of the Earth's average surface temperature, due to a build-up of greenhouse gases in the
atmosphere. "Climate change" is used in a broader context that refers to long-term changes in chmate,
including average temperature and precipitation.
Climate model projections summarized in the latest IPCC report indicate that the global surface
temperature will probably rise a further,1.1 to 6.4 °C (2.0 to 11.5 °F) during the twenty-first century.
The uncertainty in this estimate arises from the use of models with differing sensitivity to greenhouse
gas concentrations and the use of differing estimates of future greenhouse gas emissions.
The deyastation of Global Warming is far terrible than it is generally perceived to be. Al Gore.
Nobel Peace Prize Winner 2007, underlined the possibility of the collapse of a major ice sheet in
Greenland or in West Antarctica, either of which could raise global sea levels by approximately 20
feet (6 m), flooding coastal areas and producing 100 million refugees. Melting water from Greenland,
because of its lower salinity, could then halt the currents that keep northern Europe warm and quickly
trigger dramatic local cooling there. It also contains various short animated projections of what could
happen to different animals more vulnerable to climate change.
Following are the causes of global warming.
0

More and more indus\ries and factories are set up in this modem world to meei the needs of
human beings. These big factories need large amount of fuels like coal, petroleum for power and
electricity required by the machines to work. Burning of these fuels releases large amount of carbon
dioxide which absorbs the harmful radiations from the sun making it warm, hence global warming.
The smoke that is produced from these factories is mixed with the air, making it harmful for breathing.
One of the first things scien8sts learned is that there are several greenhouse gases responsible
for warming, and man-made vehicles emit them in a variety of ways. Most eome from the combustion
of fossil fuels in cars, factories and electricity production. The gas responsible for the most warming is
carbon dioxide, also called CO 2 • Other contributors include methane released from landfills and
agriculture (especially frnm the digestive systems of grazing animals), nitrous oxide from fertilizers,
_,_.. '
 82

gases used for refrigeration and industrial processes, and the loss of forests that would otherwise store
CO2, Naturally occlllTing greenhouse gases have a mean warming effect of about 33 °C (59 °F). The
major greenhouse gases are water vapor, which causes about 36-70 percent of the greenhouse effect;
carbon dioxide (CO 2), which causes 9-26 percent; methane (CH4), which causes 4-!) p,ercenl, =J
ozone (Oi), which causes 3-7 percent.
Fossil fuels are burnt on a day-to-day basis and they contain high percentage of carbon, coal
and petroleum and many other gases. So burning of these fuels releases large amount of extra carbon
which has been entombed inside the Earth millions of years ago. The carbon that is emitted by burning
these fuels is the extra carbon which is not a part of the cycle. So carbon dioxide being the greenhouse
gas is provided in excess in the atmosphere which again leads to global warming.
The use of forests for fuel (both wood and for charcoal) is one cause of deforestation, but in the
first world, our appetite for wood and paper products, our consumption of livestock grazed on former
forest land, and the use of tropical forest lands for commodities like palm oil plantations contributes to
the mass deforestation of our world. Forests remove and store carbon dioxide from the atmosphere,
and this deforestation releases large amounts of carbon, as well as reducing the amount of carbon
capture on the planet. Deforestation increases the severity of global warming as well. Carbon dioxide
is released from the human conversion of forests and grasslands into fannland and cities. All Jiving
plants store carbon dioxcide. When those plants die and decay, carbon dioxide is released back into
the atmosphere. As forests and grasslands are cleared for your use, enormous amounts of stored
carbon enter the atmosphere.
In the last half of the 20th century, the use of chemical fertilizers (as opposed to the historical
use of animal manure) has risen dramatically. The high rate of application of nitrogen-rich fertilizers
has effects on the heat storage of cropland (nitrogen oxides have 300 times more heat-trapping
capacity per unit of volume than carbon dioxide) and the run-off of excess fertilizers creates 'dead-
zones' in our oceans. In addition to these effects, high nitrate levels in groundwater due to over-
fertilization are cause for concern for human health.
Over the course of millions of years, the motion of tectonic plates reconfigures global land and
ocean areas and generates topography. This can affect both global and local patterns of climate and
atmosphere-ocean circulation. The topography can influence climate. The existence of mountains (as a
product of plate tectonics through mountain-building) can cause orographic precipitation. Humidity
generally decreas'IOs and diurnal temperature swings generally increase with increasing elevation.
Mean temperature and the length of the growing season also decrease with increasing elevation.
The ozone layer is the layer outside atmosphere which protects the surface of the Earth from
the harmful Ultra-violet and infrared radiations causing dangerous diseases like skin cancer. Ozone
layer depletion is also one of the causes of global warming; entering of harmful gases which helps in
heating up the Earth but other greenhouse gases like carbon dioxide, methane, that help in heating up
and also tear up the.ozone layer making an "Ozone Hole". Mostly the CFCs (chlorofluorocarbon)
damages the ozo.pe layer. So the ozone layer depletes due to these gases which allow the UV
radiations to enter the Earth making the Earth more warm than normal and affects the temperature
leading to global warming.
Over the following approximately 4 billion years, the energy output of the sun increased and
atmospheric composition changed, with the oxygenation of the atmosphere being the most notable
alteration. The luminosity of the sun will continue to increase as it follows the main sequence. These
 83

changes in luminosity, and the sun's ultimate death as it becomes a red giant and then a white dwarf,
will have large effects on climate, with the red giant phase possibly ending life on Earth.
Volcanism is a process of conveying material from the crust and mantle of the Earth to its
surface. Volcanic eruptions, geysers, and hot springs, are examples of volcanic processes which
release gases and particulates into the atmosphere. Eruptions large enough•t6 affect climate occur on
average several times per century, and cause cooling for a period of a few years. The eruption of
Mount Pinatubo in 1991, the second largest terrestrial eruption of the 20th century affected the
climate substantially. '
Presently, the scientific consensus on climate change is that human activity is very likely the
cause for the rapid increase in global average temperatures over the past several decades.
Consequently, the debate has largely shifted onto ways to reduce further human impact and to find
ways to adapt to change that has already occurred. Of most concern in these anthropogenic factors is
the increase in CO, levels due to emissions from fossil fuel combustion, followed by aerosols
(particulate matter in the atmosphere) and cement manufacture. Other factors, including land use,
ozone depletion, animal agriculture and deforestation, are also of concern in the roles they play - both
separately and in conjunction with other factors - in affecting climate.
Following are the effects.
• Global temperatures will increase between 2 and 11.5 degrees Fahrenheit (I.I and 8.4
degrees Celsius) by the end of this century over pre-industrial levels.
• A best-guess temperature rise is between 3.2 and 7.1 degrees Fahrenheit (1.8 and 4 degrees Celsius),
though the high end remains possible.
• Sea levels are projected to rise between 7 and 23 inches (18 and 59 centimeters) by the end of
the century.
• If recent melting in Greenland and Antarctica continues, sea levels could rise an additional 4
to 8 inches (10 to 20 centimeters).
• Temperatures and sea levels will continue to rise for centuries even if greenhouse gas
emissions are stabilized today.
• Eleven of the last t2 years rank among the 12 warmest years in the instrumental record,
which stretches back to 1850.
• Observational evidence suggests an increase in hurricane strength in the North Atlantic since
1970 that correlates with an increase in sea surface temperatures.
• In some projections, Arctic sea ice will disappear m the late summer by the later part of this
century. •
• It is very likely that hot extremes, heat waves, and heavy rains will continue to become more
frequent.
• The Gulf Stream, which brings warm waters to the North Atlantic, may slow.
• Higher air temperatures will also be felt in the soil, where warmer conditions are likely to speed the
natural decomposition of organic matter and to increase the rates of other soil processes that affect
fertility.
• Conditions are more favorable for the proliferation of insect pests in warmer climates.
Longer growing seasons will enable insects such as grasshoppers to complete a greater
number of reproductive cycles during the spring, summer, and autumn.
In recognition of the threats mentioned above, the global has finally started responding to the
phenomenon of Global Warming and is slowly_ but surely taking necessary steps. In this regard,
several international forums are of key importance. The United Nations Conference on Environment
 84

and Development was held in 1992 known as Earth Summit 1992. 172 governments participated, with
108 sending .their heads of state or government. The issues addressed included:
• Systematic scrutiny of patterns of production - particularly the .pfoduction of toxic
components, such as lead in gasoline, or poisonous waste including radioactive chemicals.
• Alternative sources of energy to replace the use of fossil fuels which are linked -to global
climate change.
• New reliance on public transportation systems in order to reduce vehicle emissions,
congestion in cities and the health problems caused by polluted air and smog.
• The growing scarcity of water.
An important achievement was an agreement on the Climate Change Convention which in turn
led to the Kyoto Protocol.
The Kyoto Protocol is a protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate
Change (UNFCCC or FCCC), aimed at fighting global warming. The UNFCCC is an international
environmental treaty with the goal of achieving the "stabilization of greenhouse gas concentrations
in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the
climate system." The Protocol was initially adopted on 11 December 1997 in Kyoto, Japan and
entered into force on 16 February 2005. As of July 2010, 191 states have signed and ratified the
protocol. Under the Protocol, 37 countries commit themselves to a reduction of four greenhouse
gases (GHG) (carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide, sulphur hexafluoride) and two groups of
gases (hydrofluorocarbons and perfluorocarbons) produced by them, and all member countries give
general commitments. These countries agreed to reduce their collective greenhouse gas emissions
by 5.2% from the 1990 level. Emission limits do not include emissions by international aviation and
shipping, but are in addition to the industrial gases, chlorofluorocarbons, or CFCs, which are dealt
with under the 1987 Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer.
The 2007 United Nations Climate Change Conference took place at the Bali International
Conference Centre, Nusa Dua, in Bali, Indonesia, between December 3 and December 15, 2007.
Representatives from over 180 countries attended, together with observers from intergovernmental
and nongovernmental organizations. The conference encompassed meetings of several bodies,
including the 13th Conference of the Parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate
Change (COP 13), the 3rd Meeting of the Parties to the Kyoto Protocol (MOP 3 or CMP 3), together
with other subsidiary bodies and a meeting of ministers. Negotiations on a successor to the Kyoto
Protocol dominated the conference. A meeting of environment ministers and experts held in June
called on the conference to agree on a road-map, timetable and 'concrete steps for the negotiations'
with a view to reaching an agreement by 2009. It has been debated whether this global meeting on
climate change has achieved anything significant at all. Initial EU proposals called for global
emissions to peak in 10 to 15 years and decline "well below half' of the 2000 level by 2050 for
developing countries and for developed countries to achieve emissions levels 20-40% below 1990
levels by 2020. The United States strongly opposed these numbers, at times backed by Japan, Canada,
Australia and Russia. The resulting compromise mandates "deep cuts in global emissions" with
references to the IPCC's Fourth Assessment Report.
The Ul)ited Nations Climate Change Conference took place at the Bella Center in
Copenhagen, Denmark, December 18, 2009 known as Copenhagen Summit 2009. According to the
Bali Road Map, a framework for climate change mitigation beyond 2012 is to be agreed there.
The key points of the Copenhagen Accord are following:
A commitment "to reduce global emissions so as to hold the increase in global temperature
below 2°C" and to achieve "the peaking of global and national emissions as soon as possible"

-
 85

• Developed countries must make commitments to reduce greenhouse gas enussmns, and
developipg countries must ,eport their plans to curb greenhouse gas emissions to the UN by
31 January2010
• New and addltierla,'I ,..,sourc.e~·"~pproaching $30bn" will be channelled to poorer nations over
the petipd 20'J0,12, w1ti1 amumual sum of$100bn envisaged by 2020
• A Cope~a_gen Green Climat,i'Fund will be established under the UN convention on climate
change, 10 direct some of this money to climate-related projects in developing countries
• Projects to reduce greenhouse gas emissions in developing countries will be subject to international
monitoring if they are internationally funded
• Implementation of the accord will be reviewed in 2015 and an assessment will be made of
whether the goal of keeping global temperature rise within 2°C needs to be strengthened to
l.5°C
The essential points of the deal were brokered by US President Bantck Obama with
representatives of China, India, Brazil and South Africa. Mr. Obama also consulted with the leaders of
France, Germany and the UK. Most countries at the conference gave it their support, but some
countries were resolutely opposed, including Venezuela, Bolivia, Ecuador and Cuba.
A primary focus of the Durban Conference (2011) was to secure a global climate agreement as
the Kyoto Protocol's first commitment period (2008-2012) was about to end. It was also expected to
focus on "finalising at least some of the Cancun Agreements",.reached at the 2010 Conference, such
as co-operation on clean technology, as well as forest protection, adapfation to climate impacts, and
finance - the promised transfer of funds from rich countries to poor in order to help them protect
forests, adapt to climate impacts, llJld green their economies.
The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change published its Fifth Assessment in 2014,
summarising the work of thpusands of scientists across the· world. The message was, in the panel's
own words, "unequivocal". Concentrations of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases are now
higher than they have been for nearly a million years, long before human society began. The burning
of fossil fuels is the main reason behind this increase. Without strong action, temperatures are very
likely to exceed the 2o C target that governments have committed to. This will result in serious
consequences including sea level rises, heatwaves, loss of snow and ice cover, disruptions to
agriculture and food production, and greater extremes of drought and rainfall.
In its 2013 report, for the first time the IPCC put a number on the total amount of carbon that
can be emitted, while keeping within the 2o C target. Keeping within this limit would require the
emission of no more tfu.n 880 gigatonnes of carbon. This is, in effect, a global carbon budget. Yet, by
2011, 530 gigatonnes, or nearly two thirds of the total budget, had already been spent. Emissions must
peak soon, and then decline steeply, to stay within the 2o C limit.
At the Paris summit in December 2015, 196 countries met to sign a new climate change
agreement. But how likely is it that it will be meaningful and make a difference to climate action on
the ground? Not only is a deal possible but, with the right political leadership, it can lead to ambitious
outcomes that will have a real impact on tackling climate change. Parties to the U.N. Framework
Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) reached a lilndrnark agreement on December I 2 in Paris,
charting a fundamentally new course in the two-decade-old global climate effort.
Culminating a four-year negotiating round, the new treaty ended the strict differentiation
between developed and developing countries that characterized earlier efforts, replacing it with a
common framework that commits all countries to put forward their best efforts and to strengthen them
 86

in the years ahead. This includes, for the first time, requirements that all parties report regularly on
their emissions and implementation efforts, and undergo international review.
The agreement and a companion decision by parties were the key outcomes of the conference,
known as the 21" session of the UNFCCC Conference of the Parties, or COP 21. Together, the Paris
Agreement and the accompanying COP decision:
• Reaffirm the goal of limiting global temperature increase well below 2 degrees Celsius, while
urging efforts to limit the increase to 1.5 degrees;
• Establish binding commitments by all parties to make "nationally determined contributions"
(NDCs), and to pursue domestic measures aimed at achieving them;
• Commit all countries to report regularly on their emissions and "progress made in
implementing and achieving" their NDCs, and to undergo international review;
• Commit all countries to submit new NDCs every five years, with the clear expectation that
they will "represent a progression" beyond previous ones;
• Reaffirm the binding obligations of developed countries under the UNFCCC to support the
efforts of developing countries, while for the first time encouraging voluntary contributions
by developing countries too;
• Extend the current goal of mobilizing $100 billion a year in support by 2020 through 2025,
with a new, higher goal to be set for the period after 2025;
• Extend a mechanism to address "loss and damage" resulting from climate change, which
explicitly will not "involve or provide a basis for any liability or compensation;"
• Require parties engaging in international emissions trading to avoid "double counting;" and
• Call for a new mechanism, similar to the Clean Development Mechanism under the Kyoto
Protocol, enabling emission reductions in one country to be counted toward another
country's NOC.
--
The strong momentum toward an agreement that built over the preceding months "1as
dramatically underscored on the opening day of the summit by the presence of 150 presidents and prime
ministers, the largest ever single-day gathering of heads of state. Impetus came also from a vast array of
"non-state actors," including governors, mayors and CEOs, and the launch in Paris of major initiatives
like the Breakthrough Energy Coalition announced by Bill Gates and other billionaires.
Negotiations on many issues were hard-fought and, in typical COP fashion, progress through
most of the conference was painstakingly slow. But thanks to deft diplomacy by the French
presidency, the summit was remarkably free of the kind of procedural showdowns that have marred
0

previous COPs. And though the conference ran 24 hours past the official deadline, as the final deal
was gaveled through, one party after another declared that history had been made.
As French President Francois Hollande summed it up: "In Paris, there have been many
revolutions over the centuries. Today it is the most beautiful and the most peaceful revolution that has
just been accomplished - a revolution for climate change."
Key steps remain. Many operational details of the new framework were left to be decided by
future COPs. And the agreement will take effect only once enough countries have formally ratified it.
The Paris Agreement marked the latest step in the evolution of the UN climate change regime,
which originated in 1992 with the adoption of the Framework Convention. The UNFCCC established
 87

a long-term objective, general principles, common and differentiated commitments, and a basic
governance structure, including an annual COP.
In the years since, the regime has evolved in different directions. The 1997 Kyoto Protocol
took a more "top-down" but highly differentiated approach, establishing negotiated, binding emissions
targets for developed, countries, and no new commitments for developing countries. Because the
United States did not join, and some countries that did set no targets beyond 2012, the protocol now
covers less than 15 percent of global emissions.
With the 2009 Copenhagen Accord and 2010 Cancun Agreements, parties established a parallel
"bottom-up" framework, with countries undertaking national pledges for 2020 that represent political
rather than legal commitments. This approach attracted much wider participation, including, for the
first time, specific mitigation pledges by developing countries. However, countries' pledges fell far
short of the reductions needed to meet the goal set in Copenhagen and Cancun of keeping average
warming below 2 degrees Celsius above pre-industrial levels.
The negotiations toward a Paris agreement were launched with the Durban Platform for
Enhanced Action adopted at COP 17 in 2011. The Duman Platform called for "a protocol, another
legal instrument or an agreed outcome with legal force under the Convention applicable to all Parties,"
to apply from 2020, but provided no further substantive guidance.
COP 19 in Warsaw called on parties to submit "intended nationaily determined contributions"
(INDCs) well before the Paris conference, signaling an important bottom-up feature of the emerging
agreement. Heading into Paris, -1ore than 180 countries producing more than 90 percent of global
emissions had submitted INDCs, a much broader response than many had anticipated.
Countries like the US and China are working to ensure an outcome is likely in 2015; and the
years since the 2009 Copenhagen negotiations have seen some significant breakthroughs. The 2009
negotiations were fraught and chaotic, with a last minute agreement emerging after frantic scenes on
the conference floor. Yet international negotiations remain vital for countries to build on national
approaches, providing reassurance that they are not acting alone, and making it easier for nations to
work together towards a low carbon future. This is why the 2015 Paris summit is important. To
ensure meaningful action on climate change, the deal must contain the following elements: •
ambitious action.before and after 2020 a strong legal framework and clear rules • a central role for
equity • a long term approach · public finance for adaptation and the low carbon transition • a
framework for action on deforestation.
Vitally, a strong climate deal will help to meet international development aims, which are at
increasing risk from rising global temperatures. Eliminating poverty, improving health and building
security are all outcomes linked to tackling climate change. And it will also bring huge benefits to the
natural environment by helping to avoid biodiversity loss and the degradation of ecosystems upon which
we all depend.
Following are the suggestions to tackle global warming.
Dramatically reducing our use of fossil fuels--<lspecially carbon-intensive coal-is essential to
tackle climate change. There are many ways to begin this process. Key action steps include: not
building any new coal-burning power plants, initiating a phased shutdown of coal plants starting with
the oldest and dirtiest, and capturing and storing carbon emissions from power plants. While it may
sound like science fiction, the technology exists to store carbon emissions wlderground. The
technology has not been deployed on a large scale or proven to be safe and permanent, but it has been
demonstrated in other contexts such as oil and natural gas recovery. Demonstration projects to test the
viability and costs of this technology for power plant emissions are worth pursuing.
 88

Taken together, tropical deforestation and emissions from agriculture represent nearly 30 percent
of the world's heat-trapping emissions. We can fight global warming by reducing emissions from
deforestation and forest degradation and by making our food production practices more sustainable.
Using alternative sources of energy is more efficient and meets the problem of global
warming. Energy producing from solar, wind, tidal, biomass are more clean and renewable. They
are least effects if we produce electricity from alternative sources of energy. Multiple studies have
shown that renewable energy has the technical potential to meet the vast majority of our energy
needs. Renewable technologies can be deployed quickly, are increasingly cost-effective, and create
jobs while reducing pollution.
Because nuclear power results in few global warming emissions, an increased share of nuclear
power in the energy mix could help reduce global warming-but nuclear technology poses serious
threats to our security and, as the accident at the Fukushima Diaichi plant in Japan illustrates to our
health and the environment as well. The question remains: can the safety, proliferation, waste
disposal, and cost barriers of nuclear power be overcome?
Research into and development of the next generation of low-carbon technologies will be
critical to deep mid-century reductions in global emissions. Current research on battery technology,
new materials for solar cells, harnessing energy from novel sources like bacteria and algae, and other
inno\"ative areas could provide important breakthroughs.
The countnes of the "'orld-from the most to the least developed-vary dramatically in their
co11tr,u .. tions to the problem of climate change and in their responsibilities and capacities to confront
1t. A successful global compact· on climate change must include financial assistance from richer
countries to poorer countries to help make the transition to low-carbon development pathways and to
help adapt to the impacts of climate change.
The energy used to power, heat, and cool our homes, businesses, and industries is the single
largest contributor to global warming. Energy efficiency technologies allow us to use less energy to
get the same-or higher-level of production, service, and comfort. This approach has vast potential
to save both energy and money, and can bo deployed quickly.
The transportation sector's emissions have increased at a faster rate than any other energy-using
sector over the past decade. A variety of solutions are at hand, including improving efficiency (miles
per gallon) in all modes of transport, switching to low-carbon fuels, and reducing vehicle miles
traveled through smart grmvth and more efficient mass transportation systems.
Geothermal energy'bas been used for thousands of years in some countries for cooking and
heating. It is simply power derived from the Earth's internal heat. This thermal energy is contained in
the rock and fluids beneath Earth's crust. It can be found from shallow ground to several miles below
the surface, and even farther down to the extremely hot molten rock called magma. These
underground reservoirs of steam and hot water can be tapped to generate electricity or to heat and cool
buildings directly.

EXPECTED QUESTION:
• Global Warming, Fact or Fiction?
• Causes of Global Warming?
• Future of Global Warming?
• Global Warming and its Effects on Pakistan?
 PRIVATIZING HIGHER EDUCATION-GENERATING
KNOWLEDGE OR MAKING MORE MONEY FOR THE OPULENT
(CSS-2014)

OUTLINE

D Global perspective
• Growth of national income
• Scientific research
• Knowledge, a capital
• Importance of higher institutes
D Why higher education in Pakistan
• Educational and national development
• Stability factor in different fields
• Education, emerging force
D Higher Education
• Enhance knowledge and intellectual capacity
• Role of HEC and its results
D Funding ofHEC
D Quality of education and research due to privitisation
D Quality Enhancement Cells and Accreditation Councils in private institutes
D Faculty development programmes in private institutes
D Foreign scholarships
D How to improve quality
• Role ofVCs
• Role of research
• Improve quality of teaching
• W4 category
• Plagiarism policy
 90

ESSAY
For any nation, global competitiveness and economic success now depend on the existence of
capacities to create, develop, consume and disseminate knowledge. Universities need to strengthen
and consolidate their potential in areas such as teaching, research, scholarship and innovation, to
ensure that they deliver graduates equipped to tap global knowledge resources and apply what they
have learned in support of local and regional development. Developing an institutional strategy that
captures past experiences, analyzes existing ways of working and charts a course for the future is by
no means a simple exercise. '
Besides, education contributes to the growth of national income and individual earnings. While
land was the main source of wealth and income in agricultural societies, capital ·aoo
maclunery.
became important in industrial societies. In today's information societies, knowledge drives·econonuot
growth and development. Higher education is the main source of that knowledge - its '))l"Oduction,
dissemination and its absorption by any society. Economic growth currently depends on the capacity
to produce knowledge- based goods. However, the future of knowledge economies depends more on
their capacity to produce knowledge through research. Hence, knowledge economies place greater
value and accord higher priority to the production and distribution of knowledge. Higher education
institutions are a major source for providing the human capital required for knowledge.
Over the centuries, universities were expected to do scientific research including the transfer of
knowledge and education of inheritors of the knowledge and played an important role in the
description and widening of everything that forms the widely understood national culture or regional
identity. Universities have added on a 3rd task during the 2nd half of the 20th century which is to
connect and interact with the outside world aside from performing their 2 traditional tasks.
The importance of knowledge is continuously growing and becoming the primary asset that can
be utilized by ·a specific company or nation. Knowledge has become much more important than
investment capital, natural resources or technology as companies are metamorphosing from
production companies into knowledge creating companies. Society is dependent on 4 primary factors
namely knowledge creation, knowledge transfer, propagation & utilization of new services and
industrial process and HE!s are the very core and play a fundamental role in theare as of scientific
research and its utilization, education and local & regional development. Higher Education is
perceived to be a key player in the knowledge economy and thus we need to look into the structural
changes ofHEis particularly in their purpose and mission.
Higher education is more susceptible to the impositions of the market and the state. HE!s are
losing their capacity to promote the common good or even to pursue knowledge and truth in an
autonomous way. Rhoads argues that neo-liberalism fueled its unwavering belief in market values
and the unyielding logic of corporate profit making, has little patience with non-commodity
knowledge or with the more lofty ideals that have defined higher education as a public service.
Universities are becoming embedded in the logic of academic capitalism, a logic that requires an
appropriate policy and cultural climate, specific regulations, and a variety of administrative
arrangements and academic regimes.
The second vision uses the human capital theory as a basis when proponents argued that
intellectua~ infrastructure, professional training, and the scientific technical capability provided by the
university are prerequisites for economic development, particularly in emerging knowledge based
societies. The university hence becomes a tool for economic growth which calls for the increase in
enrollment, closer links with industries, vocational programs, entrepreneurialism, and the development
of incubators in high tech areas.
The third vision, the "University as a Means of Social Transformation", argues that universities
have an obligation to contribute to collective projects towards social and environmental justice and
ultimately alter existing social, economic and political relationships. It proposes a reduction in the gulf
between mental and manual work, an integration of theoretical and practical knowledge and making
students subjects of their learning process to become active, critical, and creative citizens and to
nurture a comprehensive understanding of the relations between productive forces and the social,
political, and cultural spheres.
The fourth vision labeled as "Service University" conceives the university as an enterprise,
academics as entrepreneurs, and knowledge as a commodity and bears similarities to the concept of
the entrepreneurial university. The entrepreneurial university is part and parcel of a phenomenon that
they identified as academic capitalism, which refers to institutional and professional market efforts to
secure external monies. The concept of a service or entrepreneurial university is equivalent to that of
the commercial university.
Talented managers provide innovative leadership; engineers and scientists are scientific
innovators and develop new products; and teaching professionals prepare the young for future
development. Those with advanced degrees contribute to higher labour-force productivity, production
and national income because research and development (R&D) activities in industry, as well as in
universities, are undertaken largely by those with a university education.
Recent evidence from many countries points to high social rates of return from R&D by
universities. Greater. social cohesion and strengthened foundations for democracy that promote
property rights and help enforce law and order - necessary conditions to create incentives for
innovation - are added social benefits of higher education. Development economists agree that an
atmosphere that promotes innovation is necessary for sustained economic development. Indeed, the
children of educated parents grow up with a greater awareness of the value of investment in education.
Lastly, expanding university education leads to lower per student costs as the fixed set-up costs
involved in establishing infrastructure are divided over a larger body of students, in turn raising the
social rates of return on investment in a university degree.
The developing countries are no longer content to be a source of cheap labour. Instead, they are
rapidly becoming the driving force of innovation and creativity. They are redesigning entire products
and business processes to reduce costs. IBM today employs more people in the developing world than
in the developed one. The number of US companies listed on Fortune 500 in 2009 fell to its lowest
level ever, while more Chinese, South Koreans and Indian firms appeared on the list than ever before.
(The Economist, April 15.)
If Pakistan wishes to become an emerging power, it needs to enhance its knowledge and
intellectual capital drastically. It is well known that countries with sound teclmological base make
rapid strides in development. There is a direct correlation between the knowledge capital and
economic development.
Pakistan has one of the lowest tertiary enrolment densities in the world and therefore also the
lowest GDP per capita. If we wish to follow in the footsteps of the emerging powers, we need to focus
on increasing our knowledge power. We need to quadruple our knowledge density before we can even
reach the levels of the per capita GDP of our fellow Muslim countries Malaysia and Turkey, let alone
the emerging giants.
The Higher Education Commission (HEC) has brought about a revolutionary change in
Pakistan since its formation in 2002. It has increased the number of universities from 98 to 132, and
tripled university enrolment. As a result, universities are providing knowledge capital to every
developing sector in Pakistan. While only 3,000 PhD degrees were awarded till 2002, over 3,280 have
been awarded in the last eight years alone. The number of scholars on HEC scholarships currently
pursuing PhD degrees overseas is over 2,800, while another 3,800 are pursuing it locally. With only
3,500 (20 per cent) of university faculties having PhD degrees, the numbers will triple over the next
five years. Simultaneously, the number of research publications has increased from 815 in 2002 to
over 4,000 in 2009 and is still growing exponentially each year with the number of returning PhD
scholars. Pakistan will thus be on its way to becoming a knowledge power if this pace of growth and
development is continued over the next IO years.
Every dollar invested in higher education brings an exponential return of over 800 per cent to
the national exchequer. That is why countries like South Korea have invested heavily in higher
education over the last few decades. Korea's higher education accessibility, which was only five per
cent in 1960 (the same as in Pakistan today), steadily increased to nine per cent in 1970, 16 per cent in
1980, 38 per cent in 1990, and 68 per cent in 2000, and is currently 80 per cent. Soutl1 Korea's exports
have steadily climbed from $32 million in 1960, $660 million in 1970, $17 billion in 1980, $63 billion
in 1990, $150 billion in 2000, to over 364 billion now.
Today Pakistan is facing a mounting challenge from neighbouring India. India has embarked on
a revolutionary plan to boost its higher education sector to international standards. It is already
spending 1.03 per cent of its GDP on higher education, compared to only 0.28 per cent for Pakistan.
The government needs to make a solid financial and political commitment to support higher
education and increase its funding by at least 30-35 per cent every year over the ne;t ten years.
Otherwise, Pakistan will only slide back to join sub-Saharan African states, instead of moving forward
and becoming an Asian tiger.
There has been a considerable growth in the number of universities in the country since the
formation of the Higher Education Commission (HEC) six years ago. However, as a result of this
growth the quality of education and research taking place in these institutions has been
compromised. Under the Education Policy 2009, the growth will continue hence posing a big
challenge to the HEC as to how to maintain growth as well as sustain, in fact, improve the quality of
education at the same time.
A number of measures have already been taken in this regard. Quality Enhancement Cells
have been esiablished in 45 universities to-date, which are being expanded to all public and private
universities, and quarterly progress reports are being mandated to be submitted to the HEC. We are also
moving towards establishing independent Accreditation Councils and an independent Quality Assurance
Board to ensure that the quality of our curriculum and instructions is as per international standards.
Faculty development programmes will continue as the mainstay of the HEC, which includes
foreign and local PhD scholarship programmes. A minimum criterion has been established for
awarding PhD degrees, which includes the GRE test, publication, plagiarism test, review of thesis by
two foreign experts, and an open defence of dissertation. The Commission has decided that PhD
degrees not meeting the HEC criteria would not be recognised by the HEC, and all the vice-
chancellors have been informed accordingly. The goal is to gradually increase the number of quality
 93

PhD faculty. In-house faculty training anl,development programmes are being improved to prepare
the faculty not only in teaching methodologies and communication skills but also in subject areas.
Foreign faculty hiring programme is currently under assessment to improvise it further. Incentives
through tenure track positions, equipment, research and travel grants, post-doc fellowships and tax-
incentives are offered to retain good faculty and hopefully reverse the brain drain.
Need-based scholarships for students are being increased through USAID, JICA and other
donor agencies, and scholarships have already been doubled for students from FATA and Balochistan
To ensure quality research, the HEC will continue to focus on infrastructure developments
including laboratory equipment, library and internet access, such as through the National Digital
Library, PERN broadband network and video-conferencing facilities. Over 1500 events have already
taken place through video-conferencing. The HEC has adopted a 'zero tolerance' policy on plagiarism
in research in which all cases reported to HEC are investigated in the light of plagiarism policy.
Better governance at the universities is being ensured through appointment of VCs through
search conunittees. A minimum criterion for appointment has been developed which has been put into
practice for new appointments in federal universities, and the Governors/Provincial Chancellors are
being requested to apply it to provincial universities as well. The VCs have been asked in the annual
VCs conference to ensure proper financial, administrative and external audits every year. They have
been asked to hold regular meetings of all mandated bodies, including syndicate and senates as per
their charters. Leadership training programmes for VCs have already been initiated/and the National
Academy for Higher Education is being revamped to prepare the next generation of university leaders.
Two new aspects have been emphasised in the rules of business: universities building
communities and fund raising. The HEC expects the universities to have a sense of ownership, to
contribute to the local community, and be a regional hub for community services. Career placement
office, alumni office and fund-raising/development offices are being developed at the universities
under a USAID programme currently in place for 11 universities, which will be expanded to other
universities once the pilot offices are established within the next three months.
Small business innovative research support through a request for proposal based process, and
venture capital funding, will be made available to support spin-off industries originating from
university research. Incubators, technology, business and agricultural parks, and entrepreneurship
centers, to be established in large innovative-oriented universities, will bring research and innovation
to the marketplace so that more jobs are created, benefiting the economy. Relevant career-oriented
curricula, and workshops and training sessions on newer applied technologies will be offered at the
rural-based two year community colleges, which are to be established with major universities as a
pilot project. The technology parks and community colleges will focus on the regional clusters of
industries and economies.
The HEC will focus on relev~ce and quality· in feachmg aI)d research. It will ensure only
quality graduates and researches are produced at our. universities, It is a challenging task which can be
accomplished if the universities own it too:
The modern university, with its mix of teaching, innovation and research, is different from the
universities of yesteryears, which only served as teacning grounds. By introducing innovation,
creativity and interdisciplinary research as a vital component of teaching, and with knowledge
exchange programmes, the university contributes more directly to the economy and society than many
other institutions.
"

----- -
 94

The higher education sector worldwide is faced with multiple challenges in view of these
changing dynamics. Roweyer, the REC has kept abreast of these global developments and has taken
numerous measures in recent years to improve the quality and relevancy of education and research at
the universities. Quality Enhancement C~lls (QECs) have been established in 85 universities in the last
three years. Institutional Performance Evaluations (IPEs) using six international standards are being
conducted for the first ten universities. By next year these will be extended to ten standards and for all
universities. The IPEs and the QECs are self-evaluation processes to determine quality and ensure
good governance is maintained at institutions.
The rating criteria for private universities have been enhanced from this year, and now W4 will
be considered the highest rating instead of W, which had a lower standard. Simultaneously, the
criterion to establish new universities in the private sector is being rationalised to enable more
universities to be established without compromise on quality. Thirteen Accreditation Councils (nine
autonomous, four through the REC) are now functional which are working with the universities to
improve the quality of curriculum and research. Associate-degree programmes have been introduced
for the first time at two-year colleges, and the REC is working with the provincial governments to
improve quality at degree colleges as well. Research at universities has significantly increased to over
5,000 international journal papers, with Pakistan's world share increasing by over three times. As a
result, two Pakistan's universities are now among the top 300 technology universities of the world.
where none existed a few years ago. The university ranking exercise is presen(ly been conducted
nationally to rank all universities to determine their teaching and research standards, and categorised
as general, engineering and technology, health, agriculture, business, and arts and humanities.
Faculiy development programmes are continuing as the mainstay of the REC, which includes
foreign and local PhD scholarship programmes, as well as split PhD and post-doctoral fellowships.
Currently only 25 percent (5,000) of the faculty has PhD degrees, and our target is to increase it to 50
percent in the next 10 years. One thousand and seven hundred REC scholars have completed their
PhDs from local and foreign universities and joined various organisations, and another 7,500 scholars
are corning up. Starting January 2014, all appointments to the position of lecturer will require a
MS/MPhil degree. From January 2016, all assistant professors and above will require a PhD degree.
Knowledge transfer through teaching, research and communily service, and not just experience, will
be mandatory for promotion.
The REC is following a zero-tolerance plagiarism policy in research. All faculties advising
PhD students are being asked to be registered with the REC and they will have to fulfil a minimum
criterion to continue advising students. All universities have also been asked to upload the nan1es of
their full-time PhD faculiy, including their CVs, on their website. A minimum of three full-time
relevant PhDs are required in a department to offer the PhD programme.
A minimum criterion has been established for PhD degrees, which includes the NTS subject test,
publication requirement in an approved journal, plagiarism test, review of thesis by two foreign experts
and an open defence of dissertations. PhD degrees not meeting REC criteria will not be recognised.
Better selection of vice chancellors is being ensured by their appointment through search
committees. New challenges for vice chancellors include leadership skills, academic leadership,
financial management, strategic planning, fundraising, and building communities, economies and
leadership. A two-day leadership workshop was held along these lines for all newly appointed vice
chancellors for the first time at the REC this year to prepare the next generation of university leaders.
They have also been asked to hold regular meetings of all mandated bodies, including syndicate and
senates, and annual convocations every year as per their charter.
 95

The HEC expects the universities to have a sense of ownership, to contribute to the local
community, and be a regional hub for community services. Career placement offices, alumni offices
and fund-raising/development offices have been developed at a number of universities, which are
being extended to all.
Research is being given a new dimension. There is need to conduct meaningful and relevant
research, one that can contribute to creating jobs and building economies. A spirit of entrepreneurship
1s being inculcated. The fast ten Offices of Research, Innovation and Commercialisation (ORICs)
have been established at leading research universities in order to bridge the gap between universities
and the industry. They will be expanded to 30 ORICs in the next couple of years. Incubators and
technology parks are the next phase of development for which international partnerships for capacity·
building are being sought. The technology parks will focus on regional clusters of industries and
economies. In other words, the universities will focus on the creation of a knowledge economy, rather
than just producing graduates.
The HEC will ensure only quality graduates and research is produced at our universities to
develop the next generation of leaders. It is a challenging task which can be accomplished with
political support and if the universities own it too.
 EDUCATION
0UTLll'jE,
.•.
a Introduction
D
D
View of Quaid-e-Azam
.
Aims and objectives of education
CJ Problems
• Lack of education budget
• Different syllabi
• Different medium of instruction
• Feudalism
• Outdated syllabus
• Lack of teacher training
• Outdated teaching methodology
• Lack of quality education
• Failed eduation policy
• Corruption
• Flawed eduction system
• Other social problems
D Solution
• Increase education budget up to 4 % of GDP
• U nifonnity of Educational Systems
• Updated and research based curriculum
• Abolish feudalism, a rootcause of all social problems in Pakistan
• Teachers' appointment on merit basis
• Teachers' training
• Effective educational policies
• Promoting research culture
• Free education
• Reforming examination system
CJ HEC
• Formation
• Purposes
• Recommendations
• Conclusion
 97

ESSAY
Quaid-e-Azam said:
"You know that the importance of education and the right type of education cannot he
over emphasized. Under foreign rule for over a century sufficient attention has not been
paid to the education of our people. There is immediate and urgent need for giving
'it,entific and technical education to our people in order to develop science, commence,
end ,trade and particularly well planned industries. We should not forget that we have to
-ompete with the world. which is moving very fast in this direction. "
(Pakistan Educational Conference, 1947)

Education plays the role of leadership in the society. The functions of the educational
institutions are to develop the people physically, mentally, psychologically, socially, and spiritually. It
improves and promotes the economic, social, political and cultural life of the nation. Until now the
rcile bf secondary and college education in Pakistan has been simply preparation for tertiary education,
which in the minds of most people means strictly· a university education. All over the world
universities are guiding and co-operating with the industrial and . agricultural development
organizations and they are developing their economics rapidly and meaningfully. There is a close link
between education and development. In Pakistan, after more than six decades, the developmental
indicators are not showing positive results. The participation rate at higher education is low
comparatively to other countries of the region. There are problems of quality of staff, students, library
and laboratory. Relevance with society needs, research facilities, financial crisis, arts students more
than science students, weaknesses of examination, ineffective governance and academic results are not
at par with international standards.
Since independence, attempts have been made to relate the education system to the needs and
inspirations of the country. Various commissions and committees were established from time to time
during the educational history of Pakistan by various regimes. It is however our sad to observe that in
spite of all efforts and important given to education sector, standards of education have gone down. It
is a matter of serious concern to find that educational degree awarded in Pakistan have lost their past
prestige and recognition. However aims and objectives of education are formulated by various
national educational policies as:
• To reestablish the existing education system with a view to provide social, political and
spiritual need of society.
• To preserve the ideology of Pakistan within the Islamic ethos ensured in the 1973
constitution
• To promote unity and patriotism and the desire for the welfare state
• To preserve and promote cultural and ethical norms and religious toleration
• To provide equal educational opportunities to all citizens of Pakistan
• To create responsible members of society and global citizens
• To develop democratic and moral values
 98

• To review confidence in public education systems by raising the quality of education in

government institutions
• To -improve services of education governance and management
• To improve the quality of education particularly relevant to the need of the economy
• To eradicate illiteracy within the shortest possible time through different illiteracy
programs
• To enable the individuals to earn their livelihood through skills which further contribute
to the national economy
• To encourage planning have been µndertaken by the government but without taking the
ground realities into account and without participation of the community and proper
implementation of these policies. Research in higher education institutions that will
contribute to economic growth of the country.
• To organize a national process for education development that will reduce disparities
across the country.
Today Pakistan is facing a number of problems i.e. poverty, insecurity, terrorism, sectarianism
and many more and base provided to all these problems by lack of awareness, tolerance and illiteracy,
developed by ineffective educational system. The vital role and significance of education system is
largely neglected in Pakistan. There are also some other factors responsible for instability in Pakistan
but education is the crucial one. Education system of Pakistan is facing some serious problems.
Though, 67 years have been past and 23 policies and actions planned have been introduced yet the
education sector is waiting for solution of its problem i.e. multiple system of education, lacking of
adequate funds, inadequate physical· and other facilities, poor examination system, dropouts, low
enrollment rate, inconsistency in education policies, aimless education, no free and compulsory
education, political interference, corruption, , outdated curricula, poor management and supervision,
lack of research, secularization of education and deficiency of professional teachers. In order to
address these problems, there is a dire need for the formulation of rational policies and plans as well as
adequate system for their implementation,
The word education is derived from the Latin word "educare" which literally means "to bring
out". Thus education in a way can.mean the bringing out and the development of all the inherent
potentialities of an individual. Education is the constructive factor for any society. It opens new
horizon for the people to perceive things· in different dimension. We need education because without it
we cannot be a united and strong nation. We cannot properly understand our national aims and the
way of achieving them if most of our people remain uneducated. If most of our people get education
they can understand the value of unity and discipline in life. They can cooperate with one another in
different fields of life. They can understand and work for their own high aims and those of their nation
or country. They can understand and obey the law of land and become good citizens. Education can
enable our people to make proper industrial; agricultural, and technical progress. Educated people
prove to be more efficient and beneficial for the society.
Today our education system does not offer the environment and opportunity of one and equal
system of education. We have a very divisive education system which has created a huge gap among
the nation and penetrated deeply into our culture. Thus different tiers have been created in our system
over a period of 67 years to facilitate the hold of the elite over the governing of our nation. There are
 99 ',

many systems working in the country, resulting in social division and conflict. Today our multiple tier
education system can be highlighted in the following categories:
The share of public education expenditure in national budgets increased in many regional
countries but it has declined in Pakistan. According to the International Crisis Group, Pakistan is one
of only 12 countries in the world that spends less than 2 percent of its GDP on education. According
to Economic Survey of Pakistan (2015-16), Pakistan spends around 2 % of its GDP on education
sector. Less than fifty percent of the funds allocated for development expenditure of the Ministry of
Education at the federal level are actually utilized. A major reason for this underutilization of funds is
their complex financial allocation and release system. The province lack the finical resources to
achieve the goal of universally primary education.
A lot of political interference is noted in the appointments transfer and violation of merit. Most
of the time, educators seats are predecided leaving job seekers panic. MPAs and MNAs quotas have
badly affected the recruitment system of education. Pakistan has not been able to develop basic
administration and infrastructure for an effective planning. Planning is based too much on the idea of
political official and little gross root enrollment.
Cambridge Education system (foreign educatio~ system) is exclusively for the children of very
rich so that they can after graduation go overseas for higher education on the foreign exchange
provided to them by Pakistan Sate Bank. So the students from the elite class follow the "O" and "A"
levels curriculum instead of Pakistan's domestic, the poor quality curriculum. They have little or no
awareness of their religion and culture.
Pakistan Secondary Education System is provided by private and government schools, one for
the middle class and other for the poor. The one for the middle class has medium instruction in
English and the other one in Urdu. The children from these institutions, if they happen to have good
grades and the parental financial capital go to the colleges of their preference and the rest either
become clerk/ cashiers/ sales person in a shop/worker in the factory/ any other work which comes in
their way.
Maderessah Education System is supposed to provide religious education; however, poverty is
another factor that restricts the parents to send their children to public or private school so that they
prefer to send their children to madressah where education is free. Religious madrassas churn out
yet anot?er class that is usually unaware of the world outside their own.
Education develops the roots of any nation. Any nation prepares their generation according to
their ideological, cultural, social and religious norms through education but the education system of
Pakistan is entirely aimless. It would probably be more cqrrect to say that its sole aim is to produce
manpower for running the administration which inherited by Pakistan from colonial system. Our
education system is producing goods for no means and use. Socially culturally and politically unrest is
caused by improper education of our new generation,, who can play a role of weapon for the
developing of country. Our education system did not preserve our social cultural and religious norms
in 21st century where western countries have made huge advancement towards science and
technology we are still lagging behind in them in respective field. Our system is not imparting
knowledge. Development of thinking, reasoning and talent creation is missing.
Over the years since independence public have seen various political parties in action, various
reforms about education, various declarations on paper but nothing has been fulfilled in prosperous

'
 100

way. The 'main reason of the failure of our educational system is grooming of less technical faculty.
Our methods have been stereotyped and new techniques of teaching and materials to make lessons
more interesting to the students have not been adopted. Most of our teachers joined teaching just as a
job to earn their livelihood.
Cranuning is part and parcel of our academic calendar, students are asked to spoon feed the
technical terms instead of perceiving their fundamental concept, emphasize is given on amount then
on logic. Over these years education department have hardly spend any funds on advance coaching of
"their faculty staff which still stuck in the old age teaching techniques and are unaware of modem
methods of teaching and convincing students thorough sheer knowledge. Students are not able to lose
library and other modem educational facilities nor are they able to get helped from their teachers.
Rote learning is common practice both because of the educational tradition and because of lack
of teaching material. Teachers relay mainly on lecture method. One of the chronic problem of our
education system is the shortage of teachers due to which merit criteria is ignored though the number
of teachers has been gradually increasing but it does not match favorably with the number of students
and there is a gap between the students and teachers ratio.
Pakistan emphasize is given on quantity not on quality which will make things more worse for
our future generation. The curriculum of our education system is not based on its objectives to create
the power of reasoning in a child. It has no direct connection with the practical life which the students
will have to face, when he becomes a mature person of the society. Our curriculum is not updated to
compete with the rest of the world in modem education. Our national survival both in term of
economy and defense potentials depends entirely on the kind of education we provide to our children.
The basic problem is that our curriculum is not promoting the interest of the student towards practical
work and scientific knowledge.
A number of educational policies were introduced from time to time by various regimes in the
history of Pakistan for reforms but due lack of implementation and inconsistency, it showed no result.
Major policies decisions are made under threats from strongest pressure group or by the political
leaders for their own political slogan rather than in keeping with the overall needs of the country.
Little are no research is done on the implication of these policies and there long term costs. Similarly,
there is hardly any harmonization between the federal and provincial governments which leads to poor
policy implementation. There are also complaints that the government's consultation with the non-
state sector does not necessarily result in action. Teachers have also been generally ignored in the
policy making process.
Corruption is one of the maj or contributing factors for failure of educational policy. It is due to
lack of accountability and transparency along with low salaries of the staff. Similarly a large number
of schools are operating in the records but do not actually exist, rose in record by some corrupt
officials. There is also political, social cultural and moral corruption found in our education system.
Teachers poorly paid in the best of circumstances, made extra money by tutoring and payment of
bribes. The ultimate corruption was the outright sale of bogus certificate and degree. For transferring
and posting often required payment of bribes to government agencies.
Examinations are ·conducted to test the ability of a student and find out his standard of
academic learning and knowledge. By the use of illegal practice in our examinations have become
very widespread and spoiled its objectives. The problem of illegal practices concern the examiners the
 101

invigilators, the students, the parents and examination board. The students look upon a degree as a
passport to employment in a commercial commodity which can be purchased if you pay the price.
Unfortunately, some parents also share same views and have actively helped their children in using
unfair means to pass the examination but the most tragic part of the story is that our educationists has
also been contaminated by the poison of this evil. Our poor examination system encourages rote
learning and cramming. This system is criticizing for its tendency to define education as the pursuit of
high marks~d not the development of intellectual power through learning. Our examination system
is not regarding as an accurate measure of actual achievement and future performance. This poor
system spoiled our education standard. In Sindh and Balochistan, students are allowed to use their
helping material like books and notes during paper timing.
Any nation prepares their generation according to their ideology, culture and religion through
education. Pakistan is an ideological state based on Islamic ideology but it is still unclear that what
should be the Islamic content of our curriculum. Our system of education is not able to protect our
religious norms and guide our new generation according to Islam. Despite highlighting technological
and literal knowledge backwardness, government is concentrating on abolishing Islamic norms and
values and hinders patriotism of Pakistani people.
The provision of providing basic education has been a goal since independence and enrolment
have been increasing but percentage of student completing primary school has been falling. Only 30
percent of those who enroll in .primary education ever reach to their matriculation exam. The major
problem in our education is the large number of dropouts. It is estimated that it is mostly due to
economic reason and unattractive school environment. Thus our school going children cannot even
acquire the basic skill of learning and a number of them fall back in to the category of illiterates.
Though Pakistan has made some effort and improving the enrollment rates at the primary level,
the achievement at present in this regard is still far below than other countries in the region. The
present enrollment rate at Pakistan is 54 percent for males and 30 percent which is very low and
comparison to other countries of the region which have by and large crossed the 100 percent mark
for both male and female. Teacher absenteeism, untrained teachers, inadequate materials and
obsolete teaching methods are the main reasons for low enrolment in schools. Most of the public
schools are poorly managed, impart education of poor quality, use poorly written textbooks and use
curricula that are not relevant for the needs of the 21st century.
Seeking of knowledge is the religious duty of every Muslim to get it is the religious duty of
every Muslim. To get it done is the biggest responsibility of the state. In our education system is there
is no free and compulsory education for the entire citizen available on equal bases. In the other
countries of the region there is free and compulsory basic education in order to create discipline and
feelings of common identity and integration, irrespective of their social and economic background.
Following are some suggestions to improve the education system in Pakistan
Lack of funding is also a problem. According to UNO standards a country should allocate 4
percent of its GDP towards education but in Pakistan a very low spending on education is found, only
about 2 percent of the GDP. Moreover it is very clear that if existing funds utilized fairly then there
could be no shortfall of funds.
There are many systems working here, resulting in social division and conflict. For example
we have English medium schools, Urdu medium schools, and religious madrasas. Therefor, a
 102

unifonn system of education for all the citizens should be introduced. One medium of instruction
should be introduced, for which English is suggesting which the demand of the modem world is.
The curriculum is usually inappropriate or at least inadequate for the set goals in many
disciplines. There should be an integrated system in which one step leads to the next to enable a
student to develop a truly sound base for the discipline he or she is interested in. Curriculum should
be made updated to compete he the modem world. Computer education should also be introduced
gradually. Religious education should be incorporated in curriculum. At the proper stage, Arabic
language should also be introduced for greater unity in the Ummah, and for better understanding of
Islam. True understanding of Islamic teaching can only be achieved if the people of Islamic
ideology are given due important in the teaching of Islamiyat, Pakistan studies and Arabic language.
Curriculum should be made interesting by institutions as museums, internet clubs, libraries, etc.
Interesting and infonnative documentaries and activities should also be design. Contributions from the
public can also be sought for this purpose.
We can improve quality of our education through teachers training because the education can
only be good as the teachers. Teaching is not an as much easy profession as much it is considered in
our country. Hence while hiring teachers there should be very c1itical process. In our country most of
teachers hired due to their relationships with local MNAs. And in most places teachers hired but they
do not attend schools in remote places. Some time teachers put any one else on their place and enjoy
their pay while sitting in home and give some percentage to their substitute teachers. Hiring process
should include written test, interview and demonstration . Teaching is an art and everyone could not
teach, it should be checked through demonstrations. Government should compare its training mode
with training of elite schools teachers. Or government should train trainers from elite school's
trainers to improve whole training menu. Introduce high quality selection procedure for higher level
teachers and introduce modem teaching techniques by use of A.V aids. Stress should be given to
develop basic skills because usually even our postgraduates lack basic skills. Poor teaching is the most
prominent problem, so various teams of experts should be involve in perfonning the improvement
teaching methods by introducing and implementation of various trainings. Modem techniques should
be adc,;,ted. Instruction in science, history and social studies should be incorporated in language
teaching at the primary and secondary levels through activities and projects.
Teaching job is not attractive in Pakistan. Most of girls and boys do teaching just for time pass
in their study gaps. The teacher's job has no respect and status in or country, that's why we have lot of
low standard and unqualified teachers. The hiring process, facilities and pay packages of teachers
also shows that teacher job is a poor job and professional people do not prefer it. Government
should make this job attractive by announcing number of income packages especially for those who
hired in remote areas. Remote area teachers should be facilitated by resident and transport facility
along with additional pay. Attractive salaries pakage should be introduced for the teachers and other
officials to minimize the chances of corruption. Another problem with Pakistan is brain drain.
Capable and outstanding professionals prefer foreign jobs instead of serving in their own country.
This is due to the low financial output and indifferent attitude of go. By facilitating them we can
restore our outstanding professionals. A ward system should also be introduced in shape of medals
and increments for good perfonnance.
Implementation of policy should be insuring instead of introducing new policies. There should
consistency in these policies which can provide gradual steps for one another for better implementation.
 103

Teachers professors and other educationist should be consulted in the policy making process.
The research is the key to the solution of many problems and has basic significant in bringing
above qualities and improvement in education. In recognition of this fact national institute of
educational research should be establish to conduct research, facility and communication, provide
gelidness and counseling. Universities professors should be facilitated to conduct research. We are just
allocating less than two percents of GDP. Educational budget should be increased at par with
international limited to research related activities. The Standard of Universities should be research
centers only and must not be allowed to conduct graduate or post-graduate examinations. High priority
should be given to research and development and technology, in .order to solve practical problem.
Free and compulsory education should be provided on equal bases up to metric. Primary
education should be made compulsory and free of cost; it is already free of cost but not compulsory.
To show good result in educational reforms great stress should be given examination system.
Education ministry should try their best to conduct pure examination system. It is suggested that equal
important should be given to external as well as to internal assessment, to eliminate the chances of
corruption and illegal promotion.
Students should be given more scholarships and government should support the intelligent and
outstanding students. Higher education commission should send position holder students of
intermediate under their strict observations and conditions, to foreign developed countries for studie,
with full facilities and contracts to return after completion of studies. China adopts the same strategy
to meet the global competitiveness. Banks should be encouraged to give student loans on easy bases.
In developed countries besides teacher's training there is strong concentration on parents
training. Children passed only 8 to 6 hours with teachers and remaining 16 hours with parents.
Children learn from all sorts of activities and experiences in their life therefore there is a dire need to
improve their all teachers (parents are real teachers). Parents should be trained that how should they
behave with their children in different matters, how could they create tolerance and democratic
attitude in their children
The present government should declare a national educational emergency and involve the
whole nation, including the army, in waging a war against illiteracy. For this it is suggested that it
should be made a mandatory requirement for various degree programmes that the candidates,
after taking their exams, shall spend a specified period of time in teaching at assigned institutions
which should be given in a judicious and practical manner, Ask for volunteers with specified
qualifications to contribute their services in their areas of work or residence under organized
bodies of the government. Ask the public to contribute voluntarily for this purpose financially.
In a nutshell, education provides the base for socio-economic development. An educational
system of poor quality may be one of the most important reasons why poor countries do not grow. In
Pakistan, the quality of education is on the decline in spite of the fact that the present government has
initiated drastic measures in uplifting the quality and quantity of education. It is evident that that
without teachers' transformation we cannot transform the education system for improving the quahty
of education. '
HEC
The importance of higher education as an engine of socio-economic development for Pakistan
cannot be overestimated. Good quality, merit-based, equitable, efficient tertiary education and
 104

research are essential to develop aknowledge economy, to improve standards of living and to ava11 of
social benefits like better health, lower crime, civic responsibility, environmental awareness· and a
more tolerant and inclusive society. .
With an ever-increasing population and increasing demands from the economy, widenmg and
increasing participation has remained a permanent goal of the higher educat/on sector in Pakistan.
Unfortunately, lack of political will hnd finances over' decades have produced a higher
education sector that is both small in size and low in performanr, ·~ ~' condition that is not
compatible with national objectives to develop as a modem and competitive society. Additional
factors like poor quality of education at the secondary level, poor grasp of English language by
students, and the unstable socio-political environment of universities heavily impact the quality
equilibrium. At the tum of this century, only 2.9% of the approximately 21 million people between
the ages of 17 and 23 in Pakistan had access to university education. At present, there are a total
0

114 universities in the country - only 64 in the public sector. There has been a proliferation of private
universities in recent years, but they have tended to specialize in market-oriented disciplines like IT,
Management Sciences and Business.
The Higher Education Commission (HEC) was formed 'in 2002 with strong political support
and substantial budgetary allocations to start an extensive reform process in higher education. To
improve access, learning needs for the 21st century had to be balanced with the willingness/capacity
of institutions to expand. It has therefore been a priority to optimize the utilization of existing
resources and focusing on physical infrastructure development, as well as technological infrastructure
development so that modem approaches including distance education methodologies can play their
proper role. To raise participation in higher education, the HEC has also focused on quality
improvement in faculty, research and learning environment, curricula, governance, assessment,
accreditation of institutions, and industrial linkages. Equity issues have been approached mainly
through the provision of need-based scholarships for marginalized groups. As per the latest data,
enrolment in public institutions is now increasing at approximately 30% per year - at par with the
private sector.
The HEC has declared the following as its core strategic aims:
(a) Faculty development
(b) Improving access
(c) Promoting excellence in learning and research
(d) Relevance to the economy
(e) Developing leadership, governance and management
(I) · Enhancing quality
(g) Physical and technological infrastructure development
As has been discussed above, higher education has only recently received greater emphasis
than ever before. If we recall the goal of the 1947 Education Policy statement, it was expected that a
class of elite would be created through higher education that would determine the quality of our
civilization and would direct and plan our national life. This aspiration is true even today and
investment in higher education will permit the society to achieve this goal. The issues of relevance and
quality of higher education will allow the product of a university to be equipped with the capacity to
innovate, create and determine the contours of a knowledge based economy. The emphasis on quality
needs to be further strengthened, as only numerical achievement in the field of higher education is not
 105

a necessary guarantor of a quality product. Our universities must become centres of research and
creative learning, providing answers today to the questions of tomorrow and not learning today the
answers of yesteryears.
Presently with the national investment in education at 2.2% of the GDP, investment in higher
education is around 15% of this outlay. In our view while investment in education should rise, over the next
4 years, to 4% of the GDP, the share of higher education should rise to the level of about 18- 20% of the
total investment during the same period. In another 5 years, while the investment in education should
increase to 6% of the GDP, a quarter of that investment should go to higher education by 2015.
While higher education has been in the lime light over the last 3 years, it has been perceived to
be at the cost of elementary and secondary education. However, in absolute numbers, higher education
needs further financial resources. It is another matter that investment in elementary and secondary
education (including higher secondary education and TVE) must be substantially increased to create
an intra sector balance between various sub-sectors. The perception that education is completed only
on obtaining a tertiary degree does not necessarily hold good and this needs to be changed. Only those
interested in research should go for higher education. It also appears that the emphasis on sciences is
at the expense of humanities thus compromising transmission of basic and cultural values. It also
appears that Higher Education Commission (HEC) is working in divorce from other policy
frameworks. While the HEC is keen to improve the key areas of access, quality and relevance, quality
issues in higher education institutions continue to persist and more long term answers are needed
rather than celebration of short term numerical achievements. There is a serious concern about the
quality of distance learning provided by Allanta Iqbal Open University (AIOU). This has pervasive
repercussions on the quality of such pursuits, and particularly affects in-service capacity enhancement
prograntmes. It is understood that AIOU is conscious of its current weaknesses but strong
commitment and investment needs to be made in AIOU because of the wide spread influence that it
has over so many areas of learning and production of skilled people for economic development.
Greater investment needs to be made in assurance of quality product from higher learning and the
HEC must ensure that assessment procedures in higher education are of the highest international
standards and the HEC being a regulator needs to be a guarantor of all university degrees in Pakistan
for minimum acceptable standards. Regarding relevance of university education, the issue will be
separately addressed in this document.
Education provides the base for socio-economic development. An educational system of poor
quality may be one of the most important reasons why poor countries do not grow. In Pakistan, the
quality of education is on the decline in spite of the fact that the present government has initiated
drastic measures in uplifting the quality and quantity of education. Quality of teachers especially at
primary level is still questionable. It is evident that that without teachers' transformation we cannot
transform the education system for improving the quality of education. In this regard, a series of
education reforms in the area of teacher education were introduced in the public sector but their vision
seemed to be narrow, hence, they failed to make any substantial impact on the quality of teachers and
teaching process. Eventually, it further affected the quality of education being offered in schools.
Education system of Pakistan is facing new challenges. It has yet to be developed at par with other
developing countries in the region.
 POVERTY, CAUSES, EFFECTS & SUGGESTIONS

OUTLINE

D What is poverty?
D Poverty in Pakistan
D Causes of Poverty in Pakistan
• Feudalism
• Low education budget
• Corrupt politicians and successive martial laws
• Lack of planning
• Social problems
• Corruption
• Increasing population
• Economic loss
• Lack of access to basic services
D Effects of Poverty
• Child labour
• Crimes and violence
• Health issues
• Sub standard of life
• Social evils
D Suggestions
• Abolish feudalism
• Increase education budget
• Quality ed\Jcation
• Providing basic facility of life
• Technical education
• Eliminate corruption
• Good governance
• Effective planning of the government
• Controlling population
• lgher economic growth
0 Conclusion
 107

ESSAY
"Poor and content is rich, and rich enough. " -William Shakespeare
"Wars of nations are fought to change maps. But wars of poverty are fought to map
change. " -Muhammad Ali
"The mother of revolution and crime is poverty. " "Poverty is the parent of revolution and
crime. -Aristotle
"Wealth and poverty: the one is the parent of luxury and indolence, and the other of
meanness and viciousness, and both of discontent. " -Plato

Poverty is a global phenomenon that expresses pronounced deprivation in well being of people.
It exists where people are deprived of the means to satisfy their basic needs that are mandatory to their
survival_ Poverty breeds unbridled crimes and moral degradation, frustration and bribery, malnutrition
and infectious diseases so on and so forth. Thus aspirations of the deprived people never materialize
throughout their lives and their sufferings end with their deaths while the rich led luxurious lives and
enjoy every kind of facility.
There are many definitions of poverty depending on the context of the situation and the
views of the person giving the definition. These are some from various sources including a well-
known development scholar. Poverty is also often divided into relative poverty and absolute
poverty. Poverty can also be defined as a condition wherein a person cannot satisfy his or her basic
needs, namely, food, shelter, clothing, health and education.
"Poverty is pronounced deprivation in well-being, and comprises many dimensions. It
includes low incomes and the inability to acquire the basic goods and services necessary
for survival with dignity. Poverty also encompasses low levels of health and education,
poor access to clean water and sanitation, inadequate physical security, lack of voice, and
insufficient capacity and opportunity to better one's life." -World Bank
"Fundamentally, poverty is a denial of choices and opportunities, a violation of human
dignity. It means lack of basic capacity to participate effectively in society. It means not
having enough to feed and clothe a family, not having a school or clinic lo go to, not
having the land on which to grow one's food or a job to earn one's living, not having
access to credit. It means insecurity, powerlessness and exclusion of individuals,
households and communities. It means susceptibility to violence, and it often implies living
in marginal or fragile environments, without access to clean water or sallitation. "
-United Nations
Poverty is a condition characterized by severe deprivation of basic human needs, including
food, safe drinking water, sanitation facilities, health, shelter, education and information. It depends
not only on income but also on access to services. It includes a lack of income and productive
resources to ensure sustainable livelihoods; hunger and malnutrition; ill health; limited or lack of
access to education and other basic services; increased morbidity and mortality from illness;
homelessness and inadequate housing; unsafe environments and social discrimination and exclusion.
It is also characterized by lack of participation in decision making and in civil, social and cultural life.
It occurs in all countries: as mass poverty in many developing countries, pockets of poverty amid
wealth in developed countries, loss of livelihoods as a result of economic recession, sudden poverty as
 108

a result of disaster or conflict, the poverty of low-wage workers, and the utter destitution of people
who fall outside family support systems, social institutions and safety nets.
To know what helps to reduce poverty, what works and what does not, what changes over time,
poverty has to be defined, measured, and studied - and even experienced. As poverty has many
dimensions, it has to be looked at through a variety of indicators - levels of income and
consumption, social indicators, and indicators of vulnerability to risks and ofsocio/polaical access.
Pakistan is a poor country. Its economy is facing fluctuations now a day. At the time of
independence Pakistan has very low resources and capital, so the processes of progress were very
slow. Unfortunately the politicians t:>f Pakistan were all not well aware of modem global system and
the progress processes and the needs of country. Due to bad policies today Pakistan is facing a lot of
problems. The continuous failure of policies leads the people of country to miserable conditions. The
major problem in the country is poverty which is becoming the cause of crime and social disorder.
It is difficult to point out all causes of poverty in Pakistan but the major causes of are given
below:
Pakistan is home to a larie feudal landholding system where landholding families hold
thousands of acres and do little Wlirk on the agriculture themselves. They enlist the services of their
serfs to perform the labor of the land. 51% of poor tenants owe money to the landlords. The landlords'
position of power allows them to exploit the only resource the poor can possibly provide by using their own
labor. Fuedal Lords hold 70-80 % of our total land.
The literacy rate of Pakistan is very low. The reason is that Pakisan just spends 2.1 % of GDP
on education Economic Survey of Pakistan 2015. Most of people do not have any concept about the
modem earning sources. Most people are unable to adopt technology for their business needs, that's
why businesses do not meet international standards and result as decrease in revenue which lead the
society to poor financial condition$.
Pakistan has been run by military dictatorships for large periods of time, alternating with
limited democracy. These rapid changes in governments led to rapid policy changes and reversals and
the reduction of transparency and accountability in government. The onset of military regimes have
contributed to non-transparency in resource allocation. In par,icular, the neglect by the Pakistani state
of the Balochistan and Khyber Pakhtunkhwa has rendered the region poverty-stricken. Those who do
not constitute the political elite are unable to make political leaders and the Government responsive to
their needs or accountable to promises. Development priorities are determined not by potential
beneficiaries but by the bureaucracy and a political elite "'hich may or may not be in touch with the
needs of the citizens. Political instability and macroeconomic imbalances have been reflected in poor
creditworthiness ratings, even compared to other countries of similar income levels, with resulting
capital flight and lower foreign direct investment inflows.
Government is not well aware of present conditions of country. The policies of government are
based on the suggestions of offn:ials which do not have awareness about the problems of a common
man. After implementation, the policies do not get effective result. After the failure of one policy,
government does not consider its failure and announces another policy without studying the
aftermaths of last one. Heavy taxes and unemployment crushes the people and they are forced to live
below poverty !me. The suitable medical facilities are not provided to people and they are forced to
get treatment for private clinics which are too costly.
Poverty and the lack of a modem curriculum have proved destabilizing factors for Pakistani
society that have been exploited by militant organizations banned by the government to run schools
and produce militant literature. Though many madrassas are benign, there are those that subscribe to
 109

the radicalist branches of Sunni Islam. As a result, militant Islamic political parties have become more
powerful in Pakistan and have considerable sympathy among the poor. This phenomenon is more
pronounced in KPK.
Another cause of poverty is corruption. There are two types of corruption. There is not morality
and everyone is trying to earn more and more by using fair and unfair means. Officials waste their
time has low efficiency. Only one relationship that exists in society is money. One has to pay a heavy
cost to get his right. Law and order conditions are out of control and institutions are failed to provide
justice to a common man. Justice can be bought by money only. But government is unable to control
such type of things. In this whole scenario, some corrupt people havi; been occupying the resources
and common man is living in miserable conditions.
In our society social bonding are gradually becomes thinner and thinner. A race of material
object has been started even no one tried to understand the problems of others. Everyone is gradually
changing from human to a bioman which only know about his needs and have no concept about the
limitations of others. People are not ready to help each other. At last everyone has lost his trust on
others which affect our social and economic system and it is another c'~use of poverty.
The import of Pakistan is greater than export. Big revenue is consumed in importing good every
year, even raw material has to import for industry. If we decrease import and establish own supply
chains from our country natural resources the people will have better opportunities to earn. Foreign
investor comes to local markets. They inest millions of dollars in stock markets and stock market gets
rise in index. Then the investor withdraws his money with profit and market suddenly collapses. The
poor people always faced aftermaths.
In addition, Pakistan's major cities and urban centres are home to an estimated 1.2 million street
children. This includes beggars and scavengers who are often very young. The law and order problem
worsens their condition as boys and girls are fair game to others who would force them into stealing,
scavenging and smuggling to survive. A large proportion consumes readily available solvents to starve
off hunger, loneliness and fear. Children are vulnerable to contracting STDs such as HNIAIDS, as
well as other diseases.
The incidence of rural poverty is highest among those who own no land-more than one half
of the rural population. Inequity in land ownership in Pakistan is responsible for agricultural yields
which are below those of other countries at similar income levels. Female-headed households, tribal
groups and those living at or below the subsistence level are particularly vulnerable. Poverty rates
also vary significantly among provinces, from a low of I 6 percent in the northeastern areas to 44
percent in KPK Province.
Following are the effects of poverty in Pakistan
• The first and most immediate effects of poverty in Pakistani society that people do not send
their children to schools. In Pakistan, nearly 4 million children 5-14 years of age group
(Federal Bureau of Statistics) work.
• The poverty of his formative years in the underground mines, the work is very dangerous
places to work at cement industry, tobacco production, processing, and more with live
electrical failure could force the dissolved
• Direct impact on poverty, crime and violence in Pakistan. Human Trafficking of the most
common form of (violence) prostitution, which is run mostly by poverty. According to the
survey, the poor men are involved in violence on his wife for the pmposes of the income.
Women selling their bodies by their family members are forced to earn something.
 110

• Poor people are suffering from many diseases. They do not care enough resources. Pakistan
ranks 135th out of 194 countries for this reason that the life expectancy at birth of the index.
In Pakistan, the life expectancy rate at birth is. 65 years or less. When the Westen\ countries it
is 80 + years as Japan, Hong Kong, Australia, Switzerland, Iceland, etc.
Following are the suggestions to overcome poverty.
,.
The biggest developmental challenge facing Pakistan is how to meet the Millennium
Development Goal (MDG) of bringing down the incidence of poverty from current level of poverty
37% to 18% by 2015. Whereas, our experience so far shows ,!hat it is easy to relapse into higher
incidence of poverty but it is quite an uphill battle to recover the lost ground. However, alleviating
poverty may be difficult but by no means it is impossible. Because, it is man made and not natural like
slavery and apartheid, therefore, it can be"'"Over come and eradicated. The need is not for one or t\\lo
isolated policies but for a comprehensive package of complementary and supportive policies to tackle
the problem. Building a more widespread commitment to overcoming poverty is an essential first step
in overcoming poverty, and some of the actions are addressed in the following paragraphs.
• A poli€y or a set of policies should be designed to ensure economic growth in the country
because higher economic growth rate and.poverty reduction are strongly correlated. However
growth is necessary but the sufficient condition for poverty reduction. Growth has to be
accompanied by many other essential policy measures.
• Fuedalism should be abolished to ensure equal opportunity for all citizens of Pakistan. For
that, effective land reforms on the pattern of Indian land reforms taken aftenpdependence can
bring fruit and relief to our pierced society.
• A policy or a set of policies should be designed to ensure economic growth in the country
because higher economic growth rate and poverty reduction are strongly correlated. However
growth is necessary but the sufficient condition for poverty reduction. Growth has to be
accompanied by many other essential policy measures.
• If government aims to reduce widespread poverty via a sustainable growth accelerating
strategy, it must focus fundamentally on providing access to the quality education to the
children of poor families. To provide schooling to this large pool of out of school children,
spending on basic education should be gradually increased from the lowest in the south Asian
region around 2% of GDP to at least 4% of GDP during the next three years. Similarly, the
absenteeism of teachers should be overcome through strict monitoring and supervision and
introducing accountability in the system. However, in view the paucity of government funds,
and acknowledged weaknesses in implementation of development programs, the government
could also look to facilitating and strengthening the non-profit organizations in private sector,
to complement the public sector programs, to maximize the provision of quality education to
the children from poor families.
• It would not be wrong to say that Pakistan's socio- economic development has been a victim
of corruption and corrupt practices. Corruption, both in government and business has placed
heavy cost on Pakistani society and there is a need to follow fair, transparent and follow moral
and ethical codes of conduct banning corruption in both, public and private sectors. If
Pakistan's government and its policy makers are determined to achieve Millennium
Development Goals (MDGs) with regards to poverty alleviation then such resolve with high
degree of commitment needs to be reiterated by the Parliament in respect of the Benazir
Income Support and other poverty alleviation programs.
 111

• Government should take some strong measures for human development program like education,
health, employment opportunities, sanitation, nutrition and population etc.
• Government has to establish technical and vocational training centers whereby our youth get some
practical training and may be able to find job for themselves. For the expansion of education
government should assist the private sector and nonprofit organizations.
• Another important element of the strategy is to improve the living standard of masses and to
modify the equal distribution of income to the gross root level. The government has
discouraged the formation of micro finance institutions for those who are land less anc
without any tangible assets. The weak and vulnerable segment of the society has to b;
supported by social safety nets and transfers such as zakat and bait-ul-maal etc.
• It would be appropriate to say that mother root cause to all the causes of poverty in Pakistan is
poor governance at public and corporate sector both. Shortsighted policies and wrong
priorities have led the menace of poverty like a spiral growth. Unless institutional efficiency is
enhanced and the participation of communities ensured, past experience indicates that public
resources will continue to be mismanaged. Before making any new allocation or throwing
away money in new ventures on the name of poverty alleviation, there is a dire need that we
must identify different target sectors under various categories such as human development,
community services, rural development, safety nets and governance on the basis of any
objective assessment without any political or party/ government affiliations. Government must
fulfill its obligation of spending at least 4.5% of the GDP on pro-poor sectors.
• A well thought out set of policies should be designed to correct market disequilibrium.
Correcting distort prices should contribute to productive efficiency, employment opportunities
and less poverty.
• There is dire need to have a fresh insight on our policies and programs controlling
international trade, population growth, agriculture and energy sector reforms and readjust our
fiscal and monitory policies accordingly.
To sum up, poverty in Pakistan can only be alleviated by sharpening the human capital by
improving literacy and investing in skill development, good governance, community empowerment,
long term economic growth, socio- political justice and real term democratic culture. It cannot be
expected for everything to be fixed overnight. It is very important though to establish goals and set
up priorities. What is needed most is a stable democratic government, basic essentials for all, access
to proper education and healthcare and social justice for all in stable social order.

EXPECTED QUESTIONS:

• Poverty Alleviation
• How can poverty be eradicated in Pitkistan?
 MEDIA IN PAKISTAN/MEDIA, THE KING MAKER
OUTLINE

D Media ethics
• Fairness and right of reply
• Acceptance of favours and bribes
• Discrimination
• Accuracy
• Disclosure of sources
• Social responsibility
• Respect for human dignity
• Plagiarism
• Independence
D Role of media in society
• As the fourth pillar of the state
• The news function
• fhe opinion function
• The entertainment function
• Media a.s a watchdog
• Media as king maker
D Problems of media in Pakistan
• Sensationalism (Yell ow Journalism)
• Media bias or propaganda
• Media violence
• Media hype
• Commercialism
• A state within a state
D Suggestions for improvement
• Media code of ethics
• Media laws in Pakistan
 113

ESSAY
Pakistan came into existence on 14th august I 947. Quaid-e- Azam, the first Governor General
of Pakistan, had a clear concept of press freedom. He said, "I expect you Uourna!ists) to be completely
fearless. If I go wrong for that matter Muslim league goes wrong in any direction. I want you to
criticize it honestly as its friend." He did not allow legislation to suppress the press. Just one month
after his death in September 1948, Public Safety Ordinance was implemented in October. In the first 7
years of independence from I 947 to I 953, 31 newspapers were banned.
Media ethics deal with the specific ethical principles and standards or media,including
broadcast media, film, theatre, the arts, print media and the internet. By ethics, we mean the moral
principles which determine the rightness or wrongness of particular acts. Ethical codes are usually
self-imposed principles to adhere to in order to foster and protect one's rights and privileges for
mutual interests. Some of the basic ethical codes to be practiced by the journalists are the following:
Journalists shall write and the mass media shall publish, broadcast or report fair, accurate,
unbiased stories. All sides of the story shall be reported. The right to reply :,om any person mentioned
in an unfavourable context shall be obtained, as appropriate.
Journalists and their employers shall conduct themselves in a manner that protects them from
real or apparent conflicts of interest. Such conflicts of interest may arise through accepting gifts,
bribes, favours, free travel, special treatment or any other form of inducement or privilege.
The mass media shall avoid prejudiced, pejorative or stigmatising language in reference to,
among other things, a person's nationality, ethnicity, class, religion, political affiliation or sex, or to
any physical or mental illness or disability. Such references shall be eschewed unless they are
germane to a story.
It is the public's right to unbiased, accurate, balanced and comprehensive inforn1ation, and the
journalist's duty to make adequate enquiries and cross check his/her facts.
The journalist shall observe professional secrecy regarding the source of information obtained
in confidence.
In collecting and disseminating information, the journalist should bear in mind his/her
responsibility to the public at large and the various interests in society.
The journalist will respect and defend basic freedoms and rights of human beings as stipulated
in all the international and regional charters and conventions, with sensitivity to socio-economic status •
and socio-cultural issues.
It is the duty of the journalist to regard plagiarism as unethical and to always credit the source.
The journalist shall exercise his/her profession in the public interest without undue interference
from any quarter.
The media is considered to be the fourth pillar of the state: the first three being the legislature,
executive and the judiciary. The role of media is very significam and vital in a civilized society. It
provides information to the people makes them aware of their problems and educates them by
suggesting solutions to these problems. Thereby, it moulds or shapes public opinion through its
reporting, editorials, articles, etc.
The primary function of the media is to inform. Factual representation of tl1e day's news is the
elementary function of the media in society. The mass media infonns and educates the public about
 114

the issues surround mg their country and the wider world. This makes people aware of the events that
are happening around them.
Modem man frequently finds himself in the midst of conflict and confusion. He wants and
needs a medium of conununication that will help him to act wisely on the basis of logical arguments
rather than emotional appeals. Media helps creating public opinion and aids people in the
understanding ,,f the issues of immediate importance.
While perfom1ing the functions of informing and educating the public the media also serves as
an entertainment tool for the people. The soft news regarding sports and celebrities caters to the needs
of the public.
The media acts as a watchdog in a society. The function of watch dog is related to the aspect of
investigative reporting by the media. The media holds the government office bearers accountable to
the people. The vigilance and the proactive behaviour of the media keep the politicians conscious of
their deeds.
Media is also known to be a king maker. This means that tl1e media has the ability to provide
power to certain people in society. The media through its reporting can mould the public opinion
regarding a political figure by giving him or her positive fame required to win the hearts of the people.
Likewise, the media also has the ability to reduce the popularity of a famous figure through reporting
it to public.
Media in Pakistan enjoys freedom. However, there are a number of problems of media in
Pakistan that need to be addressed. They are the following:
Yellow journalism presents little or no legitimate well-researched news and instead uses eye-
catching headlines to sell more newspapers. Techniques may include exaggerations of news events,
scandal-mongering, or sensationalism. Some newspapers in Pakistan resort to sensationalised news for
making more business out of the newspaper. Sensationalism is against the ethical codes of journalism
and must be eliminated from the media society. Many news channels also present sensational news to
allure the public. Often minor issues are highlighted in the form of breaking news that deceives the
public and is morally wrong.
Propaganda is a fom1 of communication that is aimed at influencing the attitude of a
community towards some cause or position so as to benefit oneself. As opposed to impartially
providing information, propaganda, in its most basic sense, presents information primarily to influence
an audience. Propaganda often presents facts selectively (tllus possibly lying by omission) to
encourage a particular synthesis, or uses loaded messages to produce an emotional rather than rational
response to the information presented. Media in Pakistan often reports news events with bias.
Importance is given to one side of the story while all the aspects under consideration are not looked
upon. As a result the public doesn't get the true picture of the events.
Another major problem with tile Pakistani media is the irresponsible behaviour while reporting
bomb blasts coverage. The media must not transgress its limits at any time. The grotesque images of
bloodshed are given maximum coverage by tile media. Reporting widespread violence affects the
public psychologically making them desensitised to the suffering of the victims.
Media in Pakistan does not hesitate to create hype of minor events. In creating hype of certain
selected events or news stories the important news get neglected. One of such examples is the
unnecessary news coverage given to Shoaib Malik's and SaniaMirui's affair.
The modem free media of Pakistan is based on commercialism. A number of news channels
seem to be running in a rat race of reporting an event in the first place witllout considering the
 115

sensitive nature of the news or issue. The media has a right to earn profits but not at the expense of
providing twisted truths to the public.
Media becomes a state within a state when it tries to take the command of the country in its
own hands. The freedom of media has significant importance in a democratic society; nonetheless,
issues of national interest need to be reported with utmost responsibility. National security has the
highest of importance. So the media must adhere to the limits while reporting controversial issues.
Empowennent of media is a sign of democracy. However, with power comes the element of
responsibility. The media can effectively play its role in a society by practicing the ethical codes of
journalism. Apart from this, the media predominantly in Pakistan is urban-centered and obsessed with
politics whether Pakistani or abroad. Politics and issues of international relations have gained
immense importance in the current era, but the issues of the common man are often left unreported.
Development journalism needs to be further practised so that the issues from the grass root level can
be reported. Also, the media needs to develop a self regulatory system that evaluates the perfom1ance
of the media and indicates the short comings that need improvement.
In order to overcome the problems of media, it is the need of the hour to implement media
ethics that are as following:
I. Journalism is a profession based upon commitment to principles of honesty, fairness, credibility
and respect for the truth.
2. A journalist is obliged to uphold the highest professional and ethical standards and shall at all
times defend the principle of freedom of the press and media.
3. A journalist shall ensure that information he/she provides is fair, accurate and not subject to
falsification, distortion, inappropriate selection, misrepresentation or any form of censorship.
4. A journalist shall avoid the expression of comment and conjecture as fact.
5. A journalist shall protect confidential sources of information.
6. A jo~malist shall not distort or suppress the truth for commercial, institutional or other special
interests.
7. A journalist shall not accept personal favours, bribes, inducements, nor shall he/she allow any
other factor pertaining to his/her own person to influence the performance of his/her
professional duties.
8. A journalist shall not publish or broadcast extreme images of violence, mutilation, corpses or
victims of tragedy irrespective of the cause unless it is necessary in the public interest.
9. A journalist shall neither originate nor process material, which incites discrimination, ridicule,
prejudice or hatred.
10. A journalist shall not take prior advantage of infom1ation gained in the course of his/her
professional duties for private gain.
11. A journalist shdl obtain infomtation, data. photographs, and illustrations only by
straightforward means. The use of other means can be justified only by overriding
considerations of the public interest.
12. A journalist shall avoid intn1sion into private life, grief or distress, except when there are
overriding considerations of public interest.
13. A journalist shall not exceed the limits of ethical caution and fair comment because of time
constraints or to gain competitive advantage.
 116

14. A journalist shall not glorify the perpetrators of illegitimate acts of violence committed under
any garb or cause, including honour and religion.
15. A journalist shall never indulge in plagiarism. Using or passing off the works of another as one's
own and without crediting the source is a serious ethical offence.
16. A journalist shall strive to ensure that his writing or broadcast contains no discriminatory
material or comment based on matters of race, national or ethnic origin, co~our, age, sex, marital
status or physical or mental handicap.
Following are the media laws.
Media is mighty, hence in the very nature of things its use and conduct must be regulated by
norms conducive to the accomplishment of its objectives. This can best be done by the help of a well
codified law which not only ensures that media doesn't transgress the limits thus affecting the stability
of the state but also ensures its prosperity.
In a society which is still in the process of growth and development, the laws are necessary to
regulate and streamline the conduct of its members. However, unfortunately most of the laws are
designed so as to curb the freedom of media and to curtail the fundan1ental right of freedom of speech
and expression.
The efforts of Muslims for freedom in 1945 had gained momentum by 1947. During this time
the rifts between the Muslims and Hindus were widening. To halt these, the Government of India
introduced a new Press Act called the Central Press Powers Act. Under this Act, the local
administration was given the powers to hold hearing against violations of press laws. In India, this Act
was known as the Public Safety Act, while in Pakistan it was reinforced as the Central Press Special
Powers Act.
The rules formulated under this Act affected both the newspapers and the printing presses.
These are as follows:
1. The Government has a right to stop the publication of any news or article.
2. The Government can cease the publication of any printable material without providing a
reason to its editor, owner or publisher.
3. In case of publishing any news or article against Government policy, the editor or publisher
can be subjected to strict action.
4. Any Government official can, during a sudden inspection of the printing press, check any
material or stop it from being published
5. Police officers are given similar rights as mentioned in the preceding section.
6. The Police, under this law, can arrest any person caught in possession of any prohibited
material.
7. Under this Act, every publication would be passed through censorship.
A lot of newspapers were closed and others had to pay heavy sums in the name of securities to
continue printing.
Some of Pakistan Penal Code ( 1960) provisions closely relate to the freedom of the press.
I. Section 124A: it prescribed punishments for the authors and publishers of seditious writings.
However, the word sedition was not properly defined and was subject to controversy.
2. Section 153A: under this, punishment could be given to the person on reason of creating
enmity between various classes of people in Pakistan.
3. Section 499-502: it essentially formed the law of defamation, where a defamed person could
lodge a case with the police.
 117

4. Section 505: it was related to causing members of the armed forces to mutiny or otherwise
disregard or fail in duty, inducing anyone to commit an offence against the state or against
public tranquility and to incite one community against the other.
5. West Pakistan maintenance of public order ordinance: this law was promulgated in 1960
providing for suspension of newspapers for specified periods when they are guilty of.
disturbing public order.
Press and Publications Ordinance (PPO 1963) is following:
A press commission was set up by the central government on September 28, 1954. The
commission was required to examine and report the laws regulating the press in Pakistan and to make
recommendations necessary for the amendment, revision or consolidation of these laws.
After four years of strenuous labour, the commission came to the conclusion that "the press in
-this country is by and large patriotic. It suffers, like other institutions in every newborn and ·
democratic country, from certain special weaknesses."
After examining the previous laws the commission's concluding remarks were as follows:
"Having reviewed the laws pertaining to press in Pakistan we wish to comment on a
fundamental issue, i.e. the freedom of the press. Freedom of the press though a very popular slogan
has not been studied and understood with the care it deserves. There is generally no realization that as
in the case of other forms of freedoms, such as freedom of expre,ssion, freedom of the press is
regulated with due regard to the paramount consideration of safeguarding the integrity and security of
the country and protecting its citizens against scurrilous writings and malicious attacks."
To this' conclusion the commission added long extracts from the report of drafting committee
on the UN covenant ·of human rights as submitted at the conference on freedom of information held in
Geneva in April 1948, international code of ethics for journalists and a passage from the judgment of
the US supreme court. The main thrust of these extracts was that, "the right to freedom of expression
carried with it duties and responsibilities" and" a clear cut distinction is made between the freedom of
expression and license."
Freedom of Information Ordinance (2002) was promulgated in 2002 to prov\!le for
transparency and frceJom of information.
Under this ordinance, it was stated that information related to government matters would be
provided I<> any person. only if they provide the magistrate with an application to do so. Moreover, the
magistrate would be to decide whether the information would be exposed, after ensuring the need of
its" disclosure.
However. such information which on disclosure could harn1 the law enforcement agencies,
relations of Pakistan with foreign states, Ille privacy_ of any individual and to the economy could not
be disclosed in any circumstances.
PEMRA-the Pakistan electronic media regulation authority was established in General
Musharrafs reign on March I, 2002 through an ordinance. Later it was amended in 2007 under the
same government.
The PEMRA Ordinance in its original form was a bad law to start with, because it created a
mechanism to control the electronic media in violation to the objectives given in the Ordinance itself.
I. The Electronic Media Regulatory Authority was set up to control the working of broadcasters
in the private sector only. Pakistan Broadcasting Corporation, the Pakistan Television
Corporation, and the Shalimar Recording Company (STN) were not subject to PEMRA
Ordinance. This meant that the high sounding PEMRA objectives, especially development of
 118

media for socially desirable tasks, were not recommended to the electronic media already
under state control. In other words, regulation of electronic media meant imposition of
control/censorship over channels outside the public sector.
2. The Ordinance of2007 had a provision (not found in the ordinance of 1997) to the effect that
the Federal Government has the power to issue directives to PEMRA on matters of policy
and PEMRA is bound to follow these directives. That is, PEMRA is not an autonomous
body.
3. The 2007 law clearly states that the licensee will be obliged to broadcast or distribute
programmes referred to it by the Federal Government or the Authority. This provision is
common to laws on all media-control bodies.
4. Section 2 I of the 2002 law provided for consultation with the provincial governments on
location of new enterprises but this condition has been dropped by the amendment. That is,
even a smaJI concession to provincial authority is unwelcome.
5. The Authority could revoke a license on a number of grounds and one of them is "reason of
necessity in the public interest" and when action was taken on this ground there was no need
to issue a show cause notice, which was required before action on any other ground.
6. Both the laws of 1997 and 2002 provided for inspection of premises and access to authority's
representatives but in the recent amendment the police have been authorized to take action
against broadcasters and their staff.
7. Much had been made of the amendment which striked down the provision against private
monopolies and the bar to cross media ownership which was a feature of both the legislations
of I 997 and 2002. One is not sure that the proposed change will make for greater freedom of
expression because the bigger an enterprise the more vulnerable it is to official pressure.

EXPECTED QUESTIONS:
• Without system of check and balance, media can be disaterous for a country.
• In Pakistan, Media has created a state within a state
• Yellow Journalism
• What are the ethics of Journalism?
• How can media be controlled effectively in Pakistan?
 DEMOCRACY IN PAKISTAN
OUTLINE
0 What is democracy?
0 Essentials of democracy
0 Democracy in Pakistan
0 A brief history
• Early period from 1947-58
• Period of General Ayub and General Zia
• Political turmoil and General Pervaz Musharraf
0 Causes of failure of democracy in Pakistan
• Delayed Framing of the Constitution
• Feudalism
• Leadership Crisis
• Lack of education
• No independence of judiciary
• Weak political parties and their infighting
• Delayed elections and rigging
• Corruption and nepotism
• Quasi-Federalism and Conflict between Eastern and Western Wings
• Terrorism and extremism
0 Pakistani Democracy vs Western democracy
0 Suggestions
• Effective accountability of the politicians
• Reforming judiciary
• Abolish feudalism
• Eliminate corruption
• Two parties system on the pattern of the USA, UK
• Amendement in the constitution
• Fair and free election
• Increase education budget to educate people
• Uninterrupted democratic process
• Strengthening the institutions
D Conclusion
 120

ESSAY
"You have to stand guard over the development and maintenance of Islamic democracy,
Islamic social Justice and the equality ofmanhood in your own native soil."
- Muhammad Ali Ji11nal,
''/!"liberty and equality, as is thought by some, are chiefly to be found in demot:racy, they
will he best attained when all persons alike share in government to the utnwst."
-Aristotle
/11 a democracy the poor will have more power than the rich, because there are more of
them, and the will of the majority is supreme. -Aristotle
To acquire immunity to eloquence is of the utmost importance to the citizens of a
democracy. -Bertrand Russell
The demncracy prvcess provides for political and social change without violence.
·......:' -Aung Sa11 SuuKyi

Democracy is a form of government in which all citizens have an equal say in the decisions that
affect their lives. Ideally, this includes equal (and more or less direct) participation in the proposal,
development and passage of legislation into law. It can also encompass social, economic and cultural
conditions that enable the free and equal practice of political self-determination. While there is no
specific, universally accepted definition of 'democracy', equality and freedom have both been
identified as important characteristics of democracy since ancient times. These principles are reflected
in all citizens being equal before the law and having equal access to legislative processes. For
example, in a representative democracy, every vote has equal weight, no unreasonable restrictions can
apply to anyone seeking to become a representative, and the freedom of its citizens is secured by
legitimized rights and liberties which are generally protected by a constitution.
Many people use the term "democracy" as shorthand for liberal democracy, which may include
elements such as political pluralism; equality before the Jaw; the right to petition elected officials for
redress of grievances; due process; civil liberties; human rights; and elements of civil society
outside the government. In the United States, separation of powers is often cited as a central
attribute, but in other countries, such as the United Kingdom, the dominant principle is that of
parliamentary sovereignty (though in practice judicial independence is generally maintained). In
other cases, "democracy" is used to mean direct democracy. Though the tern1 "democracy" is
typically used in the context ofa political state, the principles are applicable to private organizations
and other groups as well.
Democracy in its true spirit has never been allowed to take roots in Pakistan. Since its
independence in 1947, a military-bureaucratic establishment has always governed the country. Arn1y
generals usurp power at their own convenience and quit only when they are forced to quit by mass
political movements or by a sudden unexpected death. When forced by external or internal pressures,
democracy is given a chance but in reality a group of army generals keep controlling the decision-
making. This direct or indirect military influence is the greatest impediment to the evolution of a
stable governing system in Pakistan. Besides, army is not soley responsible for this mass but it is our
inefficient politicans who provide opportunity to arn1y to take over.
 121

Recalling the last 62 years of Pakistan, democracy is found only as an interval before the next
military general comes to the scene. Future of democracy was doomed from the start when Liaquat Ali
Khan, the first elected Prime Minister, was shot at a public gathering. Nobody knows to this day that
who did it and why. From now on, the balance of power was to shift in the favor of military. A
comparison tells us how this shift came up. From 1951-57 India had one Prime Minister and several
army chiefs while during the same period Pakistan had one army chief and several Prime ministers.
The same army chief, the Sandhurst trained general, Ayub Khan was to announce the first martial law
in the country in 1958 and then a series of military rule was to follow.
General Ayub Khan could not withstand a popular national movement against him and
transferred power to General Yahya Khan in March 1969. Under him Pakistan lost its half which is
now Bangladesh. Power was then transferred to Zulfikar Ali Bhutto as the first civilian martial law
administrator. Bhutto pursued an independent policy, which was against what generals and the US
wanted, and he had to pay with his life. Charged for compliance in murder, Bhutto was hanged by the
next martial law administrator, General Zia u\Haq. Hanging of an elected Prime Minister was
shocking news to the world and Pakistan was to have the effects years later. The general died in a
mysterious plane crash.
Then came a ten years gap of experimentation with democracy and every two years each
elected government being ousted by the special discretionary powers of the president. An end to this
ten-year spell came with a new general coming to power ousting the incumbent elected government of
Mian Nawaz Sharif. This time the Prime Minister was charged for conspiring against the state and was
ousted from the country.
Military rule has ruined the state structure of Pakistan as a whole with only the elite benefiting
from the system and no benefit being passed over to the general public. History is witness to the fact
that Pakistan has lost territory while under direct military rule. The dictator mentality and military's
love for the use of force has fanned various separatist movements in the country.
The immediate and foremost requirement of the Constituent Assembly was to frame a
democratic constitution for the country. The constitution had to lay down L'>e form of government, the
role of judiciary, military, and bureaucracy. It had to decide the basic issues about provincial
autonomy, religion and the state, joint or separate electorate, representation of minorities and women
in assemblies, fundamental rights and civil liberties. The debate over the representation of eastern and
western wings of the country and religion versus secularism were the two main hindrances in the way
of framing the constitution. As against India, which was able to frame the constitution of the country
within two years of independence in 1949, Pakistan took nine years to finalize the constitution in
1956, which did not work for more than two years and was abrogated.
The second constitution was framed by a military ruler General Ayub in 1962 which could last
as long as he was in power. Finally, it was after the separation of East Pakistan and a lapse of more
than quarter of a century (1947-1973) that the elected representatives of the people under the
leadership of Prime Minister Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto framed a consensus constitution envisaging a federal,
democratic structure for the country and a parliamentary form of government. This constitution has
survived in spite of the breakdown of democracy twice in 1978 and 1999, and hopefully has come to
stay. But the delay in framing the constitution harmed the growth of political democracy, as it allowed
the authoritarian rule of the Governor-General to continue for seven long years (1947-56), which set
this inglorious tradition in the country.
The second obstacle in the way of democracy is the culture of feudalism. Democracy cannot
develop in the suffocating atmosphere of feudalism. The history of feudalism in the subcontinent is
 122

not very old. It owes its origin to the war of independence 1857, when different people were awarded
large swathes of land by the British government because of their treacherous cooperation with the
latter. Those feudal families joined Muslim League when they saw that Pakistan was going to be a
reality and inherited power after the death of founding father. Feudalism has now become a severe
migraine for the nation. Democracy and feudalism are incompatible. Change of faces at the wheel has
not served any purpose. Even these fuedal lords occupy more than 70 % of our land leaving the people
to lead miserable life. They are senators, ministers, MPAs, MNAs and also the owners of major
industries in Pakistan. There is a crying need to bring some structural changes in order to strengthen
the political system. Industrialization has also played a significant role in the strengthening of
democracy across the world. Great Britain is considered as the mother of democracies on this planet.
Some analysts are of the view that democracy has its origin from Magna Carta, Bill of Rights and
Habeas Corpus etc. But even after these developments very mighty rulers have ruled Great Britain. In
fact the invention of steam engine led towards industrial revolution which eradicated the roots of
feudalism and evil of absolute monarchy. All this resulted in the development of democracy. In
Pakistan there is everything from adult franchise to separation of powers between the three organs of
government but no plan for that kind of industrial revolution.
Quaid-i-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah, the father of the nation and the first Governor-
General, died just one year after the establishment of Pakistan on September 11, 1948 and his right
hand lieutenant Liaquat Ali Khan, who was the first Prime Minister, was assassinated on October
16, 1951. About the capability of other leaders of Pakistan Muslim League (PML), the party which
had successfully piloted the movement for Pakistan, Jinnah had ruefully remarked that "he had false
coins in his pocket". Consequently, several ministers appointed initially were not politicians and did
not have a seat in the Assembly. Similarly, in 1954, there were several members of Prime Minister's
cabinet without a seat in the Parliament. "The cabinet and other high political appointments
reflected a paucity of talent among the politicians."
It is indeed a sad commentary on the elected members of the first Legislature and Constituent
Assembly of Pakistan that they could not find a suitable head of state from among their own ranks.
Most of them came from the civil bureaucracy or the military. The civil-military bureaucracy did not
have a favourable opinion about the competence of political leaders and often took decisions without
consulting them. This adversely affected their political training, development and growth. The
inability to control the Anti-Ahmadiya Movement in the Punjab in 1953 was blamed on an inept
political leadership. This religious movement was spearheaded by the religious Ahrar Party which had
opposed the establishment of Pakistan and now wanted again to come into limelight. They were
supported by other religious parties, i.e., Jamaat-i-Islami, JamiatuiUlema-i-Pakistan, and Jamiatul-
Ulerna-i-Islam. The movement was exploited by politicians in their own political interest. But the
civil-military bureaucracy was against the religious parties to dominate the power structure either in
the provinces or the centre. To rescue the city of Lahore where Ahmadis were in a "virtual state of
siege" and their properties were being "burned or looted", General Azam Khan, the Area Commander,
was ordered by the Defense Secretary, to impose martial law in Lahore. It was met with general
approval of the people. It was demonstrated that the civil-military bureaucracy "would not let
politicians or religious ideologues lead the country to anarchy". This also laid down the foundations of
the supremacy of military and orchestrated the initial rehearsal for recurring imposition of Martial
Law in the country and its acceptance by the people.
Lack of education has remained an important impediment to the democratization of countries.
This is not just a problem of Pakistan but of the whole Third world. Laski, a famous political thinker.
said that education is the backbone of democracy. Democracy is a system of governance in which the
 123

people choose their representatives through elections. Their strength lies in the ballot box. If people
are not vigilant and educated enough to make a better choice, the democracy will not flourish in that
country. This is the main reason that even in the countries apparently practising democracy but with
majority of uneducated people are among the under-developed nations. Masses in Pakistan have not ·
found ways of compelling their rulers to be mindful of their duty. Their failures in this regard results
from insufficiency of experience and training in operating modem democratic politics. Democracy
puts the highest premium on constitutionalism, which is possible only with the predominant majority
of people. Pakistan's democracy can neither improve nor become viable as long as the majority of
population remains uneducated.
Judiciary is one of the most important pillars of a state and a country where judiciary is not
imparting justice, democracy cannot develop. During Second World War someone asked British
Prime Minister Winston Churchill whether the British would win the war. The Prime Minister laughed
and replied that if the British courts were dispensing justice, no one would trounce the United
Kingdom. In Pakistan since 1954 judiciary has remained docile to the wishes of executive . As Shelley
says, "If the winter comes; can spring be far behind"
In fact, since its birth, Pakistan has been governed by bureaucratic, military and political elites.
The bureaucratic elite generally became more assertive, steadily increasing their power at the expense
of the political elite. Ayub's term of office [1958-69] was the golden era for the bureaucracy, which
exercised its powers, unbridled by any political interference. The weakness of political elites can be
demonstrated from the fact that during seven years from 1951 to 1958, as many as seven Prime
Ministers had been changed. During 1988-1999, four democratically elected governments were
replaced on charges of corruption, inefficiency, security risk, etc. The civil-military bureaucracy has
dominated governance owing to the inherent weakness of the political parties and their incompetent
leadership, resulting in the derailment of democracy thrice in the history of Pakistan, i.e., in 1958,
I 977 and 1999.
Pakistan was not created as a theocracy but as a place where an economically marginalized
minority could operate a democracy independently. It was to save the people from religious
discrimination and domination by an overwhelming religious majority. Moreover, it emerged as a
territorial state in the Muslim majority areas of the subcontinent. But the religious and secular groups
soon started making conflicting demands while formulating the constitution of Pakistan. The speech
of Mr Jinnah of August 11, 1947, addressed to the first legislative and constituent assembly of
Pakistan, had advocated political pluralism and declared that the "religion or caste .or creed has
nothing to do with the business of the State". This was not adhered to. The Objectives Resolution
passed by the Constituent Assembly in 1949, pacified demands of Muslim religious parties and
elements, but was not supported by religious minorities. The compromise solution attempted to
balance the values and the spirit of Islam with requirements of secularism. Due to lack of competent
and visionary political leadership, and the fact that MusftmS constituted 98 per cent of the population,
the conservative religious leaders, partly due to their conviction and partly owing to their parochial
interests, advocated and preached the establishment of a religio-political system based on Al-Quran
and Sunnah. They were skeptical of the politico-social development of modem times and western
political institutions and form of government. Their dogmatic theology clashed with the democratic
culture envisioned by the founding fathers. Another adverse impact of the adoption of religion as a
guiding principle in the constitution, was the promotion of religious sectarianism, especially between
the two major sects inhabiting Pakistan, i.e., Sunnis and Shi'as. Some sections of these sects, instead
of peaceful negotiations to overcome their differences, often resort to violence, which is against the
 124

spirit of both Islam and democracy. These rivalries fostered reliance on the security forces for
maintenance of law and order, which eroded the hold of democratic institutions in governance.
For any healthy constitutional and political system to function smoothly, strong and well-
entrenched political parties are essential. Unfortunately, political parties in Pakistan have failed to
develop into strong vehicles of national political will. The main responsibility for safeguarding
democracy in a country falls on political parties. Pakistan, since its inception, was lacking in well
organized and well established political parties that could carry the representative system of
governance forward. The All-India Muslim League, which had piloted the movement of Pakistan
during 1940-47, was not a well organized political party, but it was primarily a movement. Leading
a movement and organizing a political party are two different things. Most of its leaders belonged to
areas which became part of the Indian Union and their majority did not come to Pakistan. Of those
who were in Pakistan, barring a few exceptions, belonged to feudal and landowning classes that in
their nature were in conflict with democratic dispensation. In fact "the leadership of Pakistan
movement had few roots in the land that became Pakistan." Their incompetence and constant
wrangling for power in the initial nine years (1947-1956) was also responsible for the delay in
constitution-making. Instead of cooperation and mutual accommodation there was ceaseless
infighting. For instance, as early as 1953, a clash between the leadership of the Punjab and the
central government led to intense communal riots and imposition of Martial Law in Lahore, the
provincial capital. Even as late as the decade of 1988-99 of civil supremacy, the fight between the
PML and the PPP led to repeated dissolution of national and provincial assemblies and dismissal of
prime ministers and their cabinets. Finally, it ended with the military takeover in 1999.
The representative character of the civilian parliamentary government during the first decade of
Pakistan's existence was eroded because the country was governed under Government of India Act of
1935. The purpose of the Act was "to make the appointed governor-general exert dominance over the
elected prime minister." The Act had introduced a representative and a centralized system of
bureaucratic governance, which was an imperative requirement of the colonial government but not
of democratic governance. The first general elections in the country should have been held in 1951,
i.e., five years after the previous elections in 1946, but this could not happen till 1970. The reasons
for the delay were that the ruling elite, i.e., civil bureaucrats, migrant political leadership, and weak
political parties, had few roots in the masses. As a consequence, general elections could not be held
for 23 years (1947-1970) of the country's initial history. On the expiry of the five years term of
Prime Minister Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto (1972-1977), the second general elections on the basis of adult
franchise were held on March 7, 1977 which the PPP won with a vast majority. The opposition
parties alleged that the elections had been "rigged on a massive scale". It has been commented:
Elections in Pakistan had been rigged before, notably the presidential election in 1965 and the
Provincial Assemb,y elections in early 1950s, but rigging in these instances di<l not arouse the mass
uprising as it did in 1977. The people of Pakistan were evidently not of the same mind now as they
were in those earlier periods.
Corruption in bureaucracy and among political leaders poses a grave threat to good democratic
governance. Quaid-i-Azam had termed corruption as "poi,v;i'' and asked to put that down with an
"iron hand". Now that ute'National Reconciliation Ordinance, .vnich had withdrawn from prosecution
any person "falsely involved for political reasons or through political victimization" between 1986 and
1999, has lapsed onNovember 28, 2009, the<:oncerned individuals should get themselves cleared in a
court of law in a transparent manner. The tribal nature of society in Pakistan is susceptible to
nepotism. As an antidote, accountability and transwency are necessary. It is a challenge to the people
to reject those leaders and political parties which indulge in corruption and nepotism.
 125

One of the main bottlenecks in the constitutional development in Pakistan was that its two
wings were separated by about 1000 miles of hostile tetritory. The eastern wing consisted of one
province but was more populous' than the western wing which was much larger in area and had as
many as four provinces. The western wing was not prepared to concede majority representation to the
eastern wing in the parliament. After a confrontation of nine years between the two wings, the solution
was evolved in the l 956 constitution in the shape of parity of representation in a quasi-federal
structure, neutralizing the majority of the eastern wing and paving the way for the manipulated
domination of the western wing. The domination of the western wing in governance led to an
insurgency in the eastern wing which culminated in the separation and independence of Bangladesh in
1971. In the post-I97l Pakistan, it came to be realized that ideological moorings alone could not
easily overcome ethnic and economic differences. Yet the anti-ethnic attitude and anti-modem
thinking prevalent in certain segments of society lean towards a unitary or quasifederal state as against
a true federation.
The latest threat is emanating from extremism and terrorism, especially in Khyber
Pakhtunkhwa (KPK) and Federally Administered Tribal Area (FATA). This is the spill over effect of
the conflict in Afghanistan and is spreading in Pakistan. It is likely to contmue as long as there is no
peace and stability in that country. However, the military enjoying the support of the nation is
successfully combating against the extremists and terrorists under the supremacy of the civilian
democratic government. It is hoped that the process would continue to its logical conclusion.
Due to the migration of literate Hindus and Sikhs to India, the literacy rate in Pakistan sharply
declined. There was about 95 percent illiteracy in Pakistan in 1947, which acted as a hindrance to the
growth of a civil and democratic society. Feudalism and economic constraint did not permit any
Pakistani government to launch a "crash course to expand literacy and grow higher standards.
National economy has gone bankrupt and national budget has become all foreign aid
dependent. Islam was the ideology that gave life to Pakistan movement and later Pakistan itself, but is
now infested with sectarianism. Military policies gifted the country with cross border terrorism and
three million internally displaced people. Despite having the largest chunk of the national budget and
being the seventh largest army of the world, Pakistan army is now in a mess of its own creation with
little of its hard earned prestige left to its credit.
The distorted face of the national system as a whole and the failure of judiciary to guard the
constitution of Pakistan are the major factors contributing to the change in national mindset. The
events of the last two years have clearly shown the preference of the people of Pakistan. The masses
want democracy as a political and governing system for the country and a judiciary that guard the
rights of the people. The military would be respected more if it stays in the barracks or guards the
national borders. The murder of Benazir Bhutto has taught new lessons.
If one compares Pakistani democracy with the Western demo,· • · . it is said that for over 50
years, Pakistan remains occupied by three major interest groups sho1,1<; the time, opportunities and
resources of the besieged nation. The army, civil service and the neo-colonial appointed landlords. If
there was any rational tolerance scale, Pakistani nation would certainly secure high marks on its
standard of tolerance and survival under most unfavorable circumstances.
One of the pivotal factors supporting the notion of Western liberal democracies is that it
provides opportunities for participation to ordinary citizens, right or wrong to culminate a sense of
legitimacy for the election exercise and chose people of their interest to manage public affairs for a
specified term. But the principles and standards for evil and good vary between the West and the
Islamic world. Strange as is, in Pakistan, those who come to occupy the political offices never intend
 126

to quit the political power on their own except implication of military force through a coup.
Comparatively, on occasions western democracies do" encourage educated and competent citizens to
strive for their high ideas and ideals and come to the front stage and demonstrate their intentions and
wi11 power to seek the goal of ideal public service agendas. E.H. Carr defines teaching-learning role of
history and its value must not be ignored but preserved. Reca11 the Pakistani military dictators for the
last forty plus years, they each consumed a decade or more to relinquish power, what was not theirs in
any systematic and logical context. Ayub Khan was ousted by Yahya Khan. General Yahya with the
complacency of Z.A. Bhutto surrendered East Pakistan to India (now Bangladesh) to share power with
Bhutto but was put under house arrest as Bhutto assumed the power that did not belong to him based
on the verdict of the people. Rightfu11y, it was Sheikh MujiburRehman, leader of the East Pakistan
Awami League who should have been sworn-in as the new leader of united Pakistan but it was
treacherously undone by Y ahya and Bhutto. Both should have been tried as traitors in a court of law
and punished. Not so, they were rewarded and Bhutto became the first civilian martial law
administrator and self-made president of the defeated Pakistan in December 1971. Dr.Ishtiaq
Qureshi, editor of the Urdu Digest recorded it for the history ("Sukoot-e-Dacca seyPurdhautha Hay"-
Facts are revealed after the Dacca Surrender) that " ... in quest for its survival Pakistan lost its destiny.
YahyA and Mujib stabbed the body of Pakistan with one dagger and Bhutto will stab Pakistan with
another dagger."
Fo1lowing are the suggest10ns for improving democracy in Pakistan.
An impartial system of accountability enhances public trust on the political system. It provides
enormous strength to democratic process. Moreover, it compels thousand who are charged with
governance, to transparently discharge their official responsibilities. It ensures good governance and
strengthens the political set up. Inspite of facing innunierable challenges and showing unsatisfactory
perfom1ance, Pakistanis has the capability to emerge as a democratic and progressive nation. Pakistan
can road to democracy with dedication, determination, commitment, courage and patriotism of its
political leaders.
Reforming the judiciary and incorporating the Islamic laws can also soothe the deprived and
poor masses which have been manipulated by the extremists due to sheer negligence of the elected
governments and ruling elite. This natura11y causes bitterness for the present form of political setup.
Moving on, corruption and selfish attitudes is eating away the institutional structure of our
country and such practices never a1low democracy to flourish. There is also a need for mature political
leadership, which can think above its own gains. All this can only emerge after the formulation and
implementation of strict accountability.
On the contrary, the weak public institutions can be made strong and productive if the power
and authority seeps down. The example of many European countries is in front of us, where
institutions are powerful and not the politicians. Democracy in actuality can only be achieved through
such measures.
Our constitution has been a source of constant controversy. Be it realization of Islamic laws or the
concentration of power in the head of the state, the constitution has served as a tool for legitimization of
alien changes and policies. Keeping the constitution intact has been long overdue. No one in power
should be allowed to change it for prolongation of rule or appeasing any particular section.
The Pakistan movement envisaged a democratic country with a federal structure. In all
Constitutions of Pakistan (of 1956, 1962 and 1973) the objectives of governance, in the words of
Dr. Ainslie T. Embree, Professor Emeritus of Columbia University, are: democracy, freedom.
equality, tolerance and social justice as enunciated by Islam, giving Muslims freedom to live their
 127

lives in accordance with the teachings of Islam, but with minorities having full freedom to profess
their own religions.
Islam lays emphasis on the concept of Shura, i.e., consultation among people, which is the
essence of democratic culture. Quaid-i-Azam, the founder of Pakistan had stated:
"We lea med democracy 1300 years ago. Democracy is i11 our blood. It is ill our marrows.
Dilly centuries of adverse circumstances have made the circulation of that blood cold. It
has got frozen, and our arteries are not fanctiolling. But thank God, the blood is
circulatillg again, thanks to the Muslim League efforts. It will be a People's government.
Culturally, ill the region of Pakistall, there is a collcept of Jirga or Panchayat, i.e., an
assernbly of elders, to settle issues and disputes involving two or more than two persons.
This system ha, been prevalellt for ages, much before the advellt of Islam. Thus, both
religion and age-old tradition advocate the c:oncept of consultation in decision-making
through all assembly ofpeople, which is the essence of democracy."
During the period of British supremacy in the subcontinent, the practice of elections to
assemblies (local, provincial and central) was introduced through various enactments. Finally, it
was the Government of India Act 1935 under which the dominions of India and Pakistan functioned
after independence till they framed their own constitutions. These enactments provided the
groundwork for democratic governance. It may be of interest to note that even when democratic rule
was suspended by the armed forces, the military rulers always came with the promise to restore
democratic governance. For instance, in 1970, General Yahya Khan is credited with organising the
first ever general elections in the country, which led to the establishment of democratic
governments both in Bangladesh and Pakistan. Besides holding of general elections in 2002 and
2007, General Musharrafs introduction of local government system introduced in 2001 is
considered a "laudable model of governance" because of its principle that whatever can be done at
the local level should not be done at a higher tier of governance.
The country is on the path to achieve full literacy and progress towards higher standard of
education in important disciplines. This is strengthening the civil society in ensuring the prevalence
of democratic culture at the lower and higher level of governance. Secondly, the print and electronic
media in Pakistan is vibrant and independent. A responsible media educates the masses, raises
political consciousness and thus promotes democratic values, norms and culture. In addition, a
number of non-governmental organizations (NGOs) are playing an active role in the field of
education and contributing to the growth of a vibrant civil society and good governance.
The essential step seems to stop interruption in the democratic process so that we may see more
then promos. To judge something, it has to be allowed a chance to survive and act. The elected
government must be allowed to complete its tenure in any case. The military has to play a positive role
here and not interfere in the smooth democratic process.
As mentioned before, a part of the population wants greater Islamic character in the Govt. and
laws. If we analyze this demand, it will be apparent that the enforcement of Sharia is more related to
law making. Therefore, what is immediately required is a change in the judicial setup, which has been
unable to gain the trust of people until recently. Encouraging steps have already started in this case,
but much more needs to be one.
Sadly, the same corrupted pool of thought keeps appearing with new faces and the deceived
masses blindly follow them. This is due to absence of any kind of accountability. Political
compromises enhance this trend. Such practices are against the moral, democratic as well as Islamic
principles and should end immediately.
 128

Next, the all powerful bureaucracy and feudal politicians should be stripped of their
unwarranted authority. It has been a slow evil which has weakened the country like nothing else.
They are elected for serving people not controlling them. The criteria of merit; the right of freedom
and equal progress for common people has become a joke due to such an autocratic setup.
The people of Pakistan in general lack political psyche and consciousness. This is largely due
to poor literacy and a never ending feudalistic rule over 60% of the country. Therefore, it is necessary
to educate the masses and make them aware of their political rights. This can begin with greater
political socialization by political parties and media.
In a democratic state, media has rightly been called the fourth pillar of the state. It can play a
most important role in present age for creating awareness. Our media has risen from the ashes like a
phoenix. It however, needs to play a positive constructive role and not become another compromised
institution as well.
Finally, the strategic position and now the war against terror calls forth unwanted attention
from international community sometimes. In the past, the military rule has been covertly or openly
supported by many countries to gain their own benefits in this region. The international powers must
stop interfering in the democratic process and for that to happen, our own govenunent, people and
media needs to be equally strong.
The politicians may have learnt lessons from their past mistakes and are more mature
politically. A consensus politics seem to be emerging in the country. In the past, the constant
infighting amongst political parties had often led to interference and take-over by the armed forces.
Now a culture of reconciliation, accommodation and dialogue is emerging. The ideological
polarization is diminishing. After general elections of February 2008, four major political parties, i.e.,
Pakistan Peoples Party (PPP), PML - Nawaz (PML-N), Awami National Party (ANP), Jamiat-ul-
Ulema-i-Islam - Fazalur Rahman (JUI-Fl and MuttahidaQaumi Movement (MQM) have joined hands
to govern the country andre-establish the supremacy of the Parliament in accordance with the
Constitution of 1973.
Our youth constitute 30% of the society they are representative of new generation. Their
participation may ensure structural improvements in national paradigm. It has been witnessed that
during Pakisan movement youth played vital role in opinion formation and mass awareness and so is
the time now. There is a neep to guide our youth to take the responsibility of our tomorrow.
To sum up, it is the political leadership which can ensure permanence to democratic
governance. The prospects are, however, not as dismal as sometimes portrayed. Already, the literacy
rate in Pakistan has increased to more than fifty five per cent. Efforts are afoot to improve the standard
of higher education. The economic growth and industrialization has given birth to a vocal urban
society and middle class, which is growing. and gradually lessening the influence of the feudal class.
The vibrant electronic and print media is playing an effective role in constructive criticism of the
government and in educating the masses. Elections are being held regularly, representative political
leadership and political parties are getting stronger and a peaceful mode of transfer of power is
becoming the norm. The bureaucracy (both civil and military), though still powerfu 1, may retreat
gradually and submit to the peoples' power and will and concede to democratic governance. The
democratic process is progressing and, hopefully, will ""' be obstructed and derailed, as in the past.

EXPECTED QUESTIONS:

• Why has democracy failed in Pakistan?

• What practical measure do you suggest for strengthening of democracy in Pakistan?
 WAR ON TERROR/ TERRORISM
OUTLINE

CJ Introduction
CJ Meaning and definition
CJ The new connotation of terrorism
CJ Historical background of terrorism
CJ Causes of terrorism
• Helplessness and hopelessness
• Political and economic depnvation
• Influence of communist regimes
• Poverty and economic exploitation
• Easy access to weapons and modern technology
• Sheer success of terrorism
• Lack of democracy and dictlltorship
• Religious extremism
• Biological and social elements
CJ Types of terrorism
• Revolutionary terrorism
• Sub revolutionary terrorism
• Establishment terrorism
• Nationalist terrorism
• Religious terrorism
• State-sponsored terrorism
• Inter-state or International terrorism
• Group terrorism
D Russian invasion Afghanistan
D 9/11 and Pakistan
CJ Terrorism and Islam: some misconceptions
CJ Psycho-social effects of terrqrism
CJ Role of civil society in combating terrorism
0 War on terror and its impacts on Pakistan
• Political impact
• Sovereignty impact
• Economic impact
• Religious impact
• Image impact
• Psychological impact
• Social impact
CJ Solutions for ironing out terrorism
CJ Conclusion
 130

ESSAY
Terror, terrorists, and terrorism are more frequently burning issues of the media. In the present
time, world is confronting terrorism in different manifestations. After 9/11 the phenomenon of
terrorism has drastically changed the socio-economic and geo-political scenario of the world. It has
shaken the social fabric and world peace. Terrorism is the result of extremism which results in
different forms of manifestation of violence. The ultimate sufferers of the terrorism are the innocent
masses who have actually nothing to do with the complicated new world order. Terrorism is a tree and
extremism provides balance food to grow the tree properly. Different accused groups allegedly
involved in terrorism are the branches of this tree. Terrorism is the social evil and problem of today. It
is the materialization of the violence which has been an integral part of human history. Human beings
have witnessed several furious wars and massacres in almost every civilization and every part of the
world throughout the ages till today. The phenomenon of the terrorism has occurred due to
socioeconomic injustice, political disparity and quest of selfish individuals and groups to retain the
power for 1heir vested interests. No doubt, terrorism upsets humanity on the whole and creates unrest
in the society.
It is difficult to tell the meaning of terrorism but it can be briefly said that the terrorism is state
of mind rather than ac!Ivity. To find the meaning of terrorism it is relevant to look at the etymology of
the word violence which is strongly inter-connected with word terrorism. The term violence is derived
from Latin violaer that means to violate or to go against the socially accepted norms or to misuse it.
Similarly terrorism means to impose one's own interpretations of religious teachings, socio-cultural,
and politico-economic values and norms through v10Ience in the society. Very briefly terrorism means
the physical and mental process of terrifying individual and certain groups of society through the
element of violence. Academically, it is the most difficult task to define the terrorism as a minimum
acceptable tenn. Sociologists, criminologists and political scientists are trying their best to reach on
the minimum acceptable definition but due to the great complexity of the phenomenon and situations
there are lot of work to be done
In simple words terrorism is the state of fear created through the act of violence. The common
understanding about the terrorism is that "Terrorism is an organized system of intimidation, especially
for political ends". Different stakeholders such as terrorist groups, states and social scientists have
arch differences over the definition of the terrorism depending on the complexity of the
circumstances. There is a great controversy over how to term various freedom movements as a
liberation struggle or terrorists' movements. An act of certain group is a fight for freedom for some
people and terrorism for others. This phenomenon makes it difficult to agree on exact meaning and
definition of the terrorism. Every one explains the terrorism according to his/her certain connotation
and vested interests. Some definitions and versions of terrorism are mentioi ,ed below to understand
the phenomenon more profoundly.
Charles Townshend (2002) describes the US and British version of terrorism in his book
entitled "Terrorism a very short Introduction" as "The terrorism is the calculated use or threat of
violence to inculcate fear, intended to coerce or intimidate governments or societies". Terrorism is
the language of being noticed (Delillo, 1992). According to the Dictionary of Social Sciences
"Terrorism refers to the illegitimate use of force by those who appose existing social, political or
economic arrangements".
 131

Present day the concept of terrorism is based on duplicity- the trend slogan is that "on man's
terrorism is another person's freedom fight". Freedom fighters of Kashmir are terrorists for India and
USA while the forefathers of the Americans, who won freedom from England with armed assistance
of France, are considered to be liberators. Similarly, Israelis and Palestinians have been impeaching
each other for terrorist activities. Modem "Terrorism" word was coined by US when they
threatened Imam Khomeni's government to be labeled as terrorist if they did not release American
consulate members, who had been kept as hostages after Iranian revolution in 1979. The new
terrorism emerged in the I 980s from more traditional forms of political conflict in the strands of
strident Muslims terrorism began to appear that was unrelated to the Palestinian or any other
definable political cause. In Egypt President Anawar Sadat Waqs assassinated by religious
extremists and Hezbollah suicide bombers in Lebanon targeted symbols of American military
power. By the mid-I 990s religious -based terrorism aimed at the general population as well as at
symbols of government power exploded throughout the world. Activists from virtually every
religious tradition were involved not only Islamic suicide bombers in the Middle East but also
Christian militants in the United States, Jewish assassins in Israel, a terrorist Buddhist sect in Japan,
the Tamils in Sri Lanka and radical Sikhs and Hindus in India.
History of terrorism is as old as the human civilization. To overview the history of terrorism
one will have to depend upon the history of violence that was given a new name in French revolution.
In ancient times terrorism manifested in the form of individual and tribal riots. Later the small states
faced terrorist attacks by the bigger states as a foreign aggression. Human history has witnessed
countless furious wars in which million of people were massacred in dreadful terrorist acts. The series
of human subjugation is still visible even in 21st century. The violence which has been present in the
human history throughout the ages has been given new name terrorism after French Revolution in
1779. We see in the history that Alexander the great and other warriors continuously killed millions of
people that can also be termed as the terrorists of ancient human history. The Roman Empire also
contested several dangerous wars to establish their kingdom in the world. Even the people of God
continued to fight with each other in the name of religion. Those wars also resulted in the killing of
thousand of innocents just for the quest of power.
The earlier organization that exhibited aspects of modern terrorist organization was the Zealots
of Judea, known to the Roman as sicarii, or dagger-men. They carried on an underground campaign of
assassination of Roman occupation forces, as well as any Jews they felt had collaborated with the
Romans. In ancient India many wars were fought among different groups or tribes. The European
nations also fought wars with each other resulting in the deaths of several innocent people. The French
Revolutionary Governments coined the word terrorism by instituting systematic state terror against the
population of French in the 1790s, killing thousands of people.
In 20th Century the world witnessed World War I and II as big showdowns of terrorism to
achieve the goals of superpower. Later the incident of atomic bombardment on Japan and human
conflict in Vietnam are big human destruction which shakes the conscious of the mankind. In the last
decade of 20th Century the phenomenon of terrorism continued to occur in the world more
prominently after the end of cold war. The incidents of spetemberl I and July 7 are the height of
terrorist acts. It shaped the world in the new directions. In modem times we have seen the horrible
wars in Persian Gulf, Middle East and Africa in which the violence was used to terrorize the opponent.
The war between Iraq and Iran, Kuwait and Iraq and deadly killings in Rwanda, Zaire and Congo are
the worst recent examples of terrorism. Even these days in many countries of the world the proxy and
guerrilla wars are harming and killing innocent and irrelevant people.
 132

In short, it can be firmly said that terrorism was present throughout the human history but since
few decades it has been given a new dimension. This phenomenon should always be seen in historical
perspective to understand the issue properly.
Following are the causes of terrorism:
To understand and solve the problem of terrorism it is essential for all to realize and identify
the causes of terrorism. The terrorism is a complex phenomenon which has several reasons such as
social, economic, religious and political etc. all these factors contribute in the enhancement and
flourishing the terrorist activities. This global phenomenon has various causes and some of them are
being spelled out briefly for the better understanding of the issue. This is also notable that the causes of
terrorism may be different in various societies due to its religious, ethnic and political nature.
Helplessness which leads to hopelessness is the psychological state that enhances terrorism in
the society. The society in which the people are ignored and have to suffer from socioeconomic and
political injustice provides conducive environment to promote terrorism. When the people and their
problem are neglected or kept aloof they ultimately express their resentment in the form of violent
behaviour to attract the attention of the state and the people. We can witness that in the long standing
political disputes such as Palestine and Kashmir etc where the aspirations of the people were not
heeded some of them started militant movements. Similarly, in communist regimes where the people
were not given their socio-political rights they brought about even deadly revolution.
Political and Economic deprivations are the main root causes of terrorism. When the political
and economic rights of the certain groups are not granted it chooses the suitable method of terrorism
to show their anger. This deprivation encourages the effected groups to adopt the violent ways to get
their aspirations fulfilled. For example we can see that in northern states of India such as Assam,
Nagaland, and West Bengal etc. the communists started gorilla war against the Indian Government.
Charles Kegley while discussing the contemporary terrorism presents a root cause school of thought
which asserts that political and economic deprivation are the main causes of terrorism. He views the
advocates of "Root Causes Theory" propel that "politically oppressed and economically deprived
people are more prone to violent and terrorist behavior. They are deprived of their basic needs and this
condition forces them to change their fate by hook or crook.
At the end of cold war the influence of communist regimes inspired by Marxist and Leninist
theories made a cause of escalation of terrorism in the world. Being influenced by such regimes many
freedom movements adopted violence. We see in Nepal, Bhutan and Sri Lanka communists and
Tamales started violent movements in the last to decades of twentieth century for their freedom.
In the society where there is illiteracy, hunger and economic disparity the terrorism flourishes
rapidly. All these factors lead to increase in poverty which itself is the mother of terrorism. Famous
philosopher Aristotle had agreed on the assertion stating that "Poverty is mother of Terrorism and
Revolution". We see for example in Muslim countries there is a huge amount of poverty and that is
why, it becomes easier for the terrorist groups to find the interested persons due to their poor
economic conditions.
Due to incredible advancement in weapons technology and human knowledge it has become
easy for the terrorists to get them easily. Hugh quantity of information about the arms manufacturing
has been spread by internet which has made the access of the terrorists easy and they use weapons to
get quick results the act of terrorism.
Terrorism is a short cut tactic for the terrorists to achieve their goals quickly. It is more result
orientated rather than peaceful movement. That is why the terrorist groups adopt this for getting more
 133

results in shorter time. Easy access to weapons and widespread information of the am1s technology is
the cause of escalation of terrorism in modem times.
Lack of Democracy is the main cause of terrorism in present times. The dictators and autocrat
governments frighten opponents. They do it to create the fear among the masses to suppress any
opposition against their governments. In undemocratic circumstances the people do not find ways to
express their disall"eement and as a result some of them tum to the violent means to submit their
expression. We can see in many autocrat and communist states in Latin America and Africa the
massive force was ~wed against the political opponents.
There is A scRQOl of thought which considers that the religious extremism is the major cause of
terrorism. Mati- Ju~gensmeyer says that "The religion is crucial for these acts since it gives moral
justifications for the 1'.illi!ig,\and provides images of cosmic war that allows activists to believe that
they aie waging spiritual ,scenarios" (Zafar, 2007:31). It does not mean that the ;religion causes
terrorism but it does mean !hat the religion often provides symbols that make possible bloodshed even
catastrophic acts of terrol'ism. As evidence we can observe that the majority of the terrorist
movements are inspired by the religion or at-least it is claimed.
Other than above mentioned causes sociologists have another point of view. A man is violent
by nature. The sociologists present three hypotheses biological instinctual, social learning, and
frustration aggression. Sigmund Freud's says that "Man is embodied with an instinctive urge and
appetite of attacking and subjugating others" (Zafar, 2007). It means that naturally human beings try
to divert towards violence and terrorism bOy nature. The second point is that the social learning of the
person also convinces him/her towards terrorism. If one grows and develops in the oppressed society
one can be easily attracted towards violence and terrorism.
Other than above discussion the causes of terrorism in the context of Pakistan were highlighted
by the Gen. Pervez Musharraf, President of Pakistan. He, while addressing in international seminar on
Global Terrorism on August 29-2007 organized by institute of Regional studies (IRS) Islamabad
pinpointed some noteworthy causes of terrorism in Pakistani and global perspective. He described
following causes which deserve due attention by the international community.
Political deprivation and alienation are an arch cause of terrorism.this leads to hopelessness.
The sense of powerlessness, which then leads to these terrorist acts.
Lack of education and poverty are equally responsible for the increasing in terrorist activities.
The illiterate are wrongly given the hope to go directly in to the heaven if he/she commits terrorist act
for God or religion. Thus, in circumstance where there is lack of education and poverty it becomes
easier for the master minds of the terrorist groups to launch the offences at the cost of the socio-
economic compulsion and ignorance of the poor masses.
P,e,ident Gen. Pervez Musharraf has rightly indicated that the wrong understanding and
misinterpretation of the religion is the important cause of terrorism. He asserts that in Pakistan there
are many clerics who have limited knowledge of the teachings and values of the Islam. They misguide
the people for their vested interests in the name of religion.
Religious terrorism comes from many major faiths, as well as from small cults. This type of
terrorism is growing rapidly and is discussed widely on the international media. Religious terrorists
seek to use violence to further what they see as divinely commanded purposes, often targeting broad
categories of foes in an attempt to bring about sweeping changes.
State-sponsored terrorism is one of the most controversial types of terrorism. In this category
the state uses hidden groups to suppress anti state or anti government elements in the country. State-
 134

sponsored terrorist groups are deliberately used by radical states as foreign policy tools-as Hoffinan
puts it, as "a cost-effective way of waging war covertly, through the use of surrogate warriors or 'guns
for hire". State sponsored terrorism is normally executed by autocratic to suppress the political
opponents. The state sponsor terrorist groups are more effective, efficient and active rather than any
group because of having moral, political and logistic support of the government or state.
Although the acts of terrorism are visible everywhere in the world, but Pakistan is facing the
phenomenon of terrorism directly and severely as a social problem. Pakistan is the front line state
among international community and consequently the people and state of Pakistan are facing the
outrage of the terrorists. It is the second state in the world which was created on the basis of religious
ideology along with Israel.
The estimated population of Pakistan is almost 19m out of which 96. 72% are Muslims whereas
the rest of the population consists of different religious minority groups including Christians, and
Hindus etc. The territory of the Pakistan is the part of rich civilization of Indus and 'Ghandhara
Civilization'. Since its independence, Pakistan has remained in the focus of attention of world powers
to gain their politico economic interests. Pakistan was created for the oppressed people of sub-
continent. It started its journey of socio-economic and political development according to the
aspiration of its creators.
Although there remained political instability and manifold problems, it emerged quickly as a
strong country. The society of Pakistan was considered to be the most peaceful society, but since 1979
after the Russian mvasion in Afghanistan the society saw great twist in the social fabric and politico
economic system. The world super powers encouraged the militant organizations to promote the
culture of Jihad to defeat Russia. The world powers provided their huge support to the government of
Pakistan and related militant organizations in the form of money, weapons and politico moral support.
In eighties, Pakistan became fertile land for the militant groups where extremist mentality . was
promoted both by the government and other stake holders to attract the youth to fight against the
Russian forces. The government of late Zia-ul-Haq, president of Pakistan {1977-1988) and related
subgroups continued to enjoy the blessing of the world powers but soon after the evacuation of Russia
from Afghanistan these militant groups scattered. The international community pulled back its support
· from these militant organizations and their agenda was completely changed. These groups which were
very resourceful in tern1s of money, weapons and religo-political influence in the region started to
fight against each other.
During the afghan war the huge quantity of arms and ammunition came and stored in Pakistan
which was later used by these groups in sectarian tribal and political violence. Meanwhile, political
instability, corruption, social injustice and economic disparity added fuel on fire in giving rise to
different fonns of manifestation of terrorism. With the collapse of Russia from the world order the
geo-political situation of Pakistan changed. In this changed scenario the terrorism strongly gripped
and swiftly spread in Pakistani society. Its most visible manifestation was sectarianism in 1990s
triggered by religious extremism.
After 9/11 Pakistan once again became the front line state in war against terror in international
community. Pakistan played its role effectively to curb terrorism and militant groups which increased
the acts of terrorism in Pakistan. The terrorism further enhanced intolerance and fear among the
masses. These days terrorism is one of the social evils not only for Pakistan but also for all over the
world. This is how the phenomenon of terrorism occurred in Pakistan and negatively hit the society as
a socio-economic and political problem. The social workers who are considered to be the catalyst for
social change are required to think and work on the subject to defuse the fear and effects of terrorism
for social well being.
 135

The west is engaged in presenting distorted image of Islam linking all the terrorist activities
taking place in any part of the world with it. Like other religions, Islam is the religion of peace, love
and harmony. Actually the word "Islam" in addition to meaning submission (to Allah/God), is also
derived from the Arabic word Salam (Peace). Islam itself is the religion of peace and promotes love,
social justice and human equality. The Holy Prophet Muhammad (PBUH) taught his followers the
peaceful co-existence through his teachings and practice. If one wishes to know the teachings of Islam
about the terrorism and violence should refer to Holy Quran which is the unchallengeable source of
Islamic teachings. After 9/11 and subsequent incidence of terrorism the tendency has increased to
label the Muslim community and religion of Islam with terrorism. This is totally a propaganda that has
made this world more polarized and disputed. The considerable point is that most of the terrorist
groups in the world provide cover of the religion to their terrorist actions. So is the case with the group
active in Muslim countries. Moreover, there is no proper understanding of the teachings of Islam and
differences among the various sects of Islam over the interpretation of Islamic teachings made it easy
for the opponents to assert their views. However, the Holy Quran has clearly condemned and
forbidden the killing of innocent people. In Islam, the war is only allowed when it is m self defense.
The Holy Quran upholds that death ofa single human being is a death of humanity.
The end sufferer of the terrorism is the general public. It is general consensus among the social
scientists that human conflict and corruption cannot be done away from the society. The human
conflict results in the form of violence or terrorism. The repercussions of the terrorism are very serious
for the masses. No doubt, the terrorism not only directly affects economic development and prosperity
but the psycho-social repercussions and heavily damage human personality and the society. The
effects of terrorism may vary from different persons to different societies. Following are the
repercussions that harm individual and society accumulatively.
First of all the terrorism creates sense of fear in the minds of the people. This fear further leads
to sense of dissatisfaction and terror among the people.
Due to terrorism the sense of helplessness prevails in the human minds. This sense of helplessness
further leads to hopelessness among the people regarding their personal and social well-being.
The violent acts of terrorism badly damage the mental growth of the human beings and put
them in a stressful situation. Such attacks especially, leave harmful and far reaching effects on the
minds of the children when they see dead bodies and horrible scenes of the terrorism on the media.
These days the media gives extra ordinary coverage to the incidents of terrorism all over the world and
people find themselves involved very much which creates resentment in their minds.
Being affected by the repercussion of the terrorism the snobbish attitude develops among the
masses. It further damages human and familial relationships which ultimately affects the working
perfommnce of the individuals.
The constant terrorist acts bring about the reason of losing trust and cohesion of the people on
the government and state. It enhances anger and resentment among the masses against the government
and the state apparatus.
The people find themselves the victims of psychological diseases such as anxiety and
frustration, aggression, and deprivation. This embarrassing situation results in the productivity of the
human beings as highly undermined. The social relationships severely suffer from great loss in tiw
presence of these psychological diseases.
Terrorism not only badly impacts on individual but also the whole social system has to suffer
the consequences. Due to terrorism social split widens among the people belonging to the different
 136

schools of thought. This spill becomes the cause of significant social division which hanns the social
fabric and unity negatively.
Due to the fear of terrorist attacks the people try to escape from their social and professional
responsibilities. For example a soldier cannot perform his duty if he/she ·has witnessed other
"l'mpanions dying in the deadly terrorist attacks. Of course, one will join- his/her duty but due to
constant fear of losing the life he/she would perform duty in the state of fear.
Terrorism promotes social segregation and isolation among the different strata of the society. It
creates distance between the supporters and suffers of the accused terrorist attacks. That means the
terrorism enhances the social disturbance and people feel divided in the society.
Terrorism definitely affects the social progress and well-being of the people. Because of the
terrorists activities the businesses and economy of the country suffer which directly lessen the job
opportunities. As a result poverty increases which damages the society very much.
In short, terrorism has long lasting effects on the individuals, groups and overall society.
The social prosperity and the well-being of the masses are at the risk and in the situation of
constant strain and stress. The human beings find it difficult to live their life properly and calmly. The
violent behavior develops among the people who lead to socio-economic decline and destroy the
human and social relationships.
First of all, we should denounce terrorism at personal level in our academic activities and
general practice of social work. Secondly, it is important for the civil society to rise against the
terrorism by raising its voice at local national and international level. The third part is the most
important one which demands practical foresight. However, one may think that how one can work
practically at individual level to combat terrorism. There are so many ways. We can become .r part of
srn;io-religious community organizations which are trying to decrease the causes of terrorism. This
can be done at both community and professional level in our vicinity and on workplace. We should
also become a part of political system through participation in political process and parties as pressure
groups to divert the government's attention to resolve the disputed matters at national p,d
international levels. Civil society organization ~ ad~cate with the governnu;p.tt; ··and
intergovernmental organizations to resolve the long standing issues at national and international
levels. They may also try to advocate with the active terrorist groups to bring them towards the
peaceful struggle to solve their problems. Civil society groups and especially social workers can play
a vital role by initiating and executing the projects of inter-faith harmony at community, national, and
international level. The members of the civil society organizations and groups should volunteer
themselves in the activities of community development, peace and interfaith harmony. The civil
society groups will have to work hard to get the people realize that the terrorism is the social evil. The
civil society groups should work actively for conflict resolution.
On the whole, the civil society groups should work as a catalyst to curb extremism or terrorism.
They should endeavor to identify the region specific causes of terrorism through in depth social
researches and should work with the masses, terrorist groups and governments to diminish the
terrorism from the society.
On the political front, Pakistan was greatly affected in fighting the war against terrorism. While
it has taken many valuable steps to defeat terror like the deployment of more than 90,000 troops along
the Afghan border, capturing of high rank terrorists, search operations, military operations and official
condemnation of all fonns and manifestations of terrorism, it has caused bad blood between the rulers
and ruled to an extent as well as caused a kind of rift between Pakistan and the Western world. In spite
of ,illl the sacrific,.,s the country is making it is branded to be a country insincere or half-hearted in
 137

fighting the menace. Every time the country is told to "do more'". it 1s farther alleged for infiltration of
the militants inside US-NATO dominated Afghanistan. The failure of the Western \roops in the
neighborhood is blamed on Pakistan. This situation has eroded the trust between the governments and
caused international image problem for the country. Moreover, when recent incident of Bombay
carnage and terror act in Iran occurred fingers were pointed at Pakistan. Though political impact of the
latter case was defused due to the effective diplomacy between Iran and Pakistan the terrorism act in
India stopped the Composite Dialogue between Pakistan and India.
In addition to political and territorial impacts, the economy of the county has also been
negatively affected. According to the recent official figures Pakistan has expended 35 billion US
dollars since taking on this scourge of terrorism. In the same way, investment.oppo;iunities have been
reduced due to th<; volatile law and order situation. To opine that in Pakistan a\P.loSt all the provinces
are not immune fr1>ril the heinous actions of terrorism, extremism and suicidaf'6ombings would not be
wrong. The terrorists and suicidal events that have taken place in Peshawar, Islamabad, Lahore, and
Karachi etc. support the opinion. In Punjab, several attacks on the police parade have carried out. In
Peshawar, the SoikamoGhawk and Session Courts Gate terrorist's events that left many innocent
people dead were recently resorted to. These incidents have brought ill consequences over the face of
law and order situation which is discouraging the foreign investment opportunities in the country for
the last several years.
The religion has been affected by the war against terrorism. The religion of Islam is perceived
to be the one tolerating extremism and terrorism abroad. In the western world, people equate violence,
abuse against women and minority rights, and several acts of tegorism like suicidal bombing and
coercion with Islam and Muslims. Whenever any such inhuman~ct takes place they tie it with Islam
and its followers. When in the UK terror acts were committed the authority blamed it on Pakistani
citizens for instance. And why these days Pakistanis are discriminately interrogated and have to be
screened before they inter the US is due to the fact that they are Pakistanis and Muslims.
As in Pakistan acts of terrorism are rife. it has created the image problem for us. Pakistan is
considered to be a country not doing enough to eradicate the menace though it has been taking all the
possible steps to eradicate it. The country is taken with dubious eye.
Similarly the terror has brought in its wake psychological problems. Fear in the hearts of the
people has assumed a substantial form. Trauma, depressions and confusion have been increased. The
people feel insecure and unsafe whenever in their daily life activities, as time and again they watch the
terror events taking place in different cities. Those have especially been suffered who have closely
witnessed the suicidal bombings.
Social impacts have also been caused by this war. In a society, where terror exists can not be
healthy. Social disorganization has occurred due to terrorism. Social relations, economic transactions,
free moments, getting education, offering prayers etc have suffered.
Moreover, a result-bound mechanism needs to be there to check the foreign anti-Pakistan hands
fostering terrorism in the country. Several anti-country secret agencies are uncovered which are active
in Balochistan and the tribal belt destabilizing Pakistan. Arms, ammunitions and trainings have been
given to the terrorists here. So, steps ought to be taken to check these forces and foil their designs of
making our society a hub of terrorist activities.
Besides, a strategy of socio-economic development should be launched in the conflict affected
zones like FATA and NWFP. Because poverty, disparity, hopelessness and unemployment have paved
the way for terrorism. If they are mainstreamed, the prospects of terrorism would decrease.
 138

Similarly, the US, NATO governments and Pakistan should set together and seek a way out.
They should exchange views, expertise and technologies to defeat terrorism in their respective regions. No
blame-game should be allowed to shadow the efforts for its eradication. Pakistan has suffered the most in
this war in men and material and its role should be appreciated with open heart. Further, state-of-the-art
technologies ought to be given to Pakistan military support monetary help given.
Similarly, media should also play its due role. It should run awareness program and debate the
negative consequences of terrorism. Those messages should be delivered that discourage the menace.
Judiciary should also fulfill its responsibility to discourage terrorism. Anti-terrorism Courts
should dispose of the cases in time.
In fact, terrorism has severely impacted Pakistan in several ways Th., state and people have
suffered badly. Socio-economically, politically, religiously, psychologically and intemallonally it ha,
been affected. The country deserves to be a hub of peace and development. Law and order sit:iatwn
should improve. We need to draw effective measures for defeating the forces of terrorism by brmging
to the fore its causes. On economic, political, diplomatic, social and strategic fronts all out endeavors
should be made to put a halt to terrocism.

EXPECTED QUESTION:

• Define terrorism and its various definitions and what are its variour types?
• Write an essay on War on Terror and how was it started?
• Discuss in detail the social, economic and psychological impacts of War on Terror on
our society.
 SOCIO ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF PAKISTAN
OUTLINE

D Introduction
• A problem-free society; desire of every individual
• Defining social and economic problems
• Why they are menace?
D Social Problems
• Poor law and order situation
• Poverty
• Illiteracy
• Corru1h~on
• Une!TI!Jloyment
• Ch;ld Labour
• External Challenges
• Terrorism
• Enlightened Moderation
• Domestic Challenges
D Economic Problems
• Power crises and war on terrorism, root of basic economic problems
• Loss of MN Cs business
• Tumbling stock market
• Unprecedented !nflation
• Declining exports
• Loss of Foreign Exchange through Tourism Industry
• Influx of local people from war-ridden areas and their rehabilitation
D Remedies
• Improved law and order situation
• Poverty alleviation
• Stem accountability
• Building new dams to curb energy crises
0 Conclusion
 140

ESSAY
Economic turmoil in Pakistan is due to facets of reasons. The country since its very inception
has remained in a vicious cycle of political instability, the lamentable lack of civilian leadership, long
military rules and weak institutions. The cumulative implications of the scenario manifest Adhocism,
inconsistencies in economic policies, foreign debt and fragile industrial policy. The people of the
country have been facing intractable repercussions of economic tum down as increasing poverty,
unflinching corruption, and awful conditions of governance. War on terror has further deteriorated
economic conditions of Pakistan. The country has got invincible economic losses in the war against
terror. The solution of economic problems of Pakistan lies in true democratic order, rule of law,
consistent economic policies and the reduction of foreign debt and more investment in the country.
Certain social and economic conditions become a menace for the society when they start
asserting negative influence on the society. Usually those social needs which persist in a society a long
period of time without being fulfilled owing to restrained budgetary scenarios, tum into socio·
economic problems. The major problems of a society are linked with the providence of basic
necessities of life to the people making up the society. If the basic needs of man - shelter, food an4
clothing are not fulfilled, the deprivation of these needs gradually transfonns into different forms of
social menaces. In the context of Pakistan, owing to the fact that it is a developing nation, there is no
wonder that it is engulfed with a number of social and economical problems. The real issue is not the
presence of these problems in society because, as stated earlier, there is no concept of an ideal society
in the world. Every country in the world has its own set of socio-economic problems. The main issue
is the extent and intensity of the socio-economic problems of Pakistan which have soared to alarming
levels. Following are socio-economic problems of our country.
Pakistan has been facing a lot of social problems since its inception in 1947. In the start there
were the problems of lack of funds, rehabilitation of refugees, poor infrastructure and widespread
poverty of masses. Quaid-e-Azam tried his best to solve these problems and get the state machinery
working but due to his sudden death, he could not eradicate these problems completely. Subsequent
governments didn't pay considerable attention towards solution of various social problems and thus
they grew with the passage of time and became social evils.
At present the gravest problem that Pakistan is facing is its precarious law and order
condition. Terrorism has become a headache for federation and a nightmare for public. Government
has been helpless in eradicating terrorism despite beefing up security in metropolitan cities. Public
seeks answer to the question that what is their fault for which they are being punished by the
terrorists? People have become numerical figures, blown up in numbers every now and then.
Terrorists have not spared any place. Bazars, mosques, educational institutes, offices, hotels are not
safe any more.
Besides terrorism, there are other social problems which are older and more widespread. The
biggest of these problems is poverty. 70% population of Pakistan lives in villages. Most of them don't
have access to adequate basic needs of life. They are struggling for bread and butter. A large chunk of
population lives below poverty line. They live in miserable conditions. Lack of proper food, clothing
and shelter, poor sanitation, unsafe and sometimes contaminated drinking water are just some of their
many problems. Poverty itself gives rise to vanous other social problems. It deprives children of poor
people to access education and healthcare. A sense of deprivation manifests itself in fom1 of various
crimes. That is why every now and then we read crime stories in newspapers that are characterized by
 141

lower orders of society who adopt illegal channels to get the financial prosperity which they can not
achieve otherwise.
Illiteracy is yet another problem of Pakistan. The literacy rate lingers on 56% and ironically it
also includes those people who can read and write their name in Urdu. Over the decades, despite
decreasing, illiteracy rate in Pakistan has shown an upward trend. Not only that but also the ratio of
students at primary level has shown a decreasing trend. The fact that 50 percent of children do not
complete their primary education testifies this fact. Uneducated adults contribute negligibly to the
national exchequer. Despite spending millions on it, government has failed to achieve literacy rates
comparable to other countries in South Asia. Private sector is doing commendable job for the
promotion of educational culture in Pakistan, but its main objective is money-making. Schools and
colleges are opened as a business prospect and thus many of them lack quality.
Corruption is another huge social problem. According to latest report of Transparency
International, Pakistan has been ranked at 42nd number among the most corrupt nations of the
world. From clerical staff to higher offices and bureaucrats, all are involved in· corruption of one
kind or the other. Corruption in government departments is so much deep-rooted that a common
concept prevails that the system doesn't let honest people to work peacefully. There is a lack of
accountability due to which wealthy people and those in power are sure that they can't be held
responsible for their deeds. So they keep on looting the national treasures and find ways to legalize
their black-money. Many corrupt people don't even bother to do mat.
Unemployment is also regarded as a major social problem. Major portion of Pakistan's
population consists of youth and a large number of young pe'?ple who have the ability and are-willing
to work are unemployed. Currently rate of unemployment as ~r official resources is 7.4% but according
to some private estimates ilie arte of unemployment is 12%. There are many reasons of unemployment
like influx of machinery mat has replaced manpower, lack of new industries and defective education
system. But the impacts of unemployment are more serious and dangerous. People who don't find work
here migrate to oilier countries wiili better prospects. Also, people tired of making both ends meet due to
unemployment indulge in nefarious activities and ratio of crimes increases.
Child labour is widespread in Pakistan. Whether in bigger cities or in small villages, we find
innocent malnourished children employed in various forms of labour. They are working as welders,
mechanics, plumbers, electricians and in industries like carpet-weaving, glass and football making.
Meager wages are paid to these children and no facilities for education are provided. Media and NGOs
have always condemned child labour. In p~, some countries refused to import iliose goods from
Pakistan in whose making children were employed. But despite all these factors, due to growing
inflation and poverty, parents are bound to send their children to work to light their stoves.
These are just few of the many social problems Pakistan is facing today. Population expansion
has been a real issue of concern for all governments. With limited resources, it is very difficult to cater
to the needs of growing population. There is a great economic disparity among the people. Poor are
committing suicides out of hunger while rich are busy amassing more and more wealili. These social
problems directly affect the masses. Apart from these, there are several economic problems which
have broken me backbone of national treasury.
Externally, Pakistan faced challenges mainly on two counts; the conflict in Afghanistan and the
unresolved Kashmir dispute. In the past two decades, we have been victims of terrorism that today
poses a major threat worldwide. Domestically, six years ago we inherited an economy in shambles
compounded by corruption and misrule. Many in the media had dismissed Pakistan as a failing state.
We have turned the comer on all counts.
 142

While the danger of global confrontation has receded with the end of the Cold War, the world
remains an insecure place with the persistence of old disputes such as Palestine and Kashmir, new
conflicts such as Afghanistan and Iraq and the new threat of terrorism. In neighbouring Afghanistan,
the emergence of al-Qaeda and extremist forces owed in a large part to international indifference and
neglect that the country suffered following the exit of the Soviet troops. Much could have been
salvaged had the international community paid attention and taken timely steps to rebuild
Afghanistan. In the globalized and interconnected world, security is indivisible and conflict situations
cannot be insulated in today's international environment. 9/11 shook the world that woke up to the
new reality of terrorism. Pakistan became a frontline state to fight against this danger. We believe that
terrorism must be rejected and countered forcefully as it threatened to disrupt modem societies. We
also believe that along with action to eliminate and dismantle terrorist cells, there is need to address
the root causes that lie in political disputes and deprivation and poverty that breed extremism.
A parallel danger is implicit in the false notion of clash of civilizations, specifically the West
and Islam and tendency to malign the Islamic faith. This dangerous thesis and prejudices must be
--...i;ejected. Islam 1s a faith of peace, tolerance and compassion. Islamic societies have been traditionally
moderate. They have coexisted with other societies peacefully and have accommodated amidst them
peoples of different faiths. To promote understanding and inter-civilizational harmony, the idea of
Enlightened' Moderation should be promoted. It envisages a two pronged approach that exhorts
Muslim societies to refonn and reject extremism while at the same time calls upon the West to
facilitate solutions of problems that have caused deep suffering and anger among Muslims for many
decades. In Pakistan, a key element of our strategy to counter extremism is education. We have
introduced Madrassa reforms to ensure that these religious schools have broad curricula and impart
teaching that promotes tolerance and prepares students for vocational careers.
Our political reform agenda included building grass root democratic structures, accountability
and transparency to eradicate corruption and promotion of good governance. Democratic reforms
included empowerment at the grass root levels and of vulnerable sections of population especially
guaranteed representation for womeP and minorities. Today our parliament and other democratic
institutions are functioning smoothly Our print and electronic media is free, dynamic and assertive.
The government attaches high prionty to social sector reforms. We ensured unprecedented
inputs and resources for eduction, health and poverty alleviation. Pakistan's poverty reduction strategy
is implemented with acttve involvement of the government, the civil society and the private sector on
many fron•s that include accelerated economic growth, rural and urban development projects, micro-
crecit schemes and targeted intervention to help the poorest sections of the population.
Following are the economic problems.
Whereas Economic problems are concerned, Economic prosperity serves as a backbone for the
overall progress of a nation. One thing is common in aU developed nations- they are economically
sound. When citizens of a country are freed from the wornes of earning a livelihood to sustain their
lives, they divert their attention to more useful things. They focus on education, improvise healthcare,
develop technologies that make life easy and much more. Poor economic condition is the root cause of
so many problems that exist in a society. Unfortunately, Pakistan's economic conditions are pathetic.
As if power crises, lack of foreign investment for the development of industrial zones, backward and
out-dated technology were not enough, Pakistan's indulgence in war on terrorism served as a fatal
blow to the already crumbling economic state.
Result is that all our important industries that once served as an important contributor to the
national GDP have been closed down. Sugar, cement and shoe industry is on its downfall while textile
 143

industry is breathing its last. Foreign investors are not ready to set up their businesses in Pakistan.
They have their own set of problems which include painful and lengthy procedure of getting licenses
and work pennits in Pakistan, power crises, terrorism and declining exports. Multinational Companies
arefeJUCtant tO open their offices and franchises in Pakistan. More than 70 MNCs have already packed
up their business trom Yaki:111\uu,
Stock Exchanges also depict a true picture of economic meltdown. Instable political system,
dictatorship in its worse fonn and non-effective democracy badly affect the rates of stocks listed on
the three stock exchanges of Pakistan. During this year, many times Karachi Stock Exchange has
plunged to its lowest point in the history of Pakistan. Local as well as foreign investors are hesitant of
investing large sums of money in stock exchange in fear of incurring unexpected loss. Stock
exchanges showed very poor performance throughout 2008. Situation was so precarious that
government had to freeze the market during last quarter of 2008. Also, recovery state of stocks is
alarming. Earlier when stock market used to plunge, it would recover in few days or weeks. Now
share prices take a nose-dive and take considerable time to generate profits.
Rate of inflation was never a two-digit figure in Pakistan, but in recent years it has seen an
unprecedented increase. Prices of all consumer products in general and food products in particular are
rocket high. Cost of production increased due to various factors. International increase in oil prices
and Pakistan's internal unfavourable business conditions are two important factors responsible for
high rates of inflation. Consumer Price Index (CPI) as well as Wholesale Price Index (WP!) is at all-
time high. In contrast, purchasing power of masses is at an all-time low.
Northern areas of Pakistan have been a place of great tourist attraction. The beautiful hills, the
lush green valleys, shimmering lakes and flowing waterfalls brought many a tourist form all over the
world to Pakistan. This contnbuted to foreign exchange. Tourism Industry was one of the booming
industries of Pakistan. Besides attracting foreign exchange, it also provided employment to local
people. Also, tourist industry was a source of friendly relations with other countries. Nevertheless, war
on terrorism has served as a serious blow to the tourism industry of Pakistan. Local as well as foreign
media has projected Pakistan as a dangerous and unsafe country. Its poor law and order situation has
alanned the tourist and thus Northern areas no more receive many tourists.
Due to war on terror, local people of war-ridden areas are migrating to other areas of
Pakistan. Country has seen the largest migration since independence in 1947. These people have left
their homes, businesses, possess10ns and property back home. This large influx of people and their
rehabilitation is an economic burden for Pakistan. Unemployment is already prevalent and now the
question of providing employment to these migrants has also become a serious concern. This
portion of population is contributing nothing worthwhile to the national income yet they have to be
benefited from it. This unproductive lot of people is a growing economic problem of Pakistan.
Following are the remedies.
Successive governments have taken steps to solve various socio-economic problems. But
these problems are so deep-rooted that they have not been successful in putting an end to these
problems. The problem lies in the fact that government focuses on one factor and ignores the others
related to it. For example, much emphasis is laid on beefing up security in big cities in wake of
terrorism. But nothing serious has been done to seal the unlawful entrance of arms from across the
border. Acids and explosive materials used for destruction by atomic bombs are easily available in
market at cheap prices. Ministers and other government officials enjoy the facilities of squads of
anned body guards while public places like markets, roads, shopping centers, bus stands etc are not
 144

adequately protected. To control terrorism, government needs to stop fighting the proxy war on
behalf of USA.
Secondly, there is a sheer need to curb corruption at all levels. The institutions ofNAD and PTA
should be made more powerful to curb corruption. Culprits should not be allowed to es""pc ou, of
country. Rather strict punishments should be imposed on them. Not only they should be s~ly dealt
with, but the wealth looted by them should be recovered and employed for the welfare· of peovle.
Judiciary should be an independent institution. Currently Pakistan has experienced a new era in the
history of its judicial set-up. Judiciary is powerful but we have yet to wait and see the results of
independence of judiciary in Pakistan.
Thirdly, poverty reduction should be top priority of government. Cottage industry and self-
business should be promoted. Agriculture is the backbone of Pakistan's economy. It should be
strengthened by providing loans to farmers. Free of cost educations should be provided to children in
villages. Overall standard of living needs to be improved and inflation should be controlled.
Lastly, for economic development, energy crises should be controlled. New dams should be
built and new methods of producing electricity should be utilized.
To sum up, it is said that no country is free from socio-economic problems. These problems are
present in every country but the winners are those who overcome most if not all of them. Though
Pakistan is currently facing a lot of socio-political and socio-economic problems but it doesn't mean
that it is going towards its end. Nations face multifarious problems but together they work for towards
the solution. The same is the need of hour. Government as we!! ~ every, single citizen of Pakistan has
to play its own specific role to bring about a positive change.
 PAKISTAN RICH IN NATURAL RESOURCES, BUT POOR IN
· THEIR MANAGEMENT
OR
PAKISTAN IS A RICH COUNTRY WHERE POOR PEOPLE LIVE.
OUTLINE
D Introduction
D Natural Resources and their management
D Richness / abundance of natural resources in Pakistan
D Pakistan's natural resources and their mismanagement
(a) Energy resources
i- Nonrenewable energy resources
(a) Oil and Gas reserves
(b) Coal reserves
ii- Renewable energy resources
(a) Wind and solar power
(b) Hydropower
(b) Agricultural resources
i- Irrigation Network
ii- Fertile Land
iii- Variety of Crops
iv- Animal Husbandry
v- Fishing
(c) Mineral Ore Resources
i. Copper and gold resources.
ii. Salt mines and other minerals
(d) Human resources
i. Sixth Largest Population in the World
ii. Youth comprising major chuck
D Factors leading to poor management/ Governance
(a) Political instability/ rivalry,
(b) Lack of vision and planning,
(c} Flawed policies,
(d) Bureaucratic bottlenecks and corruption,
(e) Worsened Law and order situation,
D Implications of mismanagement of natural resources
D Way forward
D Conclusion
 146

ESSAY
Pakistan is one of the richest countries in the world in terms of natural resources but also one of
the poorest among them in their management. The country is abundant in the vital resources including
that of energy, agriculture, minerals, population, and geography, but unlike the developed countries,
these have not been properly exploited due to poor management. This dismayed situation is caused
due to several, both chronic and acute, flaws which have led to poor governance of country since its
·, inception except some brief spells of economic prosperity. Prevalent political rivalry ang instability,
worsening law and order and rampant corruption have catalyzed the situation to resource development
impasse. Contrary to economic potential of its natural resources, Pakistan is a depending on foreign
aid and debt, it is facing deficit in trade, acute energy crisis to run industry, and water stress for
agriculture, to name a few challenges. However, the daunting challenges and the mounting public
pressure caused due to awareness of civil society are increasingly influencing the political decision
making. Eventually, there is sign of hope for devising effective strategy to exploit the natural resource
wealth of the country for its self sufficiency and viable economic development. It is suffice to say that
the proper exploitation of this wealth would lead to the prosperity of this nation.
Before discussing what natural resources Pakistan possesses, it is important to understand what
constitutes Natural resources. These occur naturally within environments charactenzed by amounts of
biodiversity and geodiversity existent in various ecosystems. Some resources like water and
agriculture are essential for survival of inhabitants while others like energy and minerals are
secondary in nature but essential for economic development. However, efficient management of these
resources is vital to achieve prosperity of nation. Natural resource management is a discipline with a
particular focus on how management affects the qnaiity of life for both present and future generations.
It is interrelated with the concept of sustainable development. Pakistan is blessed with huge quantity
ofresources but lags in management.
Being situated at one of the best geographic and geostrategic locations on the map of world,
Pakistan is affiuent in the natural resources. It has enormous energy surplus resource potential of both
renewable and nonrenewable, which is greater than that of oil rich countries of Gulf. Among the
world's 200 plus countries it has the second largest salt mines, second largest coal reserves, fifth
largest copper and gold reserves, seventh largest wheat and rice production capacity. It is the sixth
most populous country in the world having large share of young population. Had these resources been
properly managed, this country would have been one of the richest economies of world. The detailed
account of the natural wealth of Pakistan shows how such great potential has been untapped due to
mismanagement.
There are plenty of nonrenewable energy resources like oil, gas and coal in Pakistan. It has
more than 436.2 million barrels of oil, according to CIA World Fact Book, and 31.3 trillion cubic feet
of proven gas reserves. The current oil production is 65,997 barrels per day while gas production is 4
billion cubic feet per day. Though it ii not enough to meet the needs, it can save considerable outflow
of currency. Moreover, there is resuince potential of 27 billion Barrels of Oil and 282 TCF of gas
reserves in the country which has not been explored due to Jack of vision and flawed policies.
Pakistan has world's second largest coal deposits of 185 billion tons. These are estimated to be
equivalent to 618 billion barrels of crude oil. This is more than twice if we compare it with oil
reserves of Saudi Arabia. If it is converted into oil by gasification, it will generate 650 barrels of crude
oil which at an average market rate of eighty dollars per barrel, would generate 5.2 trillion dollars. But
 147

the policy making elite of the country has not only been oblivious to the potential but also indifferent
to the slow pace of efforts to harness this source for energy production and exports. The energy deficit
is badly affecting the industry in country but no any serious initiative is taken for electricity
production from coal. China imports its 65 percent of coal requirements but despite being 'all weather
friend', this giant energy importing economy does not import coal from Pakistan.
Besides, the geography of Pakistan enriches it with the renewable energy resources. Wind and
Solar energy are other unused lifelines of Pakistan. I 046 km long coastal line gives potential of 40000
MW of electricity. The vast lands of Balochistan can be utilized for solar electricity generation. But
unfortunately these resources have barely been used due to technological backwardness and lack of
innovative policies.
The hydropower potential of the country is also enough to satisfy the needs of energy. Only 33
percent of around 20,000 MW generation capacity is produced from this resource which has the
potential of producing 40,000 MW. No concrete steps have been taken to harness this resource mainly
because of political differences and distrust prevailing in the country.
The lack of vision and policy planning in utilization of water resource is also severely affecting
agriculture. Despite having one of the largest irrigation systems of the world, Pakistan is facing water
scarcity for crops. Storage capacity of water reservoirs is quickly depleting because of annual
sediment inflow and a substantial quantum of available water is lost in seepage as the canals have not
been cemented. Out of 77 million acres cultivable area, only 55.5 million acres have been ploughed.
The country is blessed with four seasons and variety of crops but due to lack of research the
productivity remains low.
In addition, being an agricultural country it possesses tremendous scope of animal husbandry.
Pakistan's breeds of cow like Sahiwal cow are the best breeds of world. Due care to this area can lead
to bulk of exports in dairy products. On other hand, fishing industry has an important role to play in
national economy of Pakistan. The coast line of 814 km provides ample opportunity to enhance this
industry, but poor performance and poor presentation of our cause in WTO have put this industry at
the verge of destruction.
The minerals are also vital natural resources available in great quantity. Pakistan has fifth
largest copper and gold reserves in the world. The Riko deq project, copper and gold reservoir, have
been estimated to be worth of 260 billion dollars, which is ten times the all financial aid received from
USA in last sixty year. But instead of exploiting own resources for economic independence, country
has been dependent on foreign aid. How rich Pakistan is, and how poor Pakistanis are! There are other
partially untapped resources of rock salts, Gypsum, lime stone, iron, marble, and silica sand in large
quantities. These resources have not been exploited due to corruption and bottlenecks in political and
bureaucratic culture.
The most important of the natural resources in this globalized world is human resource.
Pakistan is the sixth most populous country in the world having large share of 'young population' i.e.
63 percent below age of 25 years, according to United Nations Development Programme. But the
failed policies have caused mounting unemployment of 15 percent. The resource which could be used
to enhance the economic activity is left to no use which is adding to the increase in poverty. The lack
of opportunities leading to the brain drain of talented minds has further worsened the situation.
The above analysis reveals that Pakistan is not poor, but poorly managed country. The
factors which have caused the poor management of natural resources include political instability,
political indecision making / divergence, lack of vision and planning, flawed policies, bureaucratic
bottlenecks and corruption, lack of human resource development, worsened law and order situation.
 148

These factors have led not only to the poor management of natural resources but also to the poor
governance of country.
The political instability has been the main cause of such mayhem. Since the independence, no
political group in Pakistan has been given enough time to be mature. The military interference in
politics and rivalry among political stakeholders are the key features of brief history of this country.
This inconsistency has kept the exploitation of natural wealth unattended. The divergence of opinion
on construction of water resources has deprived the country of storing the surplus water for agriculture
and electricity generation. However, this could be overcome by vision and planning, which is a scarce
commodity here. Instead of controversial big dams several small reservoirs could be constructed, had
a pragmatic approach prevailed among the decision making machinery.
Coupled with this, the flawed policies of successive governments have caused tremendous
problems despite availability of adequate resources. The energy sector is a vivid example of such poor
management. The major chunk of the electricity is produced through thermal generation for which
almost 80 percent of oil is imported. Whereas the second largest treasure of coal in the world is left
unexplored as it contributes only 2 percent of electricity generation. Countries like US, China and
India generate electricity by almost 60 percent from coal due to its lower cost. This shows how other
countries take cost of electricity generation into serious consideration.
However, it would be unfair to put all the burden of poor resource management on the
political factors. The bureaucratic bottlenecks and corruption have been equally responsible for this
undesirable scenario. Several hydro power projects, Thar coal project, and oil exploration projects
are in doldrums due to bureaucratic bottlenecks. There is no headway in solar and wind energy
projects planned by Alternative Energy Development Board. Similarly, corruption has also been
extremely detrimental. The standstill in the Riko deq project is an example of this case. Pakistan is
ranked at 34 in Corruption Perception Index 20 IO by Transparency International, which is a
discouraging factor for foreign direct investment.
In addition, the worsened law and order situation has caused severe blow to the economy in
general and natural resource management in particular. The volatile situation in Balochistan is harmful
to the exploitation of resources. The Gawadar port, despite being located at crucial location, has not
been made fully functional. Other projects of mineral exploration are also affected. The terrorism in
the northern areas has been harmful for the potential tourism industry.
These factors of poor management have placed Pakistan in an undesirable situation
domestically and internationally. The socio-economic situation remains gloomy as the GDP growth
rate is one of the lowest in South Asia at 2.2 percent, trade deficit is estimated about $16 billion,
inflation rate continues to be in double digits at 15 percent, population below poverty line is
alarmingly around 35 percent, and unemployment is at 15 percent.
Also, it does not enjoy a favorable position among the comity of nations. It is ranked 123'• out
of 139 countries in Global Competitive Index; it is at 134th among 192 in Human development Index
by UNDP; and it occupies the critical position of 12 th in Failed States Index 2011 issued by Foreign
Policy Magazine.
The country has been economically dependent on foreign aid and debt, which has adversely
affected her standing in international community. However, despite Pakistan's crucial role in west's
geostrategic framework and war on terror, the allies end up donating small amounts of grants which
make fractions of what could be obtained from exploiting own natural resources. The external debts
and liabilities have nearly doubled from$ 37 billion in year 2000, to$ 59.5 billion in year 2011.
 149

Nevertheless, the worst impact so far is the energy crises in Pakistan. There is serious shortfall
of electricity, gas and oil. Electricity demand exceeds supply and "load shedding" is a common
phenomenon. The shortfall of electricity reaches at 4000-5000 MW which badly affected industry,
eventually leading to decreased exports and diminished economic activity.
These adverse implications, of the extremely poor management of resources, on the economy
and society in the country, warrant a serious approach and comprehensive strategy to reverse the
trend. The pragmatic approach and policy direction can help the country to be able to rely on its own
resources instead of dependency.
Pakistani leadership must focus on exploration of natural resources and their scientific
management. Properly managed natural resources can become instrumental in national income and its
growth. Extensive geological survey is required to discover the resource potential, planning and vision
is needed to explore the proved but untapped resources and effective strategy is essential to fully
exploit the resources under use.
In order to take maximum benefits from natural resources there is the need of technical
education of people involved in resource exploitation and management. The technical education
ensures that there is minimum wastage of the resources. Hence, such education should be made
compulsory for the people in concerned areas of activity.
On the other hand, the politicians, policy makers and all the stake holders must adopt a rational
approach not to politicize natural resources. It should be prioritized as the vital national interest and
dealt with as such. The controversies on the management of water and mineral resources must be
resolved pragmatically for best interest of the nation.
Last but not the least, worsened law and order situation in Pakistan, which has led to the lack of
investment, must be checked. The private firms engaged in resource exploration must be protected by
the state. Ensuring the security, would attract investment in the respective areas which would
subsequently guarantee the inflow of capital in the national economy and the resource potential could
be fully exploited.
It needs not to be emphasized that Pakistan is not poor but poor management of its natural
resources has made it so. The enormous natural resources of all kinds like energy, minerals,
agriculture, and human could have made this country a wealthy economy. Instead, there been bleak
picture of economy and undesirable image outside due to the chronic flaws in vision and policies.
Thus, the daunting challenge of poor management of natural resources direly needs to be addressed
not only to overcome the perils caused due to it but also to achieve economic self sufficiency and
prosperity of the nation. By surpassing this challenge, Pakistan is destined to have eminence place in
the world as a stable, growing and prosperous nation.
 ISLAM - THE RELIGION OF PEACE
OUTLINE
D Introduction

D Biasness of the west

D Propaganda of the west using print and electronic media

D Islam prohibits violence and aggression

D Islam, a religion of peace

l
D Islam encourages peace and coexistence with other religions
D Islamic Principle: living peacefully with all nations and peoples
D Hadith of the Holy Prophet
D Ayats of the Holy Quran
D Teachings oflslam regarding war
D No compulsion in religion
D When are Muslims permitted to fight a war?
D Does Islam permit killing civilians?
D Suicide attacks and Islam
D Pre-Islamic Arabia
D Forbiddin Acts
D 9111 and war against Islam
D Causes of these attacks
D Conclusion
 151

ESSAY
Today, many non-Muslims regard Islam as a religion that promotes violence, terrorism and
war. Unfortunately, they rely in their view of Islam on the general media, which is not always accurate
in reporting the news. Many media outlets, such as TV, radio, newspapers and magazines, are
influenced by their investors or owners who have certain agendas and who want to promote certain
values and points of view. Other media outlets are simply after the "big story", in order to make more
money and more profits. Others are simply "followers", who only gather news from other sources, re-
package it and try to sell it again purely as a business.
In all these cases, the news reporting is not accurate, but is driven by ulterior motives or simply
by profits. Only very few media organizations are committed to providing accurate and true
information, regardless of financial gain. Therefore, people today should be very careful in what they
take from the media.
Before blindly accepting what the TV, radio or newspaper are reporting, one should think
critically about what is being reported. Is this be:ng reported accurately, or is it being exaggerated or
even completely fabricated? Who are these people reporting the news, and do they have vested
interests to report the story in a certain way, or are they completely objective and fair? Critical
thinking is very important in all aspects of life, especially when it comes to accepting the media
reports about important and controversial issues.
Islam is in fact a religion that promotes peace and understanding among people of all faiths,
and it strongly prohibits all forms of violence and aggression against all people regardless of their
faith or race.
Islam clearly prohibits all kinds and forms of aggression and violence against anyone, except in
self-defense. Islam is a practical religion, meant to be implemented in every aspect of our life.
Therefore, it realizes the fact that a person who commits aggression and violence against others will
not cease these actions unless they are deterred by similar actions taken against them. Islam also
places very high importance on justice, and allows for aggressors and unjust people be punished
accordingly, unless they repent before they are brought to justice. At the same time, Islam encourages
people to forgive those who have wronged them whenever possible.
Evidence of these ideals can be found in the Holy Qur'an, which is the word of God revealed to
the messenger of God, Mohammad (SAW). It can also be found in the Hadith, the sayings of
Mohammad(SAW), and in his teachings to Muslims. A few examples of this are shown below from
the Holy Qur'an:
• "Fight in the cause of Allah those who fight you, and do not transgress; for Allah loveth not
transgressors." (Surah 2, Verse 190).
• "But if they cease (fighting you), Atlah is Oft-Forgiving, Most Merciful." (Surah 2, Verse 192).
• "But if the enemy incline, towards peace, do thou (also) incline towards peace, and trust in
Allah: for He is the One that Heareth and Knoweth (all things)." (Surah 8, Verse 61).
• "The prohibited month, for the prohibited month, and so for all things prohibited, there is the
law of equality. If then any one transgresses the prohibition against you, transgress ye
likewise against him. But fear Allah, and know that Allah is with those who restrain
themselves." (Surah 2, Verse 194).
• " ... and let not the hatred of some people in (once) shutting you out of the Sacred Mosque
lead you to transgression (and hostility on your part). Help ye one another in righteousness
 152

and piety, but help ye not one another in sin and rancour: fear Allah: for Allah is strict in
punishment." (Surah 5, Verse 2).
• "Nor can Goodness and Evil be equal. Repel (Evil) with what is better: then will he between
whom and thee was hatred become as it were thy friend and intimate!" (Surah 41, Verse 34).
• "O ye who believe! stand out firmly for justice, as witnesses to Allah, even as against
yourselves, or your parents, or your kin, and whether it be (against) rich or poor: for Allah
can best protect both. Follow not the lusts (of your hearts), lest ye swerve, and if ye distort
(justice) or decline to do justice, verily Allah is well-acquainted with all that ye do." (Surah
4, Verse 135).
• "God advocates justice, charity, and regarding the relatives. And He forbids evil, vice, and
transgression. He enlightens you, that you may take heed." (Surah 16, Verse 90).
• "And if ye do punish them, punish them no worse than they punished you: but if ye show
patience, that is indeed the best (course) for those who are patient." (Surah 16, Verse 126).
The first three verses above instruct Muslims to fight those who fight them, and not to
commit aggression first, as God does not like transgressors. They also instruct Muslims to stop
fighting those who wish to cease fighting them, and to accept peace with the enemy who becomes
inclined towards peace.
The fourth verse mentioned above instructs Muslims that if someone transgresses against them,
they should respond to them likewise, and it reminds Muslims to-fear God and to restrain themselves
to this limit.
The fifth verse reminds Muslims not to let hatred of some people for past reasons to lead them
to transgress against those people or be hostile towards them. It also instructs us to help each other in
good and righteous actions, and not to cooperate in aggression and sin, and it reminds them finally of
the strict punishment of God to encourage them to abide by these principles.
The sixth verse reminds us that goodness and evil are never equal, and that we should repel evil
with good actions. This means that when someone is unjust to us or commits evil against us, we are
encouraged to respond with kind and good actions, so that the hatred between us and that person will
evaporate and will become an intimate friendship!
The seventh verse mentioned reminds us to stand up for justice, even ifit is against ourselves or
our family, and even if it is against those who are rich or powerful, because justice applies to
everyone. It also reminds us that God knows everything we do, and so if we act unjustly even in our
hearts, God knows what we did and we will be accountable for that.
The eighth verse informs us that God enjoins us to follow justice, and that God forbids us from
conunitting evil, vice and transgression.
The ninth and final verse reminds Muslims that if they are punished, that they may only
respond with the same punishment and not to go over this limit. However, they are reminded that
forgiveness and patience is the best course of action.
These are tl1e wonderful ideals oflslam:
• To pursue peace with everyone including past enemies, except when they fight the Muslims
and refuse peace, then Muslims are allowed to fight in self-defense.
• To ensure that we always apply justice and never transgress against others even if they are
our enemies.
• To repel evil actions with good actions, in order to replace hatred with an intimate friendship.
 153

• To respond to punishment with the same punishment, but that forgiveness and patience is
even better than retaliation.
• The verse mentioned below informs us that we were created and made into various nations
and tribes so that we may get to know each other, and not so that we may despise and hate
each other. Then we are reminded of the fact that the best of us in God's eyes are those who
are most righteous.
• "O mankind! We created you from a single (pair) of a male and a female, and made you into
nations and tribes, that ye may know each other (not that ye may despise each other). Verily
the most honoured of you in the sight of Allah is (he who is) the most righteous of you. And
Allah has full Knowledge and is well-acquainted (with all things)." (Surah 49, Verse 13).
This wonderful principle of Islam makes it clear that there is no single people, race, or nation
that is better than others. God created us all equal. In God's eyes, the best of us are the most righteous
and most kind.
God created mankind as different races and nations although He could have created us all with
as one nation, with one language and one religion. However, as stated in the verse mentioned above,
God.created these different nations and l{jb.es so that we get to know other each other, and not to hate
·each other because we are different. This {ells us that we should celebrate our differences and not hate
each other based on them. Islam also teaches us to realize that no single race or people have
supremacy over others, and that we are judged solely based on our actions.
This verse also teaches us that we should live peacefully with other nations and tribes and we
should respect each other and our differences. We should learn to live together and to get to know
each other, and to engage in dialogue amongst all nations and treat every human being as being equal.
There is no compulsion in Islam. The verse from the Qur'an which states this principle of no
<:ompulsion in religion is the following:
• "Let there be no compulsion in religion: Truth stands out clear from Error: whoever rejects
Evil and believes in Allah hath grasped the most trustworthy hand-hold, that never breaks.
And Allah heareth and knoweth all things." (Surah 2, Verse 256).
The holy Qur'an reminds us that there must not be compulsion in religion. It states that the truth
stands out clear from error, and that those who reject error and believe in God are the saved ones.
This means that Muslims are not allowed to force people to convert to Islam. Muslims should
only seek to make the truth clear to others, and talk to them about Islam, then let them decide for
themselves. In fact, most people who study Islam without having made a decision to hate it first come
to love its message and convert to Islam after learning about its values and principles.
Another verse that also states this principle is the following:
• "If one amongst the Pagans ask thee for asylum, grant it to him, so that he may hear the word
of Allah; and then escort him to where he can be secure. That is because they are men
without knowledge." (Surah 9, Verse 6).
This wonderful verse instructs Muslims to grant asylum to non-believers, and make them safe,
and allow them to hear the word of Allah. Then they are to be escorted to whatever place they will be
safe and secure in. This is because these non-believers simply have no knowledge of Islam, and no
knowledge of the word of Allah.
What a wonderful religion Islam is! How can this be compared with the way that Christians
spread their religion? They spread it by genocide, mass murder, kidnapping of children and wiping out
of entire nations and civilizations! Ask the natives of the Americas, Australia and Africa about it!
 154

As stated earlier, Islam is a very practical religion. It is not just about fake ideals that do not
work. It is a religion that is meant to be implemented 100% in all actions of the Muslims life, and it is
meant to promote peace and justice in the world.
Therefore, Islam does allow Muslims to go to war, as mentioned earlier, in certain
circumstances. This includes self-defense, and to remove aggression and injustice that has befallen
people and to save them from their oppressors. The verses that tell Muslims to fight those who fight
them were mentioned earlier. Below is the verse in the holy Qur'an that allows Muslims to fight
against injustice.
• "Permission [to fight] is granted to those who are being persecuted, since injustice has
befallen them, and God is certainly able to support them [with victory].
They were evicted from their homes unjustly, for no reason other than saying, "Our Lord is
God." If it were not for God's supporting of some people against others, monasteries, churches,
synagogues, and mosques - where the name of God is commemorated frequently - would have been
destroyed. Absolutely, God supports those who support Him. God is Powerful, Almighty." (Surah 22,
Verses 39-40).
This verse gives permission to those Muslims who fall under oppressive, unjust rule, and those
Muslims who are being persecuted to fight to remove this oppression.
Even in times of war, the Muslim must respect his adversaries humanly. Brutal and barbaric
atrocities are prohibited in Islam. Islam condemns barbaric killing of any human being. Therefore,
Islam does not permit the mutilation of the bodies of the dead enemy soldiers. Also, Islam prohibits
the targeting and killing of all civilians, especially women, children, the elderly, and religious
clergy. Enemies, even at time of war, must be treated justly. Prisoners of war have basic human
rights, as stated in the Shariah (Islamic Law), and must be provided and cared for and not
humiliated in any way.
r
The following verses touch on some of these issues:
• "O Prophet! say to those who are captives in your hands: If Allah findeth any good in your
hearts, He will give you something better than what has been taken from you, and He will
forgive you: for Allah is Oft-Forgiving, Most Merciful." (Surah 8, Verse 70).
• And they feed, for the love of Allah, the indigent, the orphan, and the captive, (Saying), We
feed you for the sake of Allah alone: no reward do we desire from you, nor thanks." (Surah
76, Verses 8-9).
In addition, the following were the instructions of Prophet Mohammad (pbuh) to Muslims who
are forced to fight a war:
• "Do not kill women or children or non-combatants and do not kill old people or religious
people," and he mentioned priests, nuns and rabbis. And he said, "Do not cut down fruit-
bearing trees and do not poison the wells of your enemies."
There are many more sayings and teachings of Prophet Mohammad (SAW) that instruct
Muslims on these issues.
In addition to all this, Islam prohibits oppression, revenge or injustice to the people of the
enemy in case of victory against them. Nor must there be control over the sources of the wealth of the
nation or people, or even establislunent of colonial regimes. Justice and freedom must be established.
Tolerance towards cultures and peoples is to be respected at all times.
 155

The dangerous escalation of violence in the world is disturbing all the people of conscience,
from September 11 to the Middle East battles and other random acts of violence petpetrated at
innocent civilians. In Islam, several things are clear:
Suicide is forbidden. "O ye who believe!... (do not) kill yourselves, for truly Allah has
been to you Most Merciful. If any do that in rancour and injustice, soon shall We cast him
into the Fire ... " (Quran 4: 29-30)
The taking oflife is allowed only by way of justice (i.e. the death penalty for murder), but even
then, forgiveness is better.
"Nor take life - which Allah has made sacred - except for just cause... " (17:33)
And fight in the way of Allah ·those who fight you. But do not transgress limits. Truly Allah
loves not the transgressors." (Surah Baqarah: 190)
In pre-Islamic Arabia, retaliation and mass murder was commonplace. If someone was
killed, the victim's tribe would retaliate against the murderer's entire tribe. This practice
was directly forbidden in the Quran (2: 178-179).
The Quran admonishes those who oppress others and transgress beyond the bounds of
what is right and just. "The blame is only against those who oppress men with wrongdoing
and insolently transgress beyond bounds through the land, defying right and justice. For
such there will be a chastisement grievous (in the Hereafter)" (Surah Ash-Shura: 42)
Harming innocent bystanders, even in times of war, was forbidden by the Prophet Muhammad
(SAW). This includes women, children, non-combatant bystanders and even trees and crops. Nothing
is to be harmed unless the person or thing is actively engaged in an assault against Muslims. The
predominant theme in the Quran is forgiveness and peace. Allah is Merciful and Forgiving, and seeks
that in His followers. Indeed, most people who spend time on a personal level with ordinary Muslims
have found them to be peaceful, honest, hard-working and civic-minded people.
In the fight against terrorism of all forms, it is important to understand who or what is our
enemy. We can only fight against this horror, if we understand its causes and motivations. What
motivates a person to lash out in this violent and inhumane way? The true motivation of such attacks
is something that all of us, mental health professionals, politicians and common people, need to
understand, so that we can address the issues, prevent more violence, and find ways to work towards
lasting peace. /
"0 ye who believe! Remain steadfast for Allah, bearing witness to justice. Do not allow
your hatred for others make you swerve to wrongdoing and tum you away from justice. Be
just; that is closer to true piety .... " (Surah Maidah: 8)
The Holy Quran urges the followers of Islam to resort to peace first and whenever possible but
they may fight the oppressors if peaceful means failed. Fighting does not include killing the innocent
civilians and the least expecting people as this reflects the meanest kind of character and does not
reflect the spirit and/or teachings of Islam.
To sum up, this is the Islamic point of view on war, peace and justice. It is hoped that after
reading this article, people will have a clear understanding that Islam promotes peace and justice, and
stands against aggression and violence.
It is very sad that some people who want to give a wrong impression of Islam, simply select a
few words from the Holy Qur'an and distort them and put them in the wrong context, all in order to
prove that Islam supports violence. They ignore all the verses mentioned in this article.
 REFORMING THE UNO
OUTLINE

Cl Establishment of the UNO

Cl Main Purposes
Cl Aims of the UNO
Cl Charter of the UNO
Cl Preamble
Cl Purposes and principles
Cl Important Articles ( I to 22)
Cl Major Institutions
Cl The General Assembly
Cl The Security Council
Cl Membership
Cl The International Court of Justice and its composition
Cl Reforming the UNO
Cl General Assembly Task Force
Cl Increasing membership
Cl New permanent members
• Brazil
• Germany
• India
• Japan
• Membership of the Muslims countries
• Africa
Cl Veto Reforms
Cl Democracy in the organization
Cl Other reforms
 157

ESSAY
The United Nations is an international organization founded in 1945 after the Second World
War by 51 countries committed to maintaining international peace and security, developing friendly
relations among nations and promoting social progress, better living standards and human rights.
The UN has 4 main purposes
• To keep peace throughout the world;
• To develop friendly relations among nations;
• To help nations work together to improve the lives of poor people, to conquer hunger,
disease and illiteracy, and to encourage respect for each other's rights and freedoms;
• To be a centre for harmonizing the actions of nations to achieve these goals.
Due to its unique international character, and the powers vested in its founding Charter, the
Organization can take action on a wide range of issues, and provide a forum for its 192 Member States
to express their views, through the General Assembly, the Security Council, the Economic and Social
Council and other bodies and committees.
The work of the United Nations reaches every comer of the globe. Although best known for
peacekeeping, peacebuilding, conflict prevention anil humanitarian assistance, there are many other
ways the United Nations and its System (specialized agencies, funds and programmes) affect our lives
and make the world a better place. The Organization works on a broad range of fundamental issues,
from sustainable development, environment and refugees protection, disaster relief, counter terrorism,
disarmament and non-proliferation, to promoting democracy, human rights, gender equality and the
advancement of women, governance, economic and social development and international health,
clearing landmines, expanding food production, and more, in order to achieve its goals and coordinate
efforts for a safer world for this and future generations.
The Charter of the United Nations was signed on 26 June 1945, in San Francisco, at the
conclusion of the United Nations Conference on International Organization, and came into force on 24
October 1945. The Statute of the International Court of Justice is an integral part of the Charter.
Amendments to Articles 23, 27 and 61 of the Charter were adopted by the General Assembly
on 17 December 1963 and came into force on 31 August 1965. A further amendment to Article 61
was adopted by the General Assembly on 20 December I 971, and came into force on 24 September
1973. An amendment to Article 109, adopted by the General Assembly on 20 December 1965, came
into force on 12 June 1968.
The amendment to Article 23 enlarges the membership of the Security Council from eleven
to fifteen. The amended Article 27 provides that decisions of the Security Council on procedural
matters shall be made by an affirmative vote of nine members (formerly seven) and on all other
matters by an affirmative vote of nine members (formerly seven), including the concurring votes of
the five permanent members of the Security Council.
According to the preamble the United Nations is determined:
• to save succeeding generations from the scourge of war, which twice in our lifetime has
brought untold sorrow to mankind, and
• to reaffirm faith in fundamental human rights, in the dignity and worth of the human person,
in the equal rights of men and women and of nations large and small, and
 158

• to establish conditions under which justice al!d respect for the obligations arising from
treaties and other sources of international law can be maintained, and
to promote social progress and better standards of life in larger freedom,

• to practice tolerance and live together in peace with one another as good neighbours, and
• to unite our strength to maintain international peace and security, and
• to ensure, by the acceptance of principles and the institution of methods, that armed force
shall not be used. save in the common interest, and
• to employ international machinery for the promotion of the economic and social
advancement of all peoples.
According to the Article I, the purposes of the United Nations are:
I. To maintain international peace and security, and to that end: to take effective collective
measures for the prevention and removal of threats to the peace, and for the suppression of
acts of aggression or other breaches of the peace, and to bring about by peaceful means, and
in conformity with the principles of justice and international law, adjustment or settlement of
international disputes or situations which might lead to a breach of the peace;
2. To develop friendly relations among nations based on respect for the principle of equal rights
and self-determination of peoples, and to take other appropriate measures to strengthen
universal peace;
3. To achieve international co-operation in solving international problems of an economic,
social, cultural, or humanitarian character, and in promoting and encouraging respect for
human rights and for fundamental freedoms for all without distinction as to race, sex,
language, or religion; and
4. To be a centre for harmonizing the actions of nations in the attainment of these common
ends.
According to the Article 2
The Organization and its Members, in pursuit of the Purposes stated in Article I, shall act in
accordance with the following Principles.
I. The Organization is based on the principle of the sovereign equality of all its Members.
2. All Members, in order to ensure to all of them the rights and benefits resulting from
membership, shall fulfill in good faith the obligations assumed by them in accordance with
the present Charter.
3. All Members shall settle their international disputes by peaceful means in such a manner that
international peace and security, and justice, are not endangered.
4. All Members shall refrain in their international relations from the threat or use of force
against the territorial integrity or political independence of any state, or in any other manner
inconsistent with the Purposes of the United Nations.
5. All Members shall give the United Nations every assistance in any action it takes in
accordance with the present Charter, arrd shall refrain from giving assistance to any state
against which the United Nations is taking preventive or enforcement action.
According to the Article 3
The original Members of the United Nat.ions shall be the states which, having participated in
the United Nations Conference on International Organization at San Francisco, or having previously
signed the Declaration by United Nations of I January 1942, sign the present Charter and ratify it in
accordance with Article I JO.
 159

According to th,e Article 4

1. Membership in the United Nations is open to all other peace-loving states which illiliq>I lh~
obligations contained in the present Charter and, in the judgment of the Organization, are
able and willing to carry out these obligations.
2. The admission of any such state to membership in the United Nations will be effected by a
decision of the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Security Council.
According to the Article 5
A Member of the United Nations against which preventive or enforcement action has been
taken by the Security Council may be susp~n d from the exercise of the rights and privileges of
membership by the General Assembly up the recommendation of the Security Council. The
exercise of these rights and privileges may b restored by the Security Council.
According to the Article 6
A Member of the United Nations which has persistently violated the Principles contained in the
present Charter may be expelled from the Organization by the General Assembly upon the
recommendation of the Security Council.
According to the Article 7
1. There are established as principal organs of the United Nations: a General Assembly, a
Security Council, an Economic and Social Council, a Trusteeship Council, an International
Court of Justice and a Secretariat.
2. Such subsidiary organs as may be found necessary may be established in accordance with the
present Charter.
According to the Article 8
The United Nations shall place no restrictions on the eligibility of men and women to
participate in any capacity and under conditions of equality in its principal and subsidiary organs.
According to the Article 9
The composition of the General Assembly is following:
1. The General Assembly shall consist of all the Members of the United Nations.
2. Each Member shall have not more than five representatives in the General Assembly.
According to the Article 10, the functions and powers of the General Assembly are the
following:
The General Assembly may discuss any questions or any matters within the scope of the
present Charter or relating to the powers and functions of any organs provided for in the present
Charter, and, except as provided in Article 12, may make recommendations to the Members of the
United Nations or to the Security Council or to both on any such questions or matters.
The Charter established six principal organs of the United Nations: the General Assembly, the
Security Council, the Economic and Social Council, the Trusteeship Council, the International Court
of Justice, and the Secretariat. The United Nations family, however, is much larger, encompassing 15
agencies and several programmes and bodies. /
The General Assembly is the main deliberative, policymaking and representative organ of the
United Nations. Comprising all 192 Members of the United Nations, it provides a unique forum for
multilateral discussion of the full spectrum of international issues covered by the Charter. The
Assembly meets in regular session intensively from September to December each year, and
thereafter as required.
 160

The Security Council has primary responsibility, under the Charter, for the maintenance of
inten1ational peace and security. It is so organized as to be able to function continuously, and a
representative of each of its members must be present at all times at United Nations Headquarters.
On 31 January 1992, the first ever Summit Meeting of the Council was convened at Headquarters,
attended by Heads of State and Government of 13 of its 15 members and by the Ministers for
Foreign Affairs of the remaining two. The Council may meet elsewhere than at Headquarters; in
1972, it held a session in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, and the following year in Panama City, Panama.
When a complaint concerning a threat to peace is brought before it, the Council's first action is
usually to recommend to the parties to try to reach agreement by peaceful means. In some cases, the
Council itself undertakes investigation and mediation. It may appoint special representatives or
request the Secretary-General to do so or to use his good offices. It may set forth principles for a
peaceful settlement.
When a dispute leads to fighting, the Council's first concern is to bring it to an end as soon as
possible. On many occasions, the Council has issued cease-fire directives which have been
instrumental in preventing wider hostilities. It also sends United Nations peace-keeping forces to help
reduce tensions in troubled areas, keep opposing forces apart and create conditions of calm in which
peaceful settlements may be sought. The Council may decide on enforcement measures, economic
sanctions (such as trade embargoes) or collective military action.
A Member State against which preventive or enforcement action has been taken by the Security
Council may be suspended from the exercise of the rights and privileges of membership by the
General Assembly on the recommendation of the Security Council. A Member State which has
persistently violated the principles of the Charter may be expelled from the United Nations by the
Assembly on the Council's recommendation.
The Presidency of the Council rotates monthly, according to the English alphabetical listing of
its member States.
The Council is composed of five permanent members - China, France, Russian Federation,
tl1e United Kingdom and the United States - and ten non-permament members (with year of term's
end):
1. Bosnia and Herzegovina (2011) 2. Brazil (20 I I)
3. Colombia (2012) 4. Gabon (201 I)
5. Germany (2012) 6. India (2012)
7. Lebanon (2011) 8. Nigeria (2011)
9. Portugal (2012) 10. South Africa (2012)
The General Assembly elected Colombia, Germany, India, Portugal and South Africa to serve
as non-permanent members of the Security Council for two-year terms starting on I January 201 I.
The newly elected countries have reP.laced Austria, Japan, Mexico, Turkey and Uganda.
Under the Charter, the functions and powers of the Security Council are:
• to maintain international peace and security in accordance with the principles and purposes
of the United Nations;
• to investigate any dispute or situation which might lead to international friction;
• to recommend methods of adjusting such disputes or the terms of settlement;
• to formulate plans for the establishment of a system to regulate armaments;
 161

• to determine the existence of a threat to the peace or act of aggression and to recommend
what action should be taken;
• to call on Members to apply economic sanctions and other measures not involving the use of
force to prevent or stop aggression;
The International Court of Justice (!CJ) is the principal judicial organ of the United
Nations (UN). It was established in June 1945 by the Charter of the United Nations and began work
in April 1946. The seat of the Court is at the Peace Palace in The Hague (Netherlands). Of the six
principal organs of the United Nations, it is the only one not located in New York (United States of
America). The Court's role is to settle, in accordance with international law, legal disputes
submitted to it by States and to give advisory opinions on legal questions referred to it by
authonzed United Nations organs and specialized agencies. The Court is composed of 15 judges,
who are elected for terms of office of nine years by the United Nations General Assembly and the
Security Council. It is assisted by a Registry, its administrative organ. Its official languages are
English and French.
Reforms of the United Nations Security Council encompass five key issues: categories of
membership, the question of the veto held by the five permanent members, regional representation, the
size of an enlarged Council and its working methods. Member States, regional groups and other
Member State interest groupings developed different positions and proposals on how to move forward
on this contested issue.
Even though the geopolitical realities have changed drastically since 1945, when the set-up of
the current Council was decided, the Security Council has changed very little during this long period.
The winners of Second World War shaped the Charter of the United Nations in their national interests,
dividing the veto-power pertinent to the pemianent seats amongst themselves.
With the enlargement of the United Nations membership and increasing self-confidence among
the new members, going hand in hand with processes of decolonization, old structures and procedures
were increasingly challenged. The imbalance between the number of seats in the Security Council and
the total number of member States becan1e evident and the only significant refonn of the Security
Council came to pass in 1965 after the ratification of two thirds of the membership, including the five
pem1anent members of the Security Council (that have a veto right on Charter changes). The reform
included an increase of the non-pennanent membership from six to 10 m,mbers. ·
With Boutros Boutros-Ghali elected as Secretary-General in 1992, the reform discussions
of the UN Security Council were launched again as he started his new term with the first-ever
summit of the Security Council and thereafter published "An Agenda for Peace". His motivation
was to restructure the composition and anachronistic procedures of the UN organ recognizing the
changed world.
By 1992, Germany and Japan had become the second and tl1ird largest contributor to the United
Nations and started to demand a permanent seat. Also Brazil (fifth largest country in terms of
territory) and India (second largest country in terms of population) as the most powerful countries
within their regional groups and key players within their regions saw themselves with a pern1anent
seat. This group of four countries formed an interest group later known as the 04.
On the other hand their regional rivals were opposed to the 04 becoming pernianent members
with a veto power. They favored the expansion of the non-permanent category of seats with members
to be elected on a regional basis. Italy, Spain, Argentina, Canada, Mexico, South Korea and Pakistan
started to form an interest group, known as the "Coffee Club" and later "Uniting for Consensus".
 162

Simultaneously, the African Group started to demand two permanent seats for themselves, on
the basis of historical injustices and the fact that a large part of the Council's agenda is concentrated
on the continent. Those two seats would be permanent African seats, that rotate between African
countries chosen by the African group.
The existing permanent members, each holding the right of veto on Security Council reform,
announced their positions reluctantly. The United States supported the permanent membership of
Japan and a small number of additional non-permanent members. The United Kingdom and France
essentially supported the 04 position, with the expansion of permanent and non-permanent members
and the accession of German, Brazil, India and Japan to permanent member status, as well as an
increase the presence by African countries on the Council. China supported the stronger representation
of developing countries.
The General Assembly Task Force on Security Council Reform has delivered a Report (on the
question of equitable representation on and increase in the membership of the Security Council)
recommending a compromise solution for entering intergovernmental negotiations on reform.
The report builds on existing transitional/intermediary approaches to suggest a "timeline
perspective". The "timeline perspective" suggests that Member States begin by identifying the
negotiables to be included in short-term intergovernmental negotiations. Crucial to the "timeline
perspective" is the scheduling of a mandatory review conference-a forum for discussing changes to
any reforms achieved in the near-term, and for revisiting negotiables that cannot be agreed upon now.
On March 21, 2005, the then UN Secretary General Kofi Annan called on the UN to reach a
consensus on expanding the council to 24 members, in a plan referred to as "In Larger Freedom". He
gave two alternatives for implementation, but did not specify which proposal he preferred. In any
case, Annan favored making the decision quickly, stating, "This important issue has been discussed
for too long. I believe member states should agree to take a decision on it-preferably by consensus,
but in any case before the summit-making use of one or other of the options presented in the report
oftl1e High-Level Panel".
The two options mentioned by Annan are referred to as Plan A and Plan B:
• Plan A calls for creating six new permanent members, plus three new nonpermanent
members for a total of 24 seats in the council.
• Plan B calls for creating eight new seats in a new class of members, who would serve for
four years, subject to renewal, plus one nonpermanent seat, also for a total of 24.
The summit mentioned by Annan is the September 2005 Millennium+5 Summit, a high level
plenary meeting that reviewed Arman's report, the implementation of the 2000 Millennium
Declaration, and other UN reform-related issues.
On July 26, 2005, five UN member countries, Argentina, Italy, Canada, Colombia and
Pakistan, representing a larger group of countries called Uniting for Consensus, proposed to General
Assembly another project, that maintains five permanent members, and raises the number of non-
permanent members to 20. On April 11, 2005, China had "embraced" this initiative.
The 04 nations: Brazil, Germany, India, and Japan. One proposed change is to admit more
members: the candidates usually mentioned are Japan, Germany, India and Brazil (the 04 nations).
Britain, France and Russia support 04 membership in the UN Security Council. Italy has always
opposed this kind of reform, and has submitted since 1992 another proposal, together with other
countries, based on the introduction of semi-pew men/ membership.
 163

In addition South Korea opposed Japan; Pakistan opposes India; and Mexico and Argentina
oppose Brazil, a Portuguese-speaking country in a largely Spanish-speaking Latin America. Most of
the leading candidates for permanent membership are regularly elected onto the Security Council by
their respective groups: Japan and Brazil were elected for nine two-year terms each, and Germany for
three terms. India has been elected to the council seven times in total, with the most recent successful
bid being in 2010 after a gap of almost twenty years since 1991-92.
Although the United States supports Japan's bid for Security Council membership, it rejects the
combined G4+one bid for membership as a whole, which Japan needs to keep its support. While Russia
is interested in a local counterweight to China, it is also wary of Japan's strong ties to the United States.
However, China has the power to veto any bid on. the part of Japan to become a permanent member. ·'The
United States has refrained from supporting Germany but supports Japan's bid.
Some other Asian nations have expressed support for Japan's application, including Mongolia,
Thailand, Cambodia, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, the Philippines, and Vietnam-all major
recipients ofloan and/or foreign investment from Japan. The other G4 countries, Germany, Brazil, and
India, who are also bidding for Security Council seats, along with France and the United Kingdom,
also back Japan's bid.[14] Australia, the Cook Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, Fiji,
Kiribati, the Marshall Islands, Nauru, New Zealand, Niue, Palau, Papua New Guinea, Samoa, the
Solomon Islands, Tonga, Tuvalu, and Vanuatu support Japan since Japan agreed to increase financial
aid to the region, even though some of these countries are very concerned with Japanese whaling in
the region.
At the same time, the draft G4 reform proposals may leave over 1.2 billion Muslims worldwide
(which is not limited only in the Middle East, and includes areas from West Africa to Southeast Asia)
without any permanent representation on the UN security council. This is a highly controversial issue
within the Islamic world and would adversely impact the UN's credibility in portions of the Middle
East and in the Islamic world. In June 2005, the foreign ministers of the Organization of the-Islamic
Conference (OIC) called for a permanent Muslim seat on the UN Security Council. Recent resistance
to the reform draft proposals emanating from the G4 states can be attributed in part to this highly
sensitive issue. The US and several Western states have objected to any proposal that gives new
members any veto powers, and, within the African Union, Egypt has led resistance to a proposal by
Nigeria to adopt a version of the G4 proposals that removes the right of veto for new members, and
may enable the creation of a reformed council that does not have any permanent members with a
predominantly Muslim identity.
Another reason given in opposition to the inclusion of an Islamic nation is the religious
aspect to which it is linked. Other religious nations might also request to be provided with
permanent membership in the name of religion, nations with large populations of Buddhists,
Hindus, Jews, Sikhs, etc.
It has also been suggested that an African nation be given a seat on the Security Council, with
Egypt, Nigeria and South Africa being the most likely contenders. Currently, no country in Africa has
a permanent seat on the Security Council and this is seen as a major reason behind the push to have an
African nation be given one. There are indeed several popular reasons why Africa has a good chance
of gaining a Security Council membership:
• Africa is the second-largest and second most populous continent behind Asia (in which
Russia and China already have seats and Japan and India are both petitioning for one).
• Africa has more United Nations members than any other continent.
• Africa, as a whole, is seen as militarily non-threatening.
 164

• It currently has the support of most of South America and India and Japan of the 04 nations.
There are also calls by the UK, France, and China for more political representation from
Africa.
Although no one nation from Africa has formally been put forward as a candidate for
membership on the Security Council, Algeria, Egypt, Ethiopia, South Africa, and Nigeria are seen as
the strongest choices. Algeria has gained a great deal of respect for its neutrality over the years and its
great commitment to African development; Ethiopia was one of the founding members of the United
Nations; South Africa has one of the largest and the most developed economies o,n the continent; and
Nigeria is the most populous country in Africa and consistently contributes large numbers of troops to
UN peacekeeping operations.
The UNSC "power of veto" is frequently cited as a major problem with the UN. By wielding
their veto power (established by Chapter IV of the United Nations Charter), any of the UNSC's five
pennanent members can prevent the adoption of any (non-"procedural") UNSC draft resolution not to
their liking. Even the mere threat of a veto may lead to changes in the text of a resolution, or it being
withheld altogether (the so-called "pocket veto"). As a consequence, the power of veto often prevents
the Council from acting to address pressing international issues, and affords the "P5" great influence
within the UN institution as a whole.
For example, the Security Council passed no resolutions on most major Cold War conflicts,
including the Soviet invasion of Czechoslovakia, the Vietnam War, and the Soviet invasion of
Afghanistan. Resolutions addressing more current problems, such as the conflict between Israel and
Palestine and Iran's suspected development of nuclear weapons, are also heavily influenced by the
veto, actual or threatened. Additionally, the veto applies to the selection of the UN's Secretary-
General, as well as any amendments to the UN Charter, giving the P5 great influence over these
processes. Discussions on improving the UN's effectiveness and responsiveness to international
security threats often include reform of the UNSC veto. Proposals include: limiting the use of the
veto to vital national security issues; requiring agreement from multiple states before exercising the
veto; and abolishing the veto entirely. However, any reform of the veto will be very difficult.
Articles I 08 and I 09 of the United Nations Charter grant the' P5 veto over any amendments to the
Charter, requiring them to approve of any modifications to the UNSC veto power that they
themselves hold.
Another frequent demand is that the UN should become "more democratic", and a key
institution of a world democracy. This raises fundamental questions about the nature and role of the
UN. The UN is not a world government, rather a forum for the world's sovereign states to debate
issues and detennine collective courses of action. A direct democracy would request th~ presidential
election of the UN Secretary-General by direct vote of the citizens of the democratic countries (world
presidentialism) as well as the General Assembly (just as cities, states and nations have their own
representatives in many systems, who attend specifically to issues relevant to the given level of
authority) and the International Court of Justice. Others have proposed a combination of direct and
indirect democracy, whereby national governments might ratify the expressed will of the people for
such important posts as an empowered World Court.
Besides, several provisions of the United Nations Charter are no longer relevant. In Larger
Freedom proposed the removal of these provisions:
• Since there are no longer any trust territories, the Trusteeship Council no longer serves any
purpose, and has not met since 1994. Thus, Chapter Xiii of the Charter is no longer relevant,
ail(I can be deleted. ·
 165

• Due to Cold War disagreements, the Military Staff Committee never succeeded in its
intended purpose. Although it formally still meets fortnightly, it has been effectively inactive
since 1948. Thus, article 47, and !he references to it in articles 26, 45 and46 can be deleted.
• The "enemy clauses" in articles 53 and 107 contain special provisions relating to the
members of the Axis in World War II (Germany, Japan, etc.) These are no longer relevant;
Japan in particular would like to see them removed.
There are also other provisions of the UN Charter that deal with transitional arrangements, and
thus are now spent. For example, article 61(3) and article 109(3). However, In Larger Freedom does
not contain any proposals with respect to these provisions.
Due to the difficulty in amending the Charter, it is unlikely that any of these spent provisions
will be amended except as part of a package making substantive amendments, such as Security
Council reform.
 BALOC~ST AN, PROBLEMS
AND SUGGESTIONS
OUTLINE
D A brief introduction
0 British Era and Sandeman System
D Since 1947
D Reasons for the conflict
• Provincial Autonomy & Ethnic Culture
• Resource Exploitation
• Deprivation and Lack of Development lag
• Government's Neglect
• Role of Sardars
• Religious Extremism
D External Factors and Geo Politics
• Iran's view
• Afghanistan's view
• Role of India
D History of the conflicts
D The Current Insurgency and Baloch Nationalism
D Insurgency and 'Geo-Politics of Energy Resources'
D Insurgent Groups in Balochistan
D Settlers issue & current situation in Balochistan
D Pakhtun Factor
D Liberation and Viability: Is independent Balochistan viable?
D Question~ for Baloch Nationalists and Insurgents
D Bulochistan Package
D Solutions
D Conclusion
D Aghaz·e-Huqooq-e-Balochistan Package in detail
 167

ESSAY
Balochistan is the largest of Pakistan's provinces by the geographical area. It is the least
populated and resource-rich province. It has common borders with all the three provinces vjz. Khyber
Pakhtunkhwa (KPK) through Federally Administered Tribal Area (FATA) in the north, Punjab in the
extreme north east and Sindh in east. Balochistan has a long coastal line with Arabian Sea in the
south. In the West, it has 814 km long border with Iran and finally in the west and north west it has a
border of I 096 km with Afghanistan.
At 5 %, about 8.5 million Pakistanis reside in the province. Balochistan is home to roughly
half-a-million ethnic Punjabis, or nearly six percent of its population, and to an even smaller
percentage of Urdu-speakers. About 35 % of the population is Pashtun. Ethnic Baloch population
(including Brahui) is about 6.8 million. Of these about 5 million reside in Balochistan accounting for
about 55 % of its population. About 27 % Baloch live outside Balochistan, mainly in Sindh.
Balochistan history since 1947 represents an unending narrative of the incessant conflicts
unfortunately. The long standing resentments dating back to its merger with Pakistan have led to the
present crisis in the province. The issues and grievances, which gave rise to the previous conflicts and
present crisis relate to demands and aspirations about the economic, ethnic and political rights of and
for the people 01 .'1e province. The reasons of the present crisis have been known to the politically
aware people all along. But little or nothing has been done to address and resolve these matters by the
successive governments. Consequently, the wounds have continued to fester and periodically given
rise to bleeding insurgencies and revolts.
There have been five insurgencies in Balochistan since the creation of Pakistan. According to
the official estimates, these have resulted in more than five thousand deaths among the insurgents and
almost three thousand among the Pakistan army. The recent violence which staned in 2005 took a
serious turn at the end of year 2009 and became a potential threat to the stability of Pakistani state, as
the insurgents spurred and inflamed, and in all likelihood aided and abetted by the outsider
international players in the area, gave ris.e to the separatist movement in the province.
The present government has recently initiated certain measures to address these complaints and
grievances. For past two years there is a democratic set up in the province. But the resentments still
persists, as no practical steps have yet been taken to actually tackle the problems. According to the
nationalist groups, the government has only provided a lip service to their problems so far. In fact,
despite the promises to resolve the problems, the trust deficit between the nationalists and state has not
_narrowed. It is essential to understand that the crisis is grave and requires serious and urgent action by
all stakeholders, at all levels in order to eradicate the root causes of the long standing conflict.
Conflicts in Balochistan historically have several underlying reasons. The fiercely independent
Baloch sardars have resisted state interference, mainly to protect their continued influence and wealth
and to seek rent from the state; the grievances of the masses relating to political, economic and
cultural rights, that have given rise to nationalist movement; absence of problem resolution
mechanisms, even in the democratic set ups; continued negligence of the well being of the masses that
has been the hall mark, though out Pakistan since its creation; religious extremism, and perhaps most
importantly continued mishandling of these issues by the Central governments, who on occasions
have resorted to brute and unrestrained use of force.
The grievances ofBaloch people are manifold. The martial policy of the centre in dealing with
the recent insurgency has added fuel to the fire. The main complaint of the Baloch Nationalists has
 168

always been that the provincial autonomy promised in the 1973 constitution has not been recognized
and practically nonexistent till today. The Baloch people have demanded the right of self
administration to the province through a process of complete decentralization of powers. Moreover,
the silent but visible war by army and paramilitary in past few years has raised the level of resentment
in ordinary Baloch. The action of the government against the Baloch nationalists has also been seen as
the imperialism of the state. The setup of military cantonments was also seen as a way to suppress
them. Balochistan like the other three provinces of Pakistan has its unique cultural identity. This, some
nationalists complain, has not been given due representation in the centre. Therefore, whenever people
from different ethnic groups feel their desertion on national levels, they feel being neglected and this
creates frustration among such groups. Resultantly they resist any new ideas of development or
modernized lifestyle due to the fear that they will lose their traditions and cultural identity.
Baloch nationalist's main gripe and grumble relates to Pakistan's domestic natural gas industry.
They complain that the gas industry's well-paid managers and technicians were almost invariably
drawn from outside Balochistan; local Baloch, inevitably viewed with some suspicion, were mainly
employed in low-end jobs as day laborers. No efforts were made to remedy the shortage of technically
skilled Baloch such as providing government funding of technical training institutions in Balochistan.
However, the strongest dissatisfaction is about Balochistan's lopsidedly deficient share of revenues
from the government's sale of natural gas. Balochistan receives proportionately only about one-fifth
as much in royalty payments as the other two gas producing provinces. This means that poorest
province actually subsidises the richer provinces. The nationalists also maintain that historically very
little of the huge earnings of the central government in natural gas revenues was ever returned to the
province in the form of development expenditures.
The complaints and issues of the local people in Balochistan, about the situation of
development or the lack of it, are absolutely genuine beyond doubt. There is no doubt that the
province has been neglected for six decades and has taken a back seat in the minds of the ruling elite.
The basic facilities of life including health, education, communication sources and infrastructure are in
poor condition. Balochistan is much less developed, and in several aspects least developed province
according to the statistics of Economic Survey of Pakistan. It has the lowest literacy rate among both
males and females, the lowest ranking in the Gender Parity Index (GP!) and the smallest presence of
private educational institutes in the country, according to the recently issued National Economic
Survey (NES). Poor transport and communication infrastructure is a big hurdle in the progress of the
province. Illiteracy, injustice, oppression of women, ignorance of the individual rights are the
socio-political evils that prevail. The Social Policy Development Centre 2005 report discovered, that
the percentage of the population living in a high degree of deprivation stands highest in Balochistan as
compared to the other provinces [88-percent in Balochistan, 51 percent in the NWFP, 49 percent in
Sindh and 25 percent in Punjab]. According to poverty-related reports, the percentage of the
population living below the poverty line stands at 63 percent in Balochistan.
This again, is the highest among all other provinces [26 percent in Punjab, 29 percent in the
NWFP and 38 percent in Sindh]. These factors are mutually reinforcing and continue to aggravate the
situation. The province has smallest number of educational institutions. The resources wealth and
developmental projects have never benefited the people of Balochistan. The example is the Natural
Gas of the city of Sui. Huge royalties are paid to Sardar of Sui, but the money fails to reach the
general public of the province. The federal government gives only a fraction back to Balochistan from
what it earns through gas extracted from the province. And that fraction too is not properly planned
and spent. There is no disagreement that over the years, the income from natural resources in the
 169

province has neither been properly paid nor fairly distributed and beyond doubt, the common Balochi
people have not benefited from it.
Gwadar is a classic example of development project that has suffocated in the clutches of a
land-grab mafia of Pakistan. The Baloch nationalists claim that it would ultimately favour the Punjabis
and not Balochis. They also allege the government that these projects have largely bypassed local
communities and have been set up to marginalize them. A senior journalist Yar Mohammad Badini
speaking at the recently held seminar in Quetta, asserted that Balochistan had been "rewarded" with
five military operations over the past sixty years in return of the massive resources it has provided to
the whole country in the energy sector. He called for an end to the economic exploitation of
Balochistan which he insisted it was the biggest source of discontent and disillusionment in the
volatile province.
The central government's inability and reluctance to identify and tackle the problems for a long
period is the major reason for the prevailing situation. But the government in Balochistan has also
never represented the genuine interests of the people of Balochistan. The elected representatives of the
province have also shown an apolitical and non democratic attitude instead of highlighting the genuine
needs and interests of their people. Conversely, the people's representatives supported the criminal's
activities in the region through dictating their orders to the local police. Pakistani central governments,
on the other hand, have attempted to establish a strong centralized state. And in the process they have
neglected the basic development rights of people and their peculiarities. The checkered history of
Pakistani democratic government has also proved a hindrance in the way of addressing the grievances
politically; instead the army rule has almost always favored the military solution over political ones.
It was this attitude that led Musharraf to declare about the insurgent that ' they will not know
what hit them'. How sad a commentary on a Nations's fate that such remarks are made by the
president of the country. In his time, Islamabad adopted a 'virtually zero tolerance' model, allegedly
consisting of psychological warfare, public diplomacy, political harassment and intimidation;
decapitation of separatist leadership; co-option of tribal leadership, increased deployment of
security forces and reliance on military repression. The failure of the model is clear as a day light.
The harassment and hounding of the Baloch, without any tangible benefits to the masses on the
ground, only led to increase in the popular support and helping to prove the claim made by the
insurgents that the government's real aim is to marginalize them and to reduce them to second class
citizenship in their own land.
There is certainly weight in the argument that the federal government in Pakistan has neglected
the development of Balochistan, but equal responsibility lies with the Sardars of Balochistan who
enjoy immense power in their tribes. These very sardars have been part of the ruling elite in the
province, both under the military and civilian rulers.
Perhaps not surprisingly, the same Baloch leaders have censured the development plans which
were likely to bring immense opportunities for the progress of their people. Even the horrific human
rights atrocities taking place in the province have been defended by the tribal chiefs in the name of
their cultural norms. Prof. Mukhtar Ali Naqvi writes that the demands of a "Fair Deal" have also been
set forth by these sardars and not by the elected members. They are unwilling to come into the main
stream society, have monopoly over the laws and regulations of the state, while they themselves sit in
provincial and national parliaments, yet they don't work for the development of their own people.
Through brutal customs, and practices, they target their own people. Their opposition to the
development plans stems from the apprehensions that employment opportunities and consequent
change will liberate people from their bondage.
 170

The state of deprivation has made the people of the province vulnerable to the aggravation and
militant tendency promoting religio1Js extremism in Balochistan. Lack of education and awareness,
sense of deprivation and acute poverty gave space to terrorist activities by both external and internal
enemies. Abdul Rahim Ziaratwal, former parliamentary leader of the Pakhtunwa Milli Awami Party
also alleges that government itself promotes the extremist activities in the province. He pointed out
when speaking to a seminar that "This policy had previously radicalized the Pashutn areas of the
province but now it had also expanded to the Bravispeaking belt ofBalochistan where scores of young
people were being inclined towards sectarian militancy and violence." Despite being a major factor,
the backwardness and development lag is not the sole explanation of the insurgency in Balochistan.
The question is that what is the role of international players in Balochistan quagmire and what
is at stake for these countries? Balochistan is situated at a geostrategic location. It provides corridor to
the warm waters of Indian Ocean, overlooks strait of Hormuz and major trade and oil routes. It is also
full of natural resources, including gas, oil and precious and rare minerals. One of the objectives for
such interference is to destabilize Balochistan by stimulating insurgency and creating violations for its
detachment from Pakistan. Gwadar has a key strategic position for shipping gas and oil from
Turkmenistan to Arabian Sea via Afghanistan towards western shores. TTS sees Gwadar as port way to
the land route through Balochistan into Southern Afghanistan. C'l1Ula is interested in a gas pipeline
from Iran through Pakistan into Western China, which US will not likely to accept. US wants to
secure the Indian Ocean and its strategic routes, and Gwadar lies at the opening of Strait of Hormuz
through which over 40% of world oil passes. •
Iran views it unfavorably, since it does not want Gwadar to become prominent and Chabahar to
be sidelined, especially since Iran is isolated in the world at the moment. Iran has huge reserves of gas
and it would like to extend the trade with India. Iran is also afraid of Jandullah's (the terrorist group of
CIA) covert operations against Iran, from Balochistan. Russia would not like trade from Central Asia
shifting southwards and therefore would like to keep Afghanistan and Balochistan turbulent.
Afghanistan's soil has been used again and again to cause trouble inside Pakistan. Currently,
BLA is reported to be operating from Kandahar in Afghanistan. BLA enjoys support from Indian
RAW in terms of finances, logistics, and weapons. In a recent report, Christine Fair of RAND
Corporation says" Kabul 's motivations for encouraging these activities are as obvious as India 's
interest in engaging in them.
India is at the moment chief regional ally of US, and NATO. India believes that Pakistan is at
the brink of break up and India must focus on building its relationship with Central Asia, Iran, and
Afghanistan, and capture oil and gas reserves from Central Asia and Iran, through Afghanistan and
Pakistan. India also believes that an independent Balochistan will likely become a proxy of Iran, India
and Afghanistan.
Controversies involving the areas comprising Balochistan date back to the establishment of the
Durand Line in 1893 that divided Pashtun and Baloch tribes living in Afghanistan from those living in
what later became Pakistan. Afghanistan vigorously protested the inclusion of Pashtun and Baloch
areas within Pakistan without providing the inhabitants with an opportunity for self-determination.
Since 1947, this problem has led to incidents along the border, with extensive disruption of normal
trade patterns. The most serious crisis lasted from September 1961 to June 1963, when diplomatic,
trade, transit, and consular relations between the countries were suspended. Baloch nationalists
demanding greater political rights, autonomy and control over their natural resources, have led four
previous insurgencies - in 1948, I 958-59, 1962·63 and 1973-7?. The fifth conflict between the Baloch
nationalists and the Centre started in 2005 and this time the insurgents have gone a step further and
demanded for seccession.
 171

Divided in the nineteenth century among lra,;i, Afghanistan, and British India, the Baloch found
their traditional nomadic life frustrated by the presence of national boundaries and the extension of
central administration over their lands. Moreover, many of the most militant Baloch nationalists were
also vaguely Marxist-Leninist and willing to risk Soviet protection for an autonomous Balochistan.
In 1947, when India and Pakistan eventually gained independence from the British, princely
states were given the choice of either joining Pakistan or India or being independent. Initially Khan of
Kalat, Mir Ahmed Yar Khan declared Kalat's independence. However, in 1948 the princely state of
Kala! was annexed to Pakistan. According to the then ruler of Kalal, the agreement had been to accept
the unique status of the state by incorporating it into Pakistan as a sovereign, independent and
autonomous unit. But he then signed an accessi<'n agreement ending Kalat's de facto independence,
which he later claimed he had only done under duress. However, Khan was never an absolute
monarch. He was required to act under the provisions of Rawaj and was undoubtedly under the
influence of British empire.
In 1948, Prince Karim Khan, the younger brother of Khan, decided to conduct a rebellion and
guerrilla warfare against the Pakistan army basing himself in Afghanistan. It is said that he had a
personal grievance in that Pakistan recognized Sardar Gichki as Makrans' ruler instead of accepting
him as a governor. This ended with the arrest of the prince, who was imprisoned in Quetta Jail. He
was later sentenced to ten years of rigorous imprisonment.
After this Nawab Nowroz Khan (1958) took up arms in resistance to the One Unit policy. He
and his followers were charged with treason and arrested and confined in Hyderabad jail. Five of his
family members (sons and nephews) were subsequently hanged. Nawab Nowroz Khan later died in
captivity. Later on the more serious insurgency happened in 1963-69 led by Sher Mohammad
Bijarani Marri against he establishment of Pakistan Army's garrisons in the troubled areas of
Balochistan . And the fourth conflict in 1973·77 was led by Nawab Khair Baksh Marri.
Undoubtedly, this was provoked by Mr Bhutto's arrogance and federal impatience, high handedness
and undemocratic conduct.
The current scenario for the conflict in Balochistan started building up when the federal
authorities in Pakistan started developing Gwadar Port with road and rail links. The development
projects of the coastal highway and the Gwadar port have been also opposed tooth and nail by Baloch
nationalists. Balochi resistance to defy government's efforts to start Gwadar was based on the charge
that it will change Balochi ethnic culture. Balochi disaffection grew more in the aftermath of the
attack on the Taliban in Afghanistan and the establishment of US bases in Pasni, Gwadar, Dalbandin
and Jacobabad in Sindh. This was not so much because of the US military presence, but because the
then administration decided to establish some army cantonments in Balochistan. During the eight
years of Musharraf s military rule in Pakistan, the absence of political process that is necessary to deal
with the insurgencies resulted in the further alienation of even moderate Baloch nationalist from the
Federation of Pakistan. It shut the doors of negotiation process with the Baloch Leaders. This conflict
became more intense, in 2006 when Nawab Bugti, the Baloch tribal leader and ex chief minister and
governor of Balochistan was killed in an army operation. He had been accused by Pakistan's
government for series of bomb blasts, killings of his own people and mainly the rocket attack on the
then President of Pakistan. He was lauded as a leader of Baloch by the nationalists who had died
fighting for their cause and was turned into a hero.
During this time the political parties did not play their role to raise the issues of deprivation and
neglect at the serious level. This was not limited to the ruling parties; unfortunately opposition also
ignored the Balochistan issue. In the All Parties Conference that was held in 2007, to plan a collective
 172

line of action to deal with the different problems faced by Pakistan, the Balochistan problem was not
even included in the agenda. Close analysis tell us that the Baloch nationalist movement is not a
unitary force that it may appear. There is not much love lost between the leading tribes involved in the
insurgency. There is no single voice which can claim to speak for all. There is no coherent second tier
middle class leadership, despite increased support in die Baloch areas. In fact, the middle classes may
still be on the side of moderate federally inclined Baloch politicians. For some Baloch nationalism
only means tribal identity such as Marri or Bugti, at best. Some Baloch nationalists demand complete
independence. Most, still believe that 1973 Constitution is the most workable basis for a
'reconstructed and strengthened' federalism, and all they want is greater autonomy.
Therefore, while it is true that anti-state violence has been the chosen tactic of some, for the
great majority, federal framework stays the chosen method to address grievances. The danger as we
mentioned earlier are two-fold. The educated middle class in Baloch towns has started rallying behind
nationalists and even Sardars. These sardars will never deliver but like all other Pakistanis, they are
being fooled into utopian idealism. Second various vested local, national and international interests are
trying to take advantage of this situation. Steven Metz has persuasively argued that contemporary
insurgency has undergone fundamental change in its strategic context, structure, and dynamics. He
asserted that this requires Pakistan's federal and provincial governments to adopt "a very different
way of thinking about counterinsurgency. The real threat posed by insurgency, he observes, is the
sustained conflict leading to political destabilization and related socio political pathologies.
'Protracted conflict," he declares, "not insurgent victory, is the threat.
To summarise the nationalist's complaints are mix of old and new. Older complaints consist of
lack of autonomy, exploitation of resources and lack of development. In addition since then, the new
complaints are that hundreds of people are missing in action and there has been a silent war that
nationalists allege state is waging upon them. Above analysis make two things absolutely clear. One
that there is virtually no chance that the problems confronting Islamabad arising from the current
resurgence of Baloch nationalism can be swept aside. While the actual scale of the rebellion may be a
matter of considerable controversy, the danger is present and clear; and the reasons underlying it are
genuine and real. Second, there is considerable avenue of hope with majority still willing to work
within the state framework and through political methods.
The remedy is to get the ordinary Balochs out of militant mindset and back to political grounds.
As long as Pakistan has gas supply, there will always be a flash point for a sharp controversy between
Islamabad and Baloch nationalists. Therefore, the security of this supply for Pakistan is top of the
agenda. Baloch insurgency directly threatens this energy security. Robert Wirsing points out that this
context is related to Baloch nationalism in at least three ways. One is that Balochistan is rich in energy
resources. The most persistent and long-standing grievance that nationalists have is that these
resources have been exploited by the central government without adequate compensation to the
province. Second, Balochistan is a transit route for major proposed natural gas pipelines from either
Iran or Turkmenistan to Pakistan and from there potentially to India. Baloch militant attacks are a
major threat to any such undertaking. Third, Gwadar is the site of a major port facility and energy hub.
There has been a series of target killings of settlers. Nationalist militant group in Balochistan
are targeting and killing 'settler' educationists, doctors, professionals and such like. The people from
other provinces who had come to work as low earning wage workers are being forced to migrate. This
violence is pushing the province to further backwardness through skill and brain drain. These settlers
in Balochistan all over Pakistan stand for the ethnic unity of all communities who are being targeted to
destabilize the provincial capital.
 173

In general, people are terrorized to the extent that they do not go out freely. Women and
children are scared and feel themselves insecure. The major fallout of Baloch militants' violence to be
mass migration from Balochistan of Punjabi· and Urdu-speaking people, who mostly live in Quetta.
The already deprived province will not be able to fill the gap. Recently, over 70 professors in
Balochistan University applied to be relieved so that they can work in other provinces, following the
brutal killing of ProfNazima Talib. In other words if this happens, Balochistan University will simple
shut down. The insurgent groups and their supporters are brain-washing the general people through
negative ponri!.yal of the role of state against Balochi people.
The rec"'1tly announced Aghaz-e-Huqooq·e-Balochistan package and the passage of the 18th
amendment 1u \lie constitution include most of the measures for reviving a good relationship of the
state with Balotn people. But to eliminate the trust deficit of Baloch people the most important thing
for the government is to act now for the implementation of the devised measures.
The package has five dimensions. These relate to actions and measures in Constitutional, Political,
Administrative and Econ01nic matters and finally the Monitoring Mechanism. Here is the summary:
The basic points of this package include withdrawal of Army from Sui and Kohlu area, halting
the cantonments in the areas, replacing of Army by F.C; Inquiry in the death of Nawab Akbar Bugti
and also into the murder of other Balochistan leaders such as Lala Munir or Ghulam Muhammad and
fact finding in the ongoing current target killing in the province. It also includes settling the royalty
issue worth Rs 120 billion which goes back to I 954 and will be paid on a period of 12 years, and a
better formula development in the current NFC award.
The release of missing persons in Balochistan, bringing the missing persons to courts,
especially the ones that are involved in crimes would be provided with lawyers in assistance by the
government, the issue of missing persons will be sor)ed within 7 days of the bill. It also includes the
working and mechanism for the development of the Gwadar Development Authority; which will be
under the supervision of the Chief Minister and seven other members from the province will form the
board of governors that will nominate a Chairman. The package also announces the creation of extra
5,000 jobs for the Balochistan people in the government, semi-government and other such
organizations.A free economic zone will be created in Gawadar; where all the posts will be filled by
the locals from I to 22 Balochistan: Problems and Solutions I 6 scales on merit. And for the
development of the Gawadar most of the local qualified contractors will be given preference. There
shall be uniform price of gas throughout the country for calculation of the gas development surcharge.
Special incentives would be given to the local tribes in the Kohlu district to facilitate the exploration
of the gas in the area. The federal government would provide one billion rupees for rehabilitation and
settlement of the !DPs from Dera Bugti. Unfortunately this much awaited package did not bring in any
immediate relief to the people struck with turmoil and strife. It took government good one and a half
year to bring this out and yet within 24 hours it had been rejected by most of the Nawabs and local
leaders of the Balochistan.
Besides, the government has to adopt a multi-pronged anti-insurgency strategy to placate the
Baloch poeple. The use of force will not lead to a peaceful solution. History is witness to the fact that
suppression further ignites such movements. The situation calls for strongest possible political will to
deliver and implement the solution among all concerned. It is true that insurgency still does not
command the majority support. This fact must be capitalized on. By taking serious and urgent socio
economic measure and by providing justice and fair play as basis of governance, the back of the
insurgency can be broken. There is still an attitude among the Pakistanis establishment led by military
 174

that insurgency depends on some individuals. This is no longer the case and grass root support has
widened in past few years. This can only be .countered by urgent and fair governance.
This can be achieved if the federal government, in conjunction with the provincial government,
applies the will to ensure that the legitimate rights of the people of Balochistan are granted and
delivered immediately.
In this regard following steps can be considered;
1. Government should draw out a clear cut policy giving due share in natural resources to the
province.
2. The revenue from the developmental projects in Balochistan must be spent on its
development.
3. Development work should be carried out in the fields of infrastructure development, water
for irrigation and drinking, education, health, energy and productive economic activity.
4. The delivery system of basic social services like health, education, water and sanitation needs
to be strengthened and easily accessible to common people.
5. Royalties, duties. development surcharges and other levies owed to the province by the
centre must be paid on fair basis.
6. Pakistan Army should also make its image better in that province. The government must
implement the plans of canceling the constructing cantonments away from the border region.
There must be no unnecessary presence of military forces in the province.
7. Pakistan Army should run a recruitment drive for Baloch.
8. On the political level, the government must involve the political and nationalist groups in the
mainstream politics. The Baloch leaders must be engaged by the political leadership to
neutralise the extremist/separatist segments of their groups.
9. The Baloch must be given due representation in state institutions.
10. Balochistan's cities, towns and villages should be given priority and preference for Sui gas,
minerals, and other basic necessities of life.
1I. Judiciary should play its role- SC must act as to ensure justice in the province and the
provision of basic national rights to the Baloch people in capacity of equal Pakistanis.
12. Action is needed on the missing persons form federal executive and judiciary
13. Peace and rule of law must be ensured. As an ancillary point this must not be used as an
excuse to perpetrate state sanctioned crimes.
14. Governance and Economic Management Programmes should be developed and implemented.
15. Budgetary controls should be given to Local Bodies, with nominated Official in order to
ensure the benefits reaches at the grass root levels.
16. Provincial government should tackle, education, health, housing, law and order, security,
communication, roads and transport as top most priority.
17. The long-held fear of the Baloch people that investors may take their resources away needs to
be addressed by the safeguard investment policies of assurance by the government.
18. The Baloch Nationalists, if sincere with a peaceful resolution of the years old conflict, must
negotiate the issues with the political leadership in order to resolve the conflicts.
19. By creating major opportunities-specifically, by turning Balochistan into an important
energy conduit in the region--to address Baloch nationalist demands in a positive and
mutually acceptable manner.
The central government and the establishment should stop seeing this as a foreign instigated
phenomenon only, as was done in die case of East Pakistan. This mind set will surely lead to more
destruction. The need now is to acknowledge the grievances and deal with them directly, immediately
 175

and effectively in a political framework delivered by transparent and fully empowered political forces.
While there can be an opinion about whether such a solution is a tall order or not, the,~ can be no two
opinions that this is the only way out of the Baloch insurgency. On their part the moderate Baloch
forces need to create clear blue water between them and nationalist insurgents and need to challenge
the militants' search for an "ideal Balochistan" where ethnic minorities would have no place or which
brings death and destruction at an unimaginable scale just to satisfy egos of certain arrogant sardars or
fulfil dreams of certain international powers.
The history of relationship between centre and Balochistan shows a long story of political
inaptitude, economic exploitation and unfulfilled promises. State, being the major runner of the
national affairs, is to be held responsible more than anyone else for causing the crisis. Centre in its
successive policies and measures have overlooked the sociological and anthropological peculiarities of
Balochistan people and harsh economic realities under which they pass their lives and which over 60
years have given birth to deprivation. Above all, the negligence of the development needs created
massive despair in Balochistan people.
In Short there are three components to the comprehensive solution to Balochistan problem.
Firstly, recognition of the legitimate demands of Baloch people and assessment of the ground
reality;
Secondly, developments of sound policies and plans that would address the economic
deprivation and sociopolitical issues and empower people;
Thirdly, immediate, direct, accountable and transparent delivery through provincial and local
governors.
For further detail: Balochistan Package
The full text ofBalochistan package as presented in Parliament on Nov 24, 2009.
Preamble
"CONSCIOUS, that the Provinces have a sense of depravation, in the political and economic
structures of the Federation;
Recalling, that the provisions of the I 973 Constitution in particular relating to the Federation -
Province relationship have been circumvented;
Stating that the financial assistance given by the present federal government in terms of Rs. 4.6
billion PSDP support, Rs. 2.8 billion paid as arrears of royalty for Uch - pending since 1995, Rs. 17.5
billion overdraft of Balochistan written off, realizing that this is not a substitute to provincial
autonomy;
Acknowledging, that the question of provincial autonomy needs to be revisited and the
ownership of the Provinces over their resources reasserted in the Constitution; MINDFUL, of the
tumultuous history of the Province of Balochistan in the affairs of the Federation; PLACING ON
Record that the present Federal Government has withdrawn cases and released political workers and
helped in identifying the places of detention and release of some of the missing persons;
Determined, to correct the wrongs of history, by conferring the political, economic and cultural
rights of the Provinces, so that the Federation may blossom, and; RECALLING, the documents made
from time to time, namely The Shaheed Mohtarma Benazir Bhutto Reconciliation Committee Papers,
the Interim Reports of the Wasim Sajjad and Mushahid Hussain Sayed committees of the
 176

Parliamentary Committee on Balochistan, headed by Chaudhary Shujaat proposals made by the Chief
Secretary Balochistan and the proposals of Mian Raza Rabbani.
The following "'Proposals" are made:

A. Constitution related matters

1. Constitutional Reform: In terms of the Resolutions passed by Parliament the Speaker has
constituted a Parliamentary Committee. The said Committee has commenced work of
considering various amendments in the Constitution, including on provincial autonomy, this
should be immediately addressed;
2. Constitutional Reform: The quantum, form and scope of provincial autonomy will be
determined by the Parliamentary Committee on Constitutional Reforms which represents all
shades of political opinion in Parliament. The following provisions of the Constitution on
provincial autonomy are under consideration of the Committee; (i) Deletion of the
Concurrent List from the Fourth Schedule of the Constitution; (ii) Deletion of the Police
Order, 2002 and The Balochistan Local Government Ordinance 200 I from the Sixth
Schedule of the Constitution; (iii) Effective implementation of Article 153 of the
Constitution, Council of Common Interests; (iv) Implementation of Article 160 of the
Constitution, NFC Award; (v) Implementation of Articles 154, 155, 156, 157, 158 and 159 of
the Constitution.
3. Restructuring of the NFC Award Criteria: In the past the fonnula was based on population.
This has been changed and other criteria such as inverse population ratio, backwardness,
poverty and resource generation need to be taken into consideration.
B. Politically related matters
4. Release of Political Workers: The Federal Government in consultation with the Provincial
Government should immediately release all political workers, except those charged under
heinous crimes;
S. Political Dialogue: Immediate to the acceptance of all the proposals contained herein,
initiation of a political dialogue with all major stakeholders in the political spectrum of the
Province, to bring them into the mainstream politics.
6. Return of Exiles: The political exiles who return to Pakistan will be facilitated. (Except those
involved in acts of terrorism).
7. Provincial Assembly Resolutions: The unanimously passed Resolutions of the Assembly
from 2002 till date related to the Province be implemented within the legal framework of the
Constitution.
8. Local Government: The Balochistan Local Government Ordinance needs to be amended by
the Provincial Government {<:eeping in view the administrative needs of the Province.
C. Administratively ;.,lated matters
9. Operations by Federal Agencies: The Federal Government should immediately review the
role of Federal Agencies in the Province and stop all such operations that are not related to
the pursuit of fighting terrorism;
IO. Construction of Cantomnents: The Federal Government should announce, that the presence
of the army in Sui will be withdrawn and replaced by the FC in pursuit of peace in the
present situation. Proposals should not be formulated for the construction of new
Cantonments except in frontier areas, wherever required;
 177

11. Commission: A Commission should be constituted in respect of the missing persons. The
Commission should be headed by sitting member of the Superior Judiciary from Baloc!i.istan,
including the Federal Defence, Interior Ministers and the Home Minister of the Province. The
proceedings of such a Commission shall be held in camera.
12. Missing Persons: The names of missing persons be identified and following actions be taken
immediately, after verification, in any case, if Ibey are found to be in custody. (i) Those persons
against whom there are no charges be released. (ii) Those persons against whom there are charges
be brought before a Court of competent jurisdiction within seven days for trial (effective from the
date of promulgation of Commission). (iii) Such persons be allowed legal consul of their ch01ce.
the Government should assist them in this regard in accordance with law. (iv) Family members
of such persons be informed accordingly and allowed visiting rights.
13. Judicial Inquiry: Judicial inquiry by the superior judiciary b~ ordered by the Federal
Government to inquire into : a. Murder of Baloch political • workers namely Ghulam
Muhammad, Lala Munir and Munir Ahmed. b.Target killing in the Pro··ince.
14. Nawab Akbar Bugti Shaheed: A fact finding Commission headed by a retired Judge of the
Supreme/High Court be constituted, to determine the circumstances leading to the death of
Nawab Akbar Bugti Shaheed.
15. New Arn1y Cantonments: Construction of new Cantornnents in Sui and Kohlu be stopped for
the tin'le being. Army will be withdrawn from Sui after handing over the duties to FC. FC
will also takeover the already constructed Cantonment at Sui.
16. Conversion Of "B" Areas Into "A" Areas: In view of the decision of the Provincial
Government, the policy of conversion of "B" areas into "A" areas may be reviewed from
time to time. Urban areas may have regular police.
17. The Role Of Civil Armed Forces: (i) Frontier Corps; The role of the FC in law enforcement
shall be under the Chief Minister of the Province. The powers conferred under the Customs
Act shall be withdrawn, (ii) Coast Guard; The CG should perform its pnmary duty of
checking smuggling of anns and narcotics along the coast and the border. The check posts
established beyond their territorial limits as prescribed under the law shall be dismantled. An
exercise of delimitation of the border areas needs to be undertaken by the Federal
Government, Provincial Government and the Frontier Corp to give effect to the aforesaid.
18. Check Posts: The various check posts established by the civil armed forces and other related
agencies, other than border areas should be in accordance with the directions of the
Provincial Goven1ment.
19. Judicial Inquiry: There should be a judicial enquiry by the Superior judiciary into the
allotment of land at Gwadar,
20. Flood Relief: Some monies are due on the Federal Government for the flood affected people
of Balochistan, these amounts should be released.
21. Education: Balochistan be given a special quota of scholarships by the Higher Education
Commission so that students of the Province can pursue studies leading up to local or foreign
Masters and PhDs.
D. Economically related matters
22. Rationalization of the Royalty Formula:
(i) Rationalization of the Royalty fommla and the Gas Development Surcharge have been
done,
 178

(ii) (it) The concept of Public-Private ownership in the areas of a District granted for
exploration should be followed. Where contracts are awarded, the said District should
be giren 15% of revenue to be received by the Provincial Government,
(iii) Due representation should be given to the Province on the Boards of the PPL; OGDC
and Sui Southern Gas,
(iv) Distribution companies should be obligated under contract/law to provide on priority
basis gas to the District where it is explored,
(v) In case of a successful find the Federal Government shall spend an amount equivalent
to 103/o of the net profits on development projects in the area. The ascertainment of
profits shall be open to scrutiny by independent/third party auditors,
(vi) The Federal Government has released the accrued Production Bonus to the Districts
producing oil and gas. This policy will be strictly implemented.
23. Mega Projects: (i) All new megs projects to be initiated with the consent and approval of the
Provincial Government. The share of the Province in its profits/benefits to be assured in the
contact/agreement, (ii) The concept of Public-Private ownership in such projects to be
followed where ever possible, (iii) In Gwadar there shall be a free economic zone and
political activities in the said zone may be regulated by an appropriate law to be framed in
consultation with all the stakeholders, (iv) In Gwadar all, or as far as possible, appointments
in BS- I to 16, should be from the local population, (v) In Gwadar the local youth should be
provided technical trainmg and absorbed in GPA, GOA and Special Economic Zone, (vi)
Preference should be given to the qualified local contractors while awarding contracts related
to the Port, (vii) Compensation and reallocation of all those fishermen, who are being
displaced due to the Gwadar Port must be finalized immediately, (ix) The two jetties agreed
to be constructed for the fishermen on the Eastern and Western Bays be constructed, (x) A
fisheries training center as required to be established wider the 9th Five Year Plan for
Balochistan be constructed, (xi) A portion of the revenue collected by the Gwadar Port
Authority be allocated for the development of the Province, (xii) The Chief Minister shall be
the Ex-Officio Chainnan of the Gwadar Development Authority and there shall be seven
members from the Province on the Board of Directors, (xiii) The Provincial Government of
Balochistan will nominate a person duly qualified to be the Chairman of the Gwadar
Development Authority.
24. SUI: (i) There should be a special development package for the area. (ii) The armed forces
should be systematically withdrawn from the area.
25. Employment Opportunities: (a) The Federal Government will create, with immediate effect,
five thousand additional jobs for the Province, (b) (i) The quota for the province as
prescribed in the rules/law for employment in Government (specially foreign service), semi
government, autonomous/semi autonomous, corporations and bodies must be strictly
complied with. Deficiency if any, needs to be met in a proactive manner, (ii) The Overseas
Employment Foui1dation needs to facilitate the recruitment of skilled or unskilled labour for
employment aboard, (iii) The local people living along the coast who meet the criteria should
be given jobs in the Coast Guards, (iv) The monitoring of the aforesaid shall be the
responsibility of the Standing Committee for Establishment, Senate of Pakistan.
26. Gas Development Surcharge: The Federal Government agrees to pay the arrears of Gas
Development Surcharge from 1954 to 1991. This is a total ~m:;unt of Rs. 120 billion payable
in 12 years.
 179

27. Ownership in oil and gas companies: In Organizations such as PPL. OGDCL and Sui
Southern the Province will be able to purchase up to 20% of the right shares when offered m
the open market.
28, Sandak Project: The Federal Government from its 30% shares in the project will inunediately
give 20% to the Province. On completion of the project and when the foreign company
withdraws the project shall be owned exclusively by the Province.
29. Uniform Price of Gas: There shall be a uniform price of gas throughout the couptry for the
purpose of calculation of GOS.
30. Fishing Trawlers: Fishing trawlers should be restricted to the authorized limits of 33
kilometers from the coast. This will help promote the small fishennen.
31. Kohlu District: Special incentives should be given to the local tribes to facilitate explorat,on
in the area which continues to be closed due to security concerns.
32. Poverty Alleviation: In all poverty alleviation schemes, the allocation of the Province shoLld
be proportional to the percentage of people living below the poverty line.
33. Profit Sharing In Existing Agreements: (i) It is proposed that existing agreements on projects
such as SANDAK, REKODJC and others where agreements have already been negotiated,
the Federal Government may reconsider the agreements concerning the sharing of income,
profits or royalty between the Federal Government and the Provincial Government.
34. Dera Bugti Internally Displaced Persons: The Federal Government for the rehabilitation and
settlement of the !DPs shall provide a sum of Rs. one billion.
35. Water Management: The Federal Government shall immediately undertake schemes which
include the construction of small dams throughout the province but particularly in the
districts of Quella, Pasheen, Qila Abdullah, Qita Saifullah, Zhob etc.
E. Monitoring mechanism
36. Parliamentary Com,nittee on National Security: It is proposed that the Federal Government,
Provincial Government and other Departments/agencies involved in the implementation of
the proposals shal' brief the Parliamentary Committee on National Secunty on the status of
implementation OJJ a monthly bases.
37. Parliament: The Federal Government and the Provincial Government shall every three
mont11s lay a report before both Houses of Parlian1ent, separately, on the state of
implementatio1, of the proposals. The two Houses shall separately allocate arpropriate time
.for discussion on the said report.
38. TI1e Standin~ Committee on Establishment Of The Senate Of Pakistan: The Standing Committee
on bstabhsr ment of the Senate of Pakistan shall pr asent a report every three months on Item No.
25. The Cl.airman Senate, after the report has been laid m the Sen:ctc, transnut the same to 11,.,
Speaker, l\at,onal Assembly of Pakistan, for in:Om1ation of that House.
39. Certificauon: The Federal Mimstu for Inter Provincial Coordina1ion shall at the end o!~ each
finaflcial year certify to both the Houses of Parliament separately, the amount of monies
spent for the implementation of these proposals.
 FOREIGN POLICY OF PAKISTAN
OUTLINE

CJ 1947-53: Establishing relations with the world

• Foundations of the Foreign Policy
• Relations with India
• Relations with Afghanistan
• Security imperatives
• Relations with USA and U.S.S.R.
• Relations with Muslim Countries
D 1953-62: Alignment with the West
• Alignment with the West
• Mutual Defense Assistance Agreement
• SEATO
• The Baghdad Pact/ CENTO
• Defense and economic assistance from the US
• Cost of alignment with the West
• Relations with China
D 1962-71: Transition
• Rethinking about the Alignment Policy
• Improving relations with the Soviet Union
• Improving relations with China
• Diminishing ties with the US
• Pluralistic perspective
• Relations with India
• Crisis in East Pakistan and international response
D I 972-79: Bilateralism and Nonalignment
• Pak-India Relations: towards improvement
• Strengthening of ties with major powers
• Nuclear technology and relations with the US
• Pakistan and the Muslim World
 181

D 1980-90: Afghaniptan and Partnership with the United States

• Soviet invasion of Afghanistan
• Revival of Pakistan-US Relations
• Pakistan-China Relations
• Pakistan and the OIC
• Pakistan-India: a policy of dialogues
• The Geneva Accords on Afghanistan
• Post-withdrawal Problems
0 1990-2001: Post Cold War Era and Pakistan's Dilemmas
• Another drift in Pak-US Relations
• Continuation of the Afghanistan problem
• Insurgency in Kashmir
• Going nuclear
0 2001 Onwards: Counter Terrorism
• September 11 and fight against Terrorism
• Increased US Support
• Detente with India
• Pakistan's Relations with China and Russia
• Muslim World and Pakistan
• Transfer of Nuclear Technology
• Real Challenges
0 Issues in foreign policy of Pakistan

0 Concluding Observations
 182

ESSAY
Pakistan is a major participant in the global efforts to curb transnational terrorism initiated after
the terrorist attacks in the United States in September 2001. This enhanced Pakistan's strategic
relevance for the major powers, especially the United States, which cultivated Pakistan for combating
terrorism and ensuring peace and stability in the post-Taliban Afghanistan. They also wanted that the
Taliban and Al-Qaeda activists, formerly based in Afghanistan, did not create safe havens in Pakistani
· territory with the support of their Pakistani sympathesizers.
Pakistan has not always been so relevant to global politics. Its strategic relevance has varied
over time which had implicatious for Pakistan's role at the international level and the foreign policy
options available to its policy makers. This briefing paper examines the changing patterns of
Pakistan's foreign policy and how ,ts position and role in international and regional politics has varied
over time.
Pakistan recognizes that it is neither possible nor advisable to stay in isolation in the present
Jay interdependent and complex international system. It needs to interact with other states,
international and regional organizati,,ns and supranational actors in order to protect and promote its
national interests and sovereign identity. Pakistan also collaborates with other states in order to cope
with the issues of global dimensions like environment, population, poverty and underdevelopment,
energy. human migrations and refugees, drugs, and terrorism.
l lespite pursuing a pro-active foreign policy Pakistan does not have the ambition and capacity
to assume the role of a global or regional power. Its activism reflects a realization that such a policy
facilities the realization of International support and resources for its domestic socio-economic
developm< nt, helps to regulate the inputs from the external enviromnent into the internal context, and
contributes to strengthening security and territorial integrity which are the principal concerns of
Pakistan's foreign policy.
The major focus of Pakistan's foreign policy is security against external and mternal
challenges to its national identity, territorial integrity and independence. Another foreign policy
interest is the cultivation of close and brotherly relations with the Muslim states. Pakistan highlights
sovereign equality of states, bilateralism, mutuality of interests, and non-interference in each other's
domestic affairs as the cardinal features of its foreign policy. Pakistan firn1ly believes that 11 has to
work within the norms and institutions of the international system but 1! supports their restructuring
for bringing them in 1ine with the realities currently obtaining m the International system. Pakistan,
therefore, maintains a strong faith in the principles enunciated in the United Nations Charter and
takes an active part in the deliberations of the UN and other International and regional
organizations. Pakistan also identifies with the political and economic concerns of the developing
countries. Other leading foreign policy goals include support to the right of self determination for
the subjugated nations, oppositions to apartheid and the remnants of colonialism, peaceful
resolution of inter-state disputes, arms control and nuclear non-proliferation, and promotion of
peace and stability through international and regional cooperation.
The principle strategies and mechanisms to pursue these foreign policy goals have varied over
time. These changes help to identity the major phases in Pakistan's foreign policy. Though each phase
is characterized by a set of major themes and operational strategies, these overlap and reflect
continuity and change.
The major phases of Pakistan's foreign policy are:
 183

(a) 1947-53: Explorations and friendship with all

(b} 1953-62: Alignment with the West
(c) 1962-71: Transition
(d} 1972-79: Bilateralism and nonalignment
(e} 1980-90: Afghanistan and Partnership with the U.S.
(I) 1990-200 I: Post-Cold War Era and Pakistan's Dilemmas
(g) 2001 onwards: Pakistan and Counter Terrorism
Quaid-i-Azam Mohammad Ali Jinnah, the founder of Pakistan and its first Governor-General.
gave two special talks on radio to introduce Pakistan to the people of the United States and Australia.
He expressed a strong desire to develop friendly ties with other states on the eve of his meeting with
the special representative of the King of Afghanistan in December 1947. Similar views v.ere
expressed when the first ambassadors of Burma (January 1948), France (January 1948), the Cnited
States (February 1948), Turkey (March 1948) and Afghanistan (May 1948) presented their
credentials. Outlining the goals of foreign policy, Jinnah declared:
"Our foreign policy is one of friendliness and goodwill towards the nations of the world. We do
not cherish aggressive designs against any country or nation. We believe in the principle of honesty
and fair-play in national and international dealings and are prepared to make our utmost contribution
to the promotion of peace and prosperity among the nations of the world. Pakistan will never be found
lacking in extending its material and moral support to the oppressed and suppressed peoples of the
world, and in upholding the principles o'."the United Nations Charter."
Pakistan joined the United Natirns on September 30 1947, as a new member and stayed in the
Commonwealth. Its leadership establis.1ed contacts with other states, emphasizing friendship with all,
promotion of peace and harmony, support for liberation of the colonized people, and a strict
observance of the principles of international conduct as enshrined in the UN Charter.
The early years of independence were dominated by Pakistan's problems with India on the one
hand, and the efforts to introduce the new state to the world community on the other. The problems it
developed with India in the immediate aftermath of independence left an indelible impact on its
foreign policy and built hostility a'nd distrust into Pakistan-India relations. Most of these problems
were the product of the partition process, as set out in the 3rd June 1947 Plan and the Indian
Independence Act, July 1947. These included, interalia, the division of the funds and other assets of
the British Indian government, including arms, equipment and stores of the British Indian military; the
large scale killing of people at the time of independence and the subsequent communal riots; the
religious minorities in the two states; the disposal of evacuee property; the river-water dispute; and
bilateral trade. These disputes were coupled with controversies about the accession of the princely
states of Junagadh, Hyderabad, and Jammu and Kashmir, and the outbreak of the first Kashu, r war
(1947-48). The ill-will generated by these problems was reinforced by the concentration of Indian
troops on the border in the Punjab in I 950-51, when an armed conflict was narrowly averted. 0 1 top
of this were the statements of a number of Indian leaders, including those belonging to the ruling
Congress party, regretting the establishment of Pakistan; some even talked about the reunificatwn of
India and Pakistan.
What cor.1pounded Pakistan's security concerns were Afghanistan's irredentist ;!aims on
Pakist~ni territory. Refusing to recognize Pakistan's sovereignty over Khyber Pukhtunkhwa IKPK)
and Balochistan, the Afghanistan government made divergent claims on these provinces, which
ranged from a demand for the right of self detennination for Pushtuns!Pathans living in Pakistan and
establishment of an independent state comprising Khyber Pukhtunkhwa and Balochistan. to the
incorporation of parts of these provinces into Afghanistan. India endorsed Afghanistan's iJTedentist
 184

claims on Pakistan, and, in the mid-1950s. the Soviet Union extended a similar support to Afghanistan
in retaliation to Pakistan's participation in US sponsored defense pacts. Pakistan's policy makers felt
threatened by the spectre of Soviet backed lndo-Afghan military pressure, if not a full-fledged attack
on ns western and eastern borders. The security against such potential threats emerged as the cardinal
concern of Pakistan.
The security imperatives led the policy makers to pay special attention to the reorganization of
the am1ed forces that Pakistan inherited after the division of the British Indian military. Almost all
units of the armed forces were regrouped and a new org.,.nizational and administrative network had to
be created for them. Pakistan purchased some weapons and military equipment from a number of
Western states for modernization of the three services of the armed forces. British officers were
retained and some Pakistani officers were sent to Great Britain and other Commonwealth states for
training. However, the pace of modernization was rather slow until Pakistan joined the West-
sponsored security pacts in 1954-55.
Pakistan started with an independent foreign policy and cultivated relations with the United
States, the Soviet Union, and China. 111e United States felicitated the establishment of Pakistan and
the ambassadorial level relations were resumed in February 1948. The Soviet attitude towards the
establishment of Pakistan was indifferent. Though Pakistan and the Soviet Union agreed to establish
diplomatic relations in April 1948, it was not until December 1949 that Pakistan's first ambassador
resumed his assignment in Moscow. The Soviet ambassador took up his position in Karachi in March
1950. Pakistan was the first Muslim country to recognize the People's Republic of China in the first
week of January 1950. The ambassadors of China and Pakistan presented their credentials in
September and November 1951 respectively.
An opportunity to change Soviet indifference knocked in June 1949, when the Soviet Union
invited Pakistan's first Prime Minister, Liaquat Ali Khan, for an official visit. The invitation was
accepted but the visit did not materialise. Instead, Liaquat Ali Khan visited the United States in May
1950, and his speeches and statements during this visit manifested a strong pro-West disposition of the
Pakistan government. The Soviet leadership was unhappy over Liaquat Ali Khan's decision not to visit
the Soviet Union.
Pakistan attached importance to its relations with the Muslims countries. It actively
championed the cause of the Muslims all over the world and wor~ed towards promoting harmony and
cooperation amongst the Muslim states. It sponsored several unofficial conferences for cultivating a
broad-based consensus on setting up an organization representing all Muslim states. The leaders of
most Muslim states did not show interest in establishing an international forum of the Muslim states.
Some Muslim states ignored Pakistan's initiative; other extended a cautious approval; still others did
not favour the idea. Indonesia and Egypt had strong reservations about Pakistan's efforts to promote
urnty in the Muslim world. Afghanistan was also not prepared to endorse Pakistan's efforts. Pakistani
leadership was disappointed by the response of the Muslim leaders. Pakistan was, however, able to
cultivate very cordial relations with Iran, Turkey and Saudi Arabia. With other Muslim relations,
Pakistan's relations could be described as a routine relationship.
The second phase of Pakistan's foreign policy was characterised by a transition from an
independent foreign policy to a multifaceted alignment with the West. Pakistan entered into a number
of security arrangements with the United States and obtained economic and military assistance from
that source which entangled Pakistan in the Cold War between the US and the Soviet Union.
Pakistan's alignment policy was shaped primarily by its acute sense of insecurity within the regional
context. Pakistan's security problems primarily with India and secondarily with Afghanistan were
catalyst to Pakistan's frantic search for allies. The deepening economic crisis in the early 1950s also
 185

contributed to this decision. In early 1952, the prices of jute and cotton began to drop in the
International market which adversely affected Pakistan's foreign trade. The foreign exchange earnings
and gold and sterling reserves dwindled. Pakistan was also faced with a serious shortage of wheat in
1952-53. The United States came for Pakistan's rescue by offering a gift of wheat in 1953 which
helped to overcome food shortages and built a lot of goodwill in Pakistan for the donor.
Several other factors pushed Pakistan towards alignment with the United States. Pakistan
suffered from a sense of isolation in the World. The efforts to promote unity in the Muslim World
were not making headway. It also became clear that the UN and the Commonwealth would not
facilitate the solution of the Pakistan-India problems, especially the Kashmir dispute.
The choice of the United Stales was not surprising. Apart from the US willingness to offer
assistance as a part of its global strategy for the containment of Communism, Pakistan leaders had
already given ample evidence of their pro-West disposition. Their distrust of the Soviet Union was
quite known which was reinforced by the unearthing of a pro-Soviet 'Rawalpindi Conspiracy' (1951)
to dislodge the government in Pakistan. Liaquat Ali Khan's successors were politically weak and they
thought that American economic and military aid would reinforce their position in the body politic.
The top-brass of the military made a significant contribution towards building Pakistan-U .S.
relationship. They put their weight in favour of the United States because, in their opinion, the West
was more advanced in economic and technical fields and that the West had sufiicient resources and
determination to support its allies.
In February 1954, Pakistan agreed on the US initiative to develop close cooperation with
Turkey in the political, economic and cultural spheres. A formal Turkey-Pakistan Agreement was
signed in April 1954, followed by a Mutual Defense Assistance Agreement between the United States
and Pakistan in May. The Unites States agreed to provide military equipment, training facilities and
other related services to enable Pakistan to maintain "its international security, its legitimate self-
defense or to permit it to participate in the defense of a area or in the United Nations collective
security arrangements and measures." Pakistan was obliged not to use the assistance provided under
this agreement for undertaking "any act of aggression against any other nation." It could not use this
assistance for purposes other than those specified in the agreement.
In September 1954, Pakistan joined the South East Asia Treaty Organization (SEATO) or the
Manila Pact. Its members (Australia, France, Great Britain, New Zealand, Pakistan, Philippines,
Thailand and the U.S.) undertook to develop capacity "to resist attack and counter subversive
activities" and promote operation for "economic progress and social well being." They pledged that an
am1ed aggression or threat to territorial integrity of a member state would be considered a threat to all,
and that they would consult each other in order to meet such a challenge. The United States made it
clear that the SEATO pledge applied only to communist aggression or subversion. Pakistan's plea to
include all kinds of aggression was not accepted.
One year later (September 1955) Pakistan joined the Baghdad Pact (renamed CENTO in 1959
after Iraq's withdrawal). Pakistan attached greater importance to this pact because it involved three
Muslim states, i.e. Iraq (up to 1959), Turkey and Iran. Great Britain was also its member; the United
States maintained close links with it and participated in its military committee. The members of the
Baghdad Pact agreed to cooperate with each other in the field of defense and security. The United
States made it clear that its participation in the military committee and assistance for strengthening the
defensive capability of the member states pertained "solely to communist menace and [carried] no
connotations with respect to intra-area matters."
 186

A Bilateral Agreement of Cooperation was signed between Pakistan and the United States in
March 1959, as an executive understanding. Its preamble declared that the United States regarded "as
vital to its national interest and to world peace, the preservation of independence and integrity of
Pakistan." Article 2 of the Agreement provided that the United States would supply military and
economic assistance to Pakistan as may be mutually agreed upon "in order to assist the government of
Pakistan in the preservation of its national independence and integrity and in the effective promotion
of its economic development." Pakistan reciprocated by providing a communication/air base to the
United States at Badaber, near Peshawar, for ten years: 1959-69.
Pakistan's alignment with the United States yielded several advantages. American economic
assistance grants, loans, goods and services gave a boost to Pakistan's faltering economy. The most
significant contribution was in the field of defense and security where the two states developed very
close ties. Pakistan received grant assistance valued at US $ 650 million, and credit facilities worth US
$ 55 million. The military assistance included arms and anununition, artillery pieces, APCs, and
transport for the Army; aircraft F-104, B-57, F-86, and C-130 for the Air Force; naval defense
equipment, including warships; radar and communication equipment. The U.S. Military Assistance
Advisory Group (USMAAG) was set up in Pakistan to advise and guide the modernization of the
armed forces and the security arrangements. A number of divisions were reequipped, and a few new
ones were raised, coupled with the restructuring of the defense system. Training facilities in Pakistan
were improved and a good number of Pakistan military officers were sent to the United States on
different training courses; Pakistan's Air Force and the Navy took part in joint CENTO exercises
which enabled them to gain invaluable experience.
The alignment with the West was not cost-free. Pakistan's independent foreign policy was
compromised and the prospects for improvement of its relations with the Soviet Union suffered
heavily. The Soviet leaders were extremely perturbed by this development and they resorted to a two
pronged strategy against Pakistan. First, the Soviet leaders made a blistering cnticism of Pakistan's
alignment with the US and threatened Pakistan with dire consequences if Pakistan allowed its territory
to be used against the Soviet Union. Second, they extended support to India on the Kashmir question,
describing it an integral part of India. They also supported Afghanistan's irredentist claims on
Pakistani territory.
Pakistan's participation in defense pacts came in conflict with its desire to cultivate close and
cordial relations with the Muslim states. With the exception of Iran and Turkey which shared the
defense arrangements, the Middle Eastern states responded negatively to Pakistan's security ties with
the West.
Pakistan also· lost ground with the developing countries. Pakistan was very active in organizing
the Bandung Conference in I 955 but, when the spirit of Bandung crystallized into the Nonaligned
Movement (NAM) in 1961, Pakistan was excluded because of its participation in defense pacts.
Earlier, it adopted an ambiguous policy towards the Suez crisis, 1956, which alienated Egypt. It kept
its relations with the socialist/communist countries at a low-level in order to strengthen its credentials
as~ Western ally.
Despite Pakistan's respect for the US security sensitivities, the latter was not prepared to extend
enough diplomatic support to Pakistan in its problems with India. This raised doubts in Pakistan about
the credibility of American support. If Pakistanis were skeptical of Amencan commitment, questions
were raised in the United States as early as 1957 about the advisability of relying on Pakistan as a
defender of American interest vis-a-vis the Soviet Union. However, the two sides played down their
differe_nce and continued to cooperate with each other for different reasons.
 187

China avoided an open condemnation of Pakistan's participation in these pacts and showed a
remarkable understanding of the factors that led Pakistan to join the Western camp. However,
Pakistan maintained a safe distance from China and its policy on the seating of China in the UN
wavered; it was more in line with the US perspective.
Pakistan's policy-makers began a review of their alignment with the US in the early 60s as
strains manifested in their relations. Two major developments contributed to this. First, Pakistan was
perturbed by the Soviet threat of retaliation when it downed an American spy plane, U-2, which had
taken off from Badaber. Second, the importance of land bases declined because the United States
developed ICBM and nuclear submarines fitted with missiles. Furthermore, the Kennedy
administration, installed in January 1961, cultivated India and projected it as a counterweight to
China. Pakistan viewed this shift in American policy with concern. In July, 1961, President Ayub
Khan, on a visit to the United States, cautioned his hosts against the changes in their policy towards
South Asia and highlighted the importance of Pakistan by suggesting that "if there is real trouble,
there is no other country in Asia on whom you will be able to count. The only people who will stand
by you are the people of Pakistan, provided you are also prepared to stand by them."
Despite Ayub Khan's pleadings, the US continued with its policy of cultivating India in total
disregard to Pakistan's concerns. The US and a number of other Western states rushed weapons and
military equipment to India after the Sino-Indian border war in October 1962. They also conducted
joint military exercises with India and offered a nuclear umbrella to India. Pakistan was perturbed by
these developments. What baffled the Pakistani leaders most was that Pakistan was supplied military
equipment in the 50s only after it joined the US sponsored military pacts which incurred diplomatic
cost for Pakistan in tern1s of its relations with the developing countries and a number of Muslim states.
However, India was not asked to make any security related commitment in return for arms transfers.
Disappointed by the change in the US policy, the Pakistani leaders decided to review Pakistan's
alignment with the West. Initially, they decided to diversify their interaction in the international
system by improving ties with the socialist countries on mutually beneficial considerations. Pakistan
took a number of steps to improve its relations with the Soviet Union and China during 1961-63.
Pakistan and the Soviet Union entered into a number of agreements for economic and technical
cooperation. In 1961, the Soviets offered, for the first time, credit and technical assistance for oil
exploration in Pakistan. New avenues of cooperation were explored during the visits of Pakistan's
Foreign Minister, Zulfikar Ali Bhutto and President Ayub Khan to Moscow in January and April 1965
respectively. Ayub Khan was the first head of Pakistani state to visit the Soviet Union. His visit
produced several agreements covering trade, machinery for oil exploration, and cultural exchanges.
The Soviet Union consented to assist Pakistan in implementing 30 development projects drn;ing the
Third Five Year Plan (1965-70).
By mid-1960s the Soviet Union adopted a balanced approach towards Pakistan-India disputes,
including the Kashmir problem, and urged the two sides to settle their problems amicably. They
maintained neutrality towards the Rarm of Kutch war between Pakistan and India in April 1965. A
similar attitude was adopted when a full-fledged war broke our between Pakistan and India in
September. The Soviet Prime Minister, Alexi Kosygin, offered help to resolve the problems arising
out of the 1965 Indo-Pakistan War. President Ayub Khan and Prime Minister Lal Bahadur Shastri met
in Tashkent in January 1966 on the invitation of the Soviet Prime Minister and signed a peace
agreement, commonly known as the Tashkent Declaration of January 1966 for normalization of their
bilateral relations in the aftermath of the 1965 war.
Ayub Khan undertook his third visit to the Soviet Union in October 1967, and the Soviet
Premier, Alexi Kosygin, visited Pakistan in April 1968 and May 1969. They affirmed their desire to
 188

extend cooperation between the two countries in economic, cultural, and other fields. Two Pakistani
military delegations visited the Soviet Union in June 1966 and July 1968 and the Soviets supplied
some weapons and transport in 1968-70. The Soviet Defense Minister, Marshal Andrei Grechkov,
visited Pakistan in March 1969 which underlined the transformed nature of Pakistan-Soviet relations.
Pakistan's relations with China improved more rapidly during the same period. They signed
several agreements in 1963 to expand their bilateral relations. These included an agreement on
trade, commerce and shipping in January 1963, a border agreement for demarcation of Pakistan-
China boundary in March 1963, an air services agreement in August, and a barter trade agreement
in September.
Pakistan International Airlines (PIA) resumed its regular air service to china on April 29,
1964. A similar air service was started for Moscow in the same month. Pakistan began to plead for
the seating for China in the UN and supported China in its efforts to neutralize American efforts to
isolate it at the international level. Chinese were equally supportive of Pakistan's independence and
territorial integrity.
Zhou Enlai declared Chinese support to the right of self determination for the people of
Kashmir during his visit to Pakistan in February I 964. They reaffirmed their solidarity with
Pakistan during Ayub Khan's visit to Beijing in March 1965, and stood by Pakistan during the
latter's war with India, first in the Rann of Kutch area (April-May 1965), and then the full-fledged
armed conflict (September 1965). They also began to supply weapons and military equipment to
Pakistan in early I 966.
The scope of Pakistan-China cooperation continued to extend in the diplomatic, economic
(including trade), security, and cultural fields in the subsequent years. The visits of Chinese President
Liu Chao Chi, and Foreign Minister, Chen Yi (March 1966), Zhou Enlai (stopover visit in June 1966),
President Yahya Khan (November 1970) and several senior military officers, showed that they
attached importance to their bilateral relations, and consulted each other regularly on matters of
mutual interest. ·
The United States was unhappy over Pakistani's efforts to improve its relations with the Soviet
Union and China. The United States described the Sino-Pakistan air agreement as "an unfortunate
breach of the free world solidarity." It advised Pakistan not to invite Zhou EnLai for an official visit in
1964. Pakistan did not listen to the US advice. The latter retaliated by withdrawing the offer of
financial assistance for the construction of a new airport at Dhaka; Ayub Khan's schedule visit to the
US in April 1965 was postponed. The same happened with the meeting of the Aid-to-Pakistan
Consortium which was to consider Pakistan's request for aid for the Third Five Year Plan.
The divergence between the two states widened as Pakistan was unable to invoke any security
arrangement with the United States during the course of its war with India in September 1965. The
United States imposed an arms embargo on South Asia which adversely affected Pakistan's combat
effectiveness because, unlike India, Pakistan's defense procurement was almost entirely American.
The embargo was partly eased in March 1966 to allow the sale of non-lethal military equipment
(i.e. trucks, medical and engineering supplies and communication items). One year later, the United
States allowed the sale of spare parts for the military equipment supplied in the past. No new combat
equipment was allowed to be sold to either country but Pakistan was provided with some arms and
equipment during 1970-71 as a 'special one time exception' extended by President Nixon. A total
embargo was re-imposed when a new war broke out between Pakistan and India in November 1971.
Pakistan procured weapons and military equipment from several non-American sources. Chma
was the most important source of supply of weapons in the post-1965 war period. Some equipment
 189

was secured through Iran and Turkey. It also secured weapons from France, Great Britain, West •
Germany, Italy and the Soviet Union. Pakistan also decided to pay more attention to indigenous
production of weapons and defense equipment.
Pakistan, thus, moved away from the policy of alignment with the West to an independent and
pluralist perspective on foreign relations. It vowed to cultivate mutually advantageous bilateral
relations with all states irrespective of their ideological disposition and argued that its interaction with
one state would neither influence its relations with any other state nor were these ties directed against
any particular state.
Thus, while expanding its relations with the Soviet Union and China, it did not abandon its
membership of the US sponsored pacts, although their importance was downgraded. It was Pakistan's
determination to pursue an independent foreign policy that it did not endorse Asian Collective
Security System advocated by the Soviet Union in 1969. This proposal envisaged the establishment of
a Soviet-oriented collectivity of states in the backdrop of the widening rift between the Soviet Union
and China. Pakistan, having developed distaste for bloc politics, could not be inclined towards this
proposal. Moreover, Pakistan had cultivated very friendly and cordial relations with China and it did
not want to be a party to any political networking directly or indirectly aimed at China.
Crisis in East Pakistan and International Response Pakistan's relations with India continued to
be characterized by the conflicting national aspirations and mutual distrust. The Kashmir problem was
the major stumbling block in the normalization of their relations. Six rounds of talks were held
between the Foreign Ministers of India and Pakistan on Kashmir during December 1962 and May
1963 on the initiate of the UK and the US. These talks proved inconclusive because the two sides
refused to show any flexibility in their positions on Kashmir.
Pakistan and India engaged in three wars during this period. The first war was limited to the
Rann of Kutch, an area situated on the Sindh-Gujarat border, in April-May 1965. This was
followed by a full-blown war in September 1965, involving three services of the armed forces.
India and Pakistan again went to war against the backdrop of the civil strife in the then East
Pakistan in November-December 1971. This war came to an end when Pakistani troops
surrendered to Indian troop in East Pakistan on 16 December 1971. East Pakistan emerged as an
independent state of Bangladesh.
The Soviets were disappointed by Pakistan's response to the Asian Collective Security Plan
which brought about a degree of restraint in their interaction with Pakistan. They did not, therefore,
hesitate to send a terse letter to President Y ahya Khan after Pakistan embarked on military action in
East Pakistan (Bangladesh) on March 25, 1971. The Soviets were also perturbed by Pakistan's role in
bringing about Sino-American rapprochement in July 1971 which set the stage for US President
Nixon's visit to Beijing in February 1972. The Soviets perceived this as the beginning of a Sino-
American understanding to their determent. Since Pakistan was instrumental to the establishment of
these ties, the Soviets decided to fall back on India to pressure Pakistan. The Soviet foreign Minister
visited New Delhi in August 1971 and signed the Treaty of Friendship and Cooperation which
encouraged India to adopt a more strident policy towards the civil strife in East Pakistan. India
invoked Article 9 of this treaty in October to secure concrete Soviet support for its policy on the East
Pakistan (Bangladesh) crisis. The Soviets not only extended diplomatic support but also airlifted arms
and equipment to strengthen India's intervening policies in East Pakistan and its invasion in November
1971. Accusing Pakistan of resorting to aggression against India, the Soviet Union exercised veto
power thrice in the UN Security Council on December 5, 6, and 13, 1971, to stall a ceasefire
resolution, which gave India enough time to overrun East Pakistan.
 190

The United States and China did not endorse Pakistan's military action in East Pakistan but they
avoided any public criticism of Pakistan's policies. Expressing support for the territorial integrity uf
Pakistan. the United States endeavoured to encourage Pakistan to seek a political solution to the
Bangladesh crisis. Similarly, China extended strong diplomatic support to Pakistan but advised for a
political settlement of the problem.
The independent approach to world affairs initiated in the mid-I 960s shaped up into a policy of
bilateralism and nonalignment during this phase. The mutuality of interests rather than permanent
aJ;gnment was the main criterion for cultivating relations with the US, the Soviet Union and China. It
was not a policy of equidistance from these states but emphasized mutuality of interests at the bilateral
level without alienating one for the sake of the other.
Pakistan withdrew from the Commonwealth and the SEATO in January and November 1972
respectively. It may be pointed out here that Pakistan returned to the Commonwealth in September
19S9. Pakistan recognized the Democratic Republic of Korea (North Korea), Democratic Republic of
Vietnam (North Vietnam) and East Germany in November 1972.
Pakistan diversified interaction by giving more attention to developing economic, trade and
diplomatic relations with the states of Eastern Europe, especially Yugoslavia and Romania. Similar
interaction was cultivated with several states in Asia, Africa and South and Central America, hitherto
neglected by Pakistan's policy makers. An important offshoot of independent and non-aligned foreign
policy was Pakistan's greater identification with the causes and issues of the developing countries. It
advocated the restructuring of the international economic order to make it more responsive to the
needs and aspirat10ns of the developing world. Pakistan attended the Non-aligned Summit as an
observer in 1976 and formally became its member in September 1979. Earlier in March 1979,
Pakistan withdrew from the CENTO.
The most perplexing problem faced by Pakistan during this period related to the issues and
problems arising out of the 1971 Inda-Pakistan war, resulting in the breakup of East Pakistan and its
establishment as ar, independent state. India and Pakistan signed a peace agreement at Simla on July 2,
1972 for dealing with the 1971 war related issues which iPcluded return of Pakistani Prisoner of War
in Indian custody, Bangladesh's threat to put 195 Pakistani POWs on war trials, withdrawal of Indian
Pakistani troops on the West Pakistan-India border, recognition of Bangladesh by Pakistan, and
normalization oflndo-Pakistan relatiou,.
These issues were tackled during I 972-76. Pakistan recognized Bangladesh in February 1974
on the eve of the 2nd Islamic Summit Conference held at Lahore. Bangladesh reciprocated by
withdrawing its demand for war trials of 195 Pakistani POWs. These developments produced a
noticeable improvement in Pakistan-India relations. However, they continued to view each other as
major adversary. Pakistan was perturbed by India's policy of not relenting on military build-up 1nd
especially the detonation ofa nuclear device in May 1974.
Pakistan's relations with the major powers continued to be based on bilateralism and mutiality
of interests. The friendly ties that developed between Pakistan and China in the 60s were strengtl erred
curing this penod. The top civil and military leaders visited each other quite frequent! r for
consultation on bilateral relations and international and regional affairs. These meetings produced
unanimity of views on most matters and China reiterated its support to Pakistan's independence and
territorial integrity. A secure and independent Pakistan was the main feature of China's South Asia
policy. Their interaction in cultural, scientific and technological fields also expanded and China made
a significant contribution to Pakistan's economic and industrial (including defense industry)
development. It was the main source of weapon procurement for Pakistan.
 191

Pakistan succeeded in defusing antagonism that marked its relations with the Soviet Union
against the backdrop of the Bangladesh crisis. The visits of Zulfikar Ali Bhutto to Moscow in 1972
and 1974 helped the two sides to understand each other's points-of-view on regional affairs, and they
developed functional interaction, free from overt tension. Their bilateral trade and economic
cooperation expanded during these years.
Pakistan's relations with China expanded rapidly. There were frequent high level exchanges
between the two countries, including the visits of the heads of government and the top level officials
of the ministries of foreign affairs and defense. China extended financial and technological assistance
for setting up defense and civilian industry. Pakistan's relations with the US ranged from cordiality in
the beginning to sharp differences on Pakista'l's nuclear prograrmne towards the end of this phase. The
US reaffirmed support to Pakistan's independence and temtorial integrity, and Z.A. Bhutto visited the
US in September 1973 and February 1975 -which contributed to reinforcing their bilateral relations.
The US withdrew the arms embargo in stages: sale of non-lethal equipment and spare parts in 1973;
and cash sale of weapons on case by case basis in 1975 - a decision welcomed by Pakistan.
Sharp difference arose between Pakistan and the U~ when, in 1976, Pakistan entered into an
agreement with France to acquire a nuclear reprocessing plant. Viewing this as a move on Pakistan's
part to acquire nuclear weapons capability, the US worked towards blocking the deal and took several
steps to make its displeasure on Pakistan's nuclear policy known to Pakistan: withdrawal of A-7
aircraft offer (1977), suspension of new economic assistance and military sales (1977-78), exclusion
of Pakistan from President Carter's trip to Asia when he visited, inter aha, !ran and India (December
1977-January 1978). 1n 1978, the US succeeded in convincing France to withdraw from the agreement
for supplying a nuclear reprocessing plant to Pakistan.
When the US discovered that Pakistan was secretly working on setting up uranium enrichment
facility at Kahuta, it suspended all economic assistance and military sales to Pakistan in April 1979.
On top of this was the burning down of the US embassy in Islamabad in November 1979 by a mob,
consisting mainly of the students, which pushed Pakistan- US relations to the lowest-ever point.
Pakistan's relations with the Muslim states, particularly the states of the Middle East, touched
new heights of cordiality and trust. These relations served Pakistan's diplomatic, economic and
security needs in the post-1971 period. The states of the Middle East, especially the states of the Gulf
region, extended economic assistance (investment, grants, and loans on soft terms) and diplomatic
support to Pakistan. They accommodated Pakistani human-power, which brought a financial bonanza
for Pakistan.
The Soviet military intervention in Afghanistan on December 27, 1979 was an event of far-
reaching geo-political ramifications. Pakistan viewed this development as a violation of independence
and sovereignty of a neighbouring, non-aligned, and Muslim state by a superpower. As Pakistan's
relations with the Soviet Union were often marred by strains, it felt threatened by the idea of having to
put up with a massive Soviet military presence in the neighbourhood, dreading direct military pressure
or a more active Soviet support to the dissident elements in Balochistan and Khyber Pakhtunkhwa.
Pakistan demanded the withdrawal of Soviet troops from Afghanistan and supported the
Afghan groups, described as Afghan Mujahideen, in their bid to dislodge the Soviets from
Afghanistan. It allowed them to function from Pakistani territory and accommodated over 3 million
Afghan refugees who poured into Pakistan within a year of Soviet military intervention in
Afghanistan.
The Afghanistan war proved a turnmg point in Pakistan- US relations which moved from the
lowest point of 1979 to close political, economic and security ties in the 1980s. The US offered two
 192

packages of economic assistance and military sales to support Pakistan's role in the war against the
Soviet troops in Afghanistan. Some addWonal assistance was provided outside of these packages. The
first six-year assistance package (I 981-87) amounted to US $ 3.2 billion, equally divided between
economic assistance and military sales. The US also sold 40 F-16 aircraft to Pakistan during 1983-87
at a cost of US $ 1.2 billion outside the assistance package. Pakistan paid this amount in cash partly
from its resources and partly from the funds provided by friendly Arab states.
The second six-year assistance package (1987-93) amounted to US$ 4.2 billion. Out of this US
$ 2.28 billion were allocated for economic assistance in the form of grants or loan that carried the
interest rate of 2-3 per cent. The rest of the allocation (US $ I. 74 billion) was in the form of credit for
military purchases. The new relationship with the US increased its presence and influence in Pakistan
and the latter developed close ties with the US Central Command (Centcom) without formally joining
it. Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISi) and the US Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) worked
together in passing on weapons, military training and financial support to Afghan resistance groups.
They encouraged the volunteers from the Arab states to join the Afghan resistance in its struggle
against the Soviet troops based in Afghanistan.
Despite a close Pakistan-US cooperation on Afghanistan, they diverged on Pakistan's nuclear
programme, although the United States downplayed this issue and ignored Pakistan's stride in the
nuclear field in order to keep Pakistan on board for the Afghan war.
Pakistan-China relations maintained their steady march towards greater cordiality and a wide
ranging cooperation in various fields. China extended full support to Pakistan in its interaction with
India and endorsed Pakistan's position on the Afghanistan crisis. The barter trade through the
Karakoram Highway expanded and China assisted Pakistan in agriculture, nuclear technology, power
generation and heavy industry, especially the defense-related industry.
Pakistan maintained cordial relat10ns with the Muslim states which extended support at the
bilateral level and through the Organization of the Islamic Conference (OIC) to Pakistan on the
Afghanistan issue. Some of the Muslim countries donated cash and goods for helping the Afghan
refugees living in Pakistan. New agreements for expansion of trade, promotion of economic and
technological cooperation, and establishment of joint economic commissions were signed with several
Islamic countries. A major problem faced by Pakistan in its relations with the Muslim world was that
it got identified with conservative, monarchical and pro-U.S. regimes in the Middle East and its
relations cooled off with radical and nationalist states like Libya, Syria and Iraq.
Pakistan-India relations were marked by the simultaneous pursuance of positive and negative
interaction. There were periods of goodwill and relative harmony but these were short-lived.
However, the redeeming feature of their diplomacy was that they never stopped talking on the
contentious issues. Whenever there was a downward slide a standoff in their relations, Pakistan or
India took the initiative to revive the dialogue. There was more interaction between the two states in
the 1980s than was the case in the past which kept their difference and problem within manageable
limits. Two visits of Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi to Pakistan in December 1988 for participation in
the SAARC summit conference and an official visit in July 1989 resulted in considerable
improvement in their relations but the goodwill generated by these visits did not last long.
The search for a negotiated settlement of the Afghanistan crisis proved a long drawn affair. The
UN Secretary General's representative initiated peace talks between Pakistan and Afghanistan in 1982
in order to find a solution to the four interrelated aspects of the Afghanistan problem, viz, withdrawal
of Soviet troops from Afghanistan, nonintervention and non-interference in Afghanistan's internal
affairs, international guarantees for non-interventiort and non-interference, and the return of Afghan
 193

refugees to their homes in safety and honour. It was not until April 1988 that Pakistan and
Afghanistan, along with the United States and the Soviet Union, signed four documents, popularly
known as the Geneva Accords, which outlined the principles for the peaceful resolution of the
Afghanistan problem.
The Soviets began withdrawal of their troops from Afghanistan on the stipulated date, i.e. May
15, 1988, but the withdrawal did not proceed smoothly. The Afghan resistance groups attacked the
withdrawing Soviet troops which caused an angry Soviet response, charging Pakistan with master-
minding these attacks. The Soviet Union retaliated by stepping up air and ground attacks on Pakistani
territory. The completion of Soviet withdrawal from Afghanistan on February 15, 1989 removed a
major initant in Pakistan's relations with the Soviet Union. The Soviet Foreign Minister, Eduard
Shevardnadze, undertook his first-ever visit to Islamabad in February 1989 to explore the prospects of
a new beginning in their relations. However, they continued to diverge in the subsequent years on the
intra-Afghan strife and the return of Soviet POWs with the resistance groups.
The post-withdrawal problems, especially an intra-Afghan settlement, haunted the interested
parties to the Afghanistan crisis. The failure to resolve these problems dissuaded the Pakistan-based
refugees from returning to Afghanistan. It soon became crystal clear that Pakistan would continue to
host them for a long time. Pakistan made various attempts to install a new government in Kabul
comprising pro-Pakistan Mujahideen groups.
The US shifted its interest from Afghanistan after the withdrawal of Soviet troops from
Afghanistan and left Pakistan alone to cope with the intra-Afghan conflict and a pro-Soviet
go11emment in Kabul. It also reduced its assistance for Afghan refugees in Pakistan. In October
1990, U.S. President George Bush (ser,ior) refused to certify that Pakistan did not possess a nuclear
explosive device, triggering the imposition of sanctions against Pakistan :mder the Pressler
Amendment (1985) in the Foreign Assistance Act. This disrupted the second assistance package
offered in 1987 and discontinued economic assistance and military sales to Pakistan with the
exception of the economic assistance on way to Pakistan. Military sales and training progranune
were abruptly disrupted and some of the Pakistani military officers under training in the US were
asked to return home.
Four major issues dominated Pakistan's foreign policy in the I 990s. These were a drift in
Pakistan- US relations, the Afghanistan problem, the Kashmir insurgency and its impact on Indo-
Pakistan relations, and the nuclear explosions.
Pakistan faced hard choices in the early 1990s. The US was no longer willing to underwrite
Pakistan's economic development and modernization of its military because Pakistan had lost its
strategic relevance for the US.
The decline of Pakistan's strategic relevance was caused by a host of factors like the Soviet
withdrawal from Afghanistan (1989), the revolt against the Soviet dominated authoritarian political
systems in Eastern Europe (1989-90), the end of the Cold War (1990), and the break up of the Soviet
Union (1991). The abser,ce of a competing superpower secured the primacy of the US in global
politics and a triumph of western values of liberal democracy anc free economy. Afghanistan was no
longer a high priority issue and the US attention focused on consolidation of the incipient democratic
trends in Eastern Europe and Russia and management of local and regional irritants elsewhere.
This shifted US priorities in South Asia from seeking Pakistan's cooperation to non-
proliferation and repairing the damage caused to its relations with India due to its Pakistan-
Afghanistan policies in the 1980s. The United States imposed four types of sanctions against
Pakistan in this phase. First, it suspended military sales and economic assistance to Pakistan by
 194

invoking the Pressler Amendment in October 1990 in pursuance of its nonproliferation policy.
Second, additional economic sanctions were imposed on Pakistan after it exploded nuclear devices
on May 28 and 30 1998 in response to similar explosions by India on May 11 and 13. Third, the US
imposed more sanction after the military takeover in Pakistan on October 12, 1999 under a US law
that called for discontinuation of economic relations with the regimes that come to power by
displacing an elected and constitutional government. The military regime led by General Pervez
Musharraf was placed under these sanctions. Fourth, limited sanctions were applied to some
Pakistani institutions and organizations in 2000, 2001 and 2003 on the pretext that Pakistan
received missile technology from China or Korea in violation of the international arrangements for
checking proliferation of missile technology.
The US also toyed with the idea of declaring Pakistan as a terrorist state during the 1990s for
allowing its territory to be used by militant Islamic groups, Afghan war veterans and others, for
launching terrorist acts in Indian administered Kashmir and elsewhere. Pakistan's support to the
Taliban regime in Afghanistan (1996-2001) was another issue of contention between Pakistan and the
US. The US tried to mollify Pakistan by releasing weapons and military equipment as Pakistan had
paid for before the imposition of the Pressler Amendment and returned the money in 1996-97.
Pakistan had paid for the purchase of new F-16 aircraft under a special legislation (the Brown
Amendment). It is interesting to note that the US returned the paid amount for F-16 aircraft after
adjusting a part of the due amount against the price of the gain it supplied to Pakistan in the past and
storage choirges for the F-16 aircraft manufactured for Pakistan but not delivered to it.
The Afghanistan problem continued to haunt Pakistan during these years. It had two aspects:
the refugee problem and installation of a government in Kabul that could ensure peace and stability in
Afghanistan. Though the UN High Commissioner for Refugees launched various programmes for
encouraging Afghan refugees to return to their homes, a majority of them stayed back. Internal strife
in Afghamstan dissuaded them to go back; a good number of them returned after spending some time
in Afghanistan or periodically shuttled between the two countries. International assistance for the
maintenance of refugees declined, increasing socio-economic pressures on Pakistan.
Pa~;stan's effort to i~stall a pro-Pakistan Mujahideen government in Kabul did not succeed.
When the Taliban movement surfaced in the fall of 1994 in Khandhar, the managers of Pakistan's
Afghanistan policy co-opted them and facilitated their strides for capturing Kabul, which they did in
the last week of September 1996. Pakistan recognised the Taliban government in May 1997 and
secured its recognition from Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates. No other country extended
recognition to the Taliban government.
It was not long that the Taliban government incurred the displeasure of the international
community because of its socio-cultural and gender policies. They were also accused of harbouring
militant Islamic groups that engaged in violence in different countries. The Al-Qaeda estabhshed its
base in Afghanistan and some of the militant ~nd sectarian Pakistan Islamic groups used
Afghanistan as a safe-haven and military training centre. Despite the growing criticism of the
Taliban government at the international level, Pakistan continued to support them and advocated
that they should be given Afghanistan's seat in the UN, a plea that did not evoke much support.
Pakistan made unsuccessful attempts in 2000-2001 to moderate Taliban's socio-cultural policies. It
also sought the Taliban's help to round up the Pakistanis who took refuge in Afghanistan after
resorting to violence and sectarian killings in Pakistan. The Taliban government denied their
presence in Afghanistan which somewhat irritated the Pakistan government but it continued to
support the Taliban government. The continued commitment to the Taliban regime in Kabul
 195

adversely affected Pakistan's reputation at the international level and built strains 111 its relations
with Iran.
The civil strife in Afghanistan adversely affected Pakistan's efforts to cultivate meaningful
economic and technological interactions with the states of Central Asia that attained independence
when the Soviet Union disintegrated. Some of these states complained about the efforts of the Taliban
and Pakistan based militant Islamic groups to cultivate linkages with the Islamic dissident element in
Central Asian states.
The outbreak of insurgency in Indian administered Kashmir in 1989 added a new dimension
to the Kashmir problem. By 1990-91, a number of ex-Afghan Islamic militant groups identified the
situation in Kashmir a~ a Muslim cause and decided to support the insurgency. Pakistan's Army and
mtelligence authorities cultivated these groups and encouraged theif' role in Indian administered
Kashmir as a low cost strategy to build pressure on India for the resolution of the Kashmir problem.
As India was subjected to criticism at the international level for mismanaging the political affairs in
Kashmir and there were complaints of human right violations by its security forces, India denied the
domestic roots of insurgency in Kashmir and put the blame for the insurgency on the Pakistan-based
militant Islamic groups. This built strains in India-Pakistan relations and the two countries traded
charges and counter charges on the developments in Kashmir. India and Pakistan agreed on a
framework for peaceful interaction when Indian Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee visited
Lahore in February I 999. However, the spirit of this declaration was destroyed when Pakistan and
India engaged in a !imlted war in the Kargil region of Kashmir during May-July 1999. The Indian
government felt betrayed by this war after having signed an agreement for peaceful interaction in
February. When, in October 1999, Pakistan's Army Chief, General Pervez Musharraf, assumed
power in a coup, Indian government refused to interact with his government. India pursued the
policy of no contact with the military government of General Pervez Musharraf until July 2001
when Pervez Musbarraf was invited by Vajpayee to visit Agra for talks. The Agra summit
conference proved inconclusive.
The last major development in this phase was the decisi0ri of India and Pakistan to become
overt nuclear powers. Had India not exploded nuclear devices on May 11 and 13, 1998, Pakistan
would not have gone for nuclear explosions on May 28 and 30. These explosions were described by
Pakistani leaders as the rectification of the strategic imbalance in the region caused by India's
nuclear explosions.
Initially, there were signs that Pakistan might delay nuclear testing. The major factors that
shaped Pakistan's decision to test nuclear devices included the reluctance of the Western powers to
impose tough sanctions against India; non-availability of credible security guarantees to Pakistan;
Pakistani perception that the U.S. administration would not be able to deliver an attractive package
of economic assistance and military sales; the hawkish and anti-Pakistan statements of India's
Union ministers and the semor members of the ruling party, creating the impression in Pa\.i.stan that
!ndia might use its nuclear status to extend its military reach beyond the Line of Control in
Kashmir; and the growing domestic pressure for testing. The government of Pakistan did not make a
realistic assessment of the implications of testing for Pakistan's troubled economy. Pakistan's
economic crisis accentuated after nuclear testing. However, the government deflected the criticism
by describing it as a guarantee against India's nuclear blackmail.
Pakistan describes its nuclear weapons and missile programmes as a part of its policy of
maintaining 'minimum credible deterrence' against security threat from India. Given the wide
imbalance in conventional weaponry to the advantage of India, Pakistan attaches much importance to
nuclear and missile progranunes for ensuring security. Pakistan has offered India a restraint regime
 196

covering nuclear and conventional weapons. India does not want to be tagged with Pakistan on this
issue and favours a global restraint regime that takes care of its security concerns vis-a-vis China and
fits well with its ambition for being counted as a leading global actor. As long as India and Pakistan
diverge on how best to ensure their security, Pakistan will assign importance to its nuclear and missile
programmes for ensuring its security.
The terrorist attacks in the U.S. on September 11. 2001 had such far reaching implications for
the international system that one can talk of international politics in terms of before and after these
terrorist attacks. The United States, other western countries, Russia and China decided to adopt
effective measures for countering terrorism by non-state and transnational entities on the highest
priority basis. Most other states supported this effort. The UN General Assembly condemned the
terrorist attacks and called upon its members to join the global efforts for combating terrorism and not
to allow their territories to be used for such activities.
The U.S. identified the Al-Qaeda movement of Osama bin Laden based in Afghanistan as the
main culprit and declared its intentions to take punitive military measures against the Al-Qaeda
movement and the Taliban regime in Afghanistan which allowed Al-Qaeda to operate from
Afghanistan. This focused attention on the policies of Pakistan for two reasons. First, Pakistan
supported the Taliban regime in the past and its military and intelligence agencies had developed
multifaceted interaction with the Taliban. Second, Pakistan shared a long border with Afghanistan and
its support was important for any U.S. military operation in Afghanistan.
Given the devastation caused by the events of September 11 and sensing the mood of the
international community, the government of Pakistan turned its back.on the Taliban regime and joined
the international community m its counter terrorism drive. Pakistan's decision was also influenced by
the UN General Assembly resolutions which called upon its members to support the global efforts for
combating terrorism. This was a decision against the backdrop of the international context in
September 2001 which helped to protect Pakistan's major strategic interests of territorial security,
protection of its nuclear and missile programmes, Kashmir, and revival of the economy.
Pakistan opened its airspace to U.S. aircraft for military operations in Afghanistan, and granted
permission to the U.S. to use three small airports in Sindh and Baluchistan for logistical,
communication and emergency support for U.S. military operations in Afghanistan. The military and
intelligence authorities of the two countries shared intelligence on terrorist groups and their activities
in Afghanistan and Pakistan. U.S secudty and intelligence personnel have conducted joint operations
in Pakistan with Pakistani security and intelligence agencies against the Al-Qaeda and Taliban
elements that secretly entered Pakistan after being dislodged from Afghanistan. The U.S military
authorities and the Afghan government impressed on the Pakistani authorities to flush out the Taliban
and Al-Qaeda elements who take refuge in Pakistan's tribal areas after engaging in violent activities in
Afghanistan. Pakistan dispatched its troops to the tribal areas in June 2003, which periodically
launched operations against ex-Afghanistan militants in the tribal areas.
The U.S. reciprocated by withdrawing three categories of economic sanctions against Pakistan
in October-November 2001 and took steps to revive bilateral relations in various fields of mutual
interest, including the economy, trade and investtnent, socio-economic development and military
modernisation and supply of weapons and military equipment. Direct U.S. assistance to Pakistan has
focused on fiscal support, technical and commodity assistance, enhanced trade, fmancial and technical
support for several sectors like health, education, food, democracy promotion, child labour
elimination, and counter-narcotics. The U.S. is extending economic and technological assistance to
strengthen border security (mainly Pakistan-Afghanistan border), capacity building for dealing with
law and order situation and especially terrorism, improvement of communication and road building in
 •

197

the tribal areas and greater record keeping and control of the people leaving or entering the country
through different entry-exit points. The U.S. economic assistance during 2002-2003 included US $600
million as fiscal support and over US $ 455 million for different development programmes.
Furthermore, Pakistan also received paymenffor the use of Pakistani facilities by American troops.
Pakistan also received liberal economic assistance from the World Bank, IMF and Asian
Development Bank for various social development sectors, poverty reduction, and capacity building
for different institutions of state. L-1 December 2001, the Aid to Pakistan Consortium (the Paris Club)
recommended to its members the rescheduling of Pakistan's debts amounting to US $ 12.5 billion, for
a period of 38 years, including a grace period of 15 years. The U.S. wrote off and rescheduled its
debts. Pakistan received economic assistance, debt relief and trade concessions from Japan and the
European Union. These measures eased the debt ,·epayment pressure and gave Pakistan sufficient
economic space to pursue policies to put its economic house in order.
The U.S. President made new offers of economic assistance during General Pervez Musharrafs
visit to the U.S. in the last week of June 2003. He offered a five-year economic assistance package
amounting to US $ 3 billion starting in 2004-05. It is equally divided between assistance for economic
development and military sales.
The funds allocated for financial year 2003 and 2004 (outside of the promised assistance
package) will be used to strengthen security arrangements, road construction and improvement of
communication in the tribal areas. Funding would also be provided for setting up education and health
facilities in these areas. A Trade and Investment Framework Agreement (TIFA) was signed as a step
toward a free trade agreement. An accord was signed for cooperation in science and technology. There
is a widespread concern in Pakistan that, as in the past, the current phase of the reinvigorated Pakistan-
US relations might not continue for a long time. The US would abandon Pakistan when its strategic
interests shift away from in and around Pakistan. The US Secretary of State, Collin Powell attempted
to dispel these concerns during his visit to Islamabad on March 18, 2004 by announcing that the US
Administration would soon initiate the process for designating Pakistan as a Major Non-NATO Ally.
Speaking in Berlin on April 2, he said, "Pakistan is our strongest ally in the fight against terrorism
and we want to build up and strengthen its institutions." The status of a Major Non-NATO Ally is
neither a formal security arrangement nor a commitment for supplying weapons. J• underscores the
importance of the relationship and the long term US commitment for extending diplomatic support,
economic and technological assistance, cooperation in other related fields and a sympathetic
consideration of the request for weapons supply. (This does not mean that every request for
weapons supply will be accepted by the U.S.) The two sides work together for achievement of the
shared goals. A number of countries relevant to the US security and economic interests were
bestowed this status in the past.
The leading countries among these are Egypt, Kuwait, Japan, Philippines, South Korea and
New Zealand. Despite the U.S. decision to assign a priority to its relations with Pakistan, the troubled
track record of their relations in the past would continue to cast doubts about the endurance of the
current Pakistan-U.S. relations. The anti-U.S. rhetoric of many political parties in Pakistan, especially
the Islamic parties known for the linkages with the Taliban and sympathies for Al-Qaeda, reinforces
misgivings about the credibility of Pakistan-U .S. relations.
Pakistan's relations with India witnessed ups and downs against the backdrop of the terrorist
attacks in the US in September 2001. India supported the U.S. war on terrorism but its leaders were
unhappy that the US had cultivated Pakistan for its counter terrorism strategy. The revived Pakistan-
US relations perturbed them. They maintained that Pakistan could not be a partner for counter
terrorism because of what the Indian leaders described as Pakistan's deep involvement with the
 198

Taliban and its support to militant Islamic groups engaged in insurgency m Indian administered
Kashmir. They also demanded that the US definition of terrorism must include the activities of the
Pakistan-based Islamic groups in Kashmir. India insisted that the insurgency in Indian-administered
Kashmir was nothing but a product of infiltration of Pakistan based militant Islamic warriors.
India blamed Pakistan for the terrorist attacks on India's Parliament on December 13, 2001. It
massed its troops on the India-Pakistan border and threatened military action if Pakistan did not
contain the activities of the militant Islamic groups operating in Kashmir. From January 1 2002, India
suspended all air and railroad traffic between the two countries, denied over-flight rights to Pakistani
aircraft and downgraded diplomatic relations. Pakistan responded by mobilising its troops, and an e-ye-
ball to eye-ball situation developed between the militaries of two countries. The tension reached the
breaking point at the end of May 2002, but the diplomatic intervention of the U.S., the U.K., and the
European Union averted the war.
India's coercive diplomacy of massing its troops on the Pakistan border in a state of combat
readiness did not lead to war mainly because of the threat of escalation of such a war into a nuclear
conflict and the advice for restraint by friendly countries.
India decided to withdraw its troops in October 2002. Pakistan announced a similar withdrawal
of troops from the border area. However, India and Pakistan continued to trade charges and counter
charges on a host of issues and Indian leadership insisted that it would not initiate a dialogue with
Pakistan until Pakistan stopped "cross border terrorism" in Indian administered Kashmir. Pakistan
offered unconditional dialogue on all contentious issue.
On April 18, 2003, Indian Prime Minister, Atal Behari Vajpayee, offered dialogue with
Pakistan which was readily accepted by Pakistan. This led to the initiation of steps for normalisation
of their bilateral relations but no step was taken to initiate a dialogue. In November, Pakistan's Prime
Minister, Zafarullah Khan Jamali, offered ceasefire on the Line of Control in Kashmir. India
responded positively to this offer and a ceasefire was enforced on November 26. On December 18,
Pakistan's President General Pervez Musharraf talked of flexibility in Pakistan's traditional policy on
Kashmir by suggesting that Pakistan would be willing to go beyond the stated position and that he
expected similar flexibility from India. He said "we are for UN resolutions [on Kashmir]. However,
now we have left that aside. If we want to resolve this issue, both sides need to talk to each other with
flexibility, coming beyond stated positions, meeting halfway somewhere ... We are prepared to rise to
the occasion, India has to be flexible also."
The behind the scene diplomacy and the prompting by friendly countries made it possible for
Mr. Vajpayee to visit Islamabad in the first week of January 2004 for participation in the SAARC •
summit conference. On the last day of the summit, January 6, Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf
and Indian Prime Minister Vajpayee issued a joint statement for initiation of bilateral dialogue on all
contentious issues, including Kashmir. Pakistan committed that it would not allow its territory to be
used for terrorist activities of any kind. This was a major breakthrough in Pakistan-India relations and
speeded up the normalisation process.
The current goodwill between India and Pakistan can sustain if the dialogue between India and
Pakistan facilitates the solution of the contentious issues. It can be argued that the current efforts to
improve Inda-Pakistan relations are genuine but these efforts can reverse if the dialogue does not
move in the direction of problem solving.
Pakistan's interaction with China expanded rapidly. The latter provided economic assistance
and technological know-how for various economic development projects, including the Gwadar deep
 199

sea port. It also endorsed Pakistan's policy on combating terrorism and sought Pakistan's cooperation
for containing dissident activity in the Xinjiang Muslim majority province.
Russian concern pertained to the reported linkages between the dissident elements in Chechnya
and the militant Islamic groups based in Pakistan and Afghanistan. The arrest of Chechnya's activist
from the Wana area in March 2004 confirmed that Russian concerns were not misplaced. Russia
supported Pakistan's efforts to contain militant groups based in the areas adjacent to Afghanistan.
Pakistan maintained cordial interaction with the Muslim states; especially those located in the
Gulf region. It supported the Palestinian cause and the two-state formula. The government of
Pakistan floated the proposal for recognition of Israel, which had to be put aside due to stroi, 5
domestic opposition.
Two major issues cropped up with reference to Pakistan's nuclear programme. First, much
concern was expressed in 2001-2002 about the possibility of some militant Islamic group launching a
terrorist attack on Pakistan's nuclear installations or getting hold of fissile or radioactive materials,
which may be used for making a bomb. The government of Pakistan assured the international
community that its nuclear installations had adequate security against a terrorist attack or nuclear theft.
Second, it was discovered in 2003 that Pakistan's ace nuclear scientist transferred nuclear material
from Pakistan to Iran, Libya and North Korea through a clandestine international network for material
gains. The government de-linked itself from these transfers, claiming that the government was not
involved in these activities. Pakistan's top leaders assured the international community that Pakistan
strictly adhered to non-proliferation of nuclear materials, technical know-how and weapons ..
As anywhere else in the world, our foreign policy has been inextricably linked to our domestic
policies and situation. And domestically, Pakistan's post-independence political history has ,,een
replete with endemic crises and challenges that perhaps no other country in the world has experienced.
Throughout its independent statehood, Pakistan has gone through traumatic experiences, which
have left us politically unstable, economically weak, socially fragmented and physically disintegrated.
The tally of our woes includes costly wars and perennial tensions with India, loss of half the country,
territorial setbacks, political breakdowns, military take-overs, economic stagnation, social malaise,
societal chaos and disintegration, and a culture of violence and extremism. Proxy wars were fought on
our soil. Sectarianism has ripped our society apart. Even places of worship have not been spared as
venues of cold-blooded communal and sectarian killings.
All these problems that we continue to suffer have nothing to do with our foreign policy. Our
problems were rooted in our domestic failures. No country has ever succeeded external'.) if it is
weak and crippled domestically. Even a super power, the former Soviet Union c0uld not survive as
a super power only because it was domestically weak in political and economic terms. Our
difficulties have been aggravated by decades of internal struggle for power and privilege, long
spells of military rule, inept political leadership, weakened institutions, incessant corruption, and
general aversion to the rule of law.
Our domestic failures have seriously constricted our foreign policy options. Decades of
political instability resulting from protracted military rule, institutional paralysis, poor governance,
socio-economic malaise, rampant crime and corruption, and general aversion to the rule of law have
exacerbated Pakistan's external image and standing.
In the ultimate analysis, our problems are not external. Our problems are domestic. We need to
overcome our domestic problems. We need domestic consolidation, politically, economicalry and
socially. This would require fixing our fundamentals and re-ordering of our national priorities.
 200

It is a challenge to the new political leadership. But this is the last chance for a systemic
change. If the present government fails to grasp the nettle, nothing will save the country from a
revolution that the people will be obliged to bring as the last resort to free themselves of the legacy of
their continued exploitation and oppression by the feudal, elitist and civil-military establishment, and
to have a system rooted in their own inalienable will and based on constitutional supremacy, rule of
law, independence of judiciary and good governance.
The review of Pakistan's foreign policy shows that Pakistan's goals have remained more or less
constant, although their scope was often redefined and new dimensions were added to them. The
diplomatic and military strategies to pursue these goals varied over time. The changes in the strategies
are understandable because a host of factors influence the foreign policy choices of a country, which
include the dynamics of regional and international situation, the availability of human and material
resources and the dispositir'Il and priorities of the policy makers. As these change over time, foreign
policy must also change in its approach to bilateral, regional and global issues and problems.
Pakistan began with an independent foreig,, policy in 1947. However, it tilted towards the West
in a period of 7 years due to serious economic and security pressures. It maintained a policy of close
interaction in the security and economic fields with the West in general and the U.S. in particular in
the mid and late 1950s, the 1980s, and now since September 200 I. It pursued independent to non-
aligned foreign policy from mid-60s to the end of the 1970s and assigned a great importance to its
interaction with the Muslim states and the issues and problems of the developing world. Pakistan is
currently an active player in the global efforts for combating religious extremism and terrorism with a
policy that extremism and terrorism pose serious threats to global security as well as to Pakistan's
internal peace, stability and economic development. Pakistan has made some difficult decisions in
pursuing counter terrorism and for ensuring peace and stability in the immedia:e neighbourhood in
order to boost its image at the international level, restore international confidence in the ability of the
Pakistani state and government to put their socio-economic house in order, and shape up as a
democratically oriented, modem and enlightened Muslim polity that does not allow its territory to be
used by extremist groups.
 CHALLENGES FACED BY PAKISTAN
IN 21ST CENTURY
OUTLINE
D Introduction
D Failure of democracy
• Delayed of framing First Constitution
• Feudalism ...
D Poveny
• Lower rate of economic growth
• Rising unemployment
• Declining flow of worker's remittances
D Overpopulation, inflation, unemployment:
• Lack of planning
• Denial of basic facility of life
• Urbanisation and social problems
D llliteracy
• Lack of eduction budget, just 2 % of GDP
• • Feudal lords in Sindh, Balochistana and South Punjab do not encourage to get education
D Ethnic crisis
0 Provincial disharmony
D Terrorism and religious extremism
D Economic crisis
D International interference
D Conclusion
 202

ESSAY
Pakistan suffers from a number of social, political, and economic problems. Pakistan is
experiencing unwanted growth. While projections indicate that the population growth rate of Pakistan
may actually be decreasing, those same projections also predict that by the year 2050 Pakistan will
have ass_umed its place as the third_ most populated nation in the world. A rapidly growing population,
along with pohhcal tensions, both internal and external, and an economy trapped in a cycle of debt, all
serve to prevent Pakistan from attaining the progress it needs to advance, and perhaps to survive.
Some of the major problems faced today by Pakistan as a country are:
Since its inception, the most difficult challenge Pakistan has struggled to meet has been to
establish a true democratic system, which could guarantee its survival, stability and development.
Unfortunately, the plant of democracy in Pakistan has not taken its roots deep enough to make the
country "a durable democratic state". Pakistan was conceived on the basis of Islam, which is democratic
both in Jetter and spirit. But unfortunately we have not proved worthy of the freedom achieved after
immense sacrifices and selfish interests and political intrigues dominated the national scene.
It is imperative to have constitution when a country starts fresh. Sudden and unexpected events
within the body politics of Pakistan not only delayed the making of a constitution according to the
needs and ideology of the country but also thwarted the process shaping the opinion in favour of
democracy as a modern political necessity. The Draft Resolution was thrown into cold storage. The
country had a Constitution in 1956 that was strangled and killed after military coup by General Ayub
Khan in 1958. The second constitution was drawn in 1962 to give a semblance of democracy in the
form of Basic Democracy and to suit the purpose of one man who was a dictator in guise of a
president. Not Parliamentary but presidential form of government with wide powers was imposed on
the people. It also served the seeds of regionalism and disintegration in the country. There was
democracy in name only.
Experimentation in politics is always dangerous because it kills continuity of democratic
convention and gives rise to instability in the country. It is only a strong constitution that is always
above the ordinary Jaw and gives stability and inspires sense o( nationhood among the people. When
the experiment failed, second Marshal Law was imposed in 1969.
Wide based political parties are essential for running democratic government by the elected
representatives of the people. The 1970 Elections were held in free atmosphere on party basis to put
the country on road to democracy but what followed, is the darkest chapter in the history of the
country. The country was dismembered as a result of Jack of political foresight, sense of
compromise and undemocratic attitude on the part of some political leaders. The breaking of the
country necessitated making of a fresh constitution and the result was I 973 Constitution and
democracy in Pakistan. However, nothing had been provided in 1973 Constitution to secure this
democracy. The very fact that it had been amended time and again is a clear proof of its weakness.
From 1977 onwards, no stable government has been formed till now. Military has been intervening,
sometimes intentionally and sometimes invited, in the political affairs. Several amendments have
been made to the constitution, each change serving the purpose for some selected people. Moreover,
the opposition failed to play its due role and the rulers were too proud to listen and to bear criticism.
We have still to see real rule oflaw in the country. Democracy can never exist without rule of
law, justice, civil liberties and equality of opportunities. Representative ruler ship could not uphold
these values due to favoritism, nepotism and obstructing the course of law. Such limping democracy
 203

can never serve long. Deeply linked to the massjve debt and poorly educated people, is the large
portion of Pakistan's population that lives in poverty. With an average of 2,000 dollars of GDP per
person (adjusted for purchasing power parity), the average citizen is forced to live off very limited
resources. This is reflected in ihe fact that 34% of the population lives below the poverty line, despite
a mere 7% unemployment. Poverty anywhere is a threat to prosperity everywhere. It is a scrooge and
one of the worst curses and miseries that a human can face. According to an analysis conducted by the
government of Pakistan, poverty has increased roughly from 30% to 40% during the past decade.
Consider that if 40% of a country's population is earning their life below the poverty-line in which the
people are deprived of basic necessities of life such as clothing, shelter, food, education and
medication, such families and their children will be forced to think of their survival only.
Poverty has emerged as the most important issue for Pakistan. The reason that economic
growth has failed to trickle down to the poor in Pakistan 1s the slow improvement in social indicators
Economic growth and social sector development are interdependent as one reinforces the other. In
fact, economic growth is necessary for poverty reduction but poverty reduction itself is necessary for
sustained growth. The main reasons for increase in poverty during 1990's can be attributed to the
relatively lower rate of economic growth, rising unemployment, stagnant real wages, declining flow of
worker's remittances and bad governance. Pakistan's lack of fiscal resources is yet another barrier
against foreign investment. Without foreign investment, Pakistan lacks the resources to bring about
positive economic development. Without positive economic development, Pakistan is unable to
attract foreign investors. Without foreign investors, Pakistan will remain poor.
Pakistan is also facing the dragon of over population. This problem has given rise to
multidimensional problems in our country. At present we are scarce in resources and it has become
difficult for the government to meet the rapidly growing needs of the huge population with its scarce
resources. The growth rate of Pakistan is very high and is among the highest in the world. Since
partition in 1947, the population of Pakistan has become more than triple. Every year almost four
million people are added to already over burdened economy. This rapidly growing population has
really created an obstacle in the way of our economic progress. The massively increasing population
has almost outstripped the resources in production, in facilities and in job opportunities. The genesis
of the situation reflects some obvious reasons. Joint family system, illiteracy and lack of insight, issue
of having at least one male child, the issue of dynasty in the rural elite and lack of recreational
facilities are all contributing factors. The rapidly growing population is having a lot of adverse effects
on our country. All over the .:ountry poverty has increased and people do' not have the basic
necessities of life. It is estimated that if the present growth rate prevails, then the population of
Pakistan will be double by the year 2020. This is an alarming situation. Even today it has become
difficult for us to provide basic necessities of life to the majority of the population. A great number of
people have no access to the health services, safe drinking water is also not available at many places,
many people do not have the sanitation facilities, a lot of children are not provided the primary
education and illiteracy r"te is very high among the adults.
There is a shortfall in educational institutions and class rooms are over crowded. Due to high
growth rate of population the health care facilities have become inadequate. Child and maturity
centers are also lacking. The standards of food have fallen and people's health has deteriorated. Ever
increasing population creates housing and settlement problems. It becomes very difficult for the
individual and the society to overcome them. The recreation facilities are also decreasing as more and
more areas are being used for residential and business purposes. Unemployment has also increased
and it has become very difficult for the employers to provide social fringe benefits to the employees.
Thus the employees are often deprived of their rights like pensions, medical facilities children's
 204

education etc. The increase in po11ulation without an increase in the resources means an increase in the
crime rate. Unemployment creates frustration and revengeful attitude. People tend to snatch when they
cannot get thetr nghts through lawful means. Poverty also produces a state of hopelessness and this
leads to an increase in the incidence of suicides. The same has been witnessed in Pakistan in the past
few years.
Perhaps the greatest loss comes in the field of education. Whether or not this is a direct result of
country's economic problems, it is undoubtedly connected and unfortunately educational
improvements are given low priority. Literacy is defined as persons aged I 5 or above who can "read"
and "write". According to this definition, Pakistan is officially reported to have 50% literacy rate.
Which means half of its population is illiterate. With such family backgrounds, inflation, poverty and
child labour this rate is expected to increase in future. Even for those who are termed as "literate" are
only able to read and write, which in today's technology oriented world is still considered as illiteracy.
Majority of the people forming the top controlling tier is almost unaware of technologies and technical
mindset, thus causing the country to adopt the new technologies at a snail's speed. A poorly educated
populace makes Pakistan a poor choice for the foreign investors that it needs so desperately.
Furthermore, the low literacy rate among Pakistani women means that most women never enter the
work force, creating fewer incentives for them to limit th~ sizes of their families. This is clearly
reflected from the fact that only 38 million people of the entire population make the total work force.
The struggle for Pakistan was a unique historical experience with few parallels in the annals of
history .It transcended ethnic, linguistic, cultural and ! ·!gional differences and coalesced into a
powerful movement culminating in the creation of an independent homeland for the Muslims of the
sub-continent. It even defied the geographic compulsions. However, Pakistan after its creation was,
indeed, an ethnically plural society. Pakistan these days is passing through a crucial era of multifarious
ethnic problems. The province of the Punjabi has three distinct ethno-linguistic groups i.e. Punjabi
,Potohari and Saraiki speaking .Of late ,there has been a nascent rise of Saraiki consciousness with a
demand for a separate Saraiki Province comprising Saraiki speaking areas .In Balochistan, the Baloch
, Brohl and Pakhtoons are dominated ethno-lingual groups. The wide spread nationalist consciousness
of Balochistan has cut across the tribal divisions. In KPK Province, apart .from Pushtu, Hindku and
Saraiki are also spoken in some parts of this province .The Pustoons as an ethnic group are integrating
with the economic life of the rest of the country .The issue of Kalabagh Dam has arisen out of the
same ethnic issue and provincial disharmony of Pakistan in the province. Similarly, the problem of
ethnicity in Sindh is very complex. It is a web of discards, clash of interest and the resultant sense
deprivation between the different ethnic groups creates hysteria among the people which are damaging
for the peace and harmony of the country.
Provincial disharmony has risen out of the neglect and deprivation of smaller provinces. The
centralization of power has encouraged internal dissension and disharmony. It has weakened the state
and aggravated the multidimensional crises the people face in their daily lives. This has resulted in
·deteriorating political and social fabric of the country.
The whole world looks at Pakistan as a land of terrorists. The image of Pakistan as a peace
loving country has been badly tarnished. Initially war against terrorism was imposed on us but with
the passage of time it has become our own war. Pakistan has suffered great losses both due to
terrorism and the war against terrorism. Thousands of Pakistanis have lost their live, while millions
have lost everything they had and are forced to migrate to relatively safer areas. This war has
destroyed our economy and the collateral damage is $ 68 billion. But this is still not enough according
top world super powers and every other day we are asked to "do more". The main reason behind this
extremism is the religious exploitation of the common, uneducated majority of the country at the
 205

hands of so called religious leaders who have always used religion as a tool to serve their interests.
They are responsible for the stigma that Islam is the religion of fanatics and terrorists. But the military
and successive governments are also to be blamed for they failed to play their due roles lor safe
guarding the integrity and sovereignty of the country. Terrorism is very closely linked to the declining
economic conditions and high rate of illiteracy prevailing in our country. The poor and illiterate
become an easy prey for the master minds who can train them and use them in whatever way they
want. Pakistan's economy has suffered on two accounts: first a huge amount of money is being used
for WAT; and second because we have lost many foreign investors and potential investors and
markets. China is getting 13 billion dollars as foreign investment because of its stable and investor-
friendly environment. Even smaller countries like Romania and Philippines are getting a lot of foreign
investments, where as even tourists are afraid to visit Pakistan due to the security concerns.
At present the sorry state of the economy, tops the problems facing the country. Seeing the
horrible economic distress, some still suggest restoring to the begging bowl and further subjugation of
donor agencies as the only solution to it. Such an approach can not provide a way out; it aggravates
the situation and amount to commit suicide. Therefore, the present leadership has realized that there is
not option but to reshape the economic strategy altogether. The economy of Pakistan has fallen up to
this extent that it requires serious attention and endeavor to revive its state. The revival of economy
means to bring the economy on track whereby country becomes self sufficient and economy self
sustained to meet its internal demands and fulfill foreign obligations. Sustained economy provides a
balance in trade, potential of paying back foreign loans and gradual growth in gross domestic and
national product. Rise in foreign exchange reserves, minimum inflation rate, strong local currency are
a few indicators of a sustained economy whereas b!tter social indicators reflect its civic effects.
Developed economies are movers, developing economies are the followers and the
underdeveloped economies have no say in the scheme of things. All economic conditions are the
certain result of policies. No economy can itself produce positive results. It is the people and their
actions which steer the effects. The economy of Pakistan was not doomed for disaster. It has become
the victim of eccentric policies of our past rulers. It has been mismanaged up to this extent that the
country has virtually become bankrupt and made to dance on the tunes of donor agencies as Pakistan
has bartered its freedom with them. For the last thirteen years there has been no noticeable addition to
basic industries and the economic infrastructure of the country. Instead the number of sick industrial
units increases each year. The public sector is shrinking and suffering losses. Although agriculture ha~
helped the nation to survive but the sector itself is faced with crises. In regard to oil, retrogression has
set in after a good progress. After attaining one third self sufficiency in the country's oil requirements,
advancing steps have been retracted and the annual import of oil has increased. Exports could not be
enhanced despite repeated devaluation of the rupee.
According to the genesis of the present situation the deterioration in economic activity is
mainly caused by weak performance of large scale industry, erratic behavior of agricultu.re, decline
in real investment, macro economic instability that includes large fiscal deficit, large bank
harrowing, using interest payments on domestic debts double digit inflation and personal
aggrandizement. The economic situation of Pakistan at the time of independence was also very
bleak but it improved over the years. Its economic policies were exemplary and countries like Korea
had learned the tricks of economics from Pakistan in 60's, while Pakistan revived meager financial
resources at the time of independence, it was deprived of Kashmir. Ever since, the Kashmir issue
has been haunting Pakistan for which Pakistan has fought several wars with India and each war had
its price paid by Pakistan. It had to maintain a large armed forces causing huge burden on economy.
 206

Agriculture hils always been neglected·. Feudalism is in vogue even today and about six
thousand families posses forty per cent of the total cultivable land. There is no retrieval policy in
regard to the agricultural inputs. The cost of seed is four times higher than its cost of production.
Irrigation system is also upset. Per acre productivity of East Punjab and Haryana is four times higher
than that of West Punjab and Sindh. The level of land and human efforts are the same but the
difference in policies, facilities and other factors account for the disparity. Pakistan may become self
sufficient in agriculture within two to three years but at present twenty per cent of total imports
comprise food cereals. On one hand, there is the common cultivator who finds it difficult to meet his
expenses while on the other hand there is a particular class that not only rolls in wealth but also
upholds the oppressive and unjust system.
External debts are touching new heights and the irony is that new loans are obtained simply to
pay back a portion of the earlier loans. As we are very heavily dependent on borrowing to meet the
resource gap, our major donor International Monetary Fund insists upon narrowing the revenue
expenditure gap to under five per cent of the gross domestic product. Since other lenders follow the
policies of International Monetary Fund, Pakistan has no choice but to enhance its taxes and revenues.
These foreign lenders and donors also demand that we reduce taxes on international trade which
means the reduction in the custom duties which has always been the main source of our revenues. This
puts further pressure on the other taxes to make up for the loss caused by the reduction in the custom
receipts. As majority of the people in Pakistan are poor and backward, they have always been
preoccupied mainly in meeting the basic needs. They live in unhygienic conditions. Elecllicity is a
luxury for them. Health services have been thinly spread in the country. Floods, drought or diseases
affect people and the livestock. The combination of malnutrition, illiteracy, diseases, high birth rate,
unemployment and low income has closed the avenues of escape from serious economic crises. The
most unfortunate aspect of these serious economic crises and pathetic state of affairs is not because of
the lack of natural resources but due to inefficient use of the key factors of production.
The socio cultural attitude of the people is also an obstacle in the way of economic
development of Pakistan. More than 50 % people are illiterate. They are ignorant of what is happening
in their own country and the world at large. The majority of the people are extravagant. Pakistan, in
fact, has a consumption oriented society. The native culture is generally not receptive to new foreign
methods of production. The caste system functioning mostly in terms of occupations like tailoring,
carpentry, jewelry etc. restrict occupational and geographical mobility.
India is typically termed as a conventional enemy to Pakistan. As mentioned before the people
of Pakistan need to be trained to think positively about their surroundings. We should learn a lesson
from US and Canada's cross border collaboration to improve their affairs and provide backing, why
can't Pakistan and India enter into such strengthening relationship? Pakistan can never move fmward
with its proxy war politics with India and its involvement in the so-called US War on terrorism. It has
to strike peace with India and other neighboring countries soon so that it can use its resources for its
own people's welfare and focus on its collective objectives.
Pakistan has more potential to be a developed country earlier than India. It has the resources
and talent. Yet it seems to sink lower by the day. India with a billion plus population has a million
problems to handle. Yet the focus of India has been right and it shows in its average 8% economic
growth. It is time Pakistan learnt this lesson.
 •

PROBLEMS OF THE MUSLIM UMMAH

OUTLINE

D Introduction
D Problems
• Tarnishing of Muslim image
• Link with terrorism
• Lack of unity
• Utilisation of resources
• High illiteracy rates
• Weak democracies
• Muslim youth vulnerable to extremist ideas
• Little influence in world affairs
• Lack of peace and stability
• Poverty eradication
• Lack of human resource development
• Dependency upon outside powers
• Disinterest in scientific knowledge
• Strengthening the bridges of cooperation with the west
• OIC, its Failure
• Sectarian conflict within Muslim societies
• Food crisis and poverty
• Climate change
D Suggestions
• Unity of Muslim Ummah
• Trade
• Promote education
• Increase trade among Muslim nations
• Proposed Strategy to replace dollar
• OIC: 10 year plan outlined
• Comments by western authors
 208

ESSAY
"0 ye who believe ! Keep your duty to Allah and fear Him and speak (always) the truth,
He will direct you to do righteous good deeds and will forgive you your sins. And
whosoever obeys Allah and His Messenger (SAW), he has indeed achieved a great
success." (Quran 33: 70-71)
Muslims today are facing some of the most critical challenges to their well-being and to their
place in the global order. The challenge before the Muslim World today is to confront the ugly
realities of our present situation and restore the image of Muslims and Islam. We must strive for a
renaissance of the Islamic civilisation. We must recover the hallmarks of that civilisation, namely
peace, prosperity and dignity. As always, the quest for international respect and dignity must begin at
home. We must create an environment where peace can prevail, economies can prosper and people
find their dignity.
Here, Professor Khurshid Ahmed quotes Robert Briffault, who examines in his monumental
work 'The making of Humanity', the record of the Muslim state and society. He observes: 'Theocracy
in the East has not been intellectually tyrannical or coercive. We do not find there the obscurantism,
the holding down of thought, the perpetual warfare against intellectual revolt which is such a familiar
feature of the European world, with Greece and Rome at its back'.
Another reputed historian, William Muir also admits that 'the Islamic leniency towards the
conquered and their justice and integrity presented a marked contrast to the tyranny and intolerance of
the Romans. The Syrian Christians enjoyed more civil and popular liberty under the Arab invaders
than they had done under the rule of Heraclius and they had no wish to return to their former state'.
Few reasons are given as under:-
The problems that bedevil the Muslim World have become widespread to the point that our
image is tarnished by unfair stereo types. For example, Islam is now equated with violence, poverty
and indignity. In reality, these troubles have nothing to do with Islam. These are not problems that are
exclusively in the domain of Muslims.
More damaging is the increasingly professed link between international terrorism and Islam.
The terrible events of September 11, 2001 have provided a convenient excuse for those who want to
promote the theory of a Clash of Civilisations. To them, it is convenient to paint ,natters in the starkest
possible terms between black and white good and evil and the West and Islam. To these cynics, we
can offer a simple mathematical proposition: There are at most a few thousand members in the alleged
Al-Qaeda-linked terrorist organisations. In comparison, there are more than a billion Muslims living
very ordinary and very peaceful lives. It is, therefore, tragic that this spurious association of Islam and
Muslims with terrorism has gained international currency.
We must admit that many of these problems arise due to our weaknesses. And much of our
weakness stems from the fact that our unity is so fragile and all too easily fragmented. All Muslim
read the Quran. It is and will always be a source of divine guidance and inspiration. The teachings of
the Quran are dynamic and relevant for all times. As such, it should not be blamed for our failings but
rather we should reproach ourselves for not successfully understanding its teachings and its messages
But violence is not our only problem. There is an abundance of resources in many Muslim
countries. Indeed, some of us are rich and affiuent. Yet poverty and other forms of deprivation are also
an extensive and unfortunate part of the Muslim landscape. As successive United Nations
Development Programme reports attest, poverty is a serious problem in at least half the countries of
 209

the Muslim World. In Sub-Saharan Africa, of which a sizable portion is Muslim, as much as 90 per
cent of the population of some countries subsist on less than US $ 2 per day in purchasing power
parity terms.
Islam emphasises the pursuit of knowledge. Yet a majority of Muslim countries also has high
adult illiteracy rates. Even many of those who are educated suffer from unemployment and indignity.
Millions of Muslim children around the Globe are malnourished. Most of the refugees in the world
today are Muslims.
On the political front, much more can be done by some Muslim countries to allow participation
by their people in the process of governance. It is important to recognise that, without their
participation, the government will not know the people's aspirations and their full potential will also
remain untapped. The limitation of civil and political liberties is particularly severe in the case of
women in many Muslim countries.
It is under these political and socio-economic conditions, when peaceful and democratic means
for redress are limited, that the Muslim youth are vulnerable to succumb to extremist ideas. Once they
start nurturing extremist ideas, they become easy recruits for those interested in usurping religion for
their narrow and violent ideas. Those who resort to terrorism often end up hurting not only the
innocent but also the very cause that they try to champion. Violence and terrorism create a negative
image of Islam and Muslims which can be exploited by Islam's enemies.
The cumulative impact of all these problems is to give an extremely negative image of the
Muslim World. Because of our lack of capacity, Muslim nations are often on the periphery of the
Global Order. Despite our number, we have little influence in world affairs. We are accorded little
respect in the community of nations.
Our first prerequisite will have to be peace and stability. We cannot prosper or live in dignity
without peace. The peace and stability, we seek, cannot be imposed by the barrel of a gun. And peace
that is attained by denying our citizens a legitimate voice is illusory and will not last. Such a peace
will eventually breed a violent reaction.
For the Muslim world, to truly uplift itself, we must concentrate on capacity building. The
Ummah must be equipped with the tools to succeed. We should grasp every opportunity to exchange
experiences amongst ourselves in areas concerning poverty eradication, development and economic
growth. However, mere growth is insufficient. We must aim for growth that is sound and sustainable
growth that is shared efficiently and distributed equitably.
One of the greatest constraints upon Muslim empowerment in global affairs is the fact that we
are often divided among ourselves. We must close ranks. We should seek to dilute the mistrust,
animosity and rivalry that sometimes undermine our cohesion. We should strive to present a strong
and united front on the issues that are dear and vital to the Muslim world. We must reduce our
dependency upon outside powers and resist compromising our collective interests in favour of theirs.
The future of Muslims and Islam however, ultimately, lies in working with others for mutual
enriclunent and not in conflict with them. We cannot advance by building walls and retreating into our
shells. We must actively seek out and engage the other for there is much th•t wt can learn and benefit
from them. Early Islamic civilisation was open and outward looking. For instance, it did nut hesitate to
absorb scientific knowledge from the Greeks and the Romans. In this process, Islamic civilisation also
contributed to this knowledge base and passed it on to the Western World.
There is even greater urgency now for the Muslim world to learn from the West for we have been
left behind by centuries of colonialism and by our own neglect and poor governance. We must
strengthen the bridges of cooperation and understanding with the west and with others. We must build
trust and confidence. There is much that Islamic civilisation shares with the others. Muslim nations
deserve to be accorded respectability by the international community. The poorest countries with scarce
 210

natural resources and human capital will face the greatest challenges. National action alone will be
inadequate. They will require robust and sustained external support from the international community
including from friends in the Muslim world.
OIC aims to promote Islamic solidarity by coordinating social, economic, scientific and cultural
activities. It is also pledged to eliminate racial segregation and discrimination. Unfortunately, it has
not evolved into a responsible and creative body. Following are the problems: Lack of democracy,
ethnic strife, international trade is very low, low trade among OIC countries, no research, far behind in
the field of science and technology, illiteracy etc.
The suggestions related to: (i) an institutional mechanism for conflict prevention and resolution
with member states; (II) a network of centres of excellence in science and technology; (iii)
establishment of a permanent forum of Islamic thought to provide guidance and opinion; (iv)
allocation of adequate financial resources to implement these proposals; (v) allocation of at least 0.5
per cent of the GDP by the member states for implementing OIC objectives; and (vi) a dedicated
department in the OIC secretariat for promoting intra-OIC trade.
It is very unfortunate that the whole world is watching how Muslims kill other Muslims. The
sectarian violence involving sunni-shiah conflict must be resolved. Muslim leaders throughout the
world must begin to preach on the universal message of Islam. Sectarian differences should be
accepted as differences that can be debated by scholars in a peaceful and gentle environment. It should
never reach the level of violence and killing which we are seeing today.
The world is reaching its limit in being able to feed growing number of human population. Due
to unequal distribution and unjust global food policies, we can see increase in level of global poverty.
For example, there are plenty of statistics and data about global poverty--these are just a few:
• Each year, more than 8 million people around the world die because they are too poor to stay alive.
• Over 1 billion people i.e 1 in 6 people around the world live in extreme poverty, defined as
living on less than $1 a day.
• More than 800 million go hungry each day.
• Over 100 million primary school-age children cannot go to school.
Based on definitions established by the World Bank, nearly 3 billion people i.e half of the
world's population are considered poor. But poverty isn't simply a numbers game. It's about billions of
men, women and children enduring unimaginable obstacles that keep them from fulfilling their most
basic human rights and achieving their individual potentials.
There is,only one way to achieve the unity of Muslim Ummah and that way is the way of the
Prophet Muhammad (SAW). This way was used by the Companions (R.A) of Allah's Prophet (SAW)
and the Muslim scholars during the 13 centuries of Muslim rule of this world. One may say that
everyone follows Quran but we are still disunited. That's true. The dispute is not in the Quran. The
dispute lies with those scholars and their followers who interpret Quran based upon their own
sectarian beliefs and ignore consensus of Islamic scholars. Muslims must return to the consensus of
Islamic scholars which did exist from the period of Sahabah (R.A) (Companions of Allah's Prophet
(SAW)) till the fall of Khilafat-e-Islamiyah just one century ago. Muslims must think as one nation
and must overcome the linguistic, geographical, regional and ethnic differences. The agents of
colonial Empires have seeded the linguistic and regional nationalism among Muslims. Muslims must
leave linguistic and regional nationalism behind and become one body. If any part of the body feels
pain the entire body should feel it and find the cure for it.
God has rightly said:
"And hold fast all together by the rope which Allah (stretches out for you) and be not
 211

divided among yourselves; and remember with gratitude Allah's favour on you; for you
were enemies and He joined your hearts in love so that by His grace you became
brethren; and you were 011 the brink of the pit offire and He saved you from it. This is
how Allah makes his signs clear to you: that you may be guided."
One solution to our predicament is trade, which was always the cementing factor between
Muslim countries even from the earliest days of the Rightly Guided Caliphs. While the armies opened
the way through military and political conquest, it was the traders and trade routes that maintained and
bound the ties between nations.
Investment in education, along with basic health services, offers the highest potential returns on
development spending. A large part of the continued weakness of the Ummah lies in our low literacy
and low educational achievement rates. This obviously contributes to the failure of the Ummah to
master science and technology and makes it difficult to be economically competitive.
Thus, today, although many people may associate the lack of political unity with the lack of
unity among the Muslim communities, one may also point out that the lack of unity among the
Muslim communities is due to the fact that we have stopped trading with each other as much as we
used to during the zenith of our Muslim civilisation.
As a result of the hurdles left by our colonial invaders and masters, we find ourselves today
trading through Europe or through some third non-Muslim country. We note that for much of history,
the Middle East was the commercial and intellectual bridge between Asia and Europe. It was among
the most cosmopolitan regions of the world, the birthplace of religions and alphabets and the
repository and laboratory for knowledge of all fields. Today, it is painfully clear that the main roads of
international trade have by-passed the Muslim Middle East.
We need to fornmlate a strategy to remove the role of the dollar as the international reserve
currency as well as its role as the petro-currency. The following is suggested: -
(i) Muslim nations must instruct their central banks and large corporations to convert the bulk of
their US $ holdings into assets denominated in Euro and perhaps even Yen.
(ii) The OPEC countries must take action to denominate the oil trade in Euro instead of
denominating it in US dollars.
(iii) The Muslim nations must attempt to use Euro as the currency of denomination when they
trade among themselves.
(iv) The Muslim nations must persuade Europe to denominate its trade with Muslim nations in
Euro and persuade Japan to denominate its trade with Muslim nations in Yen.
Based on the views and recommendations of scholars and intellectuals, convinced of the
potential of the Muslim Ummah to achieve its renaissance and in order to take practical steps towards
strengthening the bonds of Islamic solidarity, achieve unity of ranks and project the true image and
noble values of Islam, a Ten-Year programme of Action has been developed which reviews the most
prominent challenges facing the Muslim world today as well as ways and means to address them in an
objective and realistic way in order to serve as a practicable and workable programme for all OIC
member states.
(a) Single currency for whole Muslim countries
(b) Islamic development bank for the Muslim countries.
(c) Revolution in the field of science of technology.
(d) Research on Quran
(e) Dependence on their own resources
 THE LAND OF PURE (PAKISTAN)
OUTLINE

CJ Land
CJ People

CJ Economy

CJ Govenunent

CJ History
CJ British Control and the Muslim League

CJ Partition and Conflict

CJ The Ayub Khan Regime

CJ Bangladesh and Bhutto

CJ Recent History

CJ General Facts
CJ Location 33°40'N 73°1o'E
CJ Largest city Karachi
CJ Official language(s) Urdu (national), English
CJ Recognised regional languages Balochi, Pa~hto, Punjabi, Saraiki, Sindhi
CJ Legislature Majlis-e-Shoora, Upper House Senate, Lower House
National Assembly
CJ Area Total 796,095 km2 (36th), 307,374 sq mi
 213

ESSAY
The name Pakistan means Land of (the) Pure in Urdu and Penian. It was coined in 1934 as
Pakistan by Choudhary Rahmat Ali, a Pakistan movement activist, who published it in his pamphlet
'Now or Never'. The name is an acronym representing the "thirty million Muslim brethren who live in
Pakstan-by which we mean the five Northern units of India viz: Punjab, North-West Frontier
Province (Afghan Province), Kashmir, Sind, and Balochistan". The letter 'i' was later added to ease
pronunciation.
Pakistan was created, and achieved its independence, on 14 August 1947 as the result of a
partition of British India. It consisted of the former provinces of Sindh, Balochistan, and Khyber
Pakhtunkhwa together with the east of Bengal and the west of Punjab. These were all regions with a
Muslim-majority population. M. A. Jinnah, the leader of the Muslim League, was the principal
advocate of Pakistan. Chaotic conditions at the time of partition also led to at least half a million
people being killed in ferocious 'communal' violence. Since independence Pakistan has enjoyed a
chequered history. Tensions with India have remained high and have led to three wars. East
Pakistan seceded in 1971, amidst much bloodshed, to form the independent state of Bangladesh.
Full general elections were not held until 1970 and democratic institutions have remained at risk
from military coups.
Pakistan is bordered by India on the east, the Arabian Sea on the south, Iran on the southwest,
and Afghanistan on the west and north; in the northeast is the disputed territory (with India) of
Kashmir, of which the part occupied by Pakistan borders on Chins. Islamabad is the capital and
Karachi is the largest city.
Pakistan may be divided into four geographic regions-the plateau of W Pakistan, the plains of
the Indus and Punjab riven, the hills of NW Pakistan, and the mountains of N Pakistan. The plateau
region of W Pakistan, which is roughly coextensive with Baluchistan province, is an arid region with
relatively wetter conditions in its northern sections. Numerous low mountain ranges rise from the
plateau, and the Hingol and Dasht rivers are among the largest streams. Large portions of the region
are unfit for agriculture, and although some cotton is raised, nomadic sheep grazing is the principal
activity. Coal, chromite, and natural gas are found in this area, and fishing and salt trading are carried
on along the rugged Maler.an coast. Quetta, the chief city, is an important railroad center on the line
between Afghanistan and the Indus valley. East of the plateau region is extensive alluvial plains,
through which flow the Indus and its tributaries. The region, closely coinciding with Sindh and Punjab
provinces, is hot and dry and is occupied in its eastern borden by the Thar Desert. Extensive irrigation
facilities, fed by the waters of the Indus system, make the Indus basin the agricultural heartland of
Pakistan. A variety of crops (especially wheat, rice, and cotton) are raised there. Advances in
agricultural engineering have countered the salinity problems involved in farming the Indus delta. The
irrigated portions of the plain are densely populated, being the site of many of Pakistan's principal
cities, including Lahore, Faisalabad (formerly Lyallpur), Hyderabad, and Multan. Karachi, the nation's
chief port, is located west of the irrigated land at a site accessible to oceangoing vessels. The higher
parts of the plain, in the north, as in the vicinity of Lahore, have a more humid subtropical climate.
In NW Pakistan, occupying about two thirds of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, is a region of low hills
and plateaus interspersed with fertile valleys. The elevation of the region tempers the arid climate. It is
a predominantly agricultural area, with wheat the chief crop; fruit trees and livestock are also raised
Peshawar and Rawalpindi, the largest cities of this area, are the only major manufacturing centers. In
 214

the northern section of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa and in the Pakistani-occupied sector of Kashmir are the
rugged ranges and the high, snowcapped peaks of the Hindu Kush, Himalaya, and Karakorum
mountains; Tirich Mir is the highest point in the country outside Kashmir.
Pakistan has one of the world's most rapidly growing populations. Its people are a mixture of
many ethnic groups, a result of the occupation of the region by groups passing through on their way to
India. The Pathans (Pashtuns) of the northwest are a large, indigenous group that has long resisted
advances by invaders and that has at times sought to establish an autonomous state within Pakistan.
Baluchis, who live mainly in the southwest, have also pressed for the creation of a state that would
incorporate parts of Afghanistan and Iran. Punjabis reside mainly in the northeast, and Sindhis in the
southeast. Pakistan is an overwhelmingly (about 97%) Muslim country; about three fourths of the
Muslims are Sunnis (largely Sufis) and the rest Shiites. Urdu is the official language, but Punjabi,
Sindhi, Pashto, Baluchi, Hindko, and Brahui are also spoken; English is common among the upper
classes and in the government.
Agriculture is the mainstay of Pakistan's economy, employing more than 40% of the
population. Cotton, wheat, rice, sugarcane, fruits, vegetables, and tobacco are the chief crops, and
cattle, sheep, and poultry are raised. There is also a fishing industry. Most of Pakistan's agricultural
output comes from the Indus basin. The country is now self-sufficient in food, as vast irrigation
schemes have extended farming into arid areas, and fertilizers and new varieties of crops have
increased yields. Pakistan's industrial base is able to supply many of the country's needs in consumer
goods and other products. The country major manufactures textiles (the biggest earner of foreign
exchange), processed foods, pharmaceuticals, construction materials, paper products, and fertilizer.
Remittances from Pakistanis working abroad constitute the second largest source of foreign exchange.
Since the mid-l 950s electric power output has greatly increased, mainly because of the development
of hydroelectric power potential and the use of thermal power plants. The annual cost of Pakistan's
imports usually exceeds its earnings from exports. The chief imports are petroleum, machinery,
plastics, transportation equipment, edible oils, paper, iron and steel, and tea. Exports include textiles
and clothing, rice, leather and sporting goods, chemicals, and carpets. The chief trading partners are
the United States, the United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia, and China.
Pakistan is governed under the constitution of 1973 as amended, which provides for a federal
parliamentary form of government. The president, who is head of state, is elected to a five-year term
by an electoral college drawn from the national parliament and provincial assemblies. The government
is headed by the prime minister, who is selected by the National Assembly. There is a bicameral
legislature. The National Assembly has 342 members, 272 of them elected by popular vote, with 60
seats reserved for women and 10 for non-Muslims; all serve five-year terms. The 100 members of the
Senate are indirectly elected by provincial assemblies and the territories' representatives in the
National Assembly; they serve six-year terms. Each province has its own legislative assembly whose
members are elected by direct popular vote, a provincial governor appointed by the president, and a
chief minister elected by the legislative assembly. There is an independent judicial branch of
government. Administratively, the country is divided into four provinces and two territories.
The northwest of the Indian subcontinent, which now constitutes Pakistan, lies in the historic
invasion routes through the Khyber, Gumal, and Bolan passes from central Asia to the heartland of
India, and for thousands of years invaders and adventurers swept down upon the settlements there.
The Indus valley civilization, which flourished until 1500 B.C., was one of the region's earliest
civilizations. The Aryans, who surpassed the Indus, were followed by the Persians of the Achaemenid
empire, who by 500 B.C. reached the Indus River. Alexander the Great, conqueror of the Persian
empire, invaded the Punjab in 326 B.C. The Seleucid empire, heir to Alexander's Indian conquest, was
 215

checked by the Mauryas, who by 305 B.C. occupied the Indus plain and much of Afghanistan. After
the fall of the Mauryas (2 B.C.) the Indo-Greek Bactrian kingdom rose to power, but was in turn
overrun (97 B.C.) by Scythian nomads called Saka and then by the Parthians (7 AD). The Parthians, of
Persian stock, were replaced by the Kushans; the Kushan Kanishka ruled (2 A.O.) all of what is now
Pakistan from his capital at Peshawar. In 712, the Muslim Arabs appeared in force and conquered
Sindh, and by 900 they controlled most of NW India. They were followed by the Ghaznavid and
Ghorid Turks. The first Turki invaders reached Bengal c.1200 and an important Muslim center was
established there, principally through conversion of the Hindus. Although the northeast of the Indian
subcontinent (now Bangladesh) remained, with interruptions, part of a united Mughal empire in India
from the early 16th century to 1857, the northwest changed hands many times before it became (1857)
part of imperial British India. It was overrun by Persians in the late 1730s; by the Afghans, who held
Sindh and the Punjab during the latter half of the 18th century and by the Sikhs, who rose to power in
the Punjab under Ranjit Singh (I 780-1839).
The British attempted to subdue the anarchic northwest during the First Afghan War (1839-42)
and succeeded in conquering Sind in 1843 and the Punjab in 1849. The turbulence of the reiiion was
intensified by the fierce forays of Baluchi and Pathan tribes people from the mountainous hinterlands.
The British occupied Quetta in 1876 and again attempted to conquer the tribes people in the Second
Afghan War (1878-80) but were still unsuccessful. With the creation of the North-West Frontier
Province (now Khyber Pakhtunkhwa) in 1901, the British shifted from a policy of conquest to one of
containment. Unlike previous settlers in India, the Muslim immigrants were not absorbed into Hindu
society. Their ranks were augmented by the millions of Hindus who had been converted to Islam.
There was cultural interchange between Hindu and Muslim, but no homogeneity emerged. After the
Indian Mutiny (I 857), a rising Hindu middle class began to assume dominant positions in industry,
education, the professions, and the civil service. Although, in these early decades of the Indian
National Congress, vigorous efforts were made to include Muslims in the nationalist movement,
concern for Muslim political rights led to the formation of the Muslim League in 1906; in the ensuing
years Hindu-Muslim conflict became increasingly acute.
The idea of a Muslim nation, distinct from Hindu India, was introduced in 1930 by the poet
Muhammad Iqbal and was ardently supported by a group of Indian Muslim students in England, who
were the first to use the name Pakistan [land of the pure, from the Urdu pak,=pure and stan,=land]. It
gained wide support in 1940 when the Muslim League, led by Muhammad Ali Jinnah, demanded the
establishment of a Muslim state in the areas of India where Muslims were in the majority. The League
won most of the Muslim constituencies in the 1946 elections, and Britain and the Congress party
reluctantly agreed to the formation of Pakistan as a separate dominion under the provisions of the
Indian Independence Act, which went into effect on Aug. 15, 1947.
Jinnah became the governor-general of the new nation and Liaquat Ali Khan the first prime
minister. While India inherited most of the British administrative machinery, Pakistan had to start with
practically nothing; records and Muslim administrators were transferred from New Delhi to a chaotic,
makeshift capital at Karachi. Moreover, an autumn of violence and slaughter among Hindus and
Muslims came between independence and the task of developing the new nation. Disturbances in
Delhi were only a prelude to the slaughter in the Punjab, where the Gurdaspur district had been
partitioned to give India access to Kashmir. Although there was some violence in Calcutta (now
Kolkata), the efforts of Mohandas K. Gandhi prevented widespread killing in partitioned Bengal. The
communal strife took more than 500,000 lives; 7 .5 million Muslim refugees fled to both parts of
Pakistan from India, and IO ntillion Hindus left Pakistan for India.
 216

Disputes between India and Pakistan atose also over the princely states of Junagadh,
Hyderabad, and Kashmir. In the first two, Muslim rulers held sway over a Hindu majority but India
forcibly joined both states to the Union, dismissing the wishes of the rulers and basing its claims
instead on the wishes of the people and the facts of geography. In Kashmir the situation was precisely
the opposite; a Hindu ruler held sway over a Muslim majority in a country that was geographically
and economically tied to West Pakistan. Toe ruler signed over Kashmir to India in Oct, 1947, but
Pakistan refused to accept the move. Fighting broke out (see India-Pakistan Wars) and continued until
Jan, 1948, when India and Pakistan both appealed to the United Nations, each accusing the other of
aggression. A cease-fire was agreed upon and a temporary demarcation line partitioned (1949) the
disputed state.
In the meantime, Pakistan faced serious internal problems. A liberal statement of constitutional
principles was promulgated in 1949, but parts of the proposed constitution ran into @rthodox Muslim
opposition. On 16 Oct, 1951, Prime Minister Liaquat Ali Khan was assassinated by an Afghan fanatic.
His death left a leadership void that prime ministers Khwaja Nazimuddin (1951-53) and Muhammad
Ali {I 953-55) and governor-general Ghulam Muhammad {I 951-55) failed to fill. In East Bengal,
which had more than half of the nation's population, there was increasing dissatisfaction with the
federal government in West Pakistan. In 1954, faced with growing crises, the government dissolved
the constituent assembly and declared a state of emergency. In 1955, the existing provinces and
princely states of West Pakistan were merged into a single province made up of 12 divisions, and the
name of East Bengal was changed to East Pakistan, thus giving it at least the appearance of parity with
West Pakistan.
In Feb, 1956, a new constitution was finally adopted and Pakistan formally became a republic
within the Commonwealth of Nations; Gen. Iskander Mirza became the first president. Economic
~onditions remained precarious, even though large shipments of grain from the United States after
1953 had helped to relieve famine. In foreign relations, Pakistan's conflict with India over Kashmir
remained unresolved, and Afghanistan continued its agitation for the formation of an autonomous
Pushtunistan nation made up of the Pathan tribes people along the northwest frontier. Pakistan joined
the Southeast Asia Treaty Organization in 1954 and the Central Treaty Organization in 1955. After
1956 the threat to the stability of the Pakistan government gradually increased, stemming from
continuing economic difficulties, frequent cabinet crises, and widespread political corruption.
Finally, in Oct, 1958, President Mirza abrogated the constitution and granted power to the army
under Gen. Muhammad Ayub Khan. Ayub subsequently assumed presidential powers (in 1960 he was
elected to a five-year term), aboiishing the office of prime minister and ruling by decree. Under the
dictatorship, a vigorous land reform and economic development program was begun, and a new
constitution, which provided for a federal Islamic republic with two provinces (East and West
Pakistan) and two official languages (Bengali and Urdu), went into effect in I 962. Toe new city of
Islamabad, N of Rawalpindi (which had been interim capital since 1959), became the national capital,
and Dhaka, in East Pakistan, became the legislative capital. In 1965, Ayub was reelected and a
national assembly of 156 members-with East and West Pakistan each allocated 75 seats, and six seats
reserved for women, who had previously been denied the vote under Islamic strictures-was elected. A
treaty with India governing the use of the waters of the Indus basin was signed (1961). Communal
strife was constantly present in the subcontinent-in Jan, 1961, several thousand Muslims were
massacred in Madhya Pradesh state in India, and there were reprisals in Pakistan; in 1962 there was
further communal conflict in Bengal. Diplomatic relations between Pakistan and Afghanistan were
severed (1961-63) after some border clashes and continued Afghan agitation, supported by the USSR,
for an independent Pushtunistan.
 217

A series of conferences on Kashmir was held (Dec, 1962-Feb, 1963) between India and
Pakistan following the Chinese assault (Oct, 1962) on India; both nations offered important
concessions and solution of the long-standing dispute seemed imminent. However, Pakistan then
signed a bilateral border agreement with China that involved the bl>undaries of the disputed state, and
relations with India again became strained. Pakistan's continuing conflict with India over Kashmir
erupted in fighting in the Rann of Kachchh region of NW India and SE West Pakistan and in an
outbreak of warfare (August-September) in Kashmir. Some improvement in relations between the two
countries came in 1966, when President Ayub Khan and Prime Minister Lal Bahadur Shastri of India
reached an accord in the Declaration of Tashkent at a meeting sponsored by the USSR. Despite the
accord, however, the basic dispute over Kashmir remained unsettled.
In an effort to gain support in the conflict with India, Pakistan somewhat modified its pro-
Westem policy after 1963 by establishing closer relations with Communist countries, especially with
China, by taking a neutral position on some international issues, and by joining the Regional Co-
operation for Development Program of SW Asian nations. East Pakistan's long-standing discontent
with the federal government was expressed in 1966 by a movement for increased autonomy, supported
by a general strike. Following disastrous riots in late 1968 and early 1969, Ayub resigned and handed
the government over to Gen. Agha Muhammad Yahya Khan, the head of the army, who then declared
martial law. The first direct universal voting since independence was held in Dec., 1970, to elect a
National Assembly that would draft a new constitution and restore federal parliamentary government.
The Awami League, under Sheik Mujibur Rahman, in a campaign for full autonomy in East
Pakistan, won an overwhelming majority in the National Assembly by taking 153 of the 163 seats
allotted to East Pakistan. The opening session of the National Assembly, scheduled to meet in Dhaka
in Mar., 1971, was twice postponed by Yahya Khan, who then canceled the election results, banned
the Awami League, and imprisoned Sheik Mujib in West Pakistan on charges of treason. East Pakistan
declared its independence as Bangladesh on Mar 26, 1971, but was then placed under martial law and
occupied by the Pakistani army, which was composed entirely of troops from West Pakistan. In the
ensuing civil war, some 10 million refugees fled to India and h•mdreds of thousands of civilians were
killed. India supported Bangladesh and on Dec. 3, 1971, sent troops into East Pakistan. Following a
two-week war between Pakistan and India, in which fighting also broke out along the India-West
Pakistan border, Pakistani troops in East Pakistan surrendered (Dec. 16) and a cease-fire was declared
on all fronts.
Following Pakistan's defeat, Zulfikar Ali Bhutto, the deputy prime minister and foreign
minister, came to power in West Pakistan. Sheikh Mujib was released from prison and eventually
allowed to return to Bangladesh. Relations with India remained strained over the issue of the more
than 90,000 Pakistani soldiers who had surrendered after the civil war and become prisoners of war,
over Pakistan's refusal to recognize Bangladesh, and over Bangladesh's declared intention to bring
to trial some Pakistani soldiers on war-crimes charges. A summit meeting held in Shimla, India, in
July, 1972, resulted in an easing of tensiorts and an agreement to settle differences between the two
nations peacefully.
Demarcation of the truce line in Kashmir was finally completed in Dec, 1972. In Aug, 1973,
India and Pakistan reached an agreement on the release of Pakistani prisoners-of-war and the
exchange of hostage populations in India, Pakistan, and Bangladesh-especially of the Bengali& in
Pakistan and the Biharis in Bangladesh. Bhutto recognized Bangladesh in Feb, 1974, prior to the start
of a world Islamic summit conference in Lahore. In the mid-1970s Bhutto's government faced
increasing regional tensions among Pakistan's various .ethnic groups. After Bhutto's 1977 election
victory was challenged by the opposition, widespread riots ensued.
 218

Failure to reach a reconciliation prompted the army chief of staff, Gen. Mohammed Zia ul-Haq,
to depose Bhutto in a military coup in July and declare martial law. Zia was declared president in
September, and Bhutto, convicted of ordering the murder of political opponents, was hanged in April,
1979. In the 1980s Pakistan was dominated by events occurring in neighboring Afghanistan, where
the Soviet invasion resulted in the flight of over 3 million people to Pakistan. Pakistan served as the
primary conduit for U.S. aid to the Afghan resistance, resulting in large amounts of U.S. aid to
Pakistan as well. The relationship prompted Zia to return the government to civilian hands, and in
1985 he announced the end of martial law, but only after amending the constitution so as to greatly
strengthen his power as president.
In 1986, Benazir Bhutto, daughter of Zulfikar Ali Bhutto and his heir as head of the Pakistan
People's party (PPP), returned to the country. In May, 1988, Zia dismissed parliament, charging it with
widespread corruption, and announced general elections for November. In August, Zia died in a
mysterious plane crash. The PPP won the November elections, and Bhutto became prime minister.
Despite a strong power base, Bhutto encountered numerous problems in office, including regional
ethnic clashes, the difficulties of the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan, and long-term tensions caused
by Pakistan's poverty and its uneasy relationship with India. In Aug, I 990, President Ghulam Ishaq
Khan dismissed Bhutto and her cabinet, accusing them of misconduct and abuse of power.
November elections brought to _power a coalition government headed by Nawaz Sharif, whose
administration instituted economic reform policies of privatization and deregulation in an effort to
stimulate growth. In 1991 the parliament passed legislation incorporating Islamic law (sharia) into the
legal code. When Sharif moved to reduce presidential power, he was dismissed (1993) by President
Jshaq Khan; the ensuing crisis was resolved with the resignations of both men. Bhutto's party won the
most seats in new elections later in 1993, and she once again became prime minister, heading a
coalition government; Farooq Leghari, a Bhutto ally, was elected president. In 1995 some three dozen
military officers were arrested, reportedly for plotting an Islamic revolution in Pakistan. In 1996
Bhutto was again dismissed on charges of corruption, by President Leghari. In 1997, Leghari
established a Council for Defense and National Security, which gave a key role in political decision-
making to the heads of the armed forces.
Sharifs Pakistan Muslim League (PML-N) won a huge majority in the 1997 elections and he
once again became prime minister. Sharif soon moved to enact legislation curbing the president's
power to dismiss elected governments and to appoint armed forces chiefs; the supreme court blocked
these moves and reinstated a corruption inquiry against Sharif. In an apparent victory for Sharif,
President Leghari resigned in Dec, 1997, and the chief justice of the supreme court was dismissed.
Mohammad Rafiq Tarar became president in 1998. Following the detonation of underground nuclear
devices by India in May, 1998, Pakistan carried out its own series of nuclear tests; the United States
imposed economic sanctions against both countries. In the summer of 1999, conflict with India over
Kashmir erupted again, with Pakistani-backed troops withdrawing from Indian-held territory after
several weeks of fighting.
In Oct, 1999, a bloodless military coup led by Gen. Pervez Musharraf ousted Sharif, suspended
the constitution, and declared martial law. Sharif was charged with treason, and in Apr, 2000, he was
convicted of hijacking an airliner (as a result of issuing orders to deny permission to land to the plane
that Musharraf had been on prior to the I 999 coup) and was sentenced to life in prison. Sharif
subsequently was also convicted on corruption charges, and later exiled (Dec, 2000) to Saudi Arabia.
In June, 2001, Musharraf appointed himself president. A summit in July with Prime Minister
Vajpayee of India proved unfruitful and ended on a bitter note. Following the September terrorist
attacks on the United States that were linked to Osama bin Laden, the United States ended its
 219

sanctions on Pakistan and sought its help in securing bin Laden from the Taliban government of
Afghanistan, but Pakistan proved unable to influence the Taliban, who had received support from
Pakistan since the mid-1990s. Pakistan permitted U.S. planes to cross its airspace and U.S. forces to
be based there during the subsequent military action against Afghanistan. These moves provoked
sometimes violent anti-U.S. demonstrations erupted in Pakistani cities, particularly in border areas
where many Afghan refugees and Pathans live. In response, the government cracked down on the
more militant Islamic fundamentalist groups.
Also in January, Musharraf announced plans for national and provincial legislative elections in
Oct, 2002, while indicating that he intended to remain in office. In April, he called for a referendum
on extending his rule for five more years. Most national political parties called for a boycott of the
referendum, and turnout appeared low in many locations; Musharraf claimed a 50% turnout, with a
98% yes vote. In August he imposed 29 constitutional amendments designed to make his rule
impervious to political opposition in parliament.
Parliamentary elections in Oct, 2002, resulted in a setback for Musharraf, as the Pakistan
Muslim League-Quaid (PML-Q; renamed the Pakistan Muslim League [PML] in 2004), which
supported him, placed second in terms of the seats it won. Bhutto's PPP placed first, and a generally
anti-American Islamic fundamentalist coalition was a strong third and also won control of the
North-West Frontier Province (now Khyber Pakhtunkhwa), where the legislature subsequently
approved (June, 2003) the establishment oflslamic law. Zafarullah Khan Jamali, the PML-Q leader,
was narrowly elected Pakistan's prime minister. Tensions with India further eased in 2003, and
midway through the year diplomatic relations were restored.
In Mar., 2004, Pakistan's military began operations against foreign Islamic militants in South
Waziristan, but local militants who regarded the attacks as a breach of local autonomy joined in
fighting against government forces. The fighting continued into 2005, when operations were also
begun in North Waziristan. Agreements with tribal leaders in both regions ended military operations
in Waziristan in late 2006. Fighting also occurred in Baluchistan, where local tribes demanding a
greater share in the provinces mineral wealth and an end of the stationing of military forces there
mounted a series of attacks that continued into 2006. Meanwhile, in Apr., 2004, a bill was passed
creating a national security council, consisting of military and civilian leaders, to advise the
government on matters of national interest. Creation of the council gave the military an
institutionalized voice in national affairs.
Prime Minister Jamali resigned and the cabinet was dissolved in June, after Jamali lost the
support of the president. Chaudhry Shujaat Hussain, a close political ally of Musharraf, became
interim prime minister until Shaukat Aziz, the finance minister in the outgoing cabinet and
Musharrafs choice to succeed Jamali, was elected to the national assembly and took office (Aug.,
2004). In Oct., 2004, the governing coalition passed legislation permitting Musharraf to remain
chairman of the joint chiefs of staff, despite the president's earlier pledge to resign from the post. and
at the end of the year Musharraf announced he would not resign.
In Apr, 2005, Musharraf visited India, and the two nations agreed to increase cross-border
transport links, including in Kashmir, and to work to improve trade between them. Passage (July,
2005) by the North-West Frontier Province (now Khyber Pakhtunkhwa) government of a law calling
for Islamic moral policing was challenged by the national government, and the supreme court declared
the legislation unconstitutional. A similar but somewhat weaker bill was passed in 2006 and again
challenged. An earthquake in Oct., 2005, caused widespread devastation in N Pakistan, particularly in
Kashmir, killed more than 73,000 and injured nearly as many, and left an estimated 3 million
 220

homeless. Many victims in remote areas were slow to receive aid when those areas became practically
inaccessible as a result of damage to roads combined with inadequate alternative transportation.
In 2006 relations with Afghanistan became increasingly strained as Afghan officials accused
Pakio"".' 0£ allowing the Taliban and Al Qaeda to use bordering areas of Pakistan, particularly
Baluchistan around Quella, as safe havens and to send forces and weapons across border into
Afghanistan. After a series of bomb attacks (July, 2006) in Mumbai, India, that India asserted were
linked to Pakistani security forces, peace talks were suspended between the two nations, but they
resumed in late 2006 and an agreement designed to prevent an accidental nuclear war between India
and Pakistan was signed in Feb., 2007.
In March, 2007, Mushamf suspended Pakistan'• chief justice for misuse of authority; the
justice had conducted investigations into human rightl abuses by Pakistan's security forces and was
regarded as independent of the government. While the chief justice challenged the move in the courts,
Pakistani lawyers and judges denounced the move as unconstitutional, and they and opposition parties
mounted demonstrations in support fo the chief justice, believing that the president was attempting to
remove him as a prelude to extending his presidency beyond the end of 2007. A planned rally in
Karachi in support of the chief justice led to two days of violence in May in which those who died
were largely opposition activists; the violence provoked additional opposition demonstrations .and
strikes. In July, the supreme court ruled that the chief justice's suspension was illegal and that he
should be reinstated. In June, 2007, there was devastating flooding in Balochistan after a cyclone
struck the coast; some 2 million were affected by the floodwaters.
In July, Pakistani security forces stormed an Islamabad mosque that had become a focus for
Islamic militants; more than 70 persons died. Militants responded with a series of bombings and other
attacks in the following weeks, and fighting again broke out in Waziristan. In September, bin Laden
called for jihad against the Musharraf government, and the following month the government sent
troops against militants in the Swat valley in the North-West Frontier Province (Khyber
Pakhtunkhwa). Despite the government's actions in Swat, the Pakistani Pashtun militants, who became
loosely allied as the Taliban Movement of Pakistan in late 2007, became more powerful in 2008.
Meanwhile, with parliamentary elections due by Jan., 2008, former prime ministers Sharif and
Bhutto made plans to return from exile. Sharif, who returned in September, was immediately
deported, but after an October court ruling he was allowed to return in November. Following
negotiations with the government, Bhutto returned in October, surviving an attempted assassination
the day of her return that killed more than 130 persons. Musharraf was reelected president the same
month, but the official declaration of the result was postponed until after the supreme court ruled on
whether he was permitted to run while remaining army chief. Before the court could issue its ruling,
Musharraf declared emergency rule, suspended the constitution, and dismissed the members of the
court who seemed likely to rule against him. The challenges against his reelection were then
dismissed, .and later in the month Musharraf resigned as army chief.
• In December, emergency rule was ended; late in the month Bhutto was assassinated, possibly
by Islamists, after a campaign rally. {A UN report released in 2010 said that security had been
inadequate and that the investigation into her murder had been bungled by the police and hindered by
Pakistan's secret intelligence agencies.) Several days of unrest followed her death, and the government
postponed the January elections to Feb., 2008.
Bhutto's PPP and Sharif's PML-N won the largest blocs of seats in the election, and agreed to
form a coalition; Y ousaf Raza Gilani, of the PPP, became prime minister in March. The election was a
striking setback for Musharraf, and also for the Islamist parties. In May, however, the PML-N
withdrew from the government over a disagreement concerning the restoration of powers to the
judiciary; the PPP wanted some limitations imposed while the PML-N supported fully restoring
 221

Judiciai powers. (The PML-N briefly returned to the government in August.) Relations were further
strained with Afghanistan in July, 2008, when Afghanistan's President Kanai accused Pakistani
agents of being behind a bomb attack against the Indian embassy in Kabul.
In Aug, 2008, the governing coalition announced that it planned to begin impeachment
proceedings against Mushurraf; the move was seen as driven especially by Sharit's PML-N. As
preparations for the impeachment proceedings advanced, Musharraf announced his resignation as
president. The following month Bhutto's husband, Asif Ali Zardari, was elected president. The new
government was faced with increased militant Islamist threats-including festering conflicts with
militants (fighting resumed in Swat in July, intensified in Bajaur, in the Tribal Areas, in August, and
by November had spread to Mohmand, also in the Tribal Areas), an assassination attempt against the
prime minister, and a suicide bomb attack on an Islamabad hotel (Sept., 2008) that resulted in many
casualties-and a financial meltdown that left the country close to defaulting on its considerable debt.
September also saw increased tensions between Pakistani forces and U.S. forces in
Afghanistan after U.S. and Afghan forces conducted a ground raid against Islamists in Pakistan, and
Pakistan protested against ongoing U.S. missile strikes against militant targets in Pakistan's Tribal
Areas. The Nov., 2008, terrorist attacks in Mumbai, India, by Islamists of Pakistani origin, led to
Indian demands that Pakistan take action against those that India said were linked to the terrorism
and to increased Indo-Palcistani tensions. Pakistan later (Feb., 2009) acknowledged that the attack
had been launched from Pakistan, and said it had arrested a number of persons connected to the
attack. In 2010, however, India accused Pakistan's intelligence agency of having assisted in the
planning of the attacks. Also in Nov., 2008, the International Monetary Fund approved a $7.6
billion loan package to Pakistan, enabling the country to avoid defaulting on its bond payments.
In Feb, 2009, the government agreed to the establishment of Islamic law in Swat in exchange
for a permanent cease-fire. Militants refused, however, to lay down their weapons, and some moved in
subsequent weeks into neighboring districts in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, where they were opposed by
government forces. The Swat-based militants also denounced the Pakistani legal system as un-Islamic.
Islamic militants also mounted bombings in a number of major Pakistani cities in early 2009.
In Mar, 2009, growing demonstrations led Zardari to agree to restore the chief justice to office;
the government also subsequently announced it would appeal the banning of Sharif and his brother
from politics. The Supreme Court overturned the ban in May, and in July it ruled that Musharrafs
emergency rule had been unconstitutional and illegal. In April, the government received pledges of
$5.2 billion in foreign aid (over two years) to help finance social programs.
As government forces moved to restore control over areas near Swat, the situation in Swat
deteriorated, and in May the military mounted a major offensive against the militants there. In
subsequent weeks Islamic militants in response mounted a number of suicide bomb attacks in
Pakistani cities, and fighting also intensified in Sand N Waziristan and other areas. Some 2 million
people were displaced by the fighting. The fighting in Swat was declared largely over by late July
and by September folli fifths of the residents had returned to Swat. Militant attacks continued in
Pakistani cities, however, and in Oct., 2009, the military launched a major offensive against
militants based in S Waziristan; after some two weeks of fighting militants largely pulled back,
ceding most of their main bases to the military by mid-November. In Mar., 2010, an offensive was
launched in Orakzai agency in the Tribal Areas, against militants believed to have fled there from S
Waziristan; some 200,000 people were displaced by the fignting. Fighting continued also in Bajaur
and other parts of the Tribal Areas.
In Dec, 2009, the Supreme Court ruled illegal a 2007 Musharraf decree that had declared an
amnesty on corruption cases. Benazir Bhutto and th~ PPP had sought the amnesty in order to end
prosecutions begun under Prime Minister Sharif that they asserted were politically motivated, but
 222

some 8,000 govemment officials, politicians, and others were ultimately absolved by the decree. The
court also called for any case that was derailed by the decree to be reopened. Pakistan and India
resumed talks in Feb., 2010; it was the first meeting since the 2008 Mumbai attacks. In Apr., 2010,
Pakistan adopted constitutional changes that reduced the powers of the president and increased those
of the prime minister and parliament, making the president a largely ceremonial head of state; the
powers of the provinces were also increased, and the North-West Frontier Province was renamed
Khyber Pakhtunkhwa.
Beginning in late July, the monsoon season resulted in devastating floods of unprecedented
proportions along the Indus and its tributaries that impacted, to a greater or lesser degree, all of the
country's provinces and submerged roughly one fifth of its land area. Some 20 million people, the vast
majority of them farmers, were affected by the floods, which continued in some areas through
September. Some 1,800 died, and the damage was estimated at $9.7 billion. Zadari, who left the
country during the crisis, was increasingly unpopular as a result, and the scale of the disaster
overwhelmed the govemment's ability to respond.
Pakistan's government, which was in financial difficulties before the floods, was faced with
estimated rebuilding and recovery costs of $30 billion. By December the financial difficulties
threatened the government when the Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM) withdrew from the
governing coalition over an impending fuel price increase. Prime Minister Gilani was forced to roll
back the increase in early January in order to regain MQM's support, and a sales tax overhaul-a
condition imposed by the IMF for the release of additional loans-was postponed. The first week of
January also saw the assassination of the governor of Punjab because of his support for reforms to
Pakistan's blasphemy laws.
 THE NEW GREAT GAME
OUTLINE

D Introduction
D Historical Background of the Great Game
D The New Great Game in Central Asia
D Previous engagement of the USSR
D Huge oil reserves in central asia
D Rivarly over Caspian Sea
D US plans to get these areas
D Attack of the US on Iraq and Afghanistan
D US Military Bases in Central Asia
D Afghanistan and the New Great Game
D Afghanistan, near to this area
D US military bases in Afghanistan
D Energy bridge
D Iraq and the New Great Game
D Conclusion
 224

ESSAY
The term 'Great Game' was first coined by Arthur Conolly in 1829. He was a British
intelligence officer, explorer and writer. He was a captain of the Sixth Bengal Light Cavalry, who
worked for the British East India Company. Arthur Conolly used this term to describe the struggle
between the British Empire and the Russian Empire for domination over Central Asia.
The Great Game refers to the strategic rivalry between •he British and the Russian empires in a
bid to maintain their supremacy over Central Asia that is rich in natural resources, mainly oil and
natural gas. The Great Game period continued from 1813 to 1907. It started with the British-Russian
rivalry in Afghanistan. The British feared that the Russian Empire's expansion in Central Asia would
threaten their domination of the resource rich India. The British believed that Afghanistan would
become a staging post for a Russian invasion of India. lbis fear led the British to launch the first
Anglo-Afghan war in 1838. The attempt to impose a puppet regime under Shuja Shah in Afghanistan
ultimately failed in 1842 due to the attack of the Afghan mobs on the British.
A second Anglo-Afghan War erupted when British diplomatic mission sent to Kabul in 1878
was turned back by Sher Ali, the then ruler of Afghanistan. The Britishers were infuriated because an
uninvited diplomatic mission of Russia was welcomed by Afghanistan but the Britishers were
declined similar treatment. The war's conclusion left Abdur Rahman Khan on the throne, who agreed
to let the British maintain Afghanistan's foreign policy.
1n the run-up to World War I, Germany's increased activity in Central Asia brought Russia and
Britain closer and brought an end to the classic Great Game. Anglo-Russian Convention of 1907
closed the Great Game. The Russians accepted that the politics of Afghanistan were solely under
British control as long as the British guaranteed not to change the regime. Russia agreed to conduct all
political relations with Afghanistan through the British. The British agreed that they would maintain
the current borders and actively discourage any attempt by Afghanistan to encroach on Russian
territory. Persia was divided into three zones: a British zone in the south, a Russian zone in the north,
and a narrow neutral zone serving as buffer in between.
However, in 1917 another phase of the great game began which led to the third Anglo-
Afghan war in 1919. This was a result of the assassination of the then ruler Habibullah Khan. His
son and successor Amanullah declared full independence and attacked British India's northern
frontier. The issue was resolved with the Rawalpindi Agreement of 1919. In May 1921, Afghanistan
and the Russian Soviet Republic signed a Treaty of Friendship. The United Kingdom imposed
minor sanctions and diplomatic slights as a response to the treaty. 1n 1928, Amanullah abdicated
under pressure.
With the advent of World War II came the temporary alignment of British and Soviet interests. With
this period of cooperation between the USSR and the UK, the Great Game between the two powers came
to an end.
The New Great Game is a term that refers to modem geopolitics in Central Asia as a
competition between the United States, the United Kingdom and other NATO countries against
Russia, the People's Republic of China and other Shanghai Cooperation Organisation countries
(Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Uzbekistan) for influence, power, hegemony and profits in
Central Asia. The competition for actual control over a geographic area has been taken over by
pipelines, tanker routes, petroleum consortiums, and contracts.
 225

For Central Asia, the breakdown of the USSR was a time of economic, political and social
crisis, but also of new opportunities, including the chance to seek new partners and allies. The US,
Turkey, Iran, India, Pakistan, China and Russia itself were quick to establish relations with the new
countries. The starting point is what is now known as the famous 'New Great Game', which is none
other than a modem version of the traditional power plays in the region by the major empires of
Russia and British previously. However, the present game is much more complex due to the larger
number of players involved. The renewed 'Great Game' is due to the increasing importance of Central
Asia, stemming from the existence in the region of vast reserves of hydrocarbons (oil and gas) and
minerals like uranium, and because of its age-old strategic position as a link between major markets
(Europe and Asia). Central Asia is an area offering certain geo-economics advantages to countries or
multinational corporations that have particular regional or global aspirations.
Some publications have termed the region a second Persian Gulf. Proved crude oil reserves
total around 40 billion barrels, a very far cry from the reserves in other regions. The only country in
the region with the real capacity to become a major crude oil exporter in the short term is Kazakhstan,
and it is here that the multinational oil giants have set their sights. Overall, Euro-American companies
control a large number of Kazakh oil reserves, with US companies leading the field. Russian
companies come second followed by China. The presence of Western countries particularly US, in the
breakdown of oil reserves is overwhelmingly larger than that of Russia and China. •
The great game over Central Asia is being continued on the verge of a new century, this time
· with the United States replacing the United Kingdom. The United States is pitted in this struggle
against Russia, China, and Iran, all competing to dominate the Caspian region, its resources and
pipeline routes. Complicating the playing field are transnational energy corporations with their own
agendas and the entrepreneurs who have taken control after the collapse of the Soviet Union.
The rivalry continues with plans for new gas pipelines to Europe from Russia and the Caspian
region. The Russians plan South Stream - a pipeline under the Black Sea to Bulgaria. The European
Union and U.S. are backing a pipeline called Nabucco that would supply gas to Europe via Turkey.
Nabucco would get some gas from Azerbaijan, but that country doesn't have enough. Additional
supply could come from Turkmenistan, but Russia is blocking a link across the Caspian Sea. Iran
offers another source, but the U.S: is blocking the use of Iranian gas.
For the United States, the Central Asian region is of both emerging importance and emerging
challenge. Ever since America went to war in Afghanistan, the vast region of Central Asia, including
the countries of Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and Uzbekistan, on Afghanistan's
Northern border acquired renewed strategic significance. Washi~ton built military bases there to
supply the ongoing military effort, encouraging unstable and corrupt regimes ruling the post-Soviet
Central Asia. Geographically this region is landlocked, and had a little strategic concern for the United
States during the first decade of its independence. Presently, the United States has basically three-fold
interests in Central Asia, firstly, pertaining to geo-strategic realities of security, particularly in the war
against terrorism, secondly, to exploit the energy resources of the region, and· finally to the effort to
support liberalizing and democratizing refomis in the region.
Central Asia and the Caspian basm are replete with natural wealth, which is a sign;ficant aspect
of geo-politics and geo-economics in the region. However, Russia holds the majority of oil export
routes from reserves in Caspian basin and Central Asia; nevertheless, the western oi1 companies are
also doing effort to win this pipeline pohtics. Furtl1em1ore, the investments by ("hma and lndia in oil
and gas sectors have yielded more options for non-Russian export routes. U.S. ardently interests for
exploiting the untapped natural resources of the Central Asia and Caspian region. It is estimated that
by 2050, Central Asia could account for 80 per cent of America's oil supply. Indeed, the presence of
 226

regional powers particularly Russia, China and Iran are posing a threat to the United States for
achieving its objectives in the region
The United States maintains two bases in Central Asia, one each in Uzbekistan and Kyrgyzstan,
for its postwar operations in Afghanistan. A regional group led by Russia and China has pressured the
United States to remove its forces from Central Asia. The United States says the bases are necessary
for its efforts in Afghanistan and claims it does not intend to have a pennanent presence in the region.
As early as 5 Oct 2001 the U.S. secured pern1ission to establish a military base in Khanabad in
southwest Uzbekistan and by December of that year had established another base at Manas, just
outside of the Kyrgyz capital of Bishkek. The United States began leasing both Soviet-era bases
during the run-up to the U.S.-led invasion of Afghanistan in 2001. They are used primarily to station
soldiers, refueling jets, and cargo planes. Each airfield houses roughly 1,000 U.S. troops and civilian
contractors. The August 7, 2010 edition of the Washington Post substantiated earlier reports that the
U.S. plans to establish a comparable base in Kyrgyzstan, which like Tajikistan borders China. The
article revealed that "The United States is planning to move ahead with construction of a $10 million
military training base in Osh, Kyrgyzstan, the site of a bloody uprising in June called the Osh
Polygon, the base was first proposed under former Kyrgyz president Kunnanbek Bakiyev as a facility
to train Kyrgyz troops for counterterrorism operations."
With the announcement of new U.S. military bases in Tajikistan and Kyrgyzstan in addition to
the indefinite maintenance of those in the latter country, Tajikistan and Uzbekistan, and with
American and NATO military strength in Afghanistan at a record 150,000 troops, there is no
indication that the Pentagon and the North Atlantic military bloc intend to leave the strategic arc that
begins in the South Caucasus and ends at the Chinese border.
Afghanistan is adjacent to Middle Eastern countries that are rich in oil and natural gas. And
though Afghanistan may have little petroleum itself, it borders both Iran and T,µrkmenistan, countries
with the second and third largest natural gas reserves in the world. Rivalry for pipeline routes and
energy resources reflects competition for power and control in the region. Pipelines are important
today as they connect trading partners and influence the regional balance of power. Afghanistan is a
strategic piece ofreal estate in the geopolitical struggle for power and dominance in the region.
The war in Afghanistan is not and has not been for the last 30 years about ideological alliances
between the "democratic" west and the previously "communist" Soviet Union; it is about control of
massive oil fields in central Asian countries and how to secure pipeline routes to deliver that oil to
market. One is the war of gas pipelines, second is of energy resources and third is of NATO which is
trying to reinvent itself. NA TO was searching the reason for coming to this area. The New Great
Game in Afghanistan started when US attacked it after 9/1 I. Afghanistan acts as the geographical
bridge to control Central Asia. Many believe that the US-led invasion of Afghanistan after 9/1 I is part
of the Afghan pipeline war and war of natural resources. There have been suggestions that Bush's
decision to invade Afghanistan could have been influenced by oil money. George W. Bush's
connections with the oil industry are well established. There is evidence of surprisingly close ties
between Bush's U.S. Government and big oil companies, partly brought to light through high-profile
cases of alleged corruption involving U ."s. government officials and major oil companies.
America plans to tum Afghanistan into an "energy bridge" by helping to build a natural gas
pipeline across it. The pipeline, called TAPI (Turkmenistan-Afghanistan-Pakistan-India) would carry
Turkmen gas through Afghanistan and Pakistan to India, with all three countries drawing supplies
proportionate to their needs. America likes the idea because the TAP! pipeline would supplant a rival
proposal to pipe Iranian gas to Pakistan and India. ··
 227

There are a total 9f six military bases of Us in Afghanistan. US has established Bagram Airfield
is a militarized airport and housing complex that is located next to the ancient city of Bagram, 11
kilometres southeast of Charikar in Parwan province of Afghanistan. The base is run by a US Am1y
division headed by a major general. A large part of the base, however, is owned by the Cnited States
Air Force.
There are two joint bases namely Shindand Airbase which is located in the western part of
Afghanistan in the Heral province, 7 miles northwest of the city ofSabzwar.
The other is the Kandahar International Airport that is located l O miles south-east of Kandahar
City in Afghanistan. The airport was built by the United States in the 1960s, under the United States
Agency for International Development program. The Kandahar International Airport was built in 1960
in Afghanistan with assistance from the United States Agency for International Development. It may
have been originally intended as a base for American strategic bombers to use in the event of a war
with the Soviet Union, but the first time it was occupied by American forces was in 2001 when
Marines took it over to use durmg Operation Enduring Freedom. Coalition aircraft are based at
Kandahar to provide close air support for units operating in Afghanistan, and the airport has been
gradually rebuilt by the Americans and Afghans, after it had largely been destroyed and neglected
during the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan.
Apart from these there are three US marine bases in Afgha111 ;tan. Camp Dwyer is a United
States Marine Corps base in Afghanistan. It is located in the Helmand River Valley, a turbulent part of
the region, and it has been expanded every year since its construction. Camp Dwyer started off as a
forward operating base, but its utility led Marine Corps officials to tum it into a pennanent installation
and to greatly increase the size of its garrison.
Camp Leatherneck is a United States Marine Corps base in Helmand Province, Afghanistan.
Originally built for the 2nd Marine Expeditionary Brigade, Camp Leatherneck has changed hands
between several units. Currently, the camp is occupied by elements of the l st expeditionary force and
by associated combat service support brigades. FOB Delaram is a Forward Operating Base of the
United States Marine Corps in Afghanistan. It is built along the Ring Road, which is one of the
most heavily trafficked (and consequently, most heavily mined with IEDs) roads in the area. The
Ring Road is the 2,200 km beltway of Afghanistan, connecting its major cities with varying
qualities of road surface.
The US invasion of Iraq in 2003 was apparently accounted to disann Iraq of weapons of mass
destruction (WMD), to end Saddam Hussein's support for terrorism, and to free the Iraqi people.
However, many experts believe that the covert reason of the invasion was occupation of the oil
reserves in Iraq. Oil is a strategic commodity that everybody needs and is crucial to military power
while assuring its flow to the world econumy makes US power globally indispensable. To understand
the real motives behind the war and why Bush saw an attack on Iraq as the solution to US problems,
we need to shift the focus to its strategic hegemony over the oil market. The US oil vulnerability was
on the rise. US import dependence was rising in an ever-tighter oil market with global production
seemingly peaking, hence shifting the balance of power to oil producers. These conditions could make
the US and the world capitalist economy vulnerable to an oil shock historically fatal for US presidents.
Iraq was a solution to these potential threats for it had the world's second largest oil reserves and very
low production costs.
The new great game is not nearing its end. Rather, this game has ignited the evils of
··Talibanisation" and "War on Terror". With so many players being a part of this not-so-peaceful
tussle, only time would tell who would be the ultimate winner.
 PALESTINE
OUTLINE

IJ Palestine - the holy land

IJ The Balfour Declaration
CJ Deal between Britain and France
IJ Role of the UNO
IJ Partition of Palestine
IJ Policy and the role of the US
IJ Establishment of Israel
IJ Violent treatment with the Palestinians
IJ Suez Canal Crisis 1956
IJ 1967 war
IJ UN Security Resolution
IJ Camp David Accords 1978
IJ The Intifada
IJ The Madrid Conference 1991
IJ Oslo Agreement 1993
IJ Israelis atrocities
IJ Wye River Accord
IJ Camp David 2000
IJ Taba 2001
IJ Saudi Peace Plan 2002
IJ Roadmap 2003
IJ Geneva Accord 2003
IJ Decision of the International Court of Justice
IJ Death ofYasser Arafat
IJ New president Mahmoud Abbad
IJ Israeli's bombing
IJ 2006 War
IJ Isreal's control over Gaza and West ):lank
IJ Annapolis Summit 2007
IJ Resuming Talks
 229

ESSAY
Towards the end of the 1800s questions arose as to how the Jewish people could overcome
increasing persecution and anti-Semitism in Europe. The biblical Promised Land led to a political
movement, Zionism, to establish a Jewish homeland in Palestine, in the Middle East. From 1920 to
1947, the British Empire had a mandate over Palestine. At that time, Palestine included all of Israel
and today's Occupied Territories, of Gaza, West Bank, etc. The increasing number of Jewish people
immigrating to the "Holy Land" increased tensions in the region. European geopolitics in the -earlier
half of the 20th century in the wider Middle East region contributed to a lot of instability overall. The
British Empire, especially, played a major role in the region.
During World War I, in 1916, it convinced Arab leaders to revolt against the Ottoman Empire
(which was allied with Germany). In return, the British government would support the establishment
of an independent Arab state in the region, including Palestine. Yet, in contradiction to this, and to
also get support of Jewish people, in 1917, Lord Arthur Balfour, then British Foreign Minister, issued
a declaration (the Balfour Declaration). This announced the British Empire's support for the
establishment of "a Jewish national home in Palestine."
As a further complication, there was a deal between Imperial Britain and France to carve up the
Arab provinces of the Ottoman Empire and divide control of the region. The spoils of war were to be
shared. As with the I 885 Berlin Conference where Africa was carved up amongst the various
European empires, parts of the Middle East were also to be carved up, which would require artificial
borders, support of monarchies, dictators and other leaders that could be regarded as "puppets" or at
least could be influenced by these external powers.
After World War II, the newly forrned United Nations (which then had less developing
countries as members) recommended the partition of Palestine into two states and the
internationalization of Jerusalem. The minority Jewish people received the majority of the land. US
support for the Israel state was driven by internal politics as the CATO Institute.
In November 1947 the UN General Assembly voted overwhelmingly to recommend partition
of Palestine into Arab and Jewish states. The two states were to be joined in an economic union, and
Jerusalem would be administered by the United Nations. The Arabs would get 43 per cent of the
land, the Jews 57 per cent. The proposed apportionment should be assessed in light of the following
facts: The Jewish portion was better land; by the end of 1947 the percentage of Palestine purchased
by Jews was less than 7 per cent; Jewish land purchases accounted for only 10 per cent of the
proposed Jewish state; and Jews made up less than one-third of the population of Palestine.
Moreover, the Jewish state was to include 497,000 Arabs, who would constitute just under 50 per
cent of the new state's population.
The United States not only accepted the UN plan, it aggressively promoted it among the other
members of the United Nations. US President Harry Truman had been personally moved by the
tragedy of the Jews and by the condition of the refugees. That response and his earlier studies of the
Bible made him open to the argument that emigration to Palestine was the proper remedy for the
surviving Jews of Europe. Yet he acknowledged later, in his memoirs, that he was "fully aware of the
Arabs' hostility to Jewish settlement in Palestine." He, like his predecessor, had promised he would
take no action without fully consulting the Arabs, and he reneged.
Truman's decision to support establishment of a Jewish state in Palestine was made against the
advice of most of the State Department and other foreign policy experts, who were concerned aboui
 230

U.S. relations with the Arabs and possible Soviet penetration of the region. Secretary James
Forrestal of the Defense Department and Loy Henderson, at that time the State Department's chief
of Near Eastern affairs, pressed those points most vigorously. Henderson warned that partition
would not only create anti-Americanism but would also require U.S. truops to enforce it, and he
stated his belief that partition violated both U.S. and UN principles <Jf ,elf-determination. But
Truman was concemed about the domestic political implications as well as the foreign policy
implications of the partition issue.
Truman's decision to support the Zionist cause was also influenced by Samuel I. Rosenman,
David K. Niles, and Clark Clifford, all members of his staff, and Eddie Jacobson, his close friend and
forn1er business partner. Truman later wrote:
The White House, too, was subjected to a constant barrage. I do not think I ever had as much
pressure and propaganda aimed at the White House as I had in this instance. TI1e persistence of a few
of the extreme Zionist leaders-actuated by political motives and engaging in political threats-
disturbed and annoyed me.
Pressure on Tntman also came from non-Jewish fundamentalists and politicians. In some cases,
support for Jewish admission to and statehood in Palestine may have had another domestic political
angle. That support sidestepped the sensitive issue of U.S. immigration quotas, which had kept
European Jews out of the United States since the 1920s and had left them at the mercy of the Nazis. In
other words, support for Zionism may have been a convenient way for people who did not want Jews
to come to the United States to avoid appearing anti-Semitic. American classical liberals and others,
including the American Council for Judaism, opposed the quotas, and it is probable that many of the
refugees, given the option, would have preferred to come to the United States.
By mid-November 1947 the Truman administration was firmly in the Zionist camp. When the
State Department and the U.S. mission to the United Nations agreed that the partition resolution
should be changed to shift the Negev from the Jewish to the Palestinian state, Truman sided with the
Jewish Agency. The United States also voted against a UN resolution calling on me~nber states to
accept Jewish refugees who could not be repatriated.
The State oflsrael was proclaimed on May 14 1948, but the Arab states rejected the partition
of Palestine and the existence of Israel. The armies of Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Trans-Jordan, Saudi
Arabia, Yemen, and Egypt attacked but were defeated by the Israeli am1y. While the Jewish people
were successful in creating their homeland, there was no Palestine and no internationalization of
Jerusalem, either.
In 1948 for example, Palestinians were driven out of the new Israel into refugee camps in
Jordan, Egypt, Lebanon and other regions. At least 750,000 people are said to have been driven out (or
ethnically cleansed, as some have described it). It should be noted that many Jews were also expelled
from surrounding Arab countries. Zionist organizations and even some Arab nations also encouraged
many Jews to immigrate to Israel. As with Palestinians, expelled Jews often had their land and/or bank
accounts and other property seized.
The Suez Canal in Egypt was opened in 1869. The shipping canal is 171 km (106 miles) long
and connects the Mediterranean at Port Said with the Red Sea. A substantial shareholding (I 72,602
shares) was purchased by the British government in 1875. In 1882 the British Army occupied Egypt in
order to protect the Suez Canal. They remained in Egypt and the British government installed a
Counsul-General to rule the country. On the outbreak of the Second World War the British had 36,000
troops guarding the canal and the Arabian oil fields. In 1952 General Mohammed Neguib and Colonel
Gamal Abdel Nasser forced Farouk I to abdicate. After the Egyptian Revolution Neguib became
 231

commander-in-chief, prime minister and president of the republic whereas Nasser held the post of
Minister of the Interior. In April 1954 Nasser replaced Neguib as prime minister. Seven months later
he also became president of Egypt. Over the next few months Nasser made it clear he was in favour of
liberating Palestine from the Jews. He also began buying fighter aircraft, bombers and tanks from the
Soviet Union and Czechoslovakia.
Gama! Abdel Nasser redistributed land in Egypt and began plans to industrialize the country.
He also began the building of the Aswan Dam. Nasser was convinced that this would extend arable
lands in Egypt and would help the industrialization process. He also advocated Arab independence
and reminded the British government that the agreement allowing to keep soldiers at Suez expired in
1956. President Dwight Eisenhower became concerned about the close relationship developing
between Egypt and the Soviet Union. In July 1956 Eisenhower cancelled a promised grant of 56
million dollars towards the building of the Aswan Dam which was partly in response to Egypt
recognizing the People's Republic of China during the height of tensions between China and Taiwan.
The aims of the attack were primarily to regain Western control of the canal and precipitate the fall of
Nasser from power, whose policies were viewed as potentially threatening the strategic interests of the
three nations.
Nasser was furious and on 26th July he announced he intended to nationalize the Suez Canal.
The shareowners, the majority of whom were from Britain and France, were promised compensation.
Nasser argued that the revenues from the Suez Canal would help to finance the Aswan Dam. Anthony
Eden, the British prime minister, feared that Nasser intended to form an Arab Alliance that would cut
off oil supplies to Europe. On 21st October Guy Mollet, Anthony Eden and David Ben-Gurion met in
secret to discuss the problem. During these talks it was agreed to make a joint attack on Egypt. On
29th October 1956, the Israeli Army, Jed by General Moshe Dayan, invaded Egypt. Two days later
British and French bombed Egyptian airfields. British and French troops landed at Port Said at the
northern end of the Suez Canal on 5th November. By this time the Israelis had captured the Sinai
peninsula. President Dwight Eisenhower grew increasingly concerned about these developments. On
30th October he decided to take action and announced he was going to suspend aid to Israel in protest
against its invasion of Egypt. The following day Eisenhower's secretary of state, John Foster Dulles,
criticized Britain and France for trying to take the Suez Canal by force.
In 1967, Israel simultaneously attacked Egypt, Syria and Jordan in a "pre-emptive strike"
against the Arab troops along its borders. Israel captured key pieces of land, such as the strategic
Golan Heights to the north on the border with Syria, to the West Bank from Jordan and the Gaza strip
from Egypt. In fact, Israel more than doubled its size in the six days that this war took place. Since
then, negotiations have been around returning land to pre-I 967 states, as required by international law
and UN resolutions. Resolution 242 was passed on 22 November 1967 and embodies the principle that
has guided most of the subsequent peace plans - the exchange of land for peace. The resolution called
for the "withdrawal of Israeli armed forces from territories occupied in the recent conflict", and
"respect for and acknowledgement of the sovereignty, territorial integrity and political independence
of every state in the area and their right to live in peace within secure and recognized boundaries free
from threats or acts of force".
In 1973, Egypt and Syria attacked Israel on the Jewish holy day ofYom Kippur to attempt to
regain their Jost land, but failed.
There were several peace plans following the 1967 war, but nothing happened until after the
1973 Yom Kippur or October War. There followed a new mood for peace, as shown by a historic visit
to Jerusalem by the Egyptian President, Anwar Sadat, in November 1977. US President Jimmy Carter
capitalised on the new mood and invited President Sadat and the Israeli Prime Minister, Menachem
 232

Begin, for talks at the presidential retreat at Camp David known as Camp David Accords 1978 near
Washington. The talks lasted for 12 days and resulted in two agreements. The first was called A
Framework for Peace in the Middle East. It laid down principles for peace, expanding on resolution
242, set out what it hoped was a way of resolving what it called the "Palestinian problem", agreed that
there should be a treaty between Egypt and Israel and called for other treaties betwee11, Israel and its
neighbours. The weakness of the first agreement was the section on the Palestinians. The plan aimed
to set up a "self-governing authority" in the West Bank and Gaza, leading to eventual "final status"
talks, but the Palestinians were not party to the agreement.
The second accord was the Camp David framework for the peace treaty between Egypt and
Israel. This followed in 1979, after an Israeli withdrawal from the Sinai. This was the first recognition
of Israel as a state by a major Arab country. The talks probably stand as the most successful
negotiations in the whole peace process. The treaty has lasted, and it substantially strengthened Israel's
position. However the peace between Egypt and Israel has not been warm. President Sadat was
himself later assassinated. In 1978, due to rising Hezbollah attacks from South Lebanon, where many
Palestinian refugees still were, Israel attacked and invaded Lebanon. In 1982, Israel went as far up
Lebanon as Beirut, as bloody exchanges followed between Israeli attempts to bomb Yasser Arafat's
PLO locations, and Hezbollah retaliations. 1n 1985, Israel declared a strip of South Lebanon to be a
Security Zone (never recognized by the UN, and hence Israel was always occupying this other nation.)
!\fany civilians were killed on both sides. Israeli forces were accused of massacres on many occasions.
After 22 years, Israel withdrew in May 2000. One of the leading Israeli military personnel was the
future Israel Prime Minister, Ariel Sharon.
In the late 1980s came the Palestinian uprising-the Intifada. While there was much of a non-
violence movement initially, the mainstream media concentrated on the violence. Young Palestinians
confronted Israeli troops with nothing more than sling shots and stones. Thousands were killed by the
Israeli military. Many suicide activists killed Israeli soldiers and caused other damage. Many innocent
civilians were killed on both sides.
The Madrid Conference 1991, co-sponsored by the US and the Soviet Union, was designed to
follow up the Egypt-Israel treaty by encouraging other Arab countries to sign their own agreements
with Israel. Jordan, Lebanon and Syria were invited as well as Israel and Egypt. The Palestinians were
also represented, but as part of a joint delegation with Jordan and not by Yasser Arafat or other
leading figures in the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO), to whom the Israelis objected.
The conference eventually led to a peace treaty between Israel and Jordan in I 994, but this
probably would have happened anyway. Israeli talks with Syria and Lebanon took place after Madrid
but have since stalled, complicated by border disputes and, more recently, the 2006 war between Israel
and Lebanese Hezbollah militants. The Palestinian track soon gave way to secret talks that led to the
Oslo agreement.
The Oslo Agreement 1993 tried to tackle the missing element of all previous talks - a direct
agreement between Israelis and Palestinians, represented by the PLO. Its importance was that there
was finally mutual recognition between Israel and the PLO. The talks took place in secret under
Norwegian auspices and the agreement was signed on the White House lawn on 13 September 1993,
witnessed by President Bill Clinton. The PLO leader, Yasser Arafat, and the Israeli Prime Minister,
Yitzhak Rabin. shook hands.
The Oslo Agreement stipulated that Israeli troops would withdraw in stages from the West
Bank and Gaza, that a "Palestinian Interim Self-Governing Authority" would be set up for a five-year
transitional period, leading to a permanent settlement based on resolutions 242 and 338. The
 233

agreement spoke of putting "an end to decades of confrontation and conflict" and of each side
recognising "their mutual legitimate and political rights". Therefore, though not stated explicitly in the
text, the implication was that a state of Palestine would one day be set up alo11gside Israel.
There was an exchange of letters in which Yasser Arafat stated: "The PLO recognises the right
of the State of Israel to exist in peace and security." Yitzhak Rabin said: "The Government of Israel
has decided to recognise the PLO as the representative of the Palestinian people." Hamas and other
Palestinian rejectionist groups did not accept Oslo and launched suicide bomb attacks on Israelis.
There was opposition within Israel from settler-led groups. Oslo was only partially implemented.
In 1994, Israel withdrew from the Gaza Strip and Jericho, ending twenty seven years of
occupation. A Palestinian police force replaced them. In 1995, then Israeli Prime Minister, Yitzhak
Rabin, who had been involved in the latest peace processes, was assassinated by a Jewish extremist. In
April 1996, Israeli forces bombed Lebanon for 17 days, with Hezbollah retaliating by firing upl)n
populated areas of Northern Israel. Israel also shelled a UN shelter killing about 100 out of 800
civilians sheltering there. The UN claimed it was intentional. October 1998 saw the Wye River
Memorandum outlining some Israeli withdrawal from the West Bank but Israel suspended it in
January 1999 due to internal disagreements on its implementation.
Further attempts through to the beginning of 2000 were made at continuing the Wye River
accord, but kept breaking down due to Palestinian protests of continued new Israeli settlements,
Various attempts were made (including at Taba in 1995, Wye River in 1998 and Sharm el-
Sheikh in 1999) to speed up the withdrawal and self-government provisions of Oslo. Then in 2000,
President Bill Clinton sought to address the final status issues - including borders, Jerusalem and
refugees - that Oslo had left aside for later negotiation. The talks took place in July between Israeli
Prime Minister Ehud Barak and PLO Chairman Y asser Arafat known as Camp David 2000. There was
no agreement. However, the negotiations were more detailed than ever before. The basic problem was
that the maximum Israel offered was less than the minimum the Palestinians could accept. Israel
offered the Gaza Strip, a large part of the West Bank, plus extra land from fue Negev desert, while
keeping major settlement blocks and most of East Jerusalem. It proposed Islamic guardianship of key
sites in the Old City of Jerusalem and contributions to a fund for Palestinian refugees,
The Palestinians wanted to start with a reversion to the lines of 1967, offered fue Israelis rights
over the Jewish quarter of the Old City and wanted recognition of the "right of return" of Palestinian
refugees. The failure at Camp David was followed by a renewal of the Palestinian uprising or intifada.
In late 2000, Ariel Sharon's visit to the Mount Temple sparks of the current round of protests and
violence. Towards the end of September, 2000, former Israeli military general, and now Israel's Prime
Minister, Ariel Sharon, accompanied by 1000 soldiers, visited a holy Muslim site, called the Temple
Mount by the Israelis, and Haram al Sharif (Noble Sanctuary) by the Muslims and proclaimed it as
eternal Israeli territory. Sharon has long been accused of massacres in his military days was seen as
generally being against the peace process at that time. This proclamation infuriated Palestinians, and
led to a series of protests and violence and another major "uprising", or intifada.
The Palestinian National Authority, which Arafat headed with a police force armed by fue
Israelis was itself criticized for not serving the full interests of the Palestinian people. The police
force's harsh crack down on some Palestinians (in an attempt to address internal differences and
extremism) drew criticisms from the likes of Amnesty International and others. In all this time then,
the Palestinian people have been without any nation, and have had limited rights, while suffering from
poverty. Israel continued to increase and expand their settlements into occupied territories, giving up
less and less land compared to what was promised. Many Palestinians (that are not Israeli Arabs since
 234

1948) living in Israel do not have the right to vote, or have limited rights, while paying full taxes. For
over 3 decades, the Palestinian people have been living under a military occupation.
The frustration and injustice of the treatment of Palestinians has angered many citizens in the
Arab worl(l against US/Israeli policies. Palestinian frustration has spilled into extremism in some
cases as well. Many militant groups from Palestine and other areas of the Middle East have therefore
sprung up in recent years as well as past decades, performing acts of what the West and Israel describe
as terrorism and what the groups themselves justify as freedom fighting (though achieving freedom
thro~gh terrorist actions could arguably still be called terrorist organizations, despite claimed
motives). It has been easy to influence and recruit the young, impressionable and angry into extremist
causes. As violence continues, it seems that it will remain easy to find recruits to violent causes.
Another effort was made when Bill Clinton was about to leave office, he refused to give up and
presented a "bridging proposal" which set up further talks in Washington and Cairo and then Taba in
Egypt known as Taba 2001. These talks were not at the top level, but differences were narrowed without
being overcome. There was more flexibility on territory and it was reported by EU observers that Israeli
negotiators accepted the concept of East Jerusalem being the capital of a Palestinian state. A statement
afterwards said that "it proved impossible to reach understandings on all issues". The Israeli Prime
Minister, Ehud Barak, fighting an election campaign, said that "nothing is agreed upon until everything is
agreed upon". He said that he could not commit a subsequent government to what he called the "ideas"
coming out of the talks. With the election of Ariel Sharon in February 2001, time ran out.
The building of Jewish settlements on occupied land is a key issue in the talks. After the
failure of bilateral talks and the resumption of conflict, the Saudi peace plan 2002 presented at an
Arab summit in Beirut in March 2002 went back to a multi-lateral approach and in particular
signaled desire by the Arab world as a whole to put an end to this dispute. Under the plan, called the
Arab Peace Inititative, Israel would withdraw to the lines of June 1967, a Palestinian state would be
set up in the West Bank and Gaza and there would be a "just solution" of the refugee issue. In
return, Arab countries would recognise Israel. The plan was re-endorsed by another Arab sununit in
Riyadh in 2007.
Its strength is the support given by Arab countries to a two-state solution. Its weakness is that the
parties have to negotiate the same issues on which they have failed so far. In 2002, Israel started
construction of a large defensive security fence in the West Bank supposedly to stop terrorists from
making their way into Israeli cities and settlements. While it mostly seems to have worked, those large
fences have drawn international criticism for going quite far into Palestinian land not Israeli land. Israel
also continued controversial settlement programs in disputed areas.
Bush and Israel's displeasure with Arafat is reflected in public. In June, US President George
Bush stated in a speech, "I call upon the Palestinian people to elect new leaders" and for Israel, "I
challenge Israel to take concrete steps to support the emergence of a viable, credible Palestinian state."
This was widely criticized for amounting to an open call for regime change.
The Roadmap 2003 is a plan drawn up by the "Quartet" - the United States, Russia, the
European Union and the United Nations. It does not lay down the details of a final settlement, but
suggests how a settlement might be approached. It followed efforts made by US Senator George
Mitchell to get the peace process back on track in 2001. The plan was preceded by an important
statement in June 2002 by President George W Bush who became the first US president to call for a
Palestinian state. It proposed a phased timetable, putting the establishment of security before a final
settlement. It is designed to create confidence, leading to fmal status talks.
 235

Phase 1: Both sides would issue statements supporting the tw<J-state solution, the Palestinians
would end violence, act agamst "all those engaged in terror", draw up a constitution, hold elections
and the Israelis would stop settlement activities and act with military restraint
Phase 2: Would see the creat10n, at an international conference, of a Palestinian state with
"provisional borders"
Phase 3: Final agreement talks
'The road map has not been implemented. Its timetable called for the fmal agreement to be reached
in 2005. It has largely been overtaken by events, but remains a reference point for negotiations.
While official efforts foundered, an infomtal agreement was announced in December 2003 by
Israeli and Palestinian figures - Yossi Beilin, one of the architects of Oslo, on the Israeli side, and
fonner Palestinian Information Minister Yasser Abed Rabbo on the other.
The Geneva Accord 2003 reverses the concept of the roadmap, in which the growth of security
and confidence precede a political agreement, and puts the agreement first, which is then designed to
produce secumy and peace. Its main compromise is that the Palestinians effectively give up their
"right of return" in exchange for almost the whole of the West Bank, though there could be a token
return by a few. Israel would give up some major settlements such as Ariel, but keep others closer to
the border, with swaps of land in Israel for any taken in the West Bank. Palestinians would have the
right to have their capital in East Jerusalem, though with Israeli sovereignty over the Western Wall in
the Old City.
Another unofficial agreement was one drawn up by a former head of the Israeli Shin Bet
internal security service Ami Ayalon and a former PLO representative in Jerusalem Sari Nusseibeh.
This envisaged a return to the I 967 lines, an open city of Jerusalem and an end to the Palestinian
claim to a right of return to former homes. In 2003, Israel stepped up its campaign against Hamas, the
chief organization behind the suicide attacks of recent years. Arafat himself and his ruling fatah party
are also being seen increasingly as corrupt and ineffective by Palestinians themselves. In the same
year, the US (who, together with Israel refused to negotiate directly with the President, Yasser Arafat),
backed Arafat's selection for Palestinian Prime Minister, Mahmoud Abbas, and they all pushed for a
road map peace plan towards a two-state solution. While Palestinian militants announced a ceasefire,
Israel .continued to assassinate militant leaders. Relative calm only lasted a few weeks, after more
targetted assassination and suicide bombings. Abbas resigned soon after, seemingly frustrated by the
internal politics. Ahmed Qurei replaced him, seen as more friendly to Arafat.
In 2004, Sharon announced a withdrawal of troops and settlements from the Gaza Strip, but a
commitment to the largest settlements in the West Bank. Suicide bombings and Israeli air strikes
continued and Israel achieved the assassination ofHarnas's spiritual leader Sheikh Ahmed Yassin, and
a senior leader shortly after, Abdel-Aziz al-Rantissi. On the West Bank, the security fence
construction continued, despite continuing protests. Israel's high court demanded route changes. The
International Criminal Court said the barrier was illegal, but Israel is not bound to it, so ignored it.
Turmoil within Palestine increased as Hamas, Fatah, Islamic Jihad and others turned on each
other, amid disputes on how to reform the security forces. In November Arafat died of a mysterious
blood disorder and Abbas became chairn1an of the PLO. Despite growing criticism of his leadership in
recent years, the outpouring of sorrow and people coming to mourn his death is enormous. At the
beginning of 2005, Abbas was elected as Palestinian Authority president. He managed to get Hamas
and Islamic Jihad to agree to a temporary ceasefire. Sharon, meanwhile survived attempts to recall
him as his withdrawal from Gaza was not popular amongst Israel's right wing. By September,
withdrawal from the Gaza Strip was complete, despite passionate resistance and protest from settlers.
 236

Towards the end of 2005, Israel's Prime Minister, Sharon, resigned from the right wing Likud
party, forming a more c:ntrist Kadima party that quickly gained popularity. Former Prime Minister
Shimon Peres, who recently lost leadership of the left wing Labour Party also joined Kadima, lending
credence to the view that Sharon was distancing himself from the right wing ideology of a greater
Israel, and more in favor of negotiated peace with the Palestinians (the Labour Party has long called
for a two-party solution, but has been critical of the Jewish settlements in occupied territories).
Through the recent years, anger and frustration has mounted as the larger, but poorer
Palestinian population also find themselves with the lesser land. This has been further fuelled by
Israeli bull-dozing of many homes and attempts to leaders which often end in death or capture of
innocent civilians (including women and children). In addition, while Israel demanded that the
ineffective Palestinian National Authority does something to crack down on suicide bombers and
other terrorist elements within its territories, it continued bombing official buildings and compounds
(making any attempts to crack down on such elements futile). This also increased the power,
authority, and influence of more extreme groups such as Hamas that did not like the idea of peace with
Israel-it wanted the destruction of the Jewish homeland.
The start of 2006 saw the more extreme Harnas organization gain power. Hamas has been listed
by many countries as a terrorist organization, though others see it as an independence movement.
However, its means are certainly terrorist in nature, often employing suicide attacks on Israeli civilians.
Probably less well known than its militant tendencies has been the other reasons for its popularity. The
Palestinian Authority often fails to provide such services; Harnas' efforts in this area-as well as a
reputation for honesty, in contrast to the many Falah officials accused of corruption-help to explain
the broad popularity it summoned to defeat Falah in the PA's recent elections.
Ehud Olmert became Israel's new Prime Minister in April 2006, after serious illness befell
Sharon, and the Israeli Cabinet declared him incapacitated. U.S. involvement in the Middle East has also
been seen as a critical issue. The U.S. and West's interests in the wider region has generally been due to
oil. Israel and Palestinian territories do not have oil themselves, but are surrounded by states that do.
Strong military and financial support of Israel lends well to having a powerful ally in the region.
While the UN Security Council has attempted to pass numerous resolutions critical of Israel the
United States has vetoed almost all of them. Nevertheless, there have been some resolutions
demanding that Israel return land that was captured in the 1967 war etc (such as UN Resolution 242).
The 1948 UN Resolution 181 allowed for both Jews and Arabs to live in Israel, which goes counter to
claims of some groups thot Israel should not exist. Often the international community is critical of
Israeli inaction, but the US veto prevents anything coming of it. Instead, Israeli land expansion and
settlements have continued. The US has also provided Israel with enormous military aid, to the extent
that in the Middle East, Israel has the most advanced and superior military. Their high tech/military
industries are also very advanced. Israel also has nuclear weapons capabilities.
A series of targetted assassinations by Israel against Hamas and Hezbollah, and resulting
violent retaliations escalated in mid-2006 with the capture of Israeli soldiers. That led to an escalation
of conflict, with air strikes by Israel against Lebanon and Hezbollah, destroying much of the main
infrastructure. Hezbollah retaliated with many rockets being fired into cities and towns in Israel. Both
sides witnessed massive internal displacement of people and terror. Both Hezbollah and Israel have
targetted civilians, and most deaths have been amongst Lebanese civilians.
For ordinary Palestinians, self-rule has been a humiliating disaster. Seven years after Oslo, they
are still living under occupation. The basic means of a decent human existence, which acknowledges
their distinctive culture, history and suffering, is denied to them. When not completely withheld, their
 237

basic rights and entitlements are represented as concessions generously granted by their overlords.
Meanwhile their leaders, frightened of losing their elite privileges and affluent lifestyles, collude with
Israel in their betrayal.
An additional source of frustration for the Palestinian people is that the land that is being settled
by Israelis is usually prime land, and hence the various peace negotiations usually leave Palestine with
the less usable land. Israel also thereby controls water sources. The non-contiguous land (Gaza and
West Bank) and the Israeli control over Palestinian movement also mean disconnection. This allows
the possibility of providing cheap labour to Israel, so it is in their economic interest to pursue this type
of division. The mainstream western media has traditionally capitalized on negative imagery and
propaganda against Islam and the Arab world as a sort of way to also justify continued presence and
involvement there.
Late in his second presidential term, US Presidc!lt George W Bush hosted a conference at the
US Naval Academy at Annapolis known as Annapolis Summit 2007, Maryland aimed at relaunching
the peace process. Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert and Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud
Abbas took part in talks along with officials from the peace-making Quartet and more than a dozen
Arab countries, including Saudi Arabia and Syria. This was seen as significant as they do not
officially recognise Israel. However the Palestinian group Harnas, which had won parliamentary
elections and taken control of the Gaza Strip, was not represented. It declared it would not be bound
by anything decided.
A joint understanding was issued by the Israeli and Palestinian leaders to engage in
negotiations with the goal of a full peace deal by the end of 2008. They agreed that implementation
would wait until confidence-building measures outlined in the "Road Map" had been met. Regular
meetings took place between Mr Olmert and Mr Abbas which are said to have made good progress on
border issues but these came to an abrupt halt with Israel's military offensive in Gaza in late 2008.
Israeli and Palestinian leaders resumed direct peace negotiations in Washington in September
2010 - their first face-to-face talks since December 2008. But President Barack Obama's push for a
new Middle East peace deal faltered just weeks later, when US efforts to get Israel to curb its illegal
settlement building on land the Palestinians want for a future state failed. The Palestinian leadership
has refused to return to the negotiating table without a renewed ban on Israeli settlements, and the
talks have effectively deadlocked. There is little optimism in the region that this latest effort will
succeed in resolving issues at the core of one of the world's most intractable conflicts, after nearly two
decades of on-off talks have produced few results. After the fanfare of the formal re-launch of talks in
Washington on 2 September, the Israeli and Palestinian leaders met just once in the region, and agreed
to follow-up talks every two weeks.
But days later, on 26 September, Israel's settlement freeze expired and the talks were
suspended. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu's fractious coalition government refused to
extend the settlement ban. Meanwhile, the Palestinian Authority President, Mahmoud Abbas, got
support from the Arab League to stick to his demands for a freeze. On 7 December, despite weeks of
diplomacy, US negotiators announced that they had failed to get Israel to renew its settlement ban. But
Washington said that it was still committed to securing a peace deal through other means and that it
would hold talks with Israeli and Palestinian negotiators in the coming weeks on ways to keep the
process alive. Mr Netanyahu says he supports a Palestinian state, but it must be de-militarised, with an
Israeli security presence along its eastern side, and it must recognise Israel as a Jewish state.
Jerusalem, where the Palestinians want their capital, must remain Israel's eternal, undivided capital.
This is a tPugher slance rhan that 0f his predecessor Ehud Olmert, but it remains unclear whether it is
an initial bargaim11g position rather than a statement of un~crossable red lines.
 238

The Palestinians want a viable, independent state in the West Bank and Gaza, with their capital
in East Jerusalem. They want the state's territory to be based on the land that Israel occupied in 1967,
but are willing to accept a partial land swap, allowing some Israeli settlement blocs to stay in Israel in
exchange for territory now in Israel. The US is trying to broker a compromise, given the divergent
positions of the parties on the core issues of the conflict.
Direct negotiations between Mr Olmert's government and the Palestinians broke down in
December 2008, as Israel launched a major military offensive on the Hamas-ruled Gaza Strip in
response, Israel said, to Palestinian rocket fire. This coincided roughly with the end of Mr Olmert's
term in office and his replacement by Mr Netanyahu, who took several months even to back publicly
the concept of a Palestinian state. The US special envoy to the Middle East, George Mitchell, had to
shuttle between Benjamin Netanyahu and Mahmoud Abbas for months to get them back to the
negotiating table. During the talks, Mr Olmert and Mr Abbas's teams exchanged maps of possible
border solutions, but failed to reach agreement. Mr Olmert says his offer was the most generous ever
made to the Palestinians - international supervision of Jerusalem's holy sites, the symbolic return of a
few thousand Palestinian refugees and, according to Haaretz newspaper, Israeli withdrawal from
93.7% of the West Bank, plus the equivalent of5.8% of its area from Israel in a land swap.
Mr Abbas's team said it produced a map which offered to let the Israelis keep 1.9% of the West
Bank in exchange for land in Israel. There is little optimism from either side, but President Obama is
pushing hard for a deal. As it stands, Mr Netanyahu has little room for manoeuvre as his current
coalition includes strongly right-wing parties which would be opposed to even discussing the status of
Jerusalem. But he does have the option of bringing the centrist Kadima party into government if he
wants to make concessions.
Mr Abbas's position is weak. His democratic mandate has run out - elections are due but cannot
be held because of the feud between his Fatah party and the Hamas movement. The two factions are
bitterly divided. Hamas, which controls the Gaza Strip, home to l .5 million Palestinians, is strongly
opposed to the negotiations. If Mr Abbas did reach agreement with the Israelis, it would most likely be
on terms Hamas would reject, although some of its leaders have suggested they might accept a deal if it
was backed in a referendum. The Palestinian leadership has raised the possibility of appealing to the
United Nations to declare Palestinian statehood on the 1967 ceasefire lines if the peace talks go nowhere.
Meanwhile, it is working to build the economic and security institutions of a functional state by mid-
201 I. There has been speculation that this might lead to a unilateral declaration of independence by the
Palestinians. Although Mr Abbas has ruled this out, the possibility remains troublesome for Israel. There
are always fears that failure in the political process can lead to violence on the ground. Also, in a volatile
region a conflagration between Israel and Hezbollah in Lebanon, or with Harnas in Gaza, could
undennine attempts to make peace.
 REVOLUTIONS OF THE WORLD
OUTLINE
I. American Revolution (1764-1789)
• Introduction
• Causes
• Ideology behind the Revolution
• Controversial British legislation
• Aftermath
2. The French Revolution (I 789-1799)
• Causes
• Effects
• Secular effects of the French Revolution
• Government effects of the French Revolution
3. The Russian Revolution (1917)
• Causes
• Results
4. Iranian Revolution (1978-1979)
• Causes
• Aftermath
• Victory ofrevolution and fall of monarchy
• Black Friday and its aftermath
• Khomeini's return and fall of the monarchy
• Writing of the constitution
• Iran-Iraq War
• International
• Domestic •
5. Chinese Revolution (1949)
• Causes
• Effects
6. Young Turk Revolution (1908-1909)
• Causes
• Aftennath
7. Cuban Revolution (1953-1959)
• Causes
• Pre-1956
• December 1956 to mid-1958
• Mid-1958 to January 1959
• Aftermath
• Post-1959: After the revolution
 240

ESSAY

1. AMERICAN REVOLUTION (1764-1789)

The American Revolution was the political upheaval during the last half of the 18th century in
which thirteen colonies in North America joined together to break free from the British Empire,
combining to become the United States of America. They first rejected the authority of the Parliament
of Great Britain to govern them from ove_rseas without representation, and then expelled all royal
officials. By 1774 each colony had established a Provincial Congress, or an equivalent governmental
institution, to fonn individual self-governing states. The British responded by sending combat troops
to re-impose direct rule. Through representatives sent in 1775 to the Second Continental Congress, the
new states joined together at first to defend their respective self-governance and manage the armed
conflict against the British known as the American Revolutionary War (1775-83, also American War
of Independence). Ultimately, the states collectively determined that the British monarchy, by acts of
tyranny, could no longer legitimately claim their allegiance, They then severed ties with the British
Empire in July 1776, when the Congress issued the United States Declaration of Independence,
rejecting the monarchy on behalf of the new sovereign nation. The war ended with effective American
victory in October 1781, followed by formal British abandonment of any claims to the United States
with the Treaty of Paris in 1783.
The American Revolution was the result of a series of social, political, and intellectual
transformations in early American society and government, collectively referred to as the American
Enlightenment. Americans rejected the oligarchies common in aristocratic Europe at the time,
championing instead the development of republicanism based on the Enlightenment understanding of
liberalism. Among the significant results of the revolution was the creation ofa democratically-elected
representative government responsible to the will of the people. However, sharp political debates
erupted over the appropriate level of democracy desirable in the new government, with a number of
founders fearing mob rule.
Many fundamental issues of national governance were settled with the ratification of the United
States Constitution in 1788, which replaced the relatively weaker first attempt at a national government
adopted in 1781, the Articles of Confederation and Perpetual Union. In contrast to the loose
confederation, the Constitution established a strong federated government. The United States Bill of
Rights (1791), comprising the first 10 constitutional amendments, quickly followed. It guaranteed many
"natural rights" that were influential in justifying the revolution, and attempted to balance a strong
national government with relatively broad personal liberties. The American shift to liberal
republicanism, and the gradually increasing democracy, caused an upheaval of traditional social
hierarchy and gave birth to the ethic that has formed a core of political values in the United States.
Following are the causes of the revolution.
The American Revolution was predicated by a number of ideas and events that, combined, led
to a political and social separation of colonial possessions from the home nation and a coalescing of
those former individual colonies into an independent nation.
The ideological movement known as the American Enlightenment was a critical precursor to
the American Revolution. Chief among the ideas of the American Enlightenment were the concepts of
liberalism, democracy, republicanism, and religious tolerance. Collectively, the belief in these
concepts by a growing number of American colonists began to foster an intellectual envirorunent
which would lead to a new sense of political and social identity.
 241

John Locke's (1632-1704) ideas on liberty greatly influenced the political thinking behind the
revolution. John Locke's Two Treatises of Govemment, published in 1689, influenced the thinking of
later philosophers such as Jean-Jacques Rousseau (1712-1778), as reflected in Rousseau's I 762
treatise entitled Du "social contract". The theory of the "social contract" influenced the belief
among many of the founders that among the "natural rights" of man was the right of the people , t~
overthrow their leaders, should those leaders betray the historic rights of Englishmen. In tenns 6f
..
writing state and national constitutions, the Americans used Montesquieu's analysis of the
"balanced" British Constitution.
A motivating force behind the revolution was the American embrace of a political ideology
called "republicanism", which was dominant in the colonies by 1775. The republicanism was inspired
by the "country party" in Britain, whose critique of British government emphasized that com1ption
was a terrible reality in Britain. Americans feared the corruption was crossing the Atlantic; the
commitment of most Americans to republican values and to their rights, energized the revolution, as
Britain was increasingly seen as hopelessly corrupt and hostile to American interests. Britain seemed
to threaten the established liberties that Americans enjoyed. The greatest threat to liberty was depicted
as corruption-not just in London but at home as well. The colonists associated it with luxury and,
especially, inherited aristocracy, which they condemned.
The Revolution was in some ways incited by a number of pieces of legislation originating from
the British Parliament that, for Americans, were illegitimate acts of a government that had no right to
pass laws on Englishmen in the Americas who did not have elected representation in that govenunent.
For the British, policy makers saw these laws as necessary to rein in colonial subjects who, in the
name of economic development that was designed to benefit the home nation, had been allowed near-
autonomy for too long.
After the war finally ended in 1783, there was a Jleriod of prosperity, with the entire world at
peace. The national govemment. still operating under the Articles of Confederation, was able lo settle
the issue of the western territories, which were ceded by the states to Congress. American settlers
moved rapidly into those areas, with Vern10nt, Kentucky and Tennessee becoming states in the 1790s.
However, the national goverrunent had no money to pay either the war debts owed to European
nations, the private banks, or to Americans who had been given millions of dollars of promissory
notes for supplies during the war. Nationalists, led by Washington, Alexander Hamilton and other
veterans, feared that the new nation was too fragile to withstand an international war, or even internal
revolts such as the Shays' Rebellion of 1786 in Massachusetts.
The national debt after the American Revolution fell into three categories. The first was the $12
million owed to foreigners-mostly money borrowed from France. There was general agreement to
pay the foreign debts at full value. The national government owed $40 million and state govemments
owed $25 million to Americans who had sold food, horses, and supplies to the revolutionary forces.
There were also other debts that consisted of promissory notes issued during the Revolutionary War to
soldiers, merchants, and farmers who accepted these payments on the premise that the new
Constitution would create a govemment that would pay these debts eventually.
The war expenses of the individual states added up to $114 million compared lo $37 ,nillion by
the central govemment. In 1790, at the reconunendation of first Secretary of the Treasury Akx..i.;-.dcr
Hamilton, Congress combined the remaining state debts with the foreign and domestic debts into one
national debt totaling $80 million. Everyone received face value for wartime certificates, so thal the
national honor would be sustained and the national credit established.
 242

After the Revolution, genuinely democratic politics became possible. The rights of the people
were incorporated into state constitutions. Thus came the widespread assertion of liberty, individual
rights, equality and hostility toward corruption which would prove core values of liberal
republicanism to Americans. The greatest challenge to the old order in Europe was the challenge to
inherited political power and the democratic idea that government rests on the consent of the
governed. The example of the first successful revolution against a European empire, and the first
successful establishment of a republican fom1 of democratically elected government. ,,, "' ,, kd a
model for many other colonial peoples who realized that they too could break away anr' llCcume self-
governing nations with directly elected representative government.
The American Revolution was the first wave of the Atlantic Revolutions that ,,.ok hold in the
French Revolution, the Haitian Revolution, and the Latin American wars ol independence.
Aftershocks reached Ireland in the Irish Rebellion of 1798, in the Polish-Lithuanian Co111111onwealth,
and in the Netherlands.
The Revolution had a strong, immediate impact in Great Britain, Ireland, the Netherlands, and
France. Many British and Irish Whigs spoke in favor of the American cause. The Revolution, along
with the Dutch Revolt (end of the 16th century) and the English Civil War (in the 17th century), was
one of the first lessons in overthrowing an old regime for many Europeans who later were active
during the era of the French Revolution, such as Marquis de Lafayette. The American Declaration of
Independence had some impact on the French Declaration of the Rights of Man and the Citizen of
1789. The spirit of the Declaration of Independence led to laws ending slavery in all the Northern
states and the Northwest Territory, with New Jersey the last in 1804-long before the British
Parliament acted in 1833 to abolish slavery in its colonies.

2. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION (1789-1799)

The French Revolution was a period of radical social and political upheaval in French and
European history. The absolute monarchy that had ruled France for centuries collapsed in three years.
French society underwent an epic transformation as feudal, aristocratic and religious privileges
evaporated under a sustained assault from liberal political groups and the masses on the streets. Old
ideas about hierarchy and tradition succumbed to new Enlightenment principles of citizenship and
inalienable rights.
The French Revolution began in 1789 with the convocation of the Estates-General in May. The
first year of the Revolution witnessed members of the Third Estate proclaiming the Terutis Court Oath
in June, the assault on the Bastille in July, the passage of the Declaration of the Rights of Man and of
the Citizen in August, and an epic march on Versailles that forced the royal court back to Paris in
October. The next few years were dominated by tensions between various liberal assemblies and a
conservative monarchy intent on thwarting major refonns. A republic was proclaimed in September
1792 and King Louis XVI was executed the next year. External threats also played a dominant role in
the development of the Revolution. The French Revolutionary Wars started in 1792 and ultimately
featured spectacular French victories that facilitated the conquest of the Italian peninsula, the Low
Countries and most territories west of the Rhine ~ achievements that had defied previous French
governments for centuries. Internally, popular sentiments radicalized the Revolution significantly,
culminating in the rise of Maximilien Robespierre and the Jacobins and virtual dictatorsl1ip by the
Committee of Public Safety during the Reign of Terror from 1793 until 1794 during which between
16,000 and 40,000 people were killed. After the fall of the Jacobins and the execution of Robespierre,
 243

the Directory assumed control of the French state in 1795 and held power until 1799, when it was
replaced by the Consulate under Napoleon Bonaparte.
Following are the causes
Economic factors included hunger and malnutrition in the most destitute segments of the
population, due to rising bread prices (from a normal 8 SQUS for a four-pound loaf to 12 sous by the
end of I 789), after several years of poor grain harvests. The combination of bad harvests (due to
abnonnal/severe weather fluctuations) and rising food prices was further aggravated by an
inadequate transportation system which hindered the shipment of bulk foods from rural areas to
large population centers, contributing greatly to the destabilization of French society in the years
leading up to the Revolution.
Another cause was the state's effective bankruptcy due to the enom10us cost of previous wars,
particularly the financial strain caused by French participatIOn in the American Revolutionary War.
The national debt amounted to some I 000-2000 million lives. The social burdens caused by war
included the huge war debt, made worse by the loss of France's colonial possessions in North America
and the growing commercial dominance of Great Britain. France's inefficient and antiquated financial
system was unable to manage the national debt, something which was both partially caused and
exacerbated by the burden of an inadequate system of taxation. To obtain new money to head off
default on the government's Joans, the king called an Assembly of Notables in I 787.
Meanwhile, the royal court at Versailles was seen as being isolated from, and indifferent to, the
hardships of the lower classes. While in theory King Louis XVl was an absolute monarch, in practice
he was often indecisive and known to back down when faced with strong opposition. While he did
reduce government expenditures, opponents in the parliament successfully thwarted his attempts at
enacting much needed reforms. Those who were opposed to Louis' policies further undermined royal
authority by distributing pamphlets (often reporting false or exaggerated information) that criticized
the government and its officials, stirring up public opinion against the monarchy.
Many other factors involved resentments and aspirations given focus by the rise of Enlightenment
ideals. These included resentment of royal absolutism; resentment by peasants, laborers and the
bourgeoisie toward the traditional seigniorial privileges possessed by the nobility; resentment of the
Church's influence over public policy and institutions; aspirations for freedom of religion; resentment of
aristocratic bishops by the poorer rural clergy; aspirations for social, political and economic equality, and
(especially as the Revolution progressed) republicanism; hatred of Queen Marie-Antoinette, who was
falsely accused of being a spendthrift and an Austrian spy; and anger toward the King for firing finance
minister Jacques Necker, among others, who were popularly seen as representatives of the people.
The French Revolution, though it seemed a failure in 1799 and appeared nullified by 1815, had
far-reaching results. In France the bourgeois and landowning classes emerged as the dominant power.
Feudalism was dead; social order and contractual relations were consolidated by the Code Napoleon.
The Revolution unified France and enhanced the power of the national state. The Revolutionary and
Napoleonic Wars tore down the ancient structure of Europe, hastened the advent of nationalism, and
inaugurated the era of modern, total warfare.
Although some historians view the Reign of Terror as an ominous precursor of modem
totalitarianism, others argue that this ignores the vital role the Revolution played in establishing the
precedents of such democratic institutions as elections, representative government, and constitutions.
The failed attempts of the urban lower middle classes to secure economic and political gains
foreshadowed the class conflicts of the 19th cent. While major historical interpretations of the French
 244

Revolution differ greatly, nearly all agree that it had an extraordinary influence on the making of the
modern world.
Disorder became a common scene after the storming of the Bastille in 1789. After a few years
the French intellectuals who rode the banner of liberalism as the forerunners of the revolution issued
the Declaration of the Rights of Man. 1brough this document they aimed at shifting the authority of
issuing basic human rights from the Church, or God so to say, to the state government. The King's
crown that was a symbol of Catholic Christianity was replaced with a red liberty cap that represented
the state as authority.
In the same year the National assembly of the new parliament seized all the Church lands to
further suppress religion and enrich itself. Furthermore, an end was put to all kinds of religious orders
and monastic vows. Through the Civil Constitution of the Clergy the government took direct control
over all religious proceedings and took the authority of selecting Pastors and Bishops who were to
take oath under the new government. All those priests who refused to take oath under the new
government were arrested and banned from operating underground chapels.

3. THE RUSSIAN REVOLUTION (1917)

The Russian Revolution is the collective tern1 for a series of revolutions in Russia in 1917,
which destroyed the Tsarist autocracy and led to the creation of the Soviet Union. The Tsar was
deposed and replaced by a provisional government in the first revolution of February 1917 (March in
the Gregorian calendar; the older Julian calendar was in use in Russia at the time). In the second
revolution, during October, the Provisional Government was removed and replaced with a Bolshevik
(Communist) government.
The February Revolution (March 1917) was a revolution focused around Petrograd (now St.
Petersburg). In the chaos, members of the Imperial parliament or Duma assumed control of the
country, forming the Russian Provisional Government. The army leadership felt they did not have the
means to suppress the revolution and Tsar Nicholas II of Russia, the last Tsar of Russia, abdicated.
The Soviets (workers' councils), which were led by more radical socialist factions, initially permitted
the Provisional Government to rule, but insisted on a prerogative to influence the government and
control various militias. The February Revolution took place in the context of heavy military setbacks
during the First World War, which left much of the army in a state of mutiny.
A period of dual power ensued, during which the Provisional Government held state power
while the national network of Soviets, led by socialists, had the allegiance of the lower-class citizens
and the political left. During this chaotic period there were frequent mutinies and many strikes. When
the Provisional Government chose to continue fighting the war with Gern1any, the Bolsheviks and
other socialist factions campaigned for the abandonment of the war effort. The Bolsheviks formed
workers militias under their control into the Red Guards (later the Red Army) over which they exerted
substantial control.
In the October Revolution (November in the Gregorian calendar), the Bolshevik party, led by
Vladimir Lenin, and the workers' Soviets, overthrew the Provisional Government in St Petersburg.
The Bolsheviks appointed themselves as leaders of various government ministries and seized control
of the countryside, establishing the Cheka to quash dissent. To end the war, the Bolshevik leadership
signed the Treaty ofBrest-Litovsk with Germany in March 1918.
Civil war erupted between the "Red" (Bolshevik), and "White" (anti-Bolshevik) factions, which
was to continue for several years, with the Bolsheviks ultimately victorious. In this way, the
Revolution paved the way for the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (USSR). While many notable
 245

historical events occurred in Moscow and St Petersburg, there was also a broad-based movement in
cities throughout the state, anmng national minorities through.out the empire, and in the rural areas,
where peasants took over and redistributed land.
Following are the causes of the revolution
'
The revolution was the culmination of a long period of repression and unrest. From the time of
Peter I (Peter the Great), the Czardom increasingly became an autocratic bureaucracy that imposed
its will on the people by force, with wanton disregard for human life and liberty. As Western
technology was adopted by the czars, Western hmmu1dtariau._ ideals were acquired by a group of
educated Russians. Among this growing intelligentsia, the majority of whom were abstractly
humanitarian and democratic, there were also those who were politically radical and even
revolutionary. The university became a seat of revolutionary activity; nihilism, anarchism, and later
Marxism were espoused and propagated.
The reforms of Alexander II brought the emancipation of the serfs and opened the way for
industrial development. However, emancipation imposed harsh economic conditions on the peasants
and did not satisfy their need for farn1land. Industrialization concentrated people in urban centers,
where the exploited working class was a receptive audience for radical ideas. A reactionary and
often ignorant clergy kept religion static and persecuted religious dissenters. Pogroms were
instituted against the Jews, which. turned many radical Jews to Zionism. Non-Russian nationalities
in the empire were repressed.
By 1903, Russia was divided into several political groups. The autocracy was upheld by the
landed nobility and the higher clergy; the capitalists desired a constitutional monarchy; the liberal
bourgeoisie made up the bulk of the group that later became the Constitutional Democratic party;
peasants and intelligentsia were incorporated into the Socialist Revolutionary party; and the workers,
influenced by Marxism, were represented in the Bolshevik and Menshevik wings of the Social
Democratic Labour party.
Despite being allowed to seize power so easily Lenin soon discovered that his support was far
from absolute. His Peace Policy with the Gern1ans was particularly unpopular as it ceded large
anmunts of Russian territory. Shortly after the October Revolution, the Russian Civil War broke out
between the 'Reds' (Communists) and the 'Whites' (Nationalists, Conservatives, Imperialists and other
anti-Bolshevik groups). After a bloody four year struggle Lenin and the Reds won, establishing the
Soviet Union in 1922, at an estimated cost of 15 million lives and billions of roubles. In 1923 Lenin
died and Stalin took over the Communist Party, which continued to rule Russia until 1991 when the
USSR was dissolved.

4. IRANIAN REVOLUTION (1978-1979)

The Iranian Revolution refers to events involving the overthrow of Iran's monarchy under Shah
Mohan1mad Reza Pahlavi and its replacement with an Islamic republic under Ayatollah Ruhollah
Khomeini, the leader of the revolution.
Demonstrations against the Shah commenced in October 1977, developing into a campaign of
civil resistance that was partly secular and partly religious, and intensified in January 1978. Between
August and December 1978 strikes and demonstrations paralyzed the country. The Shah left Iran for
exile in mid-January 1979, and in the resulting power vacuum two weeks later Ayatollah Khomeini
returned to Tehran to a greeting by sev.eral million Iranians. The royal regime collapsed shortly after
on February 11 when _guerrillas and rebel troops overwhelmed troops loyal to the Shah in armed street
 246

fighting. Iran voted by national referendum to become an Islamic Republic on April l, 1979, and to
approve a new theocratic constitution whereby Khomeini became Supreme Leader of the country in
December 1979.
Followmg are the causes of this revolution
The revolution was populist, nationalist and later Shia Islamic. It was in part a conservative
backlash against the Westernizing and secularizing efforts of the Western-backed Shah, and a liberal
backlash to social injustice and other shortcomings of the ancient regime. The Shah was perceived by
many as beholden to- if not a puppet of - a non-Muslim Western power (the United States) whose
culture was affecting that oflran.
The Shah's regime was seen by his opposition as oppressive, brutal, corrupt, and extravagant; it
also suffered from basic functional failures - an over-ambitious economic program that brought
economic bottlenecks, shortages and inflation. Security forces were unable to deal with protest and
demonstrations; Iran was an overly centralized royal power structure. The extraordinarily large size of
the anti-shah movement meant that there "were literally too many protesters to arrest", and that the
security forces were overwhelmed.
That the revolution replaced monarchy and Shah Pahlavi with Islamism and Khomeini, rather
than another leader and ideology, is credited in part to the spread of the Shia version of the Islamic
revival that opposed Westernization, saw Ayatollah Khomeini as following in the footsteps of the
beloved Shia Imam Hussain ibn Ali, and the Shah in those of Husayn's foe, the hated tyrant Yazid I.
Also thought responsible was the underestimation of Khomeini's Islamist movement by both tl1e
Shah's regime - who considered them a minor threat compared to the Marxists and Islamic socialists
and by the secularist opponents of tl1e regime - who thought the Khomeinists could be sidelined.
By mid-December the shah's position had deteriorated to the point where he "wanted only to be
allowed to stay in Iran." He was turned down by the opposition. In late December, "he agreed to leave
the country temporarily; still he was turned down." On January 16, 1979 the Shah and the empress left
Iran. Scenes of spontaneous joy followed and "within hours almost every sign of the Pahlavi dynasty"
was destroyed.
Bakhtiar dissolved SAVAK, freed political prisoners, ordered the army to allow mass
demonstrations, promised free elections and invited Khomeinists and other revolutionaries into a
government of "national unity". After stalling for a few days Bakhtiar allowed Ayatollah Khomeini to
return to Iran, asking him to create a Vatican-like state in Qom and calling upon the opposition to help
preserve the constitution.
A new prime minister, Jafar Sharif-Emami, was installed in late August and reversed some of
the Shah's policies. Casinos were closed, the imperial calendar abolished, activity by political parties
legalized - to no avail. By September, the nation was rapidly destabilizing, and major protests were
becoming a regular occurrence. The Shah introduced martial law, and banned all demonstrations but
on September 8 thousands of protesters gathered in Tehran. Security forces shot· and killed dozens, in
what became known as Black Friday.
On February 1, 1979 Ayatollah Khomeini returned to Tehran in a chartered Air France Boeing
747. The welcoming crowd of several million Iranians was so large he was forced to take a helicopter
after the car he was being transported in from the airport was overwhelmed by an enthusiastic
welcoming crowd. Khomeini was now not only the undisputed leader of the revolution, he had
become what some called a "semi-divine" figure, greeted as he descended from his airplane with cries
of 'Khomeini, 0 Imam, we sa]ute you. 'Crowds were now known to chant "Islam. Islam, Khomei111,
We Will Follow You,"Jind even "Khomeini for King."
 247

In June 1979, the Freedom Movement released its draft constitution for the Islamic Republic
that it had been working on since Khomeini was in exile. It included a Guardian Council to veto un
Islamic legislation, but had no guardian jurist ruler. Leftists found the draft too conservative and in
need of major changes but Khomeini declared it 'correct'. To approve the new constitution and
prevent leftist alterations, a relatively small seventy-three-member Assembly of Experts for
Constitution was elected that summer. Critics complained that "vote-rigging, violence against
undesirable candidates and the dissemination of false information" was used to "produce an assembly
overwhelmingly dominated by clergy loyal to Khomeini."
Khomeini (and the assembly) now rejected the constitution - its correctness notwithstanding
- and Khomeini declared that the new government should be based "100% on Islam."
In addition to the president, the new constitution included a more powerful post of guardian
jurist ruler intended for Khomeini, with control of the military and security services, and power to
appoint several top government and judicial officials. It increased the power and number of clerics on
the Council of Guardians and gave it control over elections as well as laws passed by the legislature.
In September 1980, the Arab Nationalist and Sunni Muslim-dominated regime of Saddam
Hussein in neighboring Iraq invaded Iran in an attempt to take advantage of revolutionary chaos and
destroy the revolution in its infancy. Iran was "galvanized" and Iranians rallied behind their new
government helping to stop and then reversing the Iraqi advance. By early 1982 Iran regained almost
all the territory lost to the invasion.
Like the hostage crisis, the war served in part as an opportunity for the regime to strengthen
revolutionary ardor and revolutionary groups such as the Revolutionary Guard and committees at the
expense of its remaining allies-turned-opponents, such as the MEK.
Internationally, the initial impact of the revolution was immense. In the non-Muslim world it
changed the image of Islam, generating much interest in Islam - both sympathetic and hostile - and
even speculation that the revolution might change "the world balance of power more than any political
event since Hitler's conquest of Europe."
The Islamic Republic positioned itself as a revolutionary beacon under the slogan "neither East
nor West" (i.e. neither Soviet nor American/West European models), and called for the overthrow of
capitalism, American influence, and social injustice in the Middle East and the rest of the world.
Revolutionary leaders in Iran gave and sought support from non-Muslim causes in the Third World -
e.g. the Sandinistas in Nicaragua, IRA in Ireland and anti-apartheid struggle in South Africa - even
to the point of favoring non-Muslim revolutionaries over Islamic causes such as the neighboring
Afghan Mujahideen.
In the Mideast and Muslim world, particularly in its early years, it triggered enormous
enthusiasm and redoubled opposition to western intervention and influence. Islamist insurgents rose in
Saudi Arabia (1979), Egypt (1981), Syria (1982), and Lebanon (1983).
Although ultimately only the Lebanese Islamists succeeded, other activities have had more long
tenn impact. The Ayatollah Khomeini's 1989 fatwa calling for the killing of British citizen Salman
Rushdie had international impact. The Islamic revolutionary government itself is credited with helping
establish Hezbollah in Lebanon and the Supreme Council for the Islamic Revolution in Iraq.
Internally, the revolution has brought a broadening of education and health care for the poor,
and particularly governmental promotion of Islam, and the elimination of secularism and American
influence in government. Fewer changes have occurred in terms of political freedom, governmental
honesty and efficiency, economic equality and self-sufficiency, or even popular religious devotion.
Opimon polls and observers report widespread dissatisfaction, including a "rift" between the
 248

revolutionary generation and younger Iranians who find it "impossible to understand what their
par~,,ts wer~ so pa_ssionate about."

5. CHINESE REVOLUTION (1949)

The Chinese Revolution in I 949 refers to the final stage of military conflict (1948-1952) in
the Chinese Civil War. In some anti-revisionist communist media and historiography, as well as the
official media of the Communist Party of China, this period is known as the War of Liberation.
With the breakdown of peace talks between the Kuomintang or Chinese Nationalist Party
(KMT), and the Communist Party of China (CPC), an all-out war between these two forces
resumed. The Soviet Union provided limited aid to the communists, and the United States assisted
the Nationalists with hundreds of millions of dollars worth of military supplies and equipment (now
surplus PLA munitions), as well as the airlifting of maay Nationalist troops from central China to
Manchuria, an area Chiang Kai-Shek saw as strategically vital to defend Nationalist-controlled
areas against a communist advance.
The communists were well established in the north and northeast. The Nationalists, who had
an advantage in both numbers of men and weapons, controlled a much larger territory and
population than their adversaries and enjoyed considerable world support including direct support
from the United States, nevertheless suffered from a lack of morale and rampant corruption that
greatly reduced their ability to fight, as well as their domestic civilian support. Crucially, during
World War 11, while Nationalists and Conununists were in an alliance against fascist forces (chiefly
Japanese troops and their Chinese supporters), the best of the Nationalist troops had already been
wounded or killed while the communists had suffered minimal losses. By the time the Chinese Civil
War was drawing to a close, Nationalist forces were surviving almost entirely by the grace of their
international capitalist sympathisers.
Belatedly, the Nationalist government also sought to enlist popular support through internal
reforn1s. The effort was in vain because of both rampant corruption in government and the
accompanying political and economic chaos, including massive hyperinflation. By late 1948 the
Nationalist position was extremely bleak. The demoralized and undisciplined Nationalist troops
proved no match for the much more well-formed communist People's Liberation Army. The latter
had managed to not only maintain much of their fonnations' basic structure and leadership all the
way through World War 2, but also through all of the Civil War period, as well. In fact, in all, the
Communist Party had actively been working towards their moment of victory from even before the
World War 2 period, making their total efforts in the field more than 20 years long (1929-49).
After numerous operational setbacks in Manchuria, especially in attempting to take the major
cities. the communists were finally able to seize the region and capture large Nationalist fonnations.
This provided them with the tanks, heavy artillery, and other combined-arms assets needed to
prosecute offensive operations south of the Great Wall. In January 1949 Beijing was taken by the
communists without a fight, and its name was changed back to Beijing. Between April and
November, major cities passed from Nationalist to Communist control with minimal resistance. In
most cases the surrounding countryside and small towns had come under Commutiist ·influence long
before the cities - part pf the strategy of people's war outlined by Mao. One of the de~isive battles
was the Huai Hai Campaign.
 249

Ultimately, the People's Liberation Army was victorious. On October 1, 1949 Mao Zedong
proclaimed the establishment of the People's Republic of China. Chiang Kai-shek, 600,000
Nationalist troops, and about two million Nationalist-sympathizer refugees, predominantly from the
former government and business communities of the mainland, retreated to the island of Taiwan an,1 •
proclaimed the Republic of China. After that, there remained only isolated pockets of re.,;istance to
the Communists on the mainland, such as in the far south. A PRC attempt to take the ROC-
controlled island of Kinmen was thwarted in the Battle of Kuningtou, halting a PLA advance
towards Taiwan. In December 1949 Chiang proclaimed Taipei, Taiwan the temporary capital of the
Republic, and continued to assert his government as the sole legitimate authority of all China, while
the PRC government did likewise. The last fighting between Nationalist and Communist forces
ended with the communist capture of Hainan Island in May 1950.
Following are the causes of the revolution:
While revolution in China began with reaction to imperialism and was influenced by We~rn
ideas, in the end, it was the internal pressures and the lack of reforms by the Kuomintang regime
that are the most important reasons for the 1949 revolution, bringing the Communists to power. The
Kuomintang regime failed to adequately deal with the condition of the peasant masses and with the
conditions of the urban classes. In Origins of the Chinese Revolution, 1915-1949 Lucien Bianco
writes, "Discontent and the bankruptcy of rural society created an inexhaustible supply of potential
revolutionaries, but it was the Chinese Communist Party that gave this blind force purpose and
direction." Almost nothing was done to satisfy the peasants' most basic needs. No steps were taken
to protect them against excesses and the violence on the part of the military. Nothing was done to
reform and expand the system of agriculture, or to reduce the despair caused by land tax and land
rent. It was this failure to deal with the China's rural social conflict that contributed the most to the
Chinese Revolution.
The Chinese Revolution in 1949 altered the structure of Chinese society both in the
immediate case and in the long term. The long term change included modernization of the economy
and a shift. The effort to change Chinese society began before the Revolution, with the efforts of the
Communists first to attract people to their cause and second to make that cause understandable as a
force which would empower the people and lead them to revolution. After the Revolution, efforts at
changing society were undertaken in a more methodical and all-inclusive manner. Many traditional
institutions were dismantled, prohibited, or downgraded in the effort to modernize and to bring
about a new political and social attitude on the part of the people. These efforts had varying results
and were of varying effectiveness. Some traditional institutions persisted in spite of Communist
efforts to stamp them out, while other areas of the society were changed completely.

6. YOUNG TURK REVOLUTION (1908-1909}

The Young Turk Revolution of 1908 reversed the suspension of the Ottoman parliament by
Sultan Abdul Hamid II, marking the onset of the Second Constitutional Era. A landmark in the
dissolution of the Ottoman Empire, the Revolution arose from an unlikely union of reform-minded
pluralists, Turkish nationalists, Western-oriented secularists, and indeed anyone who accorded the
Sultan political blame for the harried state of the Empire.
The Revolution restored the parliament, which had been suspended by the Sultan in 1878.
However, the process of supplanting the monarchic institutions with constitutional institutions and
electoral policies was neither as simple nor as bloodless as the regime change. The periphery of the
Empire continued to splinter under the pressures oflocal revolutions.
 250

The Revolution restored the parliament, which had been suspended by the Sultan in 1878.
However, the process of replacing existing institutions with constitutional institutions proved much
more difficult than expected and before long power was invested in a new elite, led by the Grand
Vizier. The movement wanted to modernize and democratize on the one hand while on the other it
wanted to preserve what was left of the empire. The promised decentralization was abandoned when
the leaders realized that this compromised security. In fact, the periphery of the Empire continued to
splinter under pressure from local revolutions. Indifference from former allies such as the British
which, as did France had ambitions in the region, the Young Turks were compelled to embrace
Germany as an ally in the hope that this would preserve the empire. Instead. this alliance led to the
onuman defeat 1n World War I and to the end of their own power after the war. However, they laid
~ome of the ground on which the new nation-state of Turkey would be built under the leadership of
Mustafa Kemal Atatiirk, himself a Young Turk. The potential democratization project represented
by the Young Turk Revolution had at the time no parallel among other imperial powers, such as the
British and French, whose leaders were nowhere near contemplating granting self-detennination to
their African and Asian possessions.
Following are the causes
The Young Turk movement began among exiled Ottomans in places such as Paris and Geneva.
It was influenced by the French Revolution and in tum influenced the Constitution of 1876. That
Constitution had been suspended by the autocratic Sultan, Abdul Hamid II in 1878. The movement.
however, continued to gather momentum. The Young Turks wanted a democratic solution to the
Empire's problems, which included the need for economic reform, tax reform and halting any further
disintegration. From 188 I, Ottoman finances were handled by the Ottoman Public Debt
Administration, appointed by European creditors. Almost all Balkan provinces were now independent
states. Although nationalistic, the Young Turk movement opted for a multi-ethnic understanding of
the Ottoman space. By granting greater autonomy to different ethnic groups it hoped to preserve the
Empire. The movement was "fighting for the modernization and strengthening of the Empire, under
Western constitutional principles, and these included the equality of all races." On the one hand,
Europe's emerging constitutional monarchies provided the model they wanted to imitate; on the other
hand, they wanted to end European influence and interference in Ottoman affairs. Support for the
movement came from diverse groups, including some of the different ethnic and religious
communities. In 1906, the various Diaspora-based organization united with the Salonika-based
Ottoman Society for Liberty to form the "Committee of Union and Progress" (CUP), effectively a
political party. This new organization was dominated by the officers of the Third Am1y. Fearing the
anny, the Sultan was starving it of funds. In an effort to "throttle the conspiracy" the Sultan deployed
thousands of secret agents but it continued to thrive. Although some members wanted to abolish the
sultanate, most wanted to impose constitutional limitations on the sultan's power. From the outset,
members believed that a revolution would be necessary to end the sultan's authoritarian rule.
The revolution was in essence the overthrow of the Sultan's autocratic power by the upper class
Turks, and the substitution therefore, of parliamentary government under their control. The earlier
attempt to secure constitutional government, connected with the name of Midhat Pasha and resulting
in the constitution of December 23, 1876, was a failure, due to the lack at that time of any feeling for
its necessity among the ruling caste. Thirty years of increasingly centralized government, the universal
espionage which made all life miserable, the assassination or exile of all who opposed the regime in
the slightest detail, the loss of territory and of prestige, the consciousness that the economic
penetration of the foreign powers could end only in the dissolution of the Empire, forced the Turks of
all classes to consider the constitution their only salvation. The leaders in Paris studied in detail
 -- ---~--------------------~

251

successful revolutions of the past, arranged their differences as between radical and conservative,
invited in the other nationalistic revolutionary parties, especially the Armenians, but retained control
in their own hands.
Discontent within the 3rd Army Corps in Macedonia was the main reason for the revolt. Major
Ahmed Niyazi, fearing discovery of his political moves by an investigatory committee sent from the
capital, decamped from Resen on July 3, 1908 with 200 followers demanding restoration of the
constitution. The sultan's attempt to suppress this uprising failed due to the popularity of the
movement among the troops themselves. Rebellion spread rapidly. On July 24, Abdiil Hamid
announced restoration of the constitution.
A significant result of the 1908 Young Turk Revolution was
• The gradual creation of new governing elite.
• Indirectly led to the deposition of Sultan Abdul Hamid II in favor of Mehmed V the
following year
• Opening a path for consolidation over the Ottoman civil and military administration, Coup of
1913.
• Young Turks, small organizations, consolidated under the Committee of Union and Progress
(CUP).
• Committee of Union and Progress became the new power center in Ottoman politics.
• Armenian Revolutionary Federation replaced the pre-1908 Annenian elite, which had been
composed of merchants, artisans, and clerics who had seen their future in obtaining more
privileges within the boundaries of the state's version of Ottomanism.
• The Muslim Albanian elite, who had greatly benefited from the Hamidian regime in return
for their fidelity to the sultan, was also replaced by an intellectual-nationalist elite. With
members such as Bajram Curri, Nexhib Draga, and Myfit Libohova, the revolution aimed at
uniting Albanians of three different faiths under the flag of Skenderbeu and called for
reforms for the benefit of all Albanians.
• In some communities, such as the Jewish (cf. Jews in Islamic Europe and North Africa and
History of the Jews in Turkey), refonuist groups emulating the Young Turks ousted the
conservative ruling elite and replaced them with a new reformist one.

7. CUBAN REVOLUTION (1953-1959)

The Cuban Revolution was a successful armed revolt by Fidel Castro's 26th of July Movement
that overthrew the U.S.-backed Cuban dictator Fulgencio Batista on 1 January 1959.
There were several key events in Cuba's history which affected the Cuban revolution. The
main catalysts for the revolution are Cuba's separation from Spanish rule in 1898, the American
interest and influence on Cuba (1783 to the l 950's), the rise of the Batista regime into government
(1940 to 1959), Castro's fight and overall succession in 1959 and the involvement of the Cold War on
Cuba (1960 to 1991).
The Cuban revolution began when poorly armed rebels attacked the Moncada Barracks in
Santiago and the barracks in Bayamo on 26 July 1953. The exact number ofrebels killed is debatable,
however in his autobiography, Fidel Castro claims that five were killed in the fighting, and sn
additional fifty-six were killed later by the Batista regime. Among the dead was Abel Santamaria,
second-in-command of the assault on the Moncada Barracks, who was imprisoned, tortured, and
executed the same day of the attack. The survivors, among them Fidel Castro and his brother Raul
 252

Castro Ruz, were captured shortly afterwards. Fidel Castro was sentenced to 15 years in the presidio
modelo prison, located on Isla de Pinos; Raul was sentenced to 13 years.
In I 955, under broad political pressure, the Batista regime freed all political prisoners in Cuba
- in~luding the Moncada attackers. Batista was persuaded to include the Castro brothers in this release
in part by Fidel's Jesuit childhood teachers.
The Castro brothers joined with other exiles in Mexico to prepare a revolution to overthrow
Batista, receiving training from Alberto Bayo, a leader of Republican forces in the Spanish Civil War.
Fidel met and joined forces with Ernesto Che Guevara during this period.
The Granma arrived in Cuba on 2 December 1956. It arrived in Cuba two days later than
planned because the boat was heavily loaded, unlike during the practice sailing runs. This dashed any
hopes for a coordinated attack with the llano wing of the movement. After arriving and exiting the
ship, the band of rebels began to make their way into the Sierra Maestra mountains, a range in
southeastern Cuba. Three days after the trek began, Batista's army attacked and killed most of the
Granma participants, but a small number escaped. While the exact number is in dispute, no more than
twenty of the original eighty-two men survived the initial bloody encounters with the Cuban army and
succeeded in fleeing to the Sierra Maestra Mountains. The group of survivors included Fidel Castro,
Che Guevara, Raul Castro, and Camilo Cienfuegos.
On 13 March 1957, a separate group of revolutionaries - U1e student anticommunist
Revolutionary Directorate - stormed the Presidential Palace in Havana, attempting to assassinate
Batista and decapitate the regime. The attack was suicidal. The RD's leader, student Jose Antonio
Echeverria, died in a shootout with Batista's forces at the Havana radio station he had seized to spread
news of Batista's death. The handful of survivors included Dr. Humberto Castello (later Inspector
General in the Escambray), and Rolando Cubela and Faure Chomon (later Commandantes of the 13
March Movement, centered in the Escambray Mountains of Las Villas Province).
The United States imposed an embargo on the Cuban government and recalled its ambassador,
weakening the government's mandate further. Batista's support was limited to communists (PSP) and
even they began to pull their long-term support in mid-1958.
The regime resorted to often lethal methods to keep Cuba's cities under Batista's control. But in
the Sierra Maestra Mountains, Castro, aided by Frank Pais, Ramos Latour, Huber Matos, and many
others, staged successful attacks on small garrisons of Batista's troops. Che Guevara and Raul Castro
helped Fidel to consolidate political control in the mountains, often through execution of suspected
Batista loyalists or other Castro rivals. In addition, poorly armed iITegulars known as escopeteros
harassed the Batista forces in the foothills and plains of Oriente Province. The escopeteros also
provided direct military support to Castro's main forces by protecting supply lines and by sharing
intelligence. Ultimately, the mountains came under Castro's control.
In addition to anned resistance, Batista's regime also confronted a pirate radio station called
Rebel Radio (Radio Rebelde), set up in February 1958. Castro and his forces broadcast their message
to everyone from within enemy territory. The radio broadcasts were made possible by Carlos Franqui,
a previous acquaintance of Castro who subsequently became a Cuban exile in Puerto Rico.
During this time, Castro's forces remained quite small in numbers, sometimes less than 200
men, while the Cuban army and police force numbered between 30,000 and 40,000 in strength. Yet
nearly every time the am1y fought against the revolutionaries, the army was forced to retreat. The
Cuban military proved remarkably ineffective. An arms embargo - imposed on the Cuban government
by 1/Je United States government on 14 March 1958 - caused increasing problems for the Batista
 254

Castro went to the United States later on to explain his revolution. He said, "I know what the
world thinks of us, we rre Communists, and of course I have said very clearly that we are not
Communists; very clearly. 11
Hundreds of suspected Batista-era agents, policemen and soldiers were put on public trial for
human rights abuses and war crimes, including murder and torture. Most of those convicted in
revolutionary tribunals of political crimes were executed by firing squad, and the rest received long
prison sentences. One of the most notorious examples of revolutionary justice was the execution of
over 70 captured Batista regime soldiers, directed by Raul Castro after capturing Santiago. For his part
in Havana, Che Guevara was appointed supreme prosecutor in La Cabafta Fortress. This was part of a
large-scale attempt by Fidel Castro to cleanse the security forces of Batista loyalists and potential
opponents of the new revolutionary regime. Others were fortunate to be dismissed from the army and
police without prosecution, and some high-ranking officials in the ancien regime were exiled as
military attaches.
In 196 I, after the Bay of Pigs Invasion, the new Cuban government also nationalized all
property held by religious organizations including the Roman Catholic Church. Hundreds of members
of the church, including a bishop, were permanently expelled from the nation, with the new Cuban
government being officially atheist. Faria describes how the education of children changed as Cuba
became officially an atheist state: private schools were banned and the progressively socialist state
assumed greater responsibility for children.
According to geographer and Cuban Comandante Antonio Nui\ez Jimenez, 75% of Cuba's best
arable land was owned by foreign individuals or foreign (mostly U.S.) companies. One of the first
policies by the newly formed Cuban government was eliminating illiteracy and implementing land
reforms. Land reform efforts helped to raise living standards by subdividing larger holdings into
cooperatives. Comandante Sori Marin, nominally in charge of land reform, objected and fled, but was
eventually executed. Many other non-Marxist, anti-Batista rebel leaders were forced in to exile,
purged in executions, or eliminated in failed uprisings such as that of the Beaton brothers.
Shortly after taking power, Castro also c ·ated a Revolutionary militia to expand his power
base among the former rebels and the support,,,· population. Castro also initiated Conunittees for
the Defense of the Revolution or CDRs in late ~,·ptember 1960. Informants became rampant within
the population. CD Rs were tasked with keeping "vigilance against counter-revolutionary activity."
Local CDRs were also tasked with keeping a detailed record of each neighborhood's inhabitant's
spending habits, level of contact with foreigners, their work and education history, and any
"suspicious" behaviour.
By the end of 1960, the revolutionary government had nationalized more than 25 billion dollars
worth of private property owned by Cubans. Cuba also nationalized all United States and other
foreign-owned property in the nation on 6 August 1960. The Umted States, in turn, responded by
freezing all Cuban assets in the United States, severing diplomatic ties, and tightening the embargo on
Cuba, which is still in place after 50 years. In response to the acts of the Eisenhower administration,
Cuba turned to the Soviet Union for support.
Many attempts have been made by the United States to overthrow Cuba's government. One of
the most notorious is the previously mentioned Bay of Pigs lnvasi9n of 1961, which ended in
failure. After the Cuban Missile Crisis of I 962, the United States promised to never invade the
island. Desperate but unsuccessful rebellions, known as the War against the Bandits, continued until
about 1~5.
 ENLIGHTENED MODERATION
OUTLINE
D What is Enlightened moderation?
D View ofMusharraf
D Since the dawn of 1990
D Two-pronged strategy
D The Muslim World
• Self-Introspection
• Revitalization of the OIC
• Socioeconomic revival
• Clarification of misperceptions about Islam
• The reconstruction of religious thought
• Elimination of the knowledge deficit
• Establishment of tolerant societies
• Registration of religious schools
• Cleansing the society from for,,gn militant elements
• Increasing the education level in the society
• Poverty alleviation
• Resolution of regional disputes
• Mass literacy drive
D Second Prong: The West
• Dispute resolution
• Diplomacy instead of confrontation
• Public diplomacy
• Dialogue of civilizations
• Diminishing the underlying causes
D Criticism of the strategy
D Conclusion
 256

ESSAY
Enlightened moderation is a term coined by former President of Pakistan Pervez Musharraf,
which applies to practicing Islam moderately, as opposed to practicing fundamentalist version of
Islam. To think properly as to rationalize thoughts, be on the positive side of life, to prefer optimism,
and the theory is against extremism. The strategy of enlightened moderation was unveiled by
Musharraf during the OIC Sununit Conference at Malaysia in 2002. In an elementary sense one is
enlightened if he/she is well informed and aware of the implications and ramifications attaching to any
given issue or proposition.
The attitude of mind should be open-minded, willing to accept the possibility that other belief
systems may contain some merit, and that therefore they deserve respect. They have the right to exist,
even flourish, alongside our own faith. This is moderation, and the disposition towards others that it
generates is tolerance. Moderation and tolerance are, thus, children of enlightenment. Musharraf
explained his position in an opinion piece published in various newspapers in 2004. His plan for
enlightened moderation has two sides. It calls "for the Muslim world to shun militancy and extremism
and adopt the path of socioeconomic uplift" and "for the West, and the United States in particular, to
seek to resolve all political disputes with justice and to aid in the socioeconomic betterment of the
deprived Muslim world". Musharraf pointed out that moderation and enlightenment have been the
traits of the Islamic world since the times of the Islamic prophet Muhammad (P.B.U.H).
The world has been going through a tumultuous period since the dawn of the 1990s, with no
sign of relief in sight. The suffering of the innocents, particularly the Muslims -- at the hands of
militants, extremists and terrorists has made it all the more urgent to bring order to this troubled scene.
The world has become an extremely dangerous place. The devastating power of plastic explosives,
combined with high-tech remote-controlled devices, as well as a proliferation of suicide bombers, has
created a lethal force that is all but impossible to counter. The unfortunate reality is that both the
perpetrators of these crimes and most of the people who suffer from them are Muslims. This has
caused many non-Muslims to believe wrongly that Islam is a religion of intolerance, militancy and
terrorism. It has led increasing numbers of people to link Islam to fundamentalism; fundamentalism to
extremism, and extremism to terrorism. Muslims can protest however vigorously they like against this
kind of labeling, but the reality is that such arguments are not likely to prevail in the battle for minds.
To make things even more difficult, Muslims are probably the poorest, most uneducated, most
powerless and most disunited people in the world.
The stark challenge that faces anyone with compassion for the common heritage of mankind is
detem1ining what legacy we will leave for future generations. The special challenge that confronts
\1uslims is to drag ourselves out of the pit we find ourselves in, to raise ourselves up by individual
achievement and collective socioeconomic emancipation. Something has to be done quickly to stop
the carnage in the world and to stem the downward slide of Muslims. The idea for untangling this knot
is Enlightened Moderation, which is a win for all -- for both the Muslim and non-Muslim worlds.
It is a two-pronged strategy
It is related to the Muslim world. Tolerance, the rule of law, political and economic openness,
the extension of greater opportunities to women--these cures must come from within Muslim societies
 257

themselves. The Muslim World has a great responsibility towards the whole affair of radicalism,
violence and terrorism, by transforming their societies as per the true teachings and guidance of
Islam. Muslim leaders have a great role to play in all this and need to do their utmost to transform
their societies. The prong required to be delivered by the Muslim world demands shunning
militancy; extremism and adopting the path of socioeconomic uplift and emphasizes closer
coordination among Muslim nations to combat terrorism and extremism. It requires the Muslims to
pull themselves out of their present poverty, ignorance, and incompetence, and embrace
enlightenment, tolerance, and moderation. The Muslim world as well as West needs to understand
that even if this project is initiated with the utmost seriousness, and using all available resources, it
would still take many years to be accomplished.
As for Muslims, what we need is introspection. Who are we, what do we as Muslims stand for,
where are we going, where should we be headed and how can we reach there? The answers to these
questions are the Muslim part of Enlightened Moderation.
We have a glorious past. Islam exploded on the world scene as the flag bearer of a just,
lawful, tolerant and value-oriented society. We had faith in human exaltation through knowledge
and enlightenment. We exemplified tolerance within ourselves and toward people of other faiths.
The armies of Islam did not march forward to convert people by the sword, despite what the
perceptions may be, but to deliver them from the darkness through the visible example of their
virtues. What better projection can be found of these deeper values of Islam than the personal
example of our Holy Prophet (P.B.U.H.), who personified justice, compassion, tolerance of
others, generosity of spirit, austerity with a spirit of sacrifice, and a burning desire to make a
better world. Today's Muslim world is distant from all these values. We have been left far behind
in social, moral and economic development. We have remained in our own shell and refused to
learn or acquire from others. We have reached the depths of despair and despondency. We need to-
face stark reality. Is the way ahead one of confrontation and militancy? Could this path really lead
us back to our past glory while also showing the light of progress and development
.\ to the world?
We have been left far behind in social, moral and economic development. Unfortunately,
during our decline we remained ,n our own shell and refused to learn or acquire from others. We thus
reached the present depths of tlespair and despondency. We need to face stark realities. Is the way
ahead one of confrontation and militancy? Will this path lead us to our past gfory and also show the
light of progress and development to the world?
The answer to the questions put forward is not confrontation, violence and radicalism, but
rather to head towards enlightenment and concentrate especially on "human resource development"
through poverty alleviation, better education, health, and social justice. The path of moderation and a
conciliatory approach will have to be adopted to wash off the common beliefs that Islam is a religion
of militancy and that it is also in conflict wit11· modernization, democracy and secularism. This will be
a V""f in\pdttant, perhaps critical step towards the implementation of this strategy. Muslims need to
draw lessons from their past, their golden history and the teachings of Islam, i.e. the Qur'an and
Sunnah (the proven practices of the Holy Prophet (PBUH)). In light of this, the Muslim Ummah
should critically analyze the acts of some of the people who are misrepresenting the Muslim world,
with a view to see whether these are in line with the teachings oflslam or otherwise.
 258

The OIC is the only collective body of the Muslim world in place. There is a clear need to
infuse life into this body which, at present, is in a state of near impotence.43 It has to be restructured
to meet the challenges of the 21st century, fulfill the aspirations of the Muslim world, and lead
Muslims towards fulfilling their legitimate right and obligations within free and equitable societies.
TI1e sole voice of the Ummah, the OIC, has neither been able to register the truth on the international
stage nor manifested any signs of rising to the new tasks facing Muslims. It appears as if it has been
paralyzed by the sheer enormity of the daunting problems emanating from the radical transformation
of the globe's strategic political and economic scene. Despite its large membership, the organization
has become almost irrelevant to the new dynamics of global politics.
The Organization of Islamic Conferences (OIC) is our collective body. We need to infuse new
life into it; it is now in a state of near impotence. The OIC must be restructured to meet the challenges
of the 21st century, to fulfill the aspirations of the Muslim world and to take us toward emancipation.
Forn1ing a committee of luminaries to recommend a restructuring of the OIC is a big step in the right
direction. We have to show resolve and rise above self-interest for our common good -- in the very
spirit that Islam teaches us.
The Muslim states possess great potential and resources but the state of affairs of
socioeconomic conditions is of a great concern. Individually some countries may be rich, educated
and developed, but the collective situation is different. The human development indicators of the OIC
members are among the lowest in the world, although possessing seventy per cent of the world's
energy resources and with a 40% share in the global supply of raw materials. As for the OIC's share in
global trade, it is a pitiful 6%, while its collective GDP amounts to a meager 5% of the world's GDP.
22 of the world's 49 least developed countries belong to the Jslamic world. International institutions
have cla~ified 23 Muslim countries as severely indebted. Historically something has to be done, and
done quickly, to stop the downward slide if we want to prevent ourselves from being sidelined in the
future. This generally poor state of political, economic and social conditions helps breed militancy that
is both a gre.at threat to Muslim societies and world peace. Radical groups gain support by focusing on
the poor and djspossessed, especially when governments fail to perforn1 the same function. Muslim
countries, individually and collectively, must make efforts to coordinate and focus their resources.to
establish economically more robust societies.
Muslim religious leaders and think tanks must endeavor to correct the misperceptions about the
religion in the West. For example people must be able to differentiate between Islam and Arab
nationalism. This may require deliberate information operations Muslim countries and Muslim interest
groups to co,rect the misplaced misperceptions about the highly peaceful teachings of Islam.
This is probably the most important measure of the strategy to be taken by the Muslims. The
importance of reconstruction of religious thought cannot be undermined as it was directed by the Holy
Prophet (PBUH) himself. This was an essential component of the early centuries Islamic progress but
in later centuries it ceased. The values of any divine religion cannot be changed or modified as they
are divine injunctions and based on divine revelations; however, practices can be transformed or
reinterpreted or even reconstructed. The process adopted for this purpose, which exists in the
teachings of Islam, is called ijtihad (interpretation and reasoning based on the sacred texts). Many
Muslims believe that they must choose between Islam and modernity or between Islam and
democracy, but these are false choices. To reinterpret .Islam for tl)e twenty-first century, the practice of
ijtihad must be revived. The issues fac,ing Muslims today that require ijtihad include reviewing the
 259

role of women in Islam; narrowing the gap between various schools of thought (schools of
jurisprudence); reinterpreting relationships between various faiths and religions in the context of
globalization; rethinking Islamic economic theories in relation to the modern economic system;
achieving more unity and collaboration among Muslim states in religious, political and economic fields;
examining ethical moral standards with regards to the promotion of individual freedom, especially that
of religious minorities; and explaining proper behavior of Muslims in non-Muslim countries.
The Muslim world is in the middle of problems and complications due to various reasons and
deficit· of knowledge is probably one of the major reasons at the base of almost all these problems. A
number of factors block the dissemination of knowledge. Among these factors are authoritarian and
over-protective child rearing, the deteriorating quality of education in many countries in the region,
curricula in schools that encourage submission, obedience. subordination and compliance rather than
free critical thinking, the lack of autonomy at universities, and the poor state of university libraries.
Some of the measures that Muslim govemments could take that would prove useful are: unleashing
and guaranteeing the key freedoms of opinion, speech, and assembly through good governance;
disseminating high quality education based on educational outcomes and life-long learning, promoting
research and development in societal activities, and keeping up with the infonnation age, shifting
rapidly towards knowledge based production, and establishing an authentic, broad minded and
enlightened general knowledge model.
Muslim countries must attempt to establish such societies that are educated and knowledgeable,
prosperous and tolerant. This is possible only if the education imparted to all the members of society
is based on true teachings of Islam. Educated societies are less prone to manipulation by extremists
who profit greatly from ignorance.
This is one of the major steps that have been taken up by the current government to achieve the
desired objectives of Enlightened Moderation. Registration includes definition of the curriculum and
teaching approaches, and even setting up some model madrasas which would teach a syllabus
proposed by govemment which, importantly, includes teaching computers and other sciences in
addition to religious studies.
Free education opportunities offered by well-established religious schools, and the Afghan
jihad of the I 980s, attracted many foreign nationals to Pakistan. The socio-political environment of
that time provided them opportunities to establish themselves in areas bordering Afghanistan. These
elements have been involved in undesirable activities and at times have engaged in violent activities
within Pakistan society. Through focused military and police operations, and increased registration of
foreign nationals in areas bordering Afghanistan, the government is making concerted effm1s are
being made to make the society free from such radical elements.
Today, in Pakistan, access to good education remains a privilege, not a right. The state has
abdicated all effective responsibility for providing education. As a result every class gets the education
it can afford, if it can afford it. Education at every level of Pakistan's society will have to play a vital
role in the uplift of intellectual awareness of the need for change.
This program launched by the government is set to play rich dividends in its efforts to eradicate
poverty from the society. Poverty and deprivation are major influences as motivators for radical
behavior. Peoples' living standards will have to be raised by providing them good job opportunities
and employment so that these people do not fall prey to the attractive recruiting offers of the terrorists.
 260

Pakistan and India have harbored hatred between the populace of both countries, despite their
having co-existed for almost twelve centuries (711-1857 CE). This hatred has its base in the brutalities
committed at the time of independence; however, subsequent events over last half a century of both
nations' independent histories have also contributed to IWrture intolerance. No country interested in
boosting its economy can afford conflicts and differences with its neighbors and major trading
partners. It is time for Pakistan to make a realistic assessment of the global situation and improve
relations with its neighbors showing flexibility, even if acceptable compromises are to be made.
Pakistan's education system needs to be objective. The emphasis must shift from ritual
teachings to understanding the spirit of Islam by reading its basic texts. In this regard, Arabic should
be pursued as a compulsory subject from eighth class onwards until twelfth grade to achieve a better
understanding of Holy Qur'an and other religious explanations. Muslim students should also be taught
religion and Islamic principles in greater detail by using the Holy Qur'an and Hadith.
The second strategy is concerned with the West. The West and the United States in
particular have a great responsibility with regards to making the world a more peaceful place. The
poverty, repression, lack of freedom, and economic difficulties in the Muslim world have been
identified by many as main causes of creating conditions that promote terrorism, violence and
radicalism. The allegedly biased role played by the West and the U.S. in settlement of unresolved
disputes involving Muslims is also regarded as another major cause of violence. The "Strategy of
Enlightened Moderation" assigns an independent prong to the West to undertake these tasks. The
other prong, to be delivered by the West and the US in particular, must aim at resolutely resolving
all political disputes with justice and also assisting in the socioeconomic uplift of the deprived
Muslim world. The world must realize that confrontation and use of force is not going to bring
ultimate peace. The root cause of extremism and militancy lies in political injustice, denial and
deprivation. Political injustice within a nation or a people, when combined with stark poverty and
illiteracy, makes an explosive mix leading towards an acute sense of deprivation, hopelessness
and powerlessness. A people suffering from a combination of all these lethal ills is easily
available cannon fodder for the propagation of militancy and the perpetration of extremist and
terrorist acts. The West must make all possible efforts to eliminate the chances of emergences of
radicalism by supporting prosperity and opposing repression.
The West must make all efforts to resolve with justice the political disputes involving the
Muslim world, like Kashmir and Palestine, as its part of the commitment to the "Strategy of
Enlightened Moderation." These fair efforts on the part of United States and the West, possibly
requiring a change of policy toward disputing partners, can help weaken the linkage between
nationalism and radical terrorism.
The West and especially the global leader the United States must adopt an approach of open
dialogue, focusing first on diplomacy rather than armed confrontation and fighting. This will be an
important measure to win the hearts, minds and souls of the Muslim World and develop a good
dialogue between faiths and civilizations.
"Public diplomacy refers to government-sponsored programs intended to inform or influence
public opinion in other countries; its chief instruments are publications, motion pictures, ctiltural
exchanges, radio and television." There is no doubt that people are the strongest element of national
power. There is a great deal which goes on in this realm, however, and still a lot needs to be done.
 261

Though the efforts have increased in the post 9/11 period, undesired armed preemptions /
interventions by the West have proved counter-productive and led to a decrease in support by the
general public in Muslim countries.
Quite against the rhetoric of the clash of cultures and civilizations, Dialogue between
Civilizations a'ims at finding out the similarities between the faith and cultures to promote peace and
harmony in the world. The dialogue should be pursued aggressively by both sides to disprove the
conspiracy theories promoted by the term Clash of Civilizations. This dialogue will help build trust
and confidence between various faiths and cultures, and can help make the world a relatively safer
place. There is a fair awareness in world with regards to the need, importance and suitability of timing
of this dialogu!, and the U.S. must regulate this dialogue as the global leader. In this context a
productive dialogue between the West and Islam is not inconceivable.
Even at the cost of repetition, it may be important to emphasize that if the underlying causes of
violence, radicalism and militancy are ascertained correctly, more than half of the problem is already
solved. And if the underlying causes are addressed and diminished effectively, the threat can be
eliminatell. This will require an aggressive long term campaign to identify and mitigate the
contributors lo the underlying causes of militancy. In broadest terms, these measures will include
economic stabilization through addressing financial disparities and poverty alleviation, assisting the
g~vemments to establish their writs through effective law enforcement, facilitating good governance
and ensuring elimination of ignorance through mass literacy. The United States and its allies should
strategically allocate resources to develop those countries where terrorism has already taken root and
those where terrorism is likely to take root.
If all this is done with sincerity and an atmosphere of trust established between all cultures and
faiths, the West would have played its part and history would unfold differently. In defense of the
Muslims, let us trace the genesis of the Muslims being labeled as extremists or terrorists. Before the
.anti-Soviet Afghan war, the sole cause of unrest ~d concern in the Muslim world was the Palestine
dispute. It was this issue that led tci' a unity of Muslims -- in favor of Palestinians and against Israel.
The Afghan war of the 1980s, supported and facilitated by the West as a proxy war against the Soviet
Union, saw·the emergence and nurturing of pan-Islamic militancy. Islam as a religion was used to
harness worldwide Muslim support. Subsequently the atrocities and ethnic cleansing against Muslims
in Bosnia, the Chechen uprising, the Kashmir freedom struggle and the invigorated Palestinian
intifada all erupted in the '90s after the Soviet disintegration. To make matters worse, the militancy
that was sparked in Afghanistan -- which should have been defused after the Cold War -- was instead
allowed to fester for a decade.
During this time, hostility among fighters from the Muslim world turned multidirectional,
seeking new conflict zones in places where Muslims were suffering. Enter the birth of al- Qaeda.
Meanwhile, the Palestinian intifada kept gathering momentum, uniting and angering Muslims across
the globe. And then came the bombshell of Sept. 11, 2001, and the angry reaction of the United States
against the Taliban and al- Qaeda in Afghanistan. All subsequent reactions of the United States -- its
domestic responses against Muslims, its attitude toward Palestine and the operation in Iraq -- led to
total polarization of the Muslim masses against the United States. It is not Islam as a religion that has
created militancy and extremism but rather political disputes that have led to antagonism among the
Muslim masses.
 262

This is all history now. What has been done cannot be undone. But this situation cannot be
allowed to fester; a remedy must be-found. It is up to the West to help resolve these political disputes
with justice, as part of a commitment to a strategy of Enlightened Moderation. The time for
renaissance has come. The way forward is through enlightenment. We must concentrate on human
resource development through the alleviation of poverty and through education, health care and social
justice. If this is our direction, it cannot be achieved through confrontation. We must adopt a path of
moderation and a conciliatory approach to fight the common belief that Islam is a religion of militancy
in conflict with modernization, democracy and secularism. All this must btt. done with a realization
that, in the world we live in, fairness does not always rule.
The world at large and the powers that be must realize that confrontation and force will never
bring peace. Justice must be done and be seen to be done. Let it not be said by future generations that
we, the leaders of today, took humanity toward the apocalypse. The call for moderation has however
been misinterpreted by some circles as adoption of Western culture.

Criticism of the strategy can be classified in two broad categories

I. The first group of criticisms hold that the strategy is not more that dictating or guiding the Islamic
world on the route described by Washington, and that the realistic picture of Muslims painted by
Pervez Musharraf is a reflection of an apologetic mindset. These critics, in analyzing the potential and
effectiveness of the strategy, think that it may not be able to appeal to the Muslim world as a result,
Muslim governments, even if they are convinced on introducing enlightened moderation in their
respective societies, may not be able to enforce the strategy. It has also been commented that what has
to be implemented by the West, and especially by the U.S.--the peaceful and just resolut.ion of
disputes involving Muslims, and socioeconomic uplift of Muslim countries--may not attract the
\Vest's sincere efforts.
Some realists, however, remark that tqough "terrorism is caused by injustice involved in
unresolved political disputes; Muslims must realize that the world in which we live is not always fair.
In other words, some amount of injustice will always remain and we must learn to five with it."
Others think it to be the solution to their problems and an effective alternative to, or
reinforcement for, the measures already being implemented by the world.
2. There are also some critics who think that by becoming moderate and enlightened means becoming
non-religi_ous or adopting non-religious l~t'e style and approach.Irrespective of the criticism, the
strategy is in line with the world environment of combating terrorism. Almost all Muslim and Western
leaders have equally ratified it to be a useful tool in addressing the problem of ra~icalism. violence
and reducing the gap between the Muslim socieries and the West. As with all the strategies, its
effectiveness greatly depends on its operationalizati6n and implementation.
Enlightened moderation has tu be pursued within the confirles of Huququl !bad (Rights of
human beings) and the Huququ] Allah (Rights of the Ci\:ator). In essence that is the definition of
Islam. We can and should be tolerant and progressive within Islamic teachings. Islam is a religion of
peace and abhors all fonns of violence. Against the backdrop of Nine Eleven episode, the Western
world has come to equate Islam with violence. This grossly unfair and false perception has to be
removed through a policy of moderation which is the spirit of our faith.
 263

The Muslim world and the West, and the United States in particular, all have their
responsibilities to make this world a more peaceful place by uprooting the menace of terrorism
pennanently. Pakistan has the potential to become a leader of the Ummah. It is the only Muslim power
to have acquired nuclear capability. However, internal peace shall remain elusive as long as the
menace of extremism is not banished. This is possible through modern education to be spread within
the concept of enlightened moderation. Islam stands for justice, peace, love, progress and respect of all
and calls for ensuring rights of minorities. It is a progressive religion and its true face has to be shown
to the world while remaining steadfast to the basic teachings of Islam. It is absolutely necessary that
the whole Pakistani nation rises unitedly, and strengthen the hands of the government in its fight
agaihst terrorism. Pakistani nation should support the efforts extended by government to curb the twin
menace of terrorism and extremism.
•

ORGANISATIONS AT GLANCE
1. SAARC

FORMATION
The South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) is an economic ano poht1cal
organization of eigln countries in Sou them Asia. In tenns of population, its sphere of influence is the
lartest of any regional organization: almost 1.5 billion people, the combined population of its member
state. It was established on December 8, 1985 by Bangladesh, Bhutan, Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan,
India and Sri Lanka. In April 2007, at the Association's 14th summit, Afghanistan became its eighth
member.

HISTORY
In the late I 970s, Bangladeshi President Ziaur Rahman proposed the creation of a trade bloc
consisting of South Asian countries. The idea of regional cooperation in South Asia was again mooted
in May 1980. The foreign secretaries of the seven countries met for the first time in Colombo in April
I 98 I. The Committee of the Whole, which met in Colombo in Ai>gust I 98 I, identified five broad
areas for regional cooperat'0n. New areas of cooperation were added'in the following years.
OBJECTIVES
The objectives of the Association as defined in the Charter are:
• To promote the welfare of the people of South Asia and to improve their quality of life;
• To accelerate economic growth. social progress and cultural development in the region and to
provide all individuals the opportunity to live in dignity and to realize their full potential;
• To promote and strengthe,, collective self-reliance among the countries of South Asia;
• To contribute to mutual trust, understanding and appreciation of one another's problems;
• To promote active collaboration and mutual assistance in the economic, social, cultural,
technical and scientific fields;
• To strengthen cooperation with other developing countric~
• To strengthen cooperation among themselves in international forums on matters of common
interest; and
• To cooperate with inten1ational and regional organizations with simnar aims and pUIJ)OSes.
MEMBERSHIP
1. Afghanistan
2. Bangladesh
3. Bhutan
4. India
5. Maldives
 265

6. Nepal'
7. Pakistan
8. Sri Lanka
OBSERVERS
1. Australia
2. China
3. Europe Union
4. Iran
S. Japan
6. Mauritius
7. Myanmar (Burma)
8. South Korea
9. United States
SECRETARIAT
The SAARC Secretariat was established in Kathmandu 8n 16 January 1987 and }Vas
inaugurated by Late King Birendrii Bir Bikram Shah of Nepal.
It is headed' by a Secretary General appointed by the Council of Ministers from Member
Countries in alphabetical order for a three-year tem1. lie is assisted by the Professional and the
General Services Staff, and also an appropriate number of functional units called Divisions assigned to
Directors on deputation from Member States.

CRITICISM
Not enough is being done to for rapid economic integration of the region. Apart from the fact
that the recently approved University and the creation of new rail lines linking the region. people to
people contacts and connectivity of region needs to be strengthened.
POLITICAL ISSUES
SAARC1ias intentionally laid more stress on "core issues" mentioned above rather than more
decisive political issues like the Kashmir dispute and the Sri Lankan civil wai;- However, polilical
dialogue is often conducted on the margins of SAARC meetings. SAARC has also refrained itself
from interfering in the internal matter states. During the 12th and 13th ShARC summits, extreme
emphasis was laid upon greater cooperation between the SAARC members to fight tertorism
POLITICAL ECONOMY OF SOUTH ASIA
South Asia accounts for nearly 23 per cent of the total world population. However, its share m
the global GDI' is less than 3 per cent. The region is home to the syorld'• 400 million poor, which
means nearly 30 per cent of the region's population lives below the poverty line. All Saarc countries
have a rather low ranking on the human development index (HD!), which accordin8" to the Human
Development Report 2007-08 is: Sri Lanka.. (99), the Maldives (100), India (128), Bhutan (133),
Pakistan (136), Bangladesh (140), and Nepal (142). The HD! ranking·is based on aehievements 10
tenns of life expectancy, education and real wcome. The low HD! ranking reflects rQorl\' on these
vital indicators in the region.
 266

In order to achieve the objectives of Saarc and increase regional integration, the member
countries created South Asian Free Trade Agreement (Safta) in 2004 at the twelfth Saarc summit. The
agreement, which came into force on January 1, 2006, provides ihat members will reduce their tariffs
to 0-5 per cetlt by December 31, 2015. TI1e success of Safta, however, largely depends on
nonnalisation of Pakistan-India relations. In case the relations between the two countries do not
nonnalise, Safta 's fate will not be different from that of its predecessor, South Asian Preferential
Trade Agreement (Sapta).
The major reason for meager intra-Saarc trade is low volume of trade between Pakistan and
India, the largest economies and trading nations in the region. Though fonnal Pak-India trade (the two
countries have infonnal trade of more than $3 billion a year) has increased from $236 million in 2001-
2002 to $ 1.95 billion in 2007-08, it still constitutes less than I per cent of the global trade of the two
countries! Pakistan has not even graned MFN status, a basic requirement under the WTO, to India and
continues to condurt its imports from India on the basis of a positive list. On its part, India maintains
high tariffs and non-tariff barriers on products of export interest to Pakistan.
The poor trade perfonnance of Saarc stands in marked contrast with that of the neighbouring
regional alliance-Association of South East Asian Nations (Asean). The Asean comltries for merely
SA per cent of the total world population. However, their share in total world trade is nearly 7 per
cent. Asean 's contribution to Asia's total trade is 23 per cent. Asean countries Have remained
embroiled in territorial disputes but that has not hampered their trade relations. •
SAARC; CAUSES OF FAILURE

The two-day 16th summit of South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (Saarc) held in
Bhutanese capital ofThimpu on April 28-29 concluded with a joint declaration expressing the resolve
of their leaders to wage common struggle for economic development, improve their inter-connectivity,
promote people to people contacts and evolve a joint strategy to tackle the issues of climate change,
water and food shortages.
The importance of Saarc as a regional organisation despite its rather unsatisfactory record, is
recognised by all leaders. The feeling tl\'at peace and prosperity are indivisible and that the South Asia
region has a common destiny and a shared struggle for a better and brighter future has emerged
dominant theme.
The South Asia Preferential Trading Agreement (SAPTA) was signed in the 7th summit at
Dhaka in April 93, but it ha. not yet been operationalised. The proposal to establish South Asian Food
Reserve and South Asian Development Fund have also met the same fate. Similarly declarations on
enhancing political cooperation and promotion of mutual trust and understanding reiterated in each
summit have registered limited success. Saarc despite these limitations and poor perfonuance,
however, remains a useful t6ol for smaller countries to promote understanding and cooperation at
bilateral level.
Facing criticism that Saarc has failed to realise it~ ambitious objectives during the last 25 years.
the Thimpu Summit decided not to indulge in rhetoric and set ambitious goals. The two major and
modest projects agreed upon were US$300 million fund to reduce poverty in the region and also on
trade and environmental protection.
At the Thimpu Summit, the leaders pledged that they will unitedly \\ork to realise the
aspirations of the founding fathers t as set out in the first Summit.
 267

The establishment of Saarc Development Fund, Food Bank, The Arbitration Council, and the
Regional Standards Organisations are the right moves. Saarc should also seek free and preferential
trading arrangements with other regional bodies notably EU and the Asean.

2, ASEAN (ASSOCIATION OF' SOUTIIEAST ASIAN NATIONS)

l\lcmbcr countries
The member countries of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) are Indonesia,
Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Bmnei Darussalam, Vietnam, Laos and Myanmar. The
countries of Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) have a combined population of 890
million and now constitute ·one of the fastest growing regions in the world.
History
The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) was established 01"1 August 8, 1967 in
Bangkok. Thailand, with the signing of the Bangkok Declaration by the five original Member
Countries namely Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore and Thailand. Brunei Damssalam
joined the Association on January 8, 1984. Vietnam became the seventh member of ASEAN on July
28, 1995. Laos and Myanmar were admitted into A SEAN on 23 July 1997.
The Bangkok Declaration united the ASEAN Member Countries in a joint effort to promote
economic cooperation and the welfare of the people in the region. The Bangkok Declaration set out
guidelines for ASEAN's activities and defined the aims of the organization. The ASEAN nations came
together with three mam objectives in mind: to promote the econom~. social and cultural
development of the region through cooperative programmes; to safeguard the political and economic
stability of the region against big power rivalry; and to serve as a forum for the resolution of intra-
regional differences.
The First Summit Meeting was held in Bali, Indonesia in February 1976. At this meeting, a
small permanent secretariat was also established in Jakarta to provide administrative support and to
help in coordination of ASEAN activities.
Organizational structure
The highest authority of ASEAN is the Meeting of the ASEAN Heads of Government, the
ASEAN Summit.
The ASEAN Foreign Ministers meet annually during the AMM. TI1e AMM, established by the
1967 Bangkok Declaration, is responsible for the fommlation of policy guidelines and coordination of
ASEAN activities. ASEAN Economic Ministers (AEM) meets fonnally or informally to direct
ASEAN economic cooperation. The AEM was institutionalised at the 1977 Kuala Lumpur Summit.
Like the AMM, the AEM also meets armually. The AFT A Council was established by the Fourth
Summit to supervise, coordinate, and review the implementation of the CEPTScheme for AFTA. 'the
AEM and AMM report Jointly to the A_SEAN Heads of Government during an ASEAN Summit.
OTHER NON-ECONOMIC ASEAN MINISTERIAL MEETINGS
Meetings of Ministers in other fields of ASEAN cooperation, such as Health, Environment,
Labour, Social Welfare, Education, Science and Technology, Information and Justice/Law, are held
regularly. While there is coordination between meetings of other Ministers and the AMM, each
meeting of Ministers mify be reported directly to the Heads of Government.
 268

Secretary-General of ASEAN
The Secretary-General is appointed on merit by the ASEAN Heads of Government with the
recommendation of the AMM. He i~ accorded ministerial status with the mandate to initiate, advise,
coordinate and implement ASEAN activities. He also chairs all meetings of the ASC on behalf of the
ASC Chairman, except the first and the last.
ASEAN Committees in Third Countries
ASEAN has established committees in its Dialogue Partner countries to handle ASEAN's
extemal relations with these countries and international organisations. These committees comprise the
heads of diplomatic missions of the ASEAN Member Countries in the host country. They conduct
consultative meetings with their host governments. Presently, there are fourteen ASEAN Committees
in third countries, namely: Beijing, Bonn, Brussels, Canberra, Geneva, London, Moscow, Ottawa,
Paris, Seoul, Tokyo, Washington, Wellington and New Delhi. The Chairmen of the ASEAN
Committees in Third Countries submit progrll,Ss reports to the ASC on the activities of the Commit!ees
and sei;k guidance as needed from the ASC.
Economic cooperation
ASEAN economic cooperation has. not only deepened but also widened in the last five· years.
This is evidence of the ASEAN Member Countries' strong commitment to making the region a strong
and dynamic econol1!ic force.
Economic cooperation in ASEAN does not entail only trade liberalisation measures but also
trade facilitation, non-border measures and investment promotion activities. New areas of cooperation,
such as in services and intellectual property rights are being implemented. Bold decisions have also
been made to elevate and strengthen ASEAN industrial cooperation through a new scheme which will
take into account present industrial needs and economic situation in ASEAN. Cooperation in private
sector dev@lopment, small- and medium-size enterprises, infrastructural development and region.ii
investment"promo!ion measures have also made considerable progress.
The thrusts of ASEAN economic cooperation in the 1990s include the following :
• to fully implement the ASEAN Free Trade Area (AFTA);
• · to develop·· the region into a global base for the manufacture of value adde_d and
technologically s,ophisticated products geared towards servicing the region and world
markets;
• to enhance the industrial efficiency of the region through exploiting complementary location
advantages based on the principles of market sharing and resource pooling;
• to enhance the attractiveness of the region for investment and as a tourist destination;
• to cooperate in enhancing greater infrastructural development which will contribute towards
1
rnore efficient business environment; and
• to·ensure that the rich resources (minerals, energy, forestry and others) of the region are
exploited effectively and efficiently.
Guiding Principles
The success of ASEAN Economic Cooperation, seen as a possible model for regional
cooperation among developing countries, is very much the result of the wisdom, foresight and bold
decisions of the Bangkok Declaration of 1967 and the past four Summits' guidance. ASEAN
Economic Cooperation was first stressed in the Bangkok Declarat;n,, of 1967 which laid the
 26~

foundation for economic cooperation. The Declaration emphasized among other things, the following
aims and purposes :
• to accelerate economic growth, social progress and cultural development in the region;
• to promole active collaboration and mutual assistance of matters of common interest in the
economic, social, cultural, technical, scientific and administrative fields;
• to collaborate more effectively for the greater utilization of the region's agriculture and
industries, the expansion of trade, including the study of the problems of international
commodity trade, the improvement of its transportation and communications facilities and
the raising of the living siandards of its peoples.
ASEAN Economic Cooperation was ·subsequently guided further by the decisions of
subsequent ASEAN Summits. The First ASEAN Summit, called for intensifying cooperation in
economic and social development and taking cooperative action in national and regional development
programmes, utilizing as far as possible the resources available in the ASEAN region to broaden the
complementarily of respective economies.
The First lnfonnal Summit held in Jakarta on 30 November I 996 requested the Ministers to
develop an ASEAN Vision towards the year 2020, taking into account that by then AFTA would
have been fully implemented for almost two decades. The Leaders also endorsed the Basic
Framework of the ASEAN-Mekong Basin Development Cooperation and hoped that such
cooperation would promote the economic integration and interconnection between the economies of
ASEAN and the non-ASEAN Mekong Riparian States. In addition, the Heads of Government
agreed to request the economic ministers to develop the possibility of ASEAN cooperat,ion on the
facilitation of goods in transit.
ASEAN Free Trade Area
The most significant step in enhancing trade in ASEAN was the decision of the Fourth ASEAN
Summit in I 992 to establish the ASEAN Free Trade Area by the year 2008. In September I 994, the
ASEAN Member Countries agreed to accelerate the establishment of AFTA by reducing the initial
time frame of I 5 years to IO years.
The primary objective of AFTA was to·enhance ASEAN.'s position as a competitive production
base geared towards servicing the global market. This was to be achieved through the expansion of
intra-ASEAN trade, making possible both greater specialization and economies of scale. It was also to
be achieved through the inflow of more foreign direct investment who would be attracted by the
emergence of a single ASEAN market.
The Common Effective Preferential Tariff (CEPT) Scheme, which is the main mechanism for
realizing AFTA, was launched on I January 1993. The CEPT Scheme covers both manufactured and
agricultural products. The product coverage in the CEPT Scheme is the most comprehensive ever in
any ASEAN trading arrangement. For instance, more than 90% of the total tariff lines in ASEAN are
already included in the CEPT Scheme. These tariff lines account for more than 81 % of intra-ASEAN
trade values.
In keeping with the principle of open regionalism, ASEAN has been pursuing regional linkages
with other regional trading arrangements. The AFTA-CER linkage was the first of these linkages and
the activities include creation of a customs compendium, information exchange on standards and
conformance including collaborative work on ISO 14000 and linkage of trade and investment
databases. Similar initiatives are being pursued with other regional groupings such as the North
American Free Tr~de Agreement (NAFT A), the Mercado Comun de! Sur /MERCOSUR), · the
 270

European Free Trade Association (EFT A) and the Southern African Development Community
(SADC).
Cooperation in Industrial Development
I. Industrial Cooperation has been an important cornerstone of ASEAN economic
cooperation. Various industrial cooperation initiatives have been pursued with the aim of
enhancing the industrial competitiveness of the region. Industrial cooperation schemes
based on the principles of resource pooling and market sharing have been introduced to
facilitate effective exploitation of economies of scale and the region's complementary
location advantages.
Cooperation in Finance and Banking
ASEAN finance cooperation has been further strengthened with the various decisions made at
the First ASEAN Finance Ministers Meeting (AFMM) held on I March 1997 in Phuket, Thailand. The
decision to strengthen cooperation in the field of finance will provide strong support to the various
regional initiatives and schemes expounded by the ASEAN Leaders. This includes, among others, the
ASEAN Free Trade Area (AFTA), ASEAN Industrial Cooperation Scheme (AJCO) and ASEAN
Investment Area (AJA).
Two important documents were signed by the ASEAN Finance Ministers in Phuket. These
were the Ministerial Understanding (MU) on Finance Cooperation and the ASEAN Agreement on
Customs. The fonner lays down the foundation for strengthening cooperation in finance. In
particular, the MU provides a framework for enhancing cooperation in several areas of finance
which include banking; financial and capital markets development; customs matters; insurance
matters; taxation and public finance matters; monetary policy cooperation; and human resource
development in the area of finance. ·
The signing of the Customs Agreement will enhance ASEAN cooperation in customs activities
and will help expedite the early realization of AFT A as it contains provisions that would facilitate
greater intra-regional trade and investment flow. The Agreement also stipulates joint efforts in anti-
smuggling and customs control activities, mutual technical assistance, customs modernization, and
upgrade customs skills to meet present and future challenges.
In view of increasing level of finance activities and cooperation, the ASEAN Finance Ministers
(AFM) have established the ASEAN Senior Finance-Officials Meeting (ASFOM) to assist the AFM·in
their work. The ASFOM and its working group will meet regularly to develop, manage ·and implement
regional finance cooperation activities. Other finance-related bodies such as the insurance regulators,
capital markets, tax and central bank authorities have been encouraged to establish appropriate forum
for initiating activities and strengthening cooperation endeavours in each of the finance sub-sectors.
Cooperation in Food, Agriculture and Forestry
Various measures have been implemented to promote the production and trade in agriculture
and forestry products given that these sectors are still significant to many ASEAN economies. The
Ministerial Understanding on ASEAN Cooperation in Food, Agriculture and Forestry had provided a
framework for sectoral cooperation in these areas. Cooperation in Minerals
The Progranu11e of Action for cooperation in minerals was approved by the Fifth ASEAN
Summit to promote trade and investment in industrial minerals. Member Countries have pursued
initiatives to exchange infonnation on policy, regulations and legislation to attract investments. To
further strengthen ASEAN of cooperation in the sector, Member Countries agreed to establish an
 271

ASEAN Industrial Minerals Information System (AIMIS) and a Directory of Resec,sch 1m,
Development and Training Centres available in the region.
Cooperation in Energy
With ASEAN expected to become a net oil importing region by the tum of the century,
ASEAN's collective action is in the furtherance of ensuring greater security and sustainability of
energy supply through diversification, development and conservation of resources. the efficient use of
energy and wide application of environmentally sound teclmologies. In line with the Agreement on
ASEAN Energy Cooperation of 1986, the Medium-Term Programme of Action on Energy
Cooperation (1995-1999) is being vigorously implemented in the following sectors; electricity, oil and
gas, coal, new and renewable sources of energy, energy efficiency and conservation, energy and
environment and energy policy and planning. An ASEAN emergency petroleum sharing scheme is
likewise in place. Cooperative efforts will likewise focus on the realization of regional interconnecting
arrangements for electricity and natural gas, thro1tgh the ASEAN Power Grid and Trans-ASEAN Gas
Pipeline Projects. The ASEAN-EC Energy Management Research and Training Centre (AEEMTRC)
will be eventually transformed into tbe ASEAN Energy Centre.
Cooperation in Transportation and Communications
The transport and communications sector is a critical logistics and services support sectQr in the
integration of the ASEAN economies. ASEAN Member Countries are implementing the ASEAN Plan
of Action in Transport and Commu11ications through the Integrated Implementation Programme,
involving 45 projects and activities in the following cooperative areas; multimodal transport,
interconnectivity in telecommunications, harmonization of road transport laws, rules and
regulations, airspace management, maritime safety and pollution, human resources, and air services
liberalization. Feasibility study for the Singapore-Kunming (China) Rail Link Project and the
development of the ASEAN Framework Agreement on the Facilitation of Goods in Transit will also
be undertaken. Future collaborative efforts to keep pace with the increasing demand for improved
infrastructure and communications will be towards the development ·of an integrated and
hannonized trans-ASEAN transportation network and the harnessing of technology advances in
telecommunications and information technology. Special emphasis will be given to link the planned
information highways/multimedia corridors in ASEAN, promote open sky policy, develop
multimodal transport, facilitate goods in transit, develop regional shipping policy and integrate
further telecommunications networks.

3. SCO (SHANGHAI COOPERATION ORGANIZATION)

The Shanghai Cooperatioti Organization (SCO) is an intergovernmental mutual-security
organization which was founded in 200 I in Shanghai by the leaders of China, Kazakhstan,
Kyrgyzstan. Russia. Tajikistan and Uzbekistan. Except for Uzbekistan, the other countries had been
member of the Shanghai Five, founded in 1996, after the inclusion of Uzbekistan in 200 I, the
members renamed the organization.
Aims and Purposes
1. The threat of the 21st century included unprecedented achievements in setting the long
standing disputes along the 700-kilometers border between China and the Soviet Union and
its successor states.
2. The successful implementation of confidence and security building measures in the border
areas.
 272

3. To recognize the need for a fllollJ'e cohereQ.t response to regional security and economic
development challenges ge,nere "'
4. China and Russia also saw the SCO as a vehicle for pursuing a number of interests connected
with the continuing challenges to their central authority in Xingjiang province and Chechnya,
respectively.
5. To combat so-called terrorism, separatism and extremism (not that SCO was launched before
9/i I attacks) were important drivers for the creation of the SCO.
6. Strengthening mutual trust and good neighbor relations among member states.
7. Promoting effective cooperation in political affairs, economy, trade and the scientific,
technical, cultural and educational sphere as well as energy transportation, tourism and
environmental protection.
8. Jointly safeguarding and preserving regional peace, security and stability.
9. Striving towards the creation of a democratic just, reasonable now international political and
economic order.
Secretariat
Beijing (China)
;.
Secretary General
Bolat Nurgaliyev (Kazakhstan)
Deputy Secretary General
Valdimir Zakharov
Members·
1. China 2. Kazakhstan 3. Kyrgyzstan
4. Russia 5, Tajikistan 6. Uzbekistan
Observers
1. India 2. Iran 3.Mongolia
4. Pakistan
Guest Attendance
1. Afghanistan 2.ASEAN 3. CIS
Working Languages
1. Chinese 2. Russian
SCO STRUCTURE

1. Council of Heads of States

The Council offleads of States is the top decision-making body in the SCO. The Council meets
at the SCO summits, which are held each year in one of the member's capital.
2. Council of Heads of Government
The Council of Heads of Government is the second-highest council in the organization. This
council also holds annual summits, at which time members discuss issues of multilateral cooperation.
The Council also approves the organization budgets.
 273
I'

3. Council of Foreign Ministers

The Council of foreign elso hold regular meetings, where they discuss the current international
situation and the SCO's interaction with other international organisation.
4. Council of National Coordinators
As the name suggests, the Council of National Coordinators coordinates the multilateral
cooperation of member states within the framework of the SCO's charter.
5. Secretariat
The Secretariat of the SCO is the primary executive body of the organization. It serves to
implement organizational decisions and decrees drafts proposed document (such as declarations and
agenda) function as a document depository for the organization, arranges specific activities within the
SCO frame work, and promotes and disseminates information about SCO. It is located m Beijing. The
current SCO Secretary-General is Bo lat Nurgaliyev of Kazakhstan.
SCO-REGIONAL ANTI -TERRORIST STRUCTURE (RATS)
The Regional Anti-Terrorist Structure (RATS), headquarter in Tashkent, Uzbekistan, is a
permanent organ of the SCO which serves to promote cooperation of member states against the three
evils of terrorism, separatism and extremism. The Head of the RATS is elected to a three-your tern,.
Each member state also sends a pem1a11ent representative to RATS.
Summits
According to the charter of the SCO, sununits of the Council of Head of State shall be held
annually at alternating venues. The locations of these summits follow the alphabetical order of the
member states name in Russia. To date 10 summits have been held:
lst-2001 - Shanghai (China)
2nd - 2002 - Saint Petersburg (Russia)
3rd - 2003 - Moscow (Russia)
4th - 2004-Tashkent (Uzbekistan)
5th - 2005 - Astana (Kazakhstan)
6th - 2006 - Shanghai (China)
7th - 2007 - Bishkek (Kyrgyzstan)
8th - 2008 - Dushanbe (Tajikistan)
9th - 2009 - Yekaterinburg (Russia)
10th - 2010- Tashkent (Uzbekistan)
ACTIVITIES

1. Co-operation on Security
The SCO is primarily centered on its member nations 'Central Asian' security related
concerns, often describing the main threats it confronts as being terrorism, separatism and extremism.
However, evidence is growing that its activities in the area of social development of its member states
is increasing fast.
At 16-17 June 2004 SCO summit, held in Tashkent, Uzbekistan, the regional Anti-terrorism
structure was established. There /,ave been a number of SCO joint military exercises. The SCO signed
an agreement to broaden cooperation on issues such as security, crime and drug trafficking.
 274

2. Economic Cooperation
All SCO members but China are also member of the Eurasian Economic Community. A Frame
Work Agreement to enhance cooperation was signed.
3. Free Trade Area
A long-term objective was to establish free trade.area in the SCO, to improve the flow of goods
in the region.
4. Cultural Cooperation:
Cultural cooperation also occurs in the SCO frame work. Culture ministers of the SCO met for
the first time in Beijing 2002 signing a joint statement for continued cooperation.
SCOANDNATO
The SCO challenges the North Atlantic Treaty Organization's claim to be the only viable
security organization in the region especially in Central Asia. According to many military experts of
the USA that the SCO is acting as a Russia-China condominium for countering its influence in the
region.
But it is predicted that there is no chance of militaristic conflict between Nato and SCO in the
near future. But struggle for regional political supremacy, geo-strategic dominance and thirst and
competition for sources of energy and "gas pipeline" would be rise.
If Pakistan and Iran become full members ofSCO the whole geography, politics and economics
dimensions of the region will change. It is also reality that the SCO is not a mutual defense pact,
unlike the North Atlantic Treaty Organization which is a military alliance that has since expanded its
original defensive mandate way beyond the North Atlantic region to carry on offensive operations in
the Balkans, Afghanistan and Iraq.
Since its establishment, SCO member states have held joint military exercises, most recently in
2007 near Russia's Ural Mountains. Still, the SCO serves more as a forum to discuss multilateral
issues of trade and security than a full-developed counterpart ofNato, which has expanded its sphere
of operation way beyond the North Atlantic region.
On October 27, 2007, the SCO signed an agreement with the Collective Security Treaty
Organization, whose members are Armenia, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Russia and Tajikistan.
Main Possible Hurdles
(a) The SCO observers are widely different countries with different interests in the organizations.
Iran is interested in becoming a full member, viewing it as a guarantee of its security.
(b) The new Mongolian leadership, which is said to be pro-western, but we cannot be sure of its
position regarding the SCO after the election.
(c) Differences between India and Pakistan are especially large and could complicate the SCO
expansion.
Strategic Expansion
Iran and Pakistan, observer nations in the SCO along with India and Mongolia, have asked for full
membership. Russia officials have said, the group's enlargement is held back by lack of admission mies,
but China has warned against excessive expansion, saying it could hinder cooperation.
~ The SCO decided to grant a partner nation status to Belarus and Sri Lanka. The President of
Tajikistan endorsed the expansion of the SCO. He said that it would increase the organization's
 275

authority. He further said, while supporting expansion of the SCO, we believe that along with
cohesion and mutual support, this step will demonstrate increasing importance and influence of the
SCO on the international stage.
Iran Strategic Proposals
(a) Justice and mutual respect should be regarded as the best means for communications and
constructive and durable cooperation, all should spare no effort to materialize these two goals
in their international relations.
(b) The SCO Secretariat must play a more active role in the fields of politics, economic, culture
and security.
(c) Use of a single currency in transactions and trade exchange among SCO member states as
well as establishment of SCO bank with participation of all members.
(d) Formation of two political and economic committees by the member states to precisely
monitor global development in order to find a common political and economic strategy to
improve international infrastructure in connection with regional and global developments.
(e) Iran's readiness to deepen and broaden cooperation with SCO.
Pakistan
(a) The President projected Pakistan as an energy-cum trade corridor that could connect Central
Asia with the Arabian Sea.
(b) Pakistan offered Gwadar Port to all SCO members.
(c) Pakistan is a country which is most suitably positioned to contribute to realizing the SCO
objectives and goals. i
Suggestions
(a) All the member countries should resolve their bilateral or trilateral disputes to make SCO
more effective and strong.
(b) Disputes of water reservoir, natural resource sharing, transportation and other problems need
to be solved.
(c) Terrorism is a curse; therefore concrete efforts should be carried forwards. Anti-terrorism
mechanism of the SCO ought to be proactive.
(d) Nuclear non-proliferation treaty must be implemented in true spirits.
( e) It is high time to extend Socio-economic cooperation between the member countries.
(f) Financial cooperation and banking facilities should be shared.
(g) Strategic expansion must be allowed as soon as possible. In this regard, the request of
Pakistan and Iran may be entertained.
(h) Pooling of natural reveries between the SCO countries.
(i) Issues of air-bases must be resolved amicably.
Concluding Remarks
The SCO provides alternative system of security, politics, economics, culture and above all
humanity. SCO stands for peace, harmony, tolerance and respect for all. SCO represents live wire for
all the developing countries to achieve development and better life. SCO is anti-protectionism. anti
hegemony and anti-capitalistic.
SCO promises Socio-economics integration, cultural connectivity, geo-political cooperation,
geo-strategic collaboration and statesmanship commitment to achieve certain objectives and goals.
SCO is the custodian of regional supremacy, national sovereignty, territorial sensitivity and above all
power broker's sensibility.
 276

It is hoped that economic might of China, military strength of Russia and rich oil and gas
reservoirs of the Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan, Tajikistan, Kyrgystan and Iran would strengthen the Socio-
economic power, geo-political and geo-strategic participation of the SCO in the regional and
international politics.

4. ECO (ECONOMIC COOPERATION ORGANIZATION)

Brief Introduction
Economic Cooperation Organization (ECO), is an intergovernmental regional organization
established in 1985 by Iran, Pakistan and Turkey for the purpose of promoting economic, technical
and cultural cooperation among the Member States. ECO is the successor organization of Regional
Cooperation for Development (RCD) which remained in existence since 1964 up to 1979.
In 1992, the Organization was expanded to include seven new members, namely: Islamic
Republic of Afghanistan, Republic of Azerbaijan, Republic of Kazakhstan, Kyrgyz Republic,
Republic of Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Republic of Uzbekistan. The date of the Organization's
expansion to its present strength, 28th November, is being observed as the ECO Day. The ECO region
is full of bright trading prospects. Despite its young age, ECO has developed into a thriving regional
organization. Its international stature is growing. Nevertheless, the organization faces daunting
challenges with respect to realization of its objectives and goals. Most importantly, the region is
lacking in appropriate infrastructure and institutions which the Organization is seeking to develop, on
priority basis, to make full use of the available resources in the region.
Over the past 12 years the member states have been collaborating to accelerate the pace of
regional development through their common endeavors. Besides shared cultural and historic affinities,
they have been able to use the existing infrastructural and business links to further fortify their resolve to
transfer their hopes and aspirations into a tangible reality. ECO has embarked on several projects in
priority sectors of its cooperation including energy, trade, transportation, agriculture and drug control.
Current Membership
Islamic State of Afghanistan, Azerbaijan Republic, Islamic Republic of Iran, Republic of
Kazakhstan, Kyrgyz Republic, Islamic Republic of Pakistan, Republic of Tajikistan, Republic of
Turkey, Turkmenistan and Republic of Uzbekistan
Finance Source: Member contributions.
Language: English.
Key Executive: Secretary General.
Secretariat Staff: International staff of the General Secretariat of ECO includes the Secretary
General, 3 deputy secretaries general, 6 directors, 3 assistant directors and other professionals and
teclmical, administrative and support personnel. The total number o'f staff is over 60.
Brief History
The ECO was established in 1985 as a trilateral organization of Iran, Pakistan and Turkey to
promote multi dimensional regional cooperation with a view to creating conditions for sustained
socioeconomic growth in the Member States. Its aims an . . l nhiecti"C'- JS its modes of operation were
identical to those of its forerunner, the Regional Cooperation lu1 Uc,clopment (RCD) which remained
in existence from 1964 to 1979. Subsequently, the organization was restructured and revived under
the present name ECO.
 277

The Treaty of Izmir signed in 1977 as the legal framework for the RCD and later adopted as the
basic Charter of ECO was modified to provide a proper legal basis to ECO's transition from RCD at
the Ministerial Meeting held in Islamabad in June 1990. Following the amendment in the Treaty of
Izmir ECO was fully launched in early 1991.
The break-up of the fonner Soviet Union led to the independence of Republics of Central Asia
and Caucasus. In their bid to open up to the outside world and as a manifestation of their urge to
revive their historic affinities with the peoples of Iran, Pakistan and Turkey, six of these Republics;
namely Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan along with
Afghanistan sought the membership of ECO and were admitted into the organization. The
participation of these new Members in the activities of the Organization commenced after their formal
accession to the Treaty of Izmir at an Extraordinary Meeting of ECO Council of Ministers held in
Islamabad on 28th May, 1992.
With its expansion in November 1992, from a 3 to JO-Members' Organization, ECO gained a
new dimension and new role. Accordingly, there was a consensus at all levels of ECO Meetings that
in order to enhance the effectiveness of ECO, fundamental changes were required in the structure and
functional methodology of the organization. The fifth meeting of the Council of Ministers held in
Ashgabat in January 1995 established a panel of eminent and competent persons to consider the issue
of the reappraisal of the Treaty of!zmir and restructuring of ECO.
The Eminent Persons Group (EPG) after comprehensive deliberations finalized several
recommendations and documents for submission to the ECO Council of Ministers. The Council of
Ministers approved the Group's recommendations in the fonn of ten documents on ECO's new
organizational set up and functional methodology in Ashgabat on 1 I th May I 996.
A Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) on reorganization and restructuring of ECO was
signed by the Foreign Ministers of ECO Countries at Ashgabat during the Summit Meeting on 14 May
1996. In pursuance of the above mentioned MOU, the Council of Ministers decided to hold an
Extraordinary Session of the Council of Ministers in the city of Izmir for signing the revised Treaty of
Izmir and Agreement on the Legal Status of the Economic Organization (ECO).
The Extraordinary Meeting of the ECO Council of Ministers was held in Izmir, Turkey on 14
September, 1996, to finalize ECO's basic documents including its fundamental Charter, the revised
Treaty of Izmir. The Council of Ministers also approved the Implementation Plan on Reorganization
and Restructuring of ECO and witnessed the signing of the Treaty of Izmir and the Agreement on the
Legal Status of ECO by the Ministers/Authorized Representatives of ECO Member States.
In the wake of the above, the following ten documents are being implemented to give affect to
the new organizational structure of the ECO, beginning in 1997.
1. Treaty of Izmir (amended)
2. Organizational Structure of ECO
3. Organizational Chan of ECO Secretariat
4. Agreement on Legal Status of the ECO, National Representatives and International
Staff
5. Agreement between the Government of the Islamic Republic of Iran and ECO relating
to the Rights, Privileges and Immunities of the ECO Secretariat
6. Rules of Procedures of ECO
7. Functional Methodology of ECO
8. Economic Cooperation Strategy for the ECO Region
 278

9. Staff Regulations of ECO Secretariat

I 0. Financial Regulations of ECO Secretariat
Organizational Structure
The Council of Ministers ( COM ) is the highest policy and decision-making body and is
composed of Ministers of Foreign Affairs or such other representatives of the Ministerial rank as may
be designated by the Government. The council of Ministers meets at least once a year by rotation
among the Member States.
The Council of P'ermanent Representatives (CPR) is consisting of the Permanent
Representatives/Ambassadors of the Member States accredited to the Islamic Republic of Iran as well
as to the ECO and the Director General for ECO Affairs of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the
Islamic Republic oflran.
The Regional Planning Council (RPC) is composed the Head of the Planning Organization of
the Member States or such other representatives of corresponding authorities.
The General Secretariat consists of six Directorates under the supervision of the Secretary
General and his Deputies. Two Specialized Agencies and six Regional Institutes are acting under the
supervision of the General Secretariat.
Activities of ECO are conducted through Directorates under the supervision of Secretary
General and his Deputies which considered and evolve projects and programmes of mutual benefit in
the fields of:
Trade and Investment,
• Transport and Telecommunications
• Energy, Minerals and Environment
• Agriculture, Industry and Tourism
• Human Resources & Sustainable Development
• Project & Economic Research and Statistics
• International Relations
Objectives
• Sustainable economic development of Member States;
• Progressive removal of trade barriers and promotion of intra- regional trade; Grea)~r role of
ECO region in the growth of world trade; Gradual integration of the economies of the
Member States with the world economy;
• Development of transport & communications infrastructure linking the Member States with
each other and with the outside world;
• Economic liberalization and privatization;
• Mobilization and utilization of ECO region's material resources;
• Effective utilization of the agricultural and industrial potentials of ECO region;
• Regional cooperation for drug abuse control, ecological and environmental protection and
strengthening of historical and cultural ties among the peoples of the ECO region; and
• Mutually beneficial cooperation with regional and international organizations .
 279

Principles of Cooperation
• Sovereign equality of the Member States and mutual advantage;
• Linking of national economic, development plans with ECO's immediate and Jong-term
objectives to the extent possible;
• Joint efforts to gain freer access to markets outside the ECO region for the raw materials and
finished products of the Member States;
• Effective utilization of ECO institutions, agreements and cooperative arrangements with
other regional and international organizations including multilateral financial institutions;
• Common endeavors to develop a harmonized approach for participation in regional and
global arrangements;
• Realization of economic cooperation strategy; and Exchanges in educational, scientific,
technical and cultural fields.

5. OIC (THE ORGANIZATION OF THE ISLAMIC CONFERENCE)

The Organization of the Islamic Conference was set up in Rabat, Morocco, on September 25,
1969 in reaction to an arson attack against the Al-Aqsa Mosque on August 21, 1969. The Secretariat's
work gradually expanded during the I 970s, and the· Mecca Declaration of 1981, which focused on
strengthening economic and commercial cooperation among the Member States, constituted a turning
point. With 57 Member States the OIC is today the second largest organisation after the UN.
The OIC is made up of countries whose peoples are mainly followers of the Islamic religion.
OIC countries represent a substantial portion of the world's developing countries, 21 per cent of world's
population, possess significant human and material resources, and have a considerable potential for
production and trade. However, today many member countries lag far behind the industrialised
countries and even average developing countries in tern1s of socio-economic development.
The OIC Consists of
The Islamic Summit; The Islamic Conference of Foreign Ministers; The General Secretariat;
Standing Committees; Subsidiary Organs; Specialized Institutions; and Affiliated institutions. The
mandate of the OIC is to promote all-round political, economic, social, cultural, and scientific
cooperation among its member states, to safeguard Islamic holy places, and to work towards
eradicating racial discrimination and colonialism. Influential governments in terms of political,
religious, economic weight and activity in the OIC include: Saudi Arabia, Pakistan, Malaysia, Turkey,
and Iran. Other members that have a significant influence because of their budgetary contributions
include: Kuwait, the United Arab Emirates, and Libya. The OIC's budget comes from mandatory
payments from its members, as well as additional voluntary contributions. Despite its size, its
numerous committees, and the scope of its stated activities, the OIC is run on a tight budget.
Pressures for change have been incubating for some time in the OIC. Current Secretary General
Ekmeleddin lhsanoglu (Turkey) is seen as a figure who will implement reforn1s of the organisation to
make it more outward-looking. The OIC Ten Year Programme of Action was launched on 19th June
2006. It promises an organisation that will uphold transparency and accountability in governance and
protect the rights of women, children, and minorities. It promises to promote sustainable development
and to assist the least developed states in tackling diseases such as Aids, malaria and tuberculosis. It
also pledges to work more closely with international agencies and with existing development
initiatives and promises concrete steps on theological issues, for example confronting ideologies that
claim to be able to use Islamic rulings to justify extremism.
 280

Apart from the general economic (development, poverty alleviation, institution building, debt
cancellation), humanitarian (relief, coordination, reconstruction, advocacy), political (statements,
conflict resolution, principles, territory), cultural (arts, sport, heritage), health (the elimination and
reduction of diseases), technical (technology transfer, etc) and religious support and solidarity that
membership of the OIC brings, when deemed necessary, special committees are fanned to give
support around specific issues related to politics or conflict resolution. Although a useful forum for
discussion, the OIC has lacked the means to implement its resolutions. There are some indications
that this is changing and also that the OIC is starting to play a more significant role on the global
stage. The Secretary General played a key role in diffusing the Danish Cartoon crisis, while
decisions to tackle "Islamophobia" have helped raise the OIC's profile, not just among Muslims.
The establishment of coordination mechanisms with CSOs, and recognition of their role, has
been on the agenda of the OIC for a number of years. At his inauguration, the current Secretary
General called for a renewed effort to establish linkages with NGOs. In addition, in the bodies and
work of the OIC, there is already a significant degree of engagement with CSOs in discussion forums
(youth, women, and children). The OIC regularly calls upon CSOs to assist in specific emergencies
where Muslim conununities are affected. The Secretary General also holds meetings with CSOs about
key humanitarian issues, and is currently in discussion with OCHA to build a forum for humanitarian
NGOs. There are few official opportunities for CSOs to participate in OIC decisions. However, the
OIC is now in the process of drafting laws for NGOs to gain Observer Status. It is in these areas that
there exist entry points and opportunities for CSOs to start engaging furtl1er with the OIC.
HEADQUARTERS AND STRUCTURE THE OIC SYSTEM CONSISTS OF
The Islamic Summit
The highest policy-making organ, attended by the Kings and the Heads of State and
Govenunents of the member states, convened every three years.
The Islamic Conference of Foreign Ministers
In the interval between sununits, OIC foreign ministers meet to oversee the implementation of
decisions taken by the heads of state.
The Permanent Secretariat / General Secretariat
The executive organ of the Organization, entrusted with the day-to-day running of the OIC and
the implementation of the decisions of the two preceding bodies, located in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. The
General Secretariat is headed by a Secretary General appointed by the Foreign Ministers Conference
for a period of four years renewable once only. As the highest authority of the General Secretariat
and subsidiary organs, the Secretary General is responsible to the Conference for their work and
submits reports to the Conference on the execution of his duties. The tasks of the General Secretariat
are divided among general departments headed each by an Assistant Secretary General, who is
responsible to the Secretary General for the functioning of his department.
Standing Committees
In order to coordinate and boost its action, align its view points and stands, and be credited with
concrete results in the various fields of cooperation - political, economic, cultural, social, spiritual and
scientific - an10ng Member States, the Organization has created different committees, nearly all at ministerial
level, a number of which are chaired by Heads of State:
• Al-Quds (Jerusalem) Conm1ittee.
• Standing Committee on Information and Cultural Affairs (COMIAC).
 281

• Standing Committee on Economic and Trade Cooperation (COMCEC).

• Standing Committee on Scientific and Technological Cooperation (COMSTECH).
• Islamic Committee for Economic, Cultural, and Social Affairs.
• Permanent Finance Committee.
• Financial Control Organ.
The number and types of secondary organs and institutions of the OIC have been steadily
increasing, and cover various areas of cultural, scientific, economic, legal, financial, sports,
technological, educational, media, as well as vocational, social and humanitarian fields. Depending on
their degree of autonomy vis-a-vis the parent organization, they are classified as subsidiary and
specialized organs, or affiliated institutions.
Subsidiary Organs
• The Statistical, Economic, Social Research and Training Center for Islamic Countries,
Ankara, Turkey.
• The Research Center for Islamic History, Art and Culture (IRCICA), Istanbul, Turkey.
• The Islamic University of Technology, located in Dhaka, Bangladesh.
• The Islamic Center for the Development of Trade, Casablanca, Morocco.
• The Islamic Fiqh Academy, Jeddah, Saudi Arabia.
• The Executive Bureau of the Islamic Solidarity Fund and its Waqf, Jeddah, Saudi Arabia.
• The Islamic University of Niger, Niamey, Niger.
• The Islamic University of Uganda, Mbale, Uganda.
Specialized Institutions
• The Islamic Development Bank (IDB), Jeddah, Saudi Arabia.
• The Islamic Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (!SESCO), Rabat, Morocco.
• The Islamic States Broadcasting Organization (ISBO) and the International Islamic News
Agency (JINA), Jeddah, Saudi Arabia.
Mandate and Charter
The mandate of the OJC is to promote all-round cooperation among its member states, to
safeguard Islamic holy places, and to work towards eradicating racial discrimination and colonialism.
Under the Charter, the Organization aims to:
I. Strengthen:
(a) Islamic solidarity among Member States;
(b) Cooperation in the political, economic, social, cultural, and scientific fields;
(c) The struggle of'all Muslim people to safeguard their dignity, independence, and national
rights.
2. Coordinate action to:
(a) Safeguard the Holy Places;
(b) Support the struggle of the Palestinian people and assist them in recovering their rights
and liberating their occupied territories.
3. Work to:
(a) Eliminate racial discrimination and all forms of colonialism;
 282

(b) Create a favourable atmosphere for the promotiou of cooperation and understanding
between Member States and other countries.
The Charter also enumerates the principles governing OIC activities, namely:
• Full equality among Member States
• Observation of the right to self determination and non-interference in the internal affairs of
Member States
• Observation of the sovereignty, independence and territorial integrity of each State
• The settlement of any dispute that might arise among Member States by peaceful means such
as negotiations, mediation, conciliation and arbitration
• A pledge to refrain, in relations among Member States, from resorting to force or threatening
to resort to the use of force against the unity and territorial integrity or the political
independence of any one of them.
Reforms
The ore was established during the height of the cold war and at a time when the colonial
period was coming to an end as the sole forum for the Islamic world. According to the current
Secretary General, "The OIC should be equipped to cope with the prevailing tendencies of the new
world order, including the highly-tuned sensitivity to the values of human rights, democracy and good
governance ... The present status of the General Secretariat is not commensurate with the objectives
expected of it. Staff numbers are extremely limited as compared with similar international
organizations, while the qualifications of many are below the required standards." Efforts are
underway to restructure the OIC General Secretariat and to strengthen the role of the Secretary
General in order to be able to respond more effectively to emergency situations, and also, to reform the
Joint Islamic Action mechanisms, including the objectives, subsidiary organs, institutions and funding
sources of the Organization.
Absence of engagement and connection has meant that inside the OIC, pressures for change
have been incubating for some time. In 2004, several of the OIC's more influential players (including
Malaysia, Pakistan and Turkey) supported the candidacy of Ekmeleddin Ihsanoglu as a figure who
would implement reforms of the organisation to make it more outward-looking. The OIC Ten Year
Programme of Action was launched on 19th June 2006. The action plan is an impressive document. It
promises an organisation that will uphold transparency and accountability in governance and protect
the rights of women, children, and minorities. It promises to promote sustainable development and to
assist the least developed states in tackling diseases such as A:ds, malaria and tuberculosis (twenty-
seven OIC member-states are African). It also pledges to work more closely with international
agencies and with existing development initiatives such as the New Partnership for Africa's
Development (Nepad) and the UN's Millennium Development Goals. The action plan also promises
concrete steps on theological issues, for example confronting ideologies that claim to be able to use
Islamic rulings to justify extremism. Meanwhile, lhsanoglu has opened up the Jeddah secretariat to the
outside world. The OIC website contains details of where he goes, who he meets, even names of
people that he speaks with on the phone. All of this represents genuine progress. According to
analysts, for a predominantly Muslim body to acknowledge good governance, rights for children, the
threat from Aids is welcome evidence of fresh, innovative thinking. Some of the O!C's specialist
development agencies (such as Comstech) have already started to coordinate what they do with other
specialised agencies outside of the ore system.
In addition, the OIC intends to open a new office in Brussels, in view of the increasing
 283

common and bilateral actions and positions with the EU and its numerous organizations and reflecting
a direct interest in European affairs as a result of the increasing number of political, economic and
social issues linking OIC countries with the West, particularly with the greater Islamic presence there
as a result of the growing Islamic communities in most of Europe, whose population is now estimated
at over 20 million.
Global influence of OIC
The institutional architecture of the OIC may look impressive, but, according to analysts, the
way the OIC is run reflects the democratic deficit in many Muslim countries. For example, its highest
decision-making body calls itself the "Conference of Kings and Heads of State and Government".
Until recently, its workings were opaque to the outside world (even to citizens of Muslim states).
Only five new countries have been given observer status and the OIC has had little contact or
cooperation with other organisations in the global community, such as agencies attached to the UN.
Although a useful forum for discussion, the OIC has lacked the means to implement its resolutions.
Thus, despite a 1981 call to redouble efforts "for the liberation of Jerusalem and the occupied
territories" and to institute an economic boycott of Israel, several members, including Indonesia,
Egypt, Jordan and Arab Gulf states, maintain economic ties with Israel. Furthermore, pledges for
financial aid to member states or to Muslim communities suffering from civil war or natural
disasters are often at best met only in part. The effectiveness of the OIC has also been constrained
by the fact that many of its members have a wide variety of political orientations, from
revolutionary Iran to conservative Saudi Arabia. Members have sometimes been in bitter dispute
with one another, such as Iraq and Iran and Iraq and Kuwait.
In his inaugural statement, Ihsanoglu stated "the OIC has not been able to fully achieve its potential
and establish itself as a powerful entity capable of actively voicing the Muslim causes and making
itself heard in the international arena. The OIC must acquire more weight and impact on the world
scene." Ihsanoglu stated in January 2005 that the OIC could only achieve its goals if: "we can change
our methodology for adopting resolutions and find a mechanism for their implementation. Otherwise,
many of our resolutions will remain a mere expression of good will towards each other." However, in
some areas, there is no doubt that the influence of the OIC is increasing. The Secretary General has
decided to break away from the past practices of detachment and seclusion and is seeking to re-
equip itself to play an active, engaged role in the global political arena. The fact that the few days
after a fatwa was issued on Danish cartoonists passed off without incident may have had
something to do with the presence in Islamabad of lhsanoglu. At a press conference in Islamabad
on 21 February, Ihsanoglu angrily said: "We have no authority to kill anybody and take the law in
our hands." lhsanoglu was -.phatic: "Such a fatwa goes against Islam." His comments were
widely reported in Pakistan's press and may have helped to release some of the tcns10n.
lhsanoglu is respected across the Muslim world. In Pakistan (as elsewhere) Islamists cannot
criticise him in the same way they routinely do President Pervez Musharraf. This is partly
because he represents the consensus (and the conscience) of the Muslim world.
But, as one analyst points out, there is a more practical, immediate reason:· it was the OIC's
December 2005 summit in Mecca - where the notorious "expanded" dossier of cartoons produced by
Danish imams seeking to mobilise Muslim anger was circulated - that helped to alert Muslims to ·
the images' existence. The OTC's vigorous condemnation of the "desecration" and its concern over the
,"rising hatred of Muslims" in Europe follows its decision to establish what it calls an "Islamophobia
Observatory" in Jeddah, with a brief to document and publicise prejudice against Muslims in countries
where they are a minority of the population. Such initiatives have helped raise the OIC's profile -
and not just among Muslims. Ihsanoglu is now much in demand in the capitals of Europe.
 284

6. EU (EUROPEAN UNION)
The European Union (EU) is an economic and political union of 27 member states, located
primarily in Europe. Committed to regional integration, the EU was established by the Treaty of
Maastricht on I November 1993 upon the foundations of the European Communities. With over
500 million citizens, the EU combined generates an estimated 30% share (US$ 18.4 trillion in
2008) of the nominal gross world product and about 22% (US$ l 5 .2 trillion in 2008) of the PPP
gross world product.
The EU has developed a single market through a standardized system of laws which apply in
all member states, ensuring tl1e free movement of people, goods, services, and capital. It maintains
common policies on trade, agriculture. fisheries and regional de\'clopmeP! :-:ii xteen member states
have adopted a common currency, the euro, constituting the Euro zone. The EU has developed a
limited role in foreign policy, having representation at the World Trade Organization, 08, G-20 major
economies and at the United Nations. It enacts legislation in justice and home affairs, including the
abolition of passport controls by the Schengen Agreement between 22 EU and 3 non-EU states.
History
After World War II, moves towards European integration were seen by many as an escape from
the extreme forms of nationalism which had devastated the continent. One such attempt to unite
Europeans was the European Coal and Steel Community which, while having the modest aim of
centralized control of the previously national coal and steel industries of its member states, was
declared to be "a first step in the federation of Europe". The originators and supporters of the
Community include Jean Monnet, Robert Schuman, Paul Henri Spaak, and Alcide de Gasperi. The
founding members of the Community were Belgium, France, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, and
West Gennany.
In 1957, these six countries signed the Treaties of Rome which extended the earlier cooperation
within the European Coal and Steel Community and created the European Economic Community, (EEC)
establishing a customs union and the European Atomic Energy Con1111unity (Euratom) for cooperation in
developing nuclear energy. In 1967 the Merger Treaty created a single set of institutions for the three
communities, which were collectively referred to as the European Communities (EC), although
commonly just as the European Community.
In 1973, the Communities enlarged to include Denmark, Ireland, and the United Kingdom.
Norway had negotiated to join at the same time but Norwegian voters rejected membership in a
referendum and so Norway remained outside. In 1979, the first direct, democratic elections to the
European Parliament were held.
Greece joined in 1981, and Spain and Portugal in 1986. In 1985, the Schengen Agreement led
the way toward the creation of open borders without passport controls between most member states
and some non-member states. In 1986, the European flag began to be used by the Community and the
Single European Act was signed.
In 1990, after the fall of ilie Iron Curtain, ilie former East Germany became part of ilie Community
as part of a newly united Gennany. Wiili enlargement towards Eastern and Central Europe on ilie agenda,
the Copenhagen criteria for candidate members to join ilie European Union were agreed.
The European Union was formally established when ilie Maastricht Treaty came into force on I
November 1993, and in 1995 Austria, Sweden, and Finland joined the newly established EU. In
2002, euro notes and coins replaced national currencies in 12 of the member states. Since then, the
euro zone has increased to encompass sixteen countries. In 2004, the EU saw its biggest
 285

enlargement to date when Malta, Cyprus, Slovenia, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, the Czech
Republic, Slovakia, and Hungary joined the Union.
On l January 2007, Romania and Bulgaria became the EU's newest members and Slovenia
adopted the euro. In June 2009, the 2009 Parliament elections were held leading to a renewal of
Barroso's Commission Presidency ,and in July 2009 Iceland formally applied for .EU membership.
On I December 2009, the Lisbon Treaty came into force after a protracted and controversial birth.
This refonned many aspects of the EU but in particular created a permanent President of the
European Council, the first of which is Herman van Rompuy, and a strengthened High
Representative, Catherine Ashton.
Member states
The European Union is composed of 27 sovereign Member States: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria,
Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland,
Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, the Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia,
Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, and the United Kingdom.
To join the EU a country must meet the Copenhagen criteria, defined at the 1993 Copenhagen
European Council. These require a stable democracy that respects human rights and the rule of law; a
functioning market economy capable of competition within the EU; and the acceptance of the
obligations of membership, including EU law. Evaluation of a country's fulfilment of the criteria is the
responsibility of the European Council.
No member state has ever left the Union, although Greenland (an autonomous province of
Denmark) withdrew in I 985. The Lisbon Treaty now provides a clause dealing with how a member
leaves the EU.
There are three official candidate countries, Croatia, Macedonia and Turkey. Albania, Bosnia
and Herzegovina, Montenegro, Serbia and Iceland are officially recognised as potential candidates.
Kosovo is also listed as a potential candidate but the European Commission does not list it as an
independent country because not all member staies recognize it as an independent country separate
from Serbia.
Four Western European cow1tries that have chosen not to join the EU have partly committed to the
EU's economy and regulations: Iceland, which has now applied for membership, Liechtenstein and
Norway, which are a part of the single market through the European Economic Area, and Switzerland,
which has similar ties through bilateral treaties. The relationships of the European rnicrostates, Andorra,
Monaco, San Marino and the Vatican include the use of the euro and other areas of co-operation.
Governance
The institutions of the EU operate solely within those competencies conferred on it upon the
treaties and according to the principle of subsidiarity (which dictates that action by the EU should only
be taken where an objective cannot be sufficiently achieved by the member states alone). Law made
by the EU institutions is passed in a variety of forms, primarily that which comes into direct force and
that which must be passed in a refined form by national parliaments.
Legislative competencies are divided equally, with some exceptions, between the European
Parliament and the Council of the European Union while executive tasks are carried out by the
European Commission and in a limited capacity by the European Council (not to be confused with the
aforementioned Council of the European Union). The interpretation and the application of EU law and
the treaties are ensured by the Court of Justice of the European Union. There are also a number of
anci\\ary bodies which advise the EU or operate in a specific area.
 286

European Council
The EU receives its political leadership from the European Council, which usually meets four
times a year. It comprises one representative per member state--either its head of state or head of
government-plus its President as well as the President of the Commission. The member states'
representatives are assisted by their Foreign Ministers. The European Council uses its leadership role
to sort out disputes between member states and the institutions, and to resolve political crises and
disagreements over controversial issues and policies. The European Council should not be mistaken
for the Council of Europe, an international organisation independent from the EU.
On 19 November 2009, Herman Van Rompuy was chosen as the first President of the European
Council and Catherine Ashton was chosen as the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs
and Security Policy. They both assumed office on I December 2009.
Council
The Council (also called "Council of the European Union" and sometimes referred to as the
"Council of Ministers") forms one half of the EU's legislature. It consists of a government minister
from each member state and meets in different compositions depending on the policy area being
addressed. Notwithstanding its different compositions, it is considered to be one single body. In
addition to its legislative functions, the Council also exercises executive functions in relations to the
Conunon Foreign and Security Policy.
Commission
The European Commission acts as the EU's executive arm and is responsible for initiating
legislation and the day-to-day running of the EU. It is intended to act solely in the interest of the EU as
a whole, as opposed to the Council which consists of leaders of member states who reflect national
interests. The conunission is also seen as the motor of European integration. It is currently composed
of 27 commissioners for different areas of policy, one from each member state. The President of the
Commission and all the other commissioners are nominated by the Council. Appointment of the
Commission President, and also the Conunission in its entirety, have to be confirmed by Parliament.
Parliament
The European Parliament forms the other half of the EU's legislature. The 736 (soon to be 750)
Members of the European Parliament (MEPs) are directly elected by EU citizens every five years.
Although MEPs are elected on a national basis, they sit according to political groups rather than their
nationality. Each country has a set number of seats and in some cases is divided into sub-national
constituencies. The Parliament and the Council of Ministers pass legislation jointly in nearly all areas
under the ordinary legislative procedure. This also applies to the EU budget. Finally, the Conunission
is accountable to Parliament, requiring its approval to take office, having to report back to it and
subject to motions of censure from it. The President of the European Parliament carries out the role of
speaker in parliament and represents it externally. The president and vice presidents are elected by
MEPs every two and a half years.
Courts
The judicial branch of the EU-fonnally called the Court of Justice of the European Union-
consists of three courts: the Court of Justice, the General Court, and th, European Umon Civil Service
Tnbunal. Together they mterpret and apply the treaties and the Jaw of the EU.
 287

The Court of Justice primarily deals with cases taken by member states, the institutions, and
cases referred to it by the courts of member states. The General Court mainly deals with cases taken
by individuals and companies directly before the EU's courts, and the European Union Civil Service
Tribunal adjudicates in disputes between the European Union and its civil service. Decisions from the
General Court can be appealed to the Court of Justice but only on a point of law.
Legal system
Further information: Law of the European Union, Treaties of the European Union, and
European Union legislative procedure
The EU is based on a series of treaties. These first established the European Community and
the EU, and then made amendments to those founding treaties. These are power-giving treaties which
set broad policy goals and establish institutions with the necessary legal powers to implement those
goals. These legal powers include the ability to enact legislation which can directly affect all member
states and their inhabitants. Under the principle of supremacy, national courts are required to enforce
the treaties that their member states have ratified, and thus the laws enacted under them, even if doing
so requires them to ignore conflicting national law, and (witl1in limits) even constitutional provisions.
The main legal acts of the EU come in tlrree forms: regulations, directives, and decisions.
Regulations become law in all member states the moment they come into force, without the requirement
for any implementing measures, and automatically override conflicting domestic provisions. Directives
require member states to achieve a certain result while leaving them discretion as to how to achieve the
result. The details of how they are to be implemented are left to member states.
When the time limit for implementing directives passes, they may, under certain conditions,
have direct effect in national law against member states. Decisions offer an alternative to the two
above modes of legislation. They are legal acts which only apply to specified individuals, companies
or a particular member state. They are most often used in Competition Law, or on rulings on State
Aid, but are also frequently used for procedural or administrative matters within the institutions.
Regulations, directives, and decisions are of equal legal value and apply without any formal hierarchy.
One of the complicating features of the EU's legal system is the multiplicity of legislative
procedures used to enact legislation. The treaties micro-manage the EU's powers, indicating different
ways of adopting legislation for different policy areas and for different areas within the same policy
areas. A common feature of the EU's legislative procedures, however, is that almost all legislation
must be initiated by the Commission, rather than member states or European parliamentarians. The
two most common procedures are co-decision, under which the European Parliament can veto
proposed legislation, and consultation, under which Parliament is only permitted to give an opinion
which can be ignored by European leaders. In most cases legislation must be agreed by the council.
National courts within the member states play a key role in the EU as enforcers of EU law, and
a "spirit of cooperation" between EU and national courts is laid down in the Treaties. National courts
can apply EU law in domestic cases, and if they require clarification on the interpretation or validity
of any EU legislation related to the case it may make a reference for a preliminary ruling to the Court
of Justice. The right to declare EU legislation invalid however is reserved to the EU courts.
Foreign relations
EU member states have a standardized passport design, burgundy coloured with the name of
 288

the member state, Coat of Anns and with the words "European Union" given in their official
language(s) at the top; in this case those of Ireland.
Foreign policy cooperation between member states dates from the establishment of the
Community in 1957, when member states negotiated as a bloc in international trade negotiations under
the Conunon Commercial Policy. Steps for a more wide ranging coordination in foreign relations
began in 1970 with the establishment of European Political Cooperation which created an informal
consultation process between member states with the aim of forming common foreign policies. It was
not, however, until 1987 when European Political Cooperation was introduced on a forn1al basis by
the Single European Act. EPC was renamed as the Common Foreign and Security Policy (CFSP) by
the Maastricht Treaty.
The Maastricht Treaty gives the CFSP the aims of promoting both the EU's own interests and
those of the international community as a whole. This includes promoting international co-operation,
respect for human rights, democracy, and the rule of law.
The Amsterdam Treaty created the office of the High Representative for the Common Foreign
and Security Policy (currently held by Catherine Ashton) to co-ordinate the EU's foreign policy. The
High Representative, in conjunction with the current Presidency, speaks on behalf of the EU in foreign
policy matters and can have the task of articulating ambiguous policy positions created by
disagreements among member states. The Common Foreign and Security Policy requires unanimity
among the now 27 member states on the appropriate policy to follow on any particular issue. The
unanimity and difficult issues treated w1der the CFSP makes disagreements, such as those which
occurred over the war in Iraq, not uncommon.
Besides the emerging international policy of the European Union, the international influence of
the EU is also felt through enlargement. The perceived benefits of becoming a member of the EU act
as an incentive for both political and economic reform in states wishing to fulfil the EU's accession
criteria, and are considered an important factor contributing to the reform of former Communist
countries in Central and Eastern Europe. This influence on the internal affairs of other countries is
generally referred to as "soft power", as opposed to military "hard power".
In the UN, as an observer and working together, the EU has gained influence in areas such as
aid due to its large contributions in that field. In the G8, the EU has rights of membership besides
chairing/hosting summit meetmgs and is represented at meetings by the presidents of the Conunission
and the CoW1cil. In the World Trade Organisation (WTO), where all 27 member states are
represented, the EU as a body is represented by Trade Conunissioner Benita Ferrero-Waldner.
Military and defence
The predecessors of the European Union were not devised as a strong military alliance because
NA TO was largely seen as appropriate and sufficient for defence purposes. Twenty-one EU members
are members of NATO while the remaining member states follow policies of neutrality. The Western
European Union (WEU) is a European security organisation related to the EU. In 1992, the WEU's
relationship with the EU was defined, when the EU assigned it the "Petersberg tasks" (humanitarian
missions such as peacekeeping and crisis management). These tasks were later transferred from the
WEU to the EU by the Amsterdam Treaty and now form part of the Common Foreign and Security
Policy and the Common Security and Defence Policy. Elements of the WEU are currently being
 289

merged into the Common Foreign and Security Policy, and the President of the WEU is currently the
EU's foreign policy chief.
Following the Kosovo War in 1999, the European Council agreed that "the Union must have
the capacity for autonomous action, backed by credible military forces, the means to decide to use
them, and the readiness to do so, in order to respond to international crises without prejudice to actions
by NATO". To that end, a number of efforts were made to increase the EU's military capability, notably
the Helsinki Headline Goal process. After much discussion, the most concrete result was the EU
Battlegroups initiative, each of which is planned to be able to deploy quickly about 1500 personnel.
EU forces have been deployed on peacekeeping missions from Africa to the former Yugoslavia
and the Middle East. EU military operations are supported by a number of bodies, including the
European Defence Agency, satellite centre and the military staff. In an EU consisting of 27 members,
substantial security and defence cooperation is increasingly relying on great power cooperation.
Economy
Since its origin, the EU has established a single economic market across the territory of all its
members. Currently, a single currency is in use between the I 6 members of the eurozone. If
considered as a single economy, the EU generated an estimated nominal gross domestic product
(GDP) ofUS$18.39 trillion (15.247 trillion international dollars based on purchasing power parity) in
2008, amounting to over 22% of the world's total economic output in terms of purchasing power
parity, which makes it the largest economy in the world by nominal GDP and the second largest trade
llloc economy in the world by PPP valuation of GDP. It is also the largest exporter, and largest
importer of goods and services, and the biggest trading partner to several large countries such as China
and India.
178 of the top 500 largest corporations measured by revenue (Fortune Global 500) have their
headquarters in the EU.
In May 2007 unemployment in the EU stood at "/% while investment was at 21.4% of GDP,
inflation at 2.2% and public deficit at -0.9% of GDP. There is a great deal of variance for annual per
capita income within individual EU states, these range from US$7,000 to US$69,000.
Single market
Two of the original core objectives of the European Economic Community were the
development of a common market, subsequently renamed the single market, and a customs union
between its member states. The single market involves the free circulation of goods, capital, people
and services within the EU, and the customs union involves the application of a common external
tariff on all goods entering the market. Once goods have been admitted into the market they cannot be
subjected to customs duties, discriminatory axes or m1port quotas, as they travel internally. The non-
EU member states of Iceland, Norway, Liect;tenstein and Switzerland participate in the single market
but not in the customs union. Half the trade in the EU is covered by legislation harmonized by the EU.
Free movement of capital is intended to permit movement of investments such as property
purchases and buying of shares between countries. Until the drive towards Economic and Monetary
Union the development of the capital provisions had been slow. Post-Maastricht there has been a
rapidly developing corpus of ECJ judgements regarding this initially neglected freedom. The free
movement of capital is unique as that it is granted equally to non-member states.
 290

l11e free movement of persons means citizens can move freely between member states to live,
work, study or retire in another country. This required the lowering of administrative formalities and
recognition of professional qualifications of other states.
The free movement of services and of establishment allows self-employed persons to move
between member states in order to provide services on a temporary or permanent basis. While services
account for between sixty and seventy percent of GDP, legislation in the area is not as developed as in
other areas. This lacuna has been addressed by the recently passed Directive on services in the internal
market which aims to liberalize the cross border provision of services. According to the Treaty the
provision of services is a residual freedom that only applies ifno other freedom is being exercised.